Skip to main content

Full text of "State record North Carolina"

See other formats


mm 

iliH 



mm 



m 



mm 



■Hill 



wmm 



Jul 



■ 
I 

''.■:. 



ffl Sfl 



ill 



ili 



i 



»'' 



faHKH 



IK 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

NCSU Libraries 



http://www.archive.org/details/staterecordnorth1971nort 






North Carolina State Record 




M)RTH CAROLINA 
STATE UNIVERSITY 

1972-74 
GRADUATE CATALOG 



December, 1971 






««*• 




■r 



i 



■ 




.t 




^-m 



I § » I r 





NORTH CAROLINA STATE RECORD 

Published four times a year in February. June, August and December by North Carolina State 
University. Department of Admissions. Peele Hall. P. O. Box 5126. Raleigh. N. C. 27607. Second 
rla.Hn postage paiil at Raleigh. N. C. 27611. 



VOLUME 7 1 



DECKMHKH 1971 



NUMBER I 



Maxine F. Shane. University Catalog Editor: Joseph S. Hancock. Assistant Director. Publications; 
Hardy D. Berry, Director. Information Services. 



i 



North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 



Graduate Catalog 

1972-74 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



North Carolina State University 

North Carolina State University was established in March, 1887, by the General 
Assembly of North Carolina as the State's Land-grant institution. 

The Land-grant designation originated with the federal Morrill Act of 1862, 
signed by President Lincoln, granting federal lands to each state for endowment 
purposes if the state would establish a publicly-supported college or university 
offering education in the agricultural sciences and mechanic arts and including 
classical studies. The Morrill Act founded a national system of major public insti- 
tutions, now well-known state universities of the nation. 

In 1889, the new institution in North Carolina opened as North Carolina College 
of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts. In recognition of its development, the North 
Carolina General Assembly in 1965 renamed the institution North Carolina State 
University at Raleigh. 

In 1931, the General Assembly merged three institutions in the State, North 
Carolina State College of Agriculture and Engineering, The University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill and The University of North Carolina at Greensboro into 
The University of North Carolina. 

In the 1960's, The University of North Carolina was expanded and three 
additional institutions were incorporated into the University system — The Uni- 
versities of North Carolina at Asheville, Charlotte and Wilmington. 

In 1971 all of North Carolina's 4-year public institutions of higher education 
(15 universities and the School of Arts) were incorporated by law as constituent 
institutions into a statewide system which continues as The University of North 
Carolina. 

The University of North Carolina system has a 32-member Board of Governors 
with a President as the chief administrative officer. 

Each constituent institution is administered bv a Chancellor with the advice of 
a 13-member Board of Trustees. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 3 

CONTENTS 

North Carolina State University 2 

Administration 4 

The Calendar 5 

North Carolina State University 12 

The Graduate School 13 

The D. H. Hill Library 13 

Institutes 14 

Special Laboratories and Facilities 15 

Special Training Programs 20 

Other Programs 20 

General Information 30 

Admissions 30 

Registration 32 

Tuition and Fees 34 

Fellowships and Graduate Assistantships 40 

Other Financial Aid 41 

Housing 42 

Graduate Degrees 43 

Master of Science and Master of Arts Degrees 44 

Master's Degree in a Designated Field 48 

Master of Agriculture Degree and Master of Life Science Degree 49 

Summarv of Procedures for the Master's Degree in a Designated Field ... 49 

Summary of Procedures for the Master of Science Degree and the 

Master of Arts Degree 50 

Doctor of Philosophy Degree 52 

Doctor of Education Degree 56 

Summary of Procedures for the Doctor of Philosophy and 

Doctor of Education Degrees 57 

Fields of Instruction 59 

University Disruptions Policy and Procedures 337 

Graduate Faculty 341 

Index 376 

Campus Map 378 



4 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ADMINISTRATION 

John T. Caldwell, Chancellor 

Harrv C. Kellv, Vice Chancellor and Provost 

John D. Wright, Vice Chancellor for Finance and Business 

Walter J. Peterson, Dean, Graduate School 

Earl G. Droessler, Administrative Dean for Research 

E. Walton Jones, Acting Administrative Dean for University Extension 

Jackson A. Rigney, Dean, International Programs 



Deans of Schools 

James E. Legates 

Agriculture and Life Sciences 
Henry L. Kamphoefner 

Design 
Carl J. Dolce 

Education 
Ralph E. Fadum 

Engineering 



Eric L. Ellwood 

Forest Resources 
Robert O. Tilman 

Liberal Arts 
Arthur C. Menius 

Physical and Mathematical Sciences 
David W. Chaney 

Textiles 



Graduate School - Administrative Office 



Walter J. Peterson, Dean 



Patsy J. Haywood, Assistant to the Dean 



Ralph J. Peeler, Assistant Dean 



Graduate School - Administrative Board 

Walter J. Peterson, Dean, Ralph J. Peeler, Asst. Dean; Rurton F. Reers, Prof, 
of History (term ending February 1972); Wesley O. Doggett, Prof, of Physics 
(Sept., 1975); Durwin M. Hanson, Prof, and Head, Industrial and Technical 
Education (Nov. 1975); Solomon P. Hersh, Prof, of Textile Technology (Sept., 
1972); William A. Jackson, Prof, of Soil Science (July 1975); Thurston J. Mann, 
Prof, and Head, Genetics (Sept., 1973); Howard M. Nahikian, Prof, of Mathema- 
tics (March 1975); LeRoy C. Saylor, Prof, of Genetics and Forestry and Asst. 
Dean, Forest Resources (July 1975); Henry R. Smith, Assoc. Dean of Engineer- 
ing (October 1973); Richard R. Wilkinson, Prof, and Head, Landscape Architec- 
ture (May 1975); Carl F. Zorowski, Reynolds Prof, of Mechanical Engineering 
and Assoc. Head, Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering (February 1973). 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



THE CALENDAR 



FALL SEMESTER 1971 



August 18-22 


Wed. -Sun. 


August 23 


Mon. 


August 23-24 


Mon.-Tues 


August 25 


Wed. 


August 26 


Thurs. 


September 2 


Thurs. 



September 6 
September 9 


Mon. 
Thurs 


October 15 
November 1 


Fri. 
Mon. 


November 12 


Fri. 



November 23 


Tues. 


November 29 


Mon. 


December 10 


Fri. 


December 11-12 


Sat. -Sun. 


December 13-20 


Mon. -Mon 



Opening days (counseling, advising, late 
orientation, etc.). 
General faculty meeting. 
All students complete registration. 
Change day (late registration, drop/add). 
First day of classes. 
Last day to add a course. 
Last day for filing application for admission 
to candidacy for students expecting to com- 
plete requirements for the master's degree in 
December, 1971. 
Holiday. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course with- 
out a grade. 
Mid-term reports due. 

Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council 
of the University of North Carolina. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
jorm to the Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
December, 1971. Last day for taking final 
oral examinations by candidates for 
master's degrees not requiring theses. 
Thanksgiving holidays begin at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading days. 
Final examinations. 



SPRING SEMESTER 1972 

January 10 Mon. 



January 10 


Mon. 


January 11 


Tues 


January 12 


Wed, 


January 19 


Wed 



Opening day (counseling, advising, new 
student orientation, etc.). 
All students complete registration. 
Change day. (Late registration, drop/add). 
First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for filing 
applications for admission to candidacy for 
students expecting to complete require- 
ments for the master's degree in May and 
July, 1972. 



NOTE: Chairmen of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examinations 
for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final oral 
examination. 

♦The calendar is tentative, subject to approval of the Board of Trustees. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



January 26 

March 3 

March 13 
March 31 



Wed. 

Fri. 

Mon. 
Fri. 



Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with 
refund; last day to drop a course without a 
grade. 

Mid-term reports due. Spring vacation 

begins at 10:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 

Deadline for submission of theses in final 

form to the Graduate School by candidates 

for the master's and doctoral degrees in 

May, 1972. Last day for taking final oral 

examination by candidates for master's 

degrees not requiring theses. 

Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 

Reading days. 

Final examinations. 
Commencement. 



Opening days (counseling, advising, etc.). 
Registration day and payment of fees. Late 
registration fee for those who register after 
12:00 noon, May 31. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 
(or drop a course) with refund; last day to 
drop a course without a grade. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
master's and doctoral degrees in July, 1972. 
Last day for taking final oral examinations 
by candidates for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. Last day for filing application 
for admission to candidacy for students 
expecting to complete requirements for the 
master's degree in August, 1972. 
Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



Opening days (counseling, advising, etc.). 
Registration day. Registration and payment 
of fees. Late registration fee for those who 
register after 12:00 noon July 13. 

NOTE: Chairmen of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examinations 
for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final oral 
examination. 



April 3 
April 28 
April 29-30 


Mon. 
Fri. 
Sat. -Sun. 


May 1-May 10 


Mon. -Sat. 
Mon. -Wed 


May 13 


Sat. 


SUMMER SESSIONS 1972 


First Session 




May 29-30 


Mon.-Tues. 


May 31 


Wed. 


June 1 


Thurs. 


June 6 


Tues. 



June 8 



Thurs. 



July 4 


Tues. 


July 6 


Thur. 


July? 


Fri. 


Second Session 




July 11-12 


Tues. -Wed 


July 13 


Thurs. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



July 14 
July 19 

July 20 



Fri. 
Wed. 

Thur. 



August 17 


Thur. 


August 18 


Fri. 


FALL SEMESTER 1972 


August 21-25 


Mon. -Fri 


August 28 


Mon. 


August 29 


Tues. 


August 30 


Wed. 


September 4 


Mon. 


September 6 


Wed. 


September 13 


Wed. 


October 20 


Fri. 


November 10 


Fri. 



November 22 


Wed. 


November 27 


Mon. 


December 8 


Fri. 


December 9-10 


Sat. -Sun. 


December 11-20 


Mon. -Sat. 




Mon. -Wed 



SPRING SEMESTER 1973 

January 8 Mon. 



First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 

(or drop a course) with refund; last day to 

drop a course without a grade. 

Deadline for submission of theses in final 

form to the Graduate School by candidates 

for the master's and doctoral degrees in 

August, 1972. Last day for taking final oral 

examinations by candidates for the master's 

degree not requiring theses. 

Last day of classes. 

Final examinations. 



Opening days (counseling, advising, late 
orientation, etc.). 

General faculty meeting. All students com- 
plete registration. 

Change day (late registration, drop/add). 
First day of classes. 
Holiday. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for filing 
application for admission to candidacy for 
students expecting to complete requirements 
for the master's degree in December, 1972. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with 
refund; last day to drop a course without a 
grade. 

Mid-term reports due. 

Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in Decem- 
ber, 1972. Last day for taking final oral 
examination by candidates for master's 
degrees not requiring theses. 
Thanksgiving holidays begin at 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading days. 

Final examinations. 



Opening day (counseling, advising, new 
student orientation, etc.). All students com- 
plete registration. 



NOTE: Chairmen of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examinations 
for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final oral 
examination. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



January 9 


Tues. 


January 10 


Wed 


January 17 


Wed 



January 24 

March 2 

March 12 
March 30 



Wed. 

Fri. 

Mon. 

Fri. 



April 23 
April 27 
April 28-29 
April 30-May 9 

May 12 


Mon. 
Fri. 
Sat.-S 
Mon.- 
Mon 
Sat. 


un. 

Sat. 

.-Wed 


SUMMER SESSIONS 1973 




First Session 






May 28-29 
May 30 


Mon.- 
Wed. 


Tues. 


May 31 
June 5 


Thur. 
Tues. 





June 7 



Thurs. 



July 4 



Wed. 



Change day (late registration, drop/add). 
First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for filing 
application for admission to candidacy for 
students expecting to complete requirements 
for the master's degree in May and July, 
1973. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund. Last day to drop a course with- 
out a grade. 

Mid-term reports due. Spring vacation 
begins at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to the Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
May, 1973. Last day for taking final oral 
examinations by candidates for master's 
degrees not requiring theses. 
Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 
Reading days. 

Final examinations. 
Commencement. 



Opening days (counseling, advising, etc.). 
Registration and payment of fees; late regis- 
tration fee for those who register after 12:00 
noon. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 
(or drop a course) with refund; last day to 
drop a course without a grade. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in July, 
1973. Last day for taking final oral examina- 
tions for master's degrees not requiring 
theses. Last day for filing application for 
admission to candidacy for students ex- 
pecting to complete requirements for the 
master's degree in August, 1973. 
Holiday. 



NOTE: Chairmen of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examinations 
for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final oral 
examination. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



July 5 
July 6 

Second Session 
July 10-11 
July 12 



July 13 
July 18 

July 19 



August 16 
August 17 



Thur. Last day of classes. 

Fri. Final examinations. 



Tues.-Wed. Opening days (counseling, advising, etc.). 

Thur. New student orientation; registration and 

payment of fees; late registration fee for 
those who register after 12:00 noon, July 
12. 

Fri. First day of classes. 

Wed. Last day to register; last day to withdraw 

(or drop a course) with refund; last day to 
drop a course without a grade. 

Thur. Deadline for submission of theses in final 

form to the Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
August, 1973. Last day for taking final oral 
examinations by candidates for master's 
degrees not requiring theses. 

Thur. Last day of classes. 

Fri. Final examinations. 



FALL SEMESTER 1973 

August 20-24 Mon.-Fri. 



August 27 
August 28 



Opening days (counseling, advising, late 
orientation, etc.). 

Mon. General faculty meeting. All students com- 

plete registration. 

Tues. Change day. (Late registration, drop/add.) 

Last day for filing application for admission 
to candidacy for students expecting to com- 
plete requirements for the master's degree in 
December, 1973. 



August 29 


Wed. 


First day of classes. 


September 3 


Mon. 


Holiday. 


September 5 


Wed. 


Last day to add a course. 


September 12 


Wed. 


Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course with- 
out a grade. 


October 19 


Fri. 


Mid-term reports due. 


November 9 


Fri. 


Deadline for submission of theses in final 



November 21 
November 26 



Wed. 
Mon. 



form to the Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
December, 1973. Last day for taking final 
oral examinations by candidates for master's 
degrees not requiring theses. 
Thanksgiving holidays begin at 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 



fo?™eir Ch stu™nL it d ^fa°st al nnp V i S ^ 1°™?!?*** %* reminded to schedule preliminary examinations 
examination semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final oral 



10 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



December 7 
December 8-9 
December 10-19 



Fri. 

Sat. -Sun. 
Mon.-Sat. 
Mon.-Wed. 



SPRING SEMESTER 1974 

January 7 Mon. 



January 8 
January 9 
January 16 



January 23 

March 1 

March 11 
March 29 



Tues. 
Wed. 
Wed. 



Wed. 

Fri. 

Mon. 
Fri. 



Last day of classes. 
Reading days. 

Final examinations. 



Opening day (counseling, advising, new 
student orientation, etc.). All students com- 
plete registration. 

Change day. (Late registration, drop/add.) 
First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for filing 
applications for admission to candidacy for 
students expecting to complete requirements 
for the master's degree in May and July, 
1974. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with 
refund; last day to drop a course without a 
grade. 

Mid-term reports due. Spring vacation 
begins at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to the Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
May, 1974. Last day for taking final oral 
examinations by candidates for master's 
degrees not requiring theses. 
Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 
Reading days. 

Final examinations. 
Commencement. 



Opening day (counseling, advising, etc.). 
Registration and payment of fees. Late 
registration fee for those who register after 
12:00 noon, May 28. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 
(or drop a course) with refund; last day to 
drop a course without a grade. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to the Graduate School by candidates 

NOTE: Chairmen of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examinations 
for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final oral 
examination. 



April 15 


Mon. 


April 26 


Fri. 


April 27-28 


Sat. -Sun. 


April 29-May 8 


Mon.-Sat. 
Mon.-Wed 


May 11 


Sat. 


SUMMER SESSIONS 1974 


First Session 




May 27 


Mon. 


May 28 


Tues. 


May 29 


Wed. 


June 3 


Mon. 



June 5 



Wed. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 11 

for master's and doctoral degrees in July, 
1974. Last day for taking final oral examina- 
tions by candidates for master s degrees not 
requiring theses. Last day for filing applica- 
tion for admission to candidacy for students 
expecting to complete requirements for the 
master's degree in August, 1974. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



Opening days (counseling, advising, etc.). 
Registration and payment of fees. Late regis- 
tration fee for those who register after 12:00 
noon, July 11. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 
(or drop a course) with refund; last day to 
drop a course without a grade. 

July 18 Thur. Deadline for submission of theses in final 

form to the Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
August, 1974. Last day for taking final oral 
examinations by candidates for the master's 
degree not requiring theses. 

August 15 Thur. Last day of classes. 

August 16 Fri. Final examinations. 



July 2 
July 3 


Tues. 
Wed. 


Second Session 




July 9-10 
July 11 


Tues.- Wed 
Thur. 


July 12 
July 17 


Fri. 
Wed. 



NOTE: Chairmen of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examinations 
for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final oral 
examination. 



12 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

NORTH CAROLINA 
STATE UNIVERSITY 



North Carolina State University is the center for scientific and technological 
education, research and extension in North Carolina. Created in 1887 by act of the 
North Carolina legislature as the state's land-grant institution, State was estab- 
lished primarily as a school of agriculture and mechanic arts. In the 80 years since 
its founding, however, its interests and responsiblities have been greatly 
broadened in response to the major scientific and technological demands of 
our rapidly changing world. While maintaining deep commitments to the agri- 
cultural and industrial interests of North Carolina, State has become a university 
of major academic and research dimensions with national and international 
programs. 

State's organization includes eight undergraduate schools, the Graduate School 
and the Division of Continuing Education. A total of 75 degrees are offered at 
the undergraduate level; at the graduate level there are 62 master's and 41 
doctoral degree programs offered. Graduate instruction was first offered at North 
Carolina State in 1893. The first doctoral degree was awarded in 1926. 

The eight undergraduate schools at State are the Schools of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences, Design, Education, Engineering, Forest Resources, Liberal Arts, 
Physical and Mathematical Sciences and Textiles. The research, extension and 
instructional programs of these schools are supported and strengthened by several 
specialized divisions and offices including: the Institutes of Statistics and Water 
Resources, the Computing Center, the Agricultural and Industrial Extension 
Services, and the Agricultural Experiment Station with its 17 branch stations. 
State's facilities also include a minerals laboratory and a fisheries research station. 

The North Carolina State campus, with adjoining research farms, covers 3,000 
acres and is valued at about $100 million. There are 80 major University buildings, 
including classroom, laboratory and auxiliary facilities buildings. In addition to the 
Raleigh campus, State operates a number of agricultural research farms and 
extensive experimental forests. 

Undergraduate enrollment at State is currently about 10,950; in the fall 
semester of 1971 the Graduate School enrolled 2,258 students. A large inter- 
national student group representing 60 countries is presently studying at State. 

The University faculty and professional staff numbers about 1,500 members, 
including a graduate faculty of 910. 

For 1972-73, State's budget will be about $80 million. In order to accommodate 
the growing enrollment and increasing research requirements, North Caro- 
lina State University is pursuing a continuing program of building and acquiring 
new faculty and research staff. The present research expenditure is about $19 
million annually. Current research appropriations, contracts and grants total more 
than $39 million. 

State is contributing to international development through an economic and 
technical mission to Peru, special soils studies programs for Latin America, and 
cooperative projects with the University of Kabul, Afghanistan and the Institute 
of Technology at Kharagpur, India. Scores of international visitors, individual 
faculty work with universities in other countries and the large international 
student enrollment at State indicate the extent of the University's international 
involvement. 

North Carolina State is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 13 

and Schools and the North Carolina Association of Colleges and Universities. In 
addition, individual schools and departments are accredited by various associa- 
tions in their respective fields. State holds memberships in the Association of 
State Universities and Land-Grant Colleges, the American Council of Education, 
the College Entrance Examination Board, the Council of Graduate Schools 
in the United States, the National Commission on Accrediting, the Oak Ridge 
Institute of Nuclear Studies and the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. 



THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

The Graduate School at North Carolina State University offers programs leading 
to masters degrees in 62 fields of study, the Doctor of Philosophy in 38 and the 
Doctor of Education in two. The Graduate School includes 910 faculty. 

Graduate instruction at North Carolina State University is organized to provide 
opportunity and facilities for advanced study and research in the fields of agri- 
culture and life sciences, engineering, forestry, physical and mathematical sciences^ 
technological education and textiles. The purpose of these graduate programs 
is to develop in advanced students a more adequate comprehension of the require- 
ments and responsibilities essential for independent research investigation. In all 
the graduate programs emphasis is placed upon a high level of scholarship rather 
than upon the satisfaction of specific course or credit requirements. 

Exceptional facilities for graduate study are provided at North Carolina State 
University. New buildings furnish modern well-equipped laboratories for graduate 
study in specialized areas of agriculture and life science, engineering, forestry, 
physical and mathematical sciences, and textiles. 

A high degree of cooperation and coordination exists between the graduate 
programs of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, the University of 
North Carolina at Greensboro and North Carolina State University. This co- 
ordination is effected through the Graduate Executive Council of the Consolidated 
University, composed of representatives of the administrative boards of these three 
institutions and the academic vice-president of the statewide University of North 
Carolina system. 

The North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, the Department of 
Engineering Research and the Department of Physical Sciences Research are 
integral parts of the University. The staff, research facilities, equipment and field 
studies of these organizations contribute in a very important way to the graduate 
programs. The Institute of Statistics at North Carolina State makes available to 
graduate students unusual opportunities in this important phase of research study. 

North Carolina State University is located in Raleigh, situated on the boundary 
separating the broad coastal plains on the east from the rolling terrain of the 
Piedmont on the west, about midway between the northern and southern 
boundaries of the state. Raleigh is 29 miles from the University of North Carolina 
at Chapel Hill and 26 miles from Durham, the home of Duke University. The 
libraries and other facilities of the three institutions make this area one of the 
important centers of research opportunity in the South. 

The D. H. Hill Library 

Library facilities at North Carolina State University include the main D. H. Hill 
Library and special libraries for the Schools of Design, Textiles, and Forest Re- 



14 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

sources. The collections, totaling more than 600,000 volumes, have been carefully 
assembled to serve the educational and research programs of the University. 

The D. H. Hill Library contains particularly strong research holdings in the 
biological and physical sciences, in all fields of engineering, agriculture and 
forestry. The 6,000 volume Friedrich F. Tippmann collection in the field of 
entomology and related biological sciences is one of the outstanding collections 
in the country. The collection of books and journals in the humanities and 
social sciences is especially helpful to undergraduate students. 

The library's comprehensive collection of scientific journals emphasizes 
the major teaching and research interests at State; approximately 7,000 journals 
are received regularly. A large collection of state and federal government publica- 
tions further strengthens the library's research material. The D. H. Hill Library 
is a depository for publications of the Atomic Energy Commission and the 
Food and Agricultural Organization of the United Nations, and has been a 
depository for U. S. federal documents since 1923. 

The Textiles Library, located in Nelson Textile Building, contains outstanding 
holdings in the field of textiles and textile chemistry. It is regarded as one of the 
best textile libraries in the country. The School of Design Library, in Brooks 
Hall, has a fine collection of books, journals and slides in the areas of architecture" 
landscape architecture and product design. 

As a further aid to graduate and faculty research, the library participates in an 
interlibrary loan program with the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 
Duke University, Research Triangle Institute, IBM, Chemstrand, the Division 
of Environmental Health Services and the N. C. State Library in downtown 
Raleigh. A bus, arriving at State daily Monday through Friday, makes resources 
from these seven libraries available to State students and faculty. Among the 
materials available are approximately 14,000 scientific periodicals. 

The D. H. Hill Library building has recently been expanded and remodeled 
for additional library seating and open shelf collections. An 11-story addition 
provides bookstacks for a LOOO.OOO^volume book collection, and greatly expanded 
research facilities, including carrels and study areas. 

Among the many services offered by the library are orientation tours for 
faculty and graduate students and also lectures on library use to all new students. 
Comprehensive reference service is available almost all the hours the library is 
open. A variety of microtext readers and printers in the library and an extensive 
microfilm collection provide access to much important research material. A music 
listening room is equipped with listening machines for playing taped recordings. 
One of the most widely used services in the library is the Photocopy Service. 
Coin-operated machines plus two machines operated by staff provide a wide 
variety of photocopy service, including copy from microfilm. Machines may be 
used all hours the library is open. 

Institutes 

INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS 

The Institute of Statistics is composed of two sections, one at Raleigh and 
the other at Chapel Hill. At North Carolina State, the Institute provides 
statistical consulting services to all branches of the institution, sponsors research 
in statistical theory and methodology, and coordinates the teaching of statistics 
at the undergraduate and graduate levels. The instructional and other academic 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 15 

functions are performed by the Department of Statistics, which forms a part of the 
Institute. 

WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH INSTITUTE 

The Water Resources Research Institute is a unit of the Consolidated University 
and is located on the campus of North Carolina State University. The deans of the 
Graduate School, School of Engineering, and School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences at North Carolina State University and two faculty members from the 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill serve as a board of directors. The 
Institute was established to promote a multidisciplinary attack on water problems, 
to develop and support research in response to the needs of North Carolina, to 
encourage strengthened educational programs in water resources, to coordinate 
research and educational programs dealing with water resources, and to provide 
a link between the state and federal water resources agencies and related interests 
in the University. 

Research and educational activities are conducted through established depart- 
ments and schools of the University. All senior colleges and universities of 
North Carolina are eligible to participate in the Institute's research program. 
Applications for research grants must be received by September 1 for the 
Matching Grants Program and February 1 for the Annual Allotment Program 
preceding the fiscal year for which funds are requested. Basic support for the 
Institute's program is provided by the Office of Water Resources Research, U. S. 
Department of the Interior, under the Water Resources Research Act of 1964 and 
appropriations from the State of North Carolina. 

The Institute has sponsored a graduate minor in water resources which offers 
a strong water resources program with the major in any of the basic disciplines 
contributing to water resources planning, conservation, development and 
management. This capitalizes on the combined training resources of the Chapel 
Hill and Raleigh campuses of the University and offers these in an organized way 
to graduate students seeking interdisciplinary training in this important field. 
Additional information concerning the program is presented elsewhere in this 
catalog. 

The Institute also sponsors research and educational symposia and seminars, 
encourages the development of specialized training opportunities, and provides 
a means for the continuing evaluation and strengthening of the University's total 
water resources program. 

Special Laboratories and Facilities 

ADULT LEARNING CENTER 

The Adult Learning Center is an organizational unit in the School of Education 
at North Carolina State University and is an integral part of the research and 
development program of the School of Education. 

Established in 1967, the Center is committed to seeking new ways and means 
for facilitating the intellectual growth and development of adults. The multi- 
disciplinary activities carried out by members of the University faculty associated 
with the Center are addressed to comprehensive and rigorous studies of the most 
pressing needs and problems confronting adult education. Among the objectives 
of the Center is the provision of national leadership in the development and 



16 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

implementation of experimental and demonstration projects which give promise of 
materially improving adult education programs. A major concern of the Center 
is the development and dissemination of packaged instructional materials and 
improved instructional methods which are capable of being institutionalized 
within operational adult education programs in public school systems. 

The Center maintains on the campus of North Carolina State University an 
adult learning laboratory, the primary purpose of which is to further the use of 
programmed instructional materials with undereducated adults. Continuing re- 
search is conducted in the laboratory to determine the capacity of programmed 
instructional materials to raise effectively and efficiently the general educational 
level of marginally literate adults. 

BIOLOGY FIELD LABORATORY 

The Biologv Field Laboratory is located just eight miles from the University 
campus and comprises a 20-acre pond, 180 acres of extremely varied vegetation 
types and a modern laboratory building. The latter contains two laboratories, 
one for class use and another principally for research, and quarters for a married 
graduate student who serves as custodian of the property. The many unique 
ecological situations found in this area make it ideal for use by advanced classes 
of most biological science departments. Likewise, the area is well adapted to a 
wide variety of research projects by faculty, graduate students and undergraduates 
because it varies in habitat from the aquatic community to a dry, upland forest. 
The laboratory facility makes possible many types of behavioral, physiological, 
ecological, taxonomic and limnological studies that could be accomplished only 
with great difficulty at other locations. Since the site is close to the campus and 
readily accessible, those investigators with campus duties may carry out long- 
term studies there even though frequent observations must be made. This is an 
asset most vital to the biological programs of the University. 

COMPUTING FACILITIES 

North Carolina State University, along with Duke University and the University 
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, have jointly formed the Triangle Universities 
Computation Center (TUCC). This center, equipped with a very large computer 
located in the Research Triangle Park, provides the bulk of the computational 
capacity for the campus. A variety of services are available including high-speed 
teleprocessing of jobs for batch computing, remote job entry from a variety of 
terminals and interactive processing for low-speed terminals. The campus 
Computing Center also has an IBM System 360, Model 40 (256K with a 2314 
disk system and two tape drives). It operates simultaneously as a high-speed 
teleprocessing terminal to the TUCC computer and as a stand-alone computer. 
In addition, the Computing Center operates two medium-speed terminals; one 
in the School of Engineering and the other in the School of Physical and Mathe- 
matical Sciences. Many low-speed terminals (IBM 1050, IBM 2741, teletypes, 
etc.) are located in departments and projects throughout the campus. 

Other computer installations are operated for special projects and services on the 
campus including smaller digital computers as well as extensive analog and hybrid 
facilities in electrical engineering, biomathematics and the School of Education. 

One of the principal reasons for the development of the above computer 
configurations is to take care of the heavy graduate student training and research 
requirements on the campus. The present computer systems provide for a wide 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 17 

range of computing needs in graduate training and research. Programming 
courses of both the regular credit type, as well as short courses, are offered by 
the Department of Computer Science and Computing Center personnel. 

ELECTRON MICROSCOPE CENTER 

The facilities of the Electron Microscope Center are available to all graduate 
students and faculty within the University for research purposes and to those 
students who wish only to obtain a general knowledge of electron microscopy 
techniques. A small plate charge is assessed when the Center is used for research 
by faculty and graduate students. 

The Center is located in Gardner Hall in a suite of rooms designed specifically 
for electron microscopy. The Center currently houses two transmission 
electron microscopes, a Siemens Elmskop 1A and a Hitachi HS-8-B. In addition, 
the Center provides a specimen preparatory laboratory and a completely equipped 
darkroom. 

Formal instructional courses are provided by the Center involving electron 
microscopic cytological techniques, use of transmission and scanning electron 
microscopes, related photographic techniques and interpretation of electron 
microscopic results. The Center is involved in the instructional units of several 
additional courses offered by the University. In addition, instructional tours 
are made available to secondary educational groups within the State. 

HIGHLANDS BIOLOGICAL STATION 

North Carolina State University is an institutional member of the Highlands 
Biological Station, Inc., an inland biological field station located at Highlands, 
North Carolina. The town of Highlands is in the heart of the Southern Appala- 
chians at an elevation of 3,823 feet. The area has an extremely diverse and 
interesting biota and the highest rainfall in the eastern United States. The 
facilities are available throughout the year for pre- and post-doctoral research in 
botany, zoology, soils and geology. The laboratory building with research rooms 
and cubicles and the library are well equipped for pursuit of field research 
problems. Also, four cottages and a dining Tiall are located on the edge of a six- 
acre lake. In addition to 16 acres surrounding the lake, the station owns several 
tracts of undisturbed forested land available for research. Research grants are 
available from the station, and the stipends are adequate to cover room, board 
and research expenses. 

NUCLEAR SERVICE FACILITIES 

Specialized nuclear service facilities are available to the University faculty, 
students and industry. The purpose of these facilities is to further the use of nuclear 
energy in engineering, scientific and public service programs. The facilities include: 
a 1 MW steady-state and pulse, pool-type, research reactor (PULSTAR) and a 
10 kW training reactor (both with a variety of test facilities); a 50,000 curie 
multi-purpose Cobalt-60 gamma irradiation source which includes a controlled 
environment support unit; intermediate hot laboratories with hoods, junior caves 
and glove boxes; a neutron activation analysis and radioisotope laboratory; Nal 
and solid-state detectors; counting and photographic rooms; and pulsed neutron 
source. In addition, a new 50,000 sq. ft. Burlington Engineering Laboratories 
complex has been completed for the housing of the Departments of Nuclear 



18 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Engineering and Engineering Research with their associated offices and labora- 
tories. 

CENTER FOR OCCUPATIONAL EDUCATION 

Administered by the School of Education, the Center for Research, Develop- 
ment, and Training in Occupational Education is a national research and 
development center, the mission of which is to improve through research and 
related activity the quality and quantity of occupational education for all 
persons and groups in a community. The total program is focused on problems 
underlying the development of adequate programs of occupational education. 

The Center at North Carolina State University involves elements of the 
Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Education, Liberal Arts, and Physical 
and Mathematical Sciences. Cooperating and participating departments 
include adult education, agricultural education, economics, statistics, guidance and 
personnel services, industrial and technical education, politics, psychology, and 
sociology and anthropology. 

The total program of the Center includes research, developmental, and action 
or exemplary projects directed by senior members of the faculty. One of the 
special features of the Center is its Research Intern Program whereby Center 
graduate research assistants who are interested in preparing for positions as 
research specialists in occupational education or related fields, and who have 
completed all course requirements for the doctorate, may be employed as a 
full-time research assistant to conduct and manage a project related to one of 
the major thrusts of the Center. The Research Intern Program leads to the com- 
pletion of requirements for the doctorate in adult education, economics, statistics, 
occupational education, psychology and sociology. 

PESTICIDE RESIDUE RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The Pesticide Residue Research Laboratory is a facility in the School of Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences devoted to research on pesticide residues in animals, 
plants, soils, water and other entities of the environment of man. Although the 
laboratory is administered through the Department of Entomology, it serves the 
total needs of the school in cooperative research projects requiring assistance on 
pesticide residue analyses. 

The laboratory functions as a focal point for residue research involving inter- 
departmental cooperation, but faculty in the laboratory also conduct separate 
research of their own interest on persistence and decomposition of pesticides in 
soils and plants, absorption and translocation in plants, distribution in the environ- 
ment, and contamination of streams, estuaries and ground water. 

The modern laboratory is equipped with the latest analytical instruments. 
Graduate study can be undertaken in any aspect of pesticide residues either in 
the Pesticide Residue Laboratory or in one of the cooperating departments. 

REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The Reproductive Physiology Research Laboratory administered through the 
Department of Animal Science includes four environmental control rooms designed 
to provide constant levels of air temperature, humidity and light for animals 
involved in studies on reproduction. Facilities and equipment are available for 
surgery, in vitro growth of embryos, isotope labeling in embryo metabolism and 
transfer of embryos between females. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 19 

Support for research at both the master's and the doctoral levels is available. 
Students may elect a comparative approach to a specific problem in mammalian 
reproduction, working with several species, or they may choose to work with a 
single species. Generally students select a problem associated with the identifica- 
tion of factors influencing early prenatal development, the endocrine control of 
ovarian function or some aspect of elucidation and control of aberrations in 
mammalian reproduction. 

Cooperative research is possible between the laboratory and the Medical 
School or the Environmental Health Sciences Center (at the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill) for those students desiring a broader training in the 
general area of reproductive physiology. 

Students whose work is concentrated in reproductive physiology can major 
in either animal science or physiology with a minor in related disciplines. 

SOUTHEASTERN PLANT ENVIRONMENT LARORATORIES 

The Southeastern Plant Environment Laboratories operate as a cooperative 
association between North Carolina State University and Duke University with 
one unit, commonly called a phytotron, located on each campus. The laboratory 
is especially designed for research dealing with the response of biological 
organisms to their environment, and the high degree of control makes it possible 
to duplicate any climate from tropical rain forest to arid desert or arctic cold. 

Research in the North Carolina State unit concentrates on agricultural 
problems encountered in the southeastern United States. However, the ability to 
control all phases of the environment allows inclusion of research dealing with 
space, pollution and tropical agriculture as well as basic physiological and bio- 
chemical investigations. 

The facilities are available to the resident research staff, participants in North 
Carolina State's graduate research program and to domestic and foreign visiting 
scientists. 

TRIANGLE UNIVERSITIES NUCLEAR LABORATORY 

TUNL is a laboratory for research in nuclear structure. It is located on the 
campus of Duke University in Durham and it is staffed by faculty members and 
graduate students in the Departments of Physics of Duke University, the Univer- 
sity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and North Carolina State University. The 
principal tools of the laboratory are particle accelerators used to bombard target 
nuclei with an assortment of ions of accurately controlled energy and small energy 
spread. For example, protons can be accelerated to desired energies between a 
few hundred thousand electron volts and a bit over 30 million electron volts 
energy. The accelerators are three MeV and a four MeV Van de Graaff generator 
and a 15 MeV tandem Van de Graaff generator injected by a 15 MeV AVF 
cyclotron normally accelerating negative ions. An on-line computer is used for 
data collection and analysis. 

Personnel from NCSU are participating partners in the maintenance and use of 
the laboratory. Collaboration with personnel from the other two participating 
universities is encouraged. 

This laboratory is the first to combine a cyclotron and tandem Van de Graaff 
generator — the "Cyclo-Graaff." Successful operation began on December 28, 
1968. The unusual physical facilities and the collaboration of personnel from the 
three universities make this a truly excellent, exciting laboratory. 



20 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Special Training Programs 

INSECT PEST MANAGEMENT 

Food production, control of disease and abatement of pollution are problems 
of national and international concern. Adequate food for burgeoning populations is 
a problem of increasing urgency, and insect pests comprise an important limiting 
factor. Insect control is also of strategic importance in combating arthropod- 
borne diseases of man as well as of his cultivated plants and domesticated 
animals. Pollution, a companion problem of food production and disease control, 
is increasing at an alarming rate, partly as a result of inadvisable pest control 
practices. 

If a viable and aesthetically desirable environment is to be maintained, the 
materials and methods of pest control must be used carefully under the guidance 
of personnel possessing a thorough understanding of ecological principles. A 
program to train such personnel as pest management specialists, including 
assistantships, is available for graduate students with an adequate background in 
biological sciences, chemistry and mathematics. Ecology is fundamental to the 
pest management concept since populations, communities and ecosystems are of 
primary concern in this approach to the regulation of pest numbers. 

Trainees will major in entomology but may choose from a wide selection of 
minors such as statistics, biomathematics, genetics, microbiology, zoology and 
ecology. Faculty with competencies there and with other related disciplines are 
available as advisors. 

RESEARCH PROGRAM AT THE OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES 

North Carolina State is one of the sponsoring institutions of the Oak Ridge 
Associated Universities at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Through this cooperative 
association, North Carolina State's graduate research program has at its disposal 
the facilities and research staff at Oak Ridge National Laboratory. Extensive 
research programs are under way there on physical and biological effects of 
radiation, radioisotope utilization and many other areas of nuclear science 
and engineering. When master's and doctoral candidates have completed their 
resident work, it may be possible, by special arrangement, for them to do their 
thesis research at Oak Ridge National Laboratory. In addition, it is possible 
for the staff members of this University to go to Oak Ridge for advanced study 
in their particular fields. 

Other Programs 

THE TRIANGLE UNIVERSITIES CONSORTIUM ON AIR POLLUTION 

Controlling the quality of the air we breathe is now clearly recognized as one 
of the major problems facing man in the decades ahead. This concern has now 
been expressed as a statement of national policy. 

On January 5, 1970, agencies in North Carolina took a major step toward 
making the state an international center for research and training in the field of 
air pollution control. With encouragement from the Office of Air Programs of 
the Environmental Protection Agency, the state's three major universities, which 
are integral parts of the Research Triangle, created the Triangle Universities 
Consortium on Air Pollution (TUCAP). Representatives of the University of North 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 21 

Carolina at Chapel Hill, North Carolina State University and Duke University at 
Durham signed the compact and set into motion a concerted effort to control a 
problem that threatens national disaster. Adding focus to their effort was the 
proximitv of the two national agencies most immediately concerned — the Office of 
Air Programs of the Environmental Protection Agency and the National Institute 
of Environmental Health Sciences. Both are located within the Research Triangle. 

The Consortium is the first of its kind in the country. It has brought together 
institutions with long experience in working together on common problems and 
interests. A pool of talent and resources that could cover all facets of the national 
problem has been made available. From biology to ecology, from law to medicine, 
from engineering to economics, specialized knowledge has been brought together 
to provide the research and training needed by both the state and the nation. 

TUCAP has already sponsored several conferences and symposia, developed 
joint instructional programs and stimulated considerable faculty involvement in 
air pollution related research on the three campuses. It is anticipated that major 
grant and contract funding will be channeled through TUCAP. 





Controlled environmental studies 
are carried out in the Phytotron. 



Marine Science students work at 
laboratories on the North Carolina 
coast. 




Pulp and water become paper in the laboratories of the School of Forest Resources. 




Plasma physics students investigate behavior of changed particle beams. 




Mice embryos are used 
in prenatal studies in the 
Reproductive Physiology 
lab. 




New PULSTAR reactor in Nuclear Engineering 



Electron microscopes are used in 
iching and research in agriculture 
d life sciences. 





Catfish in a genetic study in zoology 
are caged at Yates Mill Pond. 




The greenhouse range constitutes a valuable research and education complex. 



Computer systems provide a wide 
range of services for graduate training 
and research. 




Air pollutants effects on plants and trees are studied on the research farms. 



r -l / 



i Hill! ! 

mUU iiiiiiiii 

ulCJl ■■■■■■■■■II ■ * -« 



i 



fer 



■iiiiiiiiiJi 



Harrelson Hall in University Plaza is State's unusual round classroom building. 




The Ambilog - 200 is used for bio- 
mathematical research. 



Artifacts add to a class on Asian 
religions. 




The School of Textiles equipment 
includes machines used in the pro- 
cessing of both natural and man-made 
fibers. 




A sleep studies volunteer performs 
tasks in a chamber in the psychology 
department. 




Urban design and architecture stu- 
dents study new metropolis projects. 




QUIT fin 7 *' 

Win 




e# ,■ 



llUlllinillUHiii,; 

hllllH ll.nii 

Ilmliiuiii 




Plasma physics students utilize the 
"linear pinch." 



A concert at the University Plaza. 



William, Neal Reynolds Coliseum. 




Mm. 



IAH 



M 



M 



if 



ir tf 



I 





Concrete cylinder strength is tested 
in civil engineering lab. 



University residence halls. 



The effects of space on living organ- 
isms is studied in this genetics lab. 





30 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

Admissions 

Graduate School admission may be to full, provisional or unclassified status. 
Applications for admission to the Graduate School at North Carolina State Uni- 
versity must be accompanied by official transcripts from all colleges or universities 
previously attended and should be received no later than one month before the 
start of the session in which enrollment is planned. 

A non-refundable application fee of $10.00 must be submitted with the 
application for admission to the Graduate School. 

Since the Graduate Catalog is prepared to cover a two-year period, changes may 
occur during this period which are not included herein. In the event of such 
changes, the schools and departments concerned will communicate with applicants 
at the time that the application forms are received. 

It is the prerogative of each school or department to require evidence of 
academic potential beyond those stated specifically in the catalog. 

Judgments concerning admission or denial to particular degree programs 
and the criteria used for admission are initiated in the individual departments and 
schools. These criteria and judgments vary according to departments and 
schools and reflect not only estimates of ability of students to do graduate work 
but also the ability of the department to absorb additional graduate students. 

Students of all races and sexes are equally welcome at North Carolina State Uni- 
versity. All people may apply for and accept admission, confident that the policy 
and regular practices of the University will be administered without discrimination. 

FULL GRADUATE STANDING 

For admission in this category a student must have a bachelor's degree from a 
recognized college or university regarded as standard by a regional or general 
accrediting agency, and must have at least a "B" grade average in his under- 
graduate major. 

PROVISIONAL ADMISSION 

Provisional admission may be granted to applicants who lack undergraduate 
work considered essential for graduate study in the major field. Course work, 
without graduate credit, will be required to make up such deficiencies before 
admission to full graduate status can be granted. 

Graduates from nonaccredited institutions may be granted provisional admission 
when their academic records warrant this status. Additional course work will 
be required of such students when deficiencies in their previous training are 
apparent. 

Graduates from accredited institutions whose scholastic records are below the 
standards for admission to full graduate standing may be admitted provisionally 
when unavoidable extenuating circumstances affected their undergraduate 
averages or when progressive improvement in their undergraduate programs 
warrant provisional admission. All such students are required to take the 
Graduate Record Examination and to submit scores to the Graduate School 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 31 

office in support of their application.* The National Teacher Examination may be 
substituted for the Graduate Record Examination if recommended by the 
department head. Information as to the dates on which the Graduate Record 
and the National Teacher Examinations are given may be obtained at the Graduate 
School office. 

Many departments, although not normally requiring GRE scores, may in special 
instances require their submission as additional information to assist in making a 
judgment as to a student's chances of success in a graduate program. 

Although some departments in the School of Education might consider the 
results of the National Teacher Examination as a basis for admission to the master's 
degree program, the Graduate Record Examination scores are required in all 
departments in the School of Education in the case of applicants for admission to 
doctoral programs. 

Graduate students admitted to provisional status are not eligible for appointment 
to graduate assistantships or fellowships. They may attain full graduate standing 
when the deficiencies responsible for their provisional status are corrected. They 
also must have maintained a satisfactory academic record in all course work taken 
as part of their graduate program. Change from provisional to full graduate standing 
is effected only on written recommendation from the department in which the 
student is seeking his degree. 

UNCLASSIFIED GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Unclassified graduate students are not candidates for graduate degrees. They 
may take courses for graduate credit but may not apply more than 10 credits earned 
while in the unclassified status to any program leading to an advanced degree at 
this institution. Unclassified graduate students are expected to meet the same 
admissions requirements that apply to graduate students in full standing. 

Applications for admission to the Graduate School should be on file in the 
Graduate School office at least 30 days in advance of the registration date for the 
term in which the student wishes to enroll in the Graduate School. 

Public school personnel (primary teachers, secondary teachers or administrators) 
registering at North Carolina State for the first time who are interested primarily 
in "Certification Credit" may enroll as graduate students for a maximum of six 
semester hours without forwarding official transcripts of previous work to the 
Graduate Office. If, however, application is not made through normal channels for 
graduate credit in the session in which the course or courses are taken, the student 
will not be permitted to apply the credit toward an advanced degree at North 
Carolina State, or elsewhere. 

In all cases where the teacher's interest is primarily in approval for certification 
credit, the School of Education will be responsible for assessing the adequacy of the 
teacher's qualifications for enrollment in the University in the particular course or 
courses. The School of Education will also be responsible for advising all such 
students early in each school session that if they wish their credits to be applied in 
due course to a higher degree at North Carolina State, or elsewhere, normal 
admission procedures will be required. 

* Most of the advanced degree- granting departments in the University strongly encourage submis- 
sion of Graduate Record Examination scores. The following departments will not act on an application 
unless it is accompanied by GRE scores: biomathematics. English, fiber and polymer science, forest 
resources, guidance and personnel services, history, industrial and technical education (vocational 
industrial education and industrial arts education), mathematics, plant pathology, politics, psychology 
(requires the Advanced Test and Miller Analogies as well), sociology, textile chemistry (aptitude and 
advanced test in chemistry), textile technology (aptitude only) and zoology. 



32 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

All teachers who have previously attended North Carolina State University and 
earned six semester hours of credit and wish to enroll for additional courses for 
graduate credit will be required to make application for admission to the Graduate 
School in the usual manner, if they have not already done so. 

In all cases a "B" level of academic performance or better is required. 

GRADUATE-SPECIAL 

This classification is used primarily for students enrolling in special institutes 
such as the summer institutes regularly held for college teachers, high school 
teachers and graduate students, or special graduate training programs for separate 
groups such as our summer offerings for extension staff. 

The following rules apply to students registered as graduate-special: 

1. All must have at least a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution 
of higher learning; 

2. Official transcripts need not be submitted to the Graduate Office for enroll- 
ment in this classification but the appropriate institute or program director 
must file with the graduate dean well in advance the nature of the program, 
the criteria and methods used in selection of the students, and assurances 
that the students have adequate preparation for the course contemplated; 

3. Placement in this classification carries with it no implication that students 
will be admitted to the Graduate School in any of the other classifications; 

4. Graduate credit will be allowed, not to exceed six hours of course work at the 
500 or 600 level; 

5. If the student is in due course admitted to the Graduate School, graduate 
credit obtained under this classification may apply to an advanced degree, if 
in the judgment of the advisory committee the course(s) is germane to the 
particular program of work, and performance was at an adequate level; 

6. Students who have received as much as six hours of graduate credit under 
this classification must make application for admission to the Graduate School 
before permission will be granted to enroll for additional graduate work. 

Registration 

The Office of Registration must have written authorization from the dean of the 
Graduate School before any graduate student will be given a permit to register. 
This authorization will be sent to the Office of Registration by the graduate dean 
at the time the student is notified of his acceptance. 

REGISTRATION FOR COURSES AT OTHER CAMPUSES 
OF THE CONSOLIDATED UNIVERSITY 

Graduate students working toward an advanced degree at North Carolina State 
University may find it desirable to enroll for certain courses in one of the other 
campuses of the University (see page 13.) The following principles and procedures 
apply in such cases: 

1. A graduate student shall be considered to remain in the Graduate School of 
the campus of the University to which he is admitted for a specific degree 
program, to be under the control of his department, to be advised by his 
department and to be enrolled by that Graduate School for any graduate 
work which he may take for credit in his own campus or any other campus of 
the University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 33 

2. A graduate student at one campus of the University who is taking work at 
some other campus of the University for credit toward his degree at the 
University campus to which he has been admitted shall be enrolled for all 
courses, including those at the other campus of the University, in his home 
Graduate School. This Graduate School shall consider courses taken at the 
other campus of the University as a part of the student's normal load and 
shall use such enrollment in computing the total billing which the home 
University will make to the student. 

3. A student at one campus of the University who is by this method enrolled in 
one or more graduate courses at some other campus of the University will be 
admitted to these courses, provided space exists in these classes, by the 
Graduate School of the other campus upon normal notification by the Gradu- 
ate School of the student's campus that the student has been properly 
enrolled for these courses and has the approval of the home campus for this 
program of study. 

4. During the summer sessions, approval of the courses to be taken shall be 
asked, but the billing procedures shall be those regularly used for visiting 
students. 

5. No student enrolled as a regular graduate student in any campus of the 
University shall be admitted to courses at another campus of the University 
without the presentation by the student of written permission from the 
Graduate School of the campus to which the student was originally admitted. 

6. The graduate programs of students enrolled at North Carolina State Uni- 
versity are under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School of North Carolina 
State University. 

PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS 

All regularly enrolled graduate students must take a physical examination 
preferably given by the family physician and the results recorded on forms provided 
by the University. When this is not done the examination may be given by the 
North Carolina State physician during registration for a fee of $10. 

COURSE LOAD 

A full-time graduate load is considered to be nine to 15 credits per semester 
(including audits). This course load restriction is made so that graduate students 
may have time for reading and contemplation well beyond the limits set for satis- 
factory undergraduate work. In exceptional cases one or two additional credit hours 
may be added to the roster if necessary in order to get prerequisite work not 
taught in subsequent terms, provided the corresponding adjustment in course 
load is made in the other terms. Rosters with additional credit hours beyond 15 
should be accompanied by a special note from the head of the major department 
indicating the reasons for the additional work. 

Full-time faculty of instructor rank and above and other full-time employees of 
the University who hold membership in the Teachers' and State Employees' Retire- 
ment System may register for credit or audit one course in each semester and one 
course during one of the two summer sessions with free tuition privileges. Free 
tuition privileges apply only during the period of one's normal employment and do 
not include such other charges as registration, laboratory or other appropriate fees. 
Each applicant for free tuition privileges must complete and submit through 
regular administrative channels a form provided by the University. A maximum of 
eight semester hours may be taken during the academic year. 



34 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Employees having academic rank higher than that of instructor may register for 
graduate work for credit to be transferred to other institutions, but they may not 
undertake programs for graduate degrees at North Carolina State University. 

Graduate assistants on half-time appointments are permitted a maximum course 
load of nine credits per semester unless corresponding adjustments are made in 
their service obligations during the same semester. If the appointment is for the 
academic year of nine months, half-time assistants are restricted to a maximum of 
18 credit hours of work during the nine months of their appointment. Half-time 
graduate assistants whose appointments are for 12 months may not exceed a total 
of 24 credits during the 12-month period of their appointment. Three-quarter time 
graduate assistants whose appointments are for 12 months may register for a total 
of 16 credits during the calendar year. A total of six credits is the maximum load 
in a regular semester. 

A member of the North Carolina State senior class may, upon approval of the 
dean of the Graduate School, register for courses in the 500 group for graduate 
credit to fill a roster of studies not to exceed 15 credits in any semester. No more 
than six hours of graduate credit may be acquired by an undergraduate student 
and the credits associated with courses approved for graduate credit may not apply 
toward the requirements for the bachelor's degree. Courses listed with numbers 
in the 600 series are not ordinarily open to undergraduates. Occasional exceptions 
may be made for "honor" students. 



Tuition and Fees 

SEMESTER RATES 
For Academic Year 1971-1972 
RESIDENTS OF NORTH CAROLINA 

HOURS TUITION 



REQUIRED 

FEES TOTAL 



1-3 
4-6 

7 or 
more 



$ 37.50 
75.00 



$99.00 
99.00 



112.50 99.00 



$136.50 
174.00 

211.50 



HOURS 

1-3 
4-6 
7 or 
more 



NONRESIDENTS 

TUITION 



$216.50 
433.00 

650.00 



REQUIRED 

FEES TOTAL 



$99.00 
99.00 

99.00 



$315.50 
532.00 

749.00 



For Academic Years 1972-1973, 1973-1974 
RESIDENTS OF NORTH CAROLINA 



NONRESIDENTS 



HOURS 


TUITION 


REQUIRED 
FEES TOTAL 


HOURS 


TUITION 


REQUIRED 
FEES TOTAL 


1-3 
4-6 
7 or 
more 


$ 37.50 
$ 75.00 

112.50 


$99.00 $136.50 
99.00 174.00 

99.00 211.50 


1-3 
4-6 
7 or 
more 


$300.00 
600.00 

900.00 


$99.00 
99.00 

99.00 


$399.00 
699.00 

999.00 






REQUIRED FEES 
1971-73 












General Academic 
Medical 
Athletic 
Special 




$38.00 
10.00 
10.00 
41.00 







Eligibility of a non-resident for reduced tuition rates. Under certain conditions, 
students who have been solicited for a "special talent" and have been offered 
an assistantship, traineeship, or fellowship, may be eligible for reduced tuition 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 35 

rates. A campus committee of the Administrative Board takes action on all 
such cases. 

Initial Tuition Deposit: Each applicant for admission who is accepted by North 
Carolina State is required to remit to the University an advance deposit of not 
less than $100.00 to be applied against the student's tuition and fees for the 
academic term for which he has been accepted, said sum to be paid within 
three weeks of the mailing by the institution of the notice of acceptance; if the 
deposit is not paid within said period the applicant shall be assumed to have 
withdrawn his application. In the event of hardship, the deposit may be 
waived by the institution at its discretion. If the applicant, after remitting his 
deposit, decides not to attend the institution and gives notice of this decision 
by May 1, in the case of application for the fall term, or at least one month 
prior to the beginning of the term, in the case of application for the spring or 
winter term, the deposit shall be refunded. Deposits made by students who 
fail to give notice of withdrawal to the University as provided above shall be 
forfeited to the institution and shall be used to supplement appropriations for 
scholarships; provided, however, that any deposit shall be refundable if in the 
judgment of the University the withdrawal of an applicant is the result of 
illness, a call to military duty or other circumstances which are beyond the 
student's control and which the institution deems adequate. 

Subsequent Tuition Deposits: An advance deposit of $50.00 is required to be made 
by each student enrolled for the regular academic year who intends to return 
for the succeeding academic year. The fee shall be paid during the last regular 
term of the academic year preceding the academic year for which the deposit 
is being paid. In the event of hardship, the deposit may be waived by the 
institution in its discretion. The deposit shall be applied against the student's 
tuition and fees in the event he returns. If he decides not to return to the 
institution and gives notice of his decision within 30 days after the last day of 
the term in which he made the deposit, or if the institution determines that he 
is not eligible to return, the deposit shall be refunded. Deposits made by 
students who fail to give notice of withdrawal as provided above shall be 
forfeited to the institution and shall be used to supplement appropriations for 
scholarships; provided, however, that any deposit shall be refundable if in the 
judgment of the institution the withdrawal of an applicant is the result of 
illness, a call to military duty, or other circumstances which are beyond the 
student's control and which the institution deems adequate. 

Application Fee: A nonrefundable application fee of $10.00 is required to accom- 
pany each application for admission. 

SPECIAL REGISTRATIONS AND FEES 

Thesis Preparation Only: (GR 598 or GR 698) 

In-Residence ($19.00 plus $99.00 fees) $118.00 

Not-In- Residence ($19.00 plus $7.00 registration fee) 26.00 

Dissertation Research: (GR 697) 

In-Residence ($19.00 plus $99.00 fees) 118.00 

Not-In-Residence ($19.00 plus $7.00 registration fee) 26.00 

Examination Only: (GR 597) 

In-Residence ($10.00 plus $99.00 fees) 109.00 

Not-In-Residence ($10.00 plus $7.00 registration fee) 17.00 



36 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Audits: Registered and paying for other course work — one 
audit free. 
Not registered for other course work — rates same 
as for credit (in Summer Sessions, all audits are charged for as 
though they were being taken on a credit basis). 

Full-time Faculty or Staff 7.00 

Microfilming Doctoral Dissertation 21.00 

Incidental fees and charges are levied for purposes and services available to all 
graduate students whether or not the student takes advantage of them. 

The full amount of incidental fees and charges will be collected, notwithstanding 
the number of semester hours of credit for which the student may enroll. 

In cases of occasional or part-time graduate students not in residence, application 
for cancellation of nonacademic fees may be made if it is clear that the student 
could not use the services covered. Application forms are available in the Graduate 
School and the Office of Business Affairs. 

Full-time faculty of instructor rank and above and other full-time employees of 
the University who hold membership in the Teachers' and State Employees' 
Retirement System may register for credit or audit one course in each semester or 
one course during one of the two summer terms with free tuition privileges. Free 
tuition privileges apply only during the period of one's normal employment and do 
not include such other charges as registration, laboratory or other appropriate fees. 
Each applicant for free tuition privileges must complete and submit through regu- 
lar administrative channels a form provided by the University. A maximum of eight 
semester hours may be taken during the academic year. 

Faculty members on less than full-time appointments will be permitted to take 
more than one course per semester upon the recommendation of their dean and the 
approval of both the dean of the Graduate School and the Provost. In these cases 
tuition and fees will be the same as those for part-time graduate students computed 
at residence rates. 

Maximum permissible course loads for graduate students holding part-time 
appointments are as follows: three-quarters time, six hours; half-time, nine hours; 
quarter-time, 12 hours. 

Students wishing to visit classes without participation in class discussions, 
quizzes or examinations must register for this privilege as auditors. Visiting classes 
without registration is not permitted. Graduate students may register for one 
course as an audit in any semester without charge when the audit is certified by 
the dean of the Graduate School as a part of course work for which tuition charges 
are made (this does not apply in the summer sessions). 

Graduate students often mistakenly assume that registration for an audit carries 
with it the privilege of irregular or infrequent attendance. This is not correct! When 
audits are recommended by departmental advisers or appear on the student's plan 
of work, regular attendance is expected as in courses taken for credit. Failure to 
attend on a regular basis will be so noted on the student's permanent record. 

Audits in subjects in which the student has had no previous experience will be 
evaluated at full credit value in determining course loads. Audits taken as repetition 
of work previously accomplished are considered at one-half their credit value in 
calculating course loads. With the single exception of foreign language audits, all 
audit registrations must fall within the maximum permissible course loads. Audits 
are not permitted students registering for thesis preparation. While audit registra- 
tions are evaluated for purposes of determining permissive course loads in terms of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



37 



the above regulations of the Graduate School, the Office of Business Affairs con- 
siders all audits excepting the one permitted free of charge, in terms of full credit 
value in calculating the tuition for graduate students. 

Dissertation Research: A Ph.D. student whose program of work specifies no formal 
courses during a given semester or summer sessioi, who has successfully 
passed his preliminary examinations, completed at least six hours of depart- 
mental research on his Ph.D. program and who is devoting full time to his 
dissertation research shall register for "dissertation research" or an appropriate 
research course offered by the department. A graduate student so registered 
will be classified as a full-time student. "Dissertation research" as is the case 
for "thesis preparation" will have no credit hour designation. Tuition and 
fee charges for "dissertation research" are the same as those for "thesis 
preparation." 

Thesis Preparation: Graduate students who have completed all course work, 
research and residence requirements and who are writing a thesis or dis- 
sertation may register for "thesis preparation." The tuition charge for this 
registration is $19.00. Students registering for thesis preparation will pay, in 
addition, fees of $99.00 per semester. When not in residence these charges 
will be $19.00 plus $7.00 registration fee or $26.00. 

Examination Only: Graduate students in master's programs not requiring a thesis, 
who have completed all requirements except the final oral examination by 
the beginning of the semester in which the degree is to be awarded, will 
be required to register for "examination only." The tuition charge for this 
registration is $10.00. Students registering for examination only will pay, in 
addition, fees of $99.00 per semester. When not in residence these charges 
will be $10.00 plus $7.00 registration fee or $17.00. 

Microfilming Fees: A fee of $21.00 is charged all doctoral candidates for micro- 
filming their dissertations. 

Anyone who feels a mistake has been made in his bill should consult the 
Office of Business Affairs. 

All tuition charges and fees are subject to change without notice. 



TUITION AND FEES FOR PART-TIME STUDENTS — SEMESTER RATE 



RESIDENTS OF NORTH CAROLINA 



NONRESIDENTS 



HOURS 


REQUIRED 
TUITION FEES TOTAL 


HOURS 


REQUIRED 
TUITION FEES TOTAL 


1-3 


$37.50 $12.50 $ 50.00 


1-3 


$216.50 $12.50 $229.00 


4-6 


75.00 25.00 100.00 


4-6 


433.00 25.00 458.00 


7 or 




7 or 




more 


Cannot be classified as part- 


more 


Cannot be classified as 




time if enrolled for more than 




part-time if enrolled for 




six (6) hours. 




more than six (6) hours. 



* Part-Time students are defined as persons who are primarily employed (full-time and permanent), 
registered for not more than six hours during the regular semester as incidental students. Part-time 
students must complete an "Application for Cancellation of Nonacademic Fees" form each semester 
to qualify for the reduced rates. See schedule 9. 



38 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FEES FOR SUMMER SCHOOL 

1972 1973 

Registration Fee $27.00 $27.00 

Tuition (in-state students per credit hour) 10.00 10.00 

Tuition (out-of-state students per credit hour) 37.50 50.50 

Audits (same as for credit) 



REFUND OF TUITION AND FEES 

A student who withdraws from school on or before the first two weeks of a 
semester will receive a refund of the full amount paid less an enrollment fee. After 
the period specified, refunds may be obtained only by submitting a petition to the 
Refund of Fees Committee, which endeavors to protect the rights of the student 
and the University. The committee is empowered to approve a petition when the 
withdrawal is caused by extensive illness and upon the advice of a physician, 
military orders or when circumstances justify waiving the rules. For information, 
contact William R. Styons, Director of Student Accounts, "B" Holladay Hall. 

RESIDENCE STATUS (a) 

General: The tuition charge for legal residents of North Carolina is less than for 
nonresidents. To qualify for in-state tuition, a legal resident must have main- 
tained his domicile in North Carolina for at least the 12 months next preceding 
the date of first enrollment or reenrollment in an institution of higher edu- 
cation in this state. b Student status in an institution of higher education in 
this state shall not constitute eligibility for residence to qualify said student 
for in-state tuition. 

Minors: A minor is any person who has not reached the age of 18 years. The 
legal residence of a person under 18 years of age at the time of his first en- 
rollment in an institution of higher education in this state is that of his parents, 
surviving parent or legal guardian. In cases where parents are divorced or 
legally separated, the legal residence of the father will control unless custody 
of the minor has been awarded by court to the mother or to a legal guardian 
other than a parent. No claim of residence in North Carolina based upon 
residence of a guardian in North Carolina will be considered if either parent 
is living unless the action of the court appointing the guardian antedates 
the student's first enrollment in a North Carolina institution of higher edu- 
cation by at least 12 months. 



*(a)Xhese regulations, as amended on August 13, 1971, shall be applicable with respect to tuition 

payments coming due after said date. 

bThe reference in this sentence to "twelve months" formerly read "six months"; Chapter 845 of 

the 1971 Session Laws, which was ratified on July 13, 1971, made the change from "six months" to 

"twelve months." The office of the Attorney General has rendered the following opinion: 

"The eligibility of all students who have applied and have been accepted by state-supported 
institutions of higher education prior to July 13, 1971, shall be determined upon the individual 
having maintained his domicile in North Carolina for at least the six months next preceding the 
date of first enrollment or reenrollment in an institution of higher education in this State. The 
twelve-month requirement as provided for in Chapter 845 of the 1971 Session Laws does not apply 
to any individual who applied for admission and was accepted by a state-supported institution of 
higher education prior to July 13, 1971. The student already enrolled as an in-state student, 
qualifying as such by compliance with the six-month requirement prior to July 13, 1971, shall 
retain in-state status." 
c Chapter 585 of the 1971 Session Laws, which became effective on July 5, 1971, changed the age 

of adulthood from 21 years to 18 years. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 39 

Adults: An adult is any person who has reached the age of 18 years. Persons 18 
or more years of age at the time of first enrollment in an institution of higher 
education are responsible for establishing their own domicile. Persons reach- 
ing the age of 18, whose parents are and have been domiciled in North Caro- 
lina for at least the preceding 12 months, retain North Carolina residence for 
tuition payment purposes until domicile in North Carolina is abandoned. If 
North Carolina residence is abandoned by an adult, maintenance of North 
Carolina domicile for 12 months as a non-student is required to regain in-state 
status for tuition payment purposes. 

Married Students: The legal residence of a wife follows that of her husband, except 
that a woman currently enrolled as an in-state student in an institution of 
higher education may continue as a resident even though she marries a non- 
resident. If the husband is a nonresident and separation or divorce occurs, the 
woman may qualify for in-state tuition after establishing her domicile in North 
Carolina for at least 12 months as a non-student. 

Military Personnel: No person shall lose his in-state resident status by serving in the 
Armed Forces outside of the State of North Carolina. A member of the Armed 
Forces may obtain in-state resident status for himself, his spouse or his children 
after maintaining his domicile in North Carolina for at least the 12 months 
preceding his or their enrollment or reenrollment in an institution of higher 
education in this state. 

Aliens: Aliens lawfully admitted to the United States for permanent residence may 
establish North Carolina residence in the same manner as any other non- 
resident. 

Property and Taxes: Ownership of property in or payment of taxes to the State of 
North Carolina apart from legal residence will not qualify one for the in-state 
tuition rate. 

Change of Status: The residence status of any student is determined as of the time 
of his first enrollment in an institution of higher education in North Carolina 
except: (a) in the case of a nonresident student at the time of first enrollment 
who has subsequently maintained domicile as a non-student for at least 12 
consecutive months and (b) in the case of a resident who abandons his legal 
residence in North Carolina. 

In either case, the appropriate tuition rate will become effective at the 
beginning of the first subsequent term enrolled. 

Responsibility of Students: Any student or prospective student in doubt concerning 
his residence status must bear the responsibility for securing a ruling by stating 
his case in writing to the admissions officer. The student who, due to subse- 
quent events, becomes eligible for a change in classification, whether from 
out-of-state to in-state or the reverse, has the responsibility of immediately 
informing the Office of Admissions of this circumstance in writing. Failure to 
give complete and correct information regarding residence constitutes grounds 
for disciplinary action. 

Appeals of Rulings of Admission Officers: Any student or prospective student may 
appeal the ruling of the admissions officer in writing to the Chancellor of the 



40 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

institution. The Chancellor may use any officer or committee which he deems 
appropriate in review of the appeal. Appeal of the Chancellor's ruling may be 
made to the President of the University of North Carolina; such appeals to be 
filed with the Chancellor and forwarded bv him to the President. 

Fellowships and Graduate Assistantships 

FELLOWSHIPS 

Graduate fellowships and traineeships provide funds to graduate students to 
assist in the support of their programs of advanced study. Holders of fellowships 
have no service obligation to the University and may devote full time to their 
graduate programs. 

Some of the agencies sponsoring fellowships at North Carolina State University 
are the Agency for International Development, Aluminum Company of America, 
the Atomic Energy Commission, Chemstrand, Douglas Aircraft Company, Dow 
Chemical Company, DuPont Company, E. Sigurd Johnson, Eastman Kodak Com- 
pany, Ford Foundation, General Electric Foundation, General Food Corporation, 
Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company, Honor Society of Phi Kappa Phi, Inter- 
national Institute of Education, Kellogg, National Aeronautics and Space Adminis- 
tration, National Institutes of Health, National Lumber Manufacturing Association, 
National Science Foundation, North Carolina Grange (E. G. Moss Fellowship), 
North Carolina Textile Foundation, Office of Education (Department of Health, 
Education, and Welfare), Phillips Petroleum Company, Public Health Service 
(U. S.), R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, Research Corporation, Rockefeller 
Foundation, Scholler Foundation, Shell Companies Foundation, and Wachovia 
Bank and Trust Company. 

Information relative to stipends, areas of research study supported by specific 
fellowships, and application forms may be obtained from the Graduate School or 
from the heads of the appropriate departments. 

ASSISTANTSHIPS 

Graduate assistantships are granted to selected students who normally devote 
half-time to service duties for the University. Teaching assistantships carry stipends 
ranging from $2,900 to $3,800 for the academic year and permit the holder to 
enroll for 60 percent of a full course load. The stipends for research assistantships 
range from $2,900 to $3,800 for a calendar year appointment. 

The University offers 713 assistantships requiring a service obligation in either 
teaching or research. Some of these are supported by funds granted by the follow- 
ing agencies: the Air Force Cambridge Research Laboratories, Air Force Office of 
Scientific Research, the American Museum of Natural History, American Potash 
Institute, Army Missile Command, Army Research Office (Durham), the Atomic 
Energy Commission, Best Foods, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Campbell Soup 
Company, the Chilean Nitrate Education Bureau, Inc., Cotton, Incorporated, 
Gerber Products Company, Graham Manufacturing Company, Hercules Powder 
Company, Department of Labor, the Lilliston Implement Company, The Lilly 
Company, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, E. I. Dupont de 
Nemours and Company, National Institutes of Health, National Knitwear Manu- 
facturers Association, National Science Foundation, North Carolina Agricultural 
Foundation, North Carolina Board of Science and Technology, North Carolina 
Dairy Foundation, North Carolina Milk Commission, North Carolina Motor 
Carriers Association, Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corporation, Pacific Coast Borax 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 41 

Company, Peanut Growers Association, the Petroleum Research Fund of the 
American Chemical Society, Pulp and Paper Foundation, Inc., R. J. Reynolds 
Tobacco Company, the Ralston-Purina Company, the Solvay Process Division of 
Allied Chemical Company, Sherwin-Williams Foundations, Southeastern Asso- 
ciation of Game and Fish Commissions, the Tennessee Corporation, Southern 
Forest Institute, The Union Camp Corporation, U. S. Department of the Interior, 
U. S. Office of Education, U. S. Public Health Service and the Weyerhaeuser 
Foundation. 

Students interested in applying for a fellowship or assistantship may indicate 
their interest on the application forms submitted. 

Other Financial Aid 

LONG-TERM, LOW-INTEREST LOANS 

Graduate students who are American citizens are eligible for consideration for 
long-term, low-interest loans. Applications are made to the Financial Aid Office, 
205 Peele Hall. To qualify, a student must demonstrate clear financial need and 
must be making satisfactory progress academically. 

National Defense Student Loans: Graduate students may qualify for up to $2,500 
per year in loans from this source, with a cumulative maximum of $10,000. 
Interest at three percent begins to accrue and repayment of principal begins 
nine months after the student's last enrollment for at least half-time college 
study. Repayment may be extended over a 10-year period. For the most part, 
long-term loans are approved as supplementary to fellowships and assistant- 
ships. A student is expected to accept an assistantship, if one is available, 
before seeking loan help. 

Institutional Long-Term Loans: Loans are also made from University funds on 
essentially the same terms as under the National Defense Student Loan 
program. 

Federal Guaranteed Loan Program: This program provides for loans from private 
lenders, with interest paid by the federal government in cases of medium or 
small family income. Graduate students may borrow up to $1,500 per year 
with an aggregate limit of $7,500. Application procedures differ with state of 
residence. A North Carolina resident obtains forms at the financial aid office 
of the institution which he is attending and submits them through the financial 
aid office to the College Foundation, Inc., which acts as the agency for most 
private lenders in North Carolina who participate. 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM 

Work-study jobs under a federal program are available to graduate students as 
well as undergraduates. Again, however, the graduate student is expected to accept 
an assistantship in preference if one is available. The same application procedure 
and eligibility requirements are in effect as is the case with National Defense and 
institutional long-term loans. In fact, consideration for both or either kind of 
financial aid is obtained by one application. Available jobs are normally on campus. 
The student is limited to 15 hours per week while attending classes and to 40 hours 
per week during vacation periods. Rates of pay vary; each job awarded is given an 
approximate dollar value. 



42 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



SHORT-TERM EMERGENCY LOANS 



Usually in amounts of $100 or less, loans to be repaid within 30 to 60 days may 
be obtained on short notice at the Financial Aid Office. Students are asked to limit 
such requests to actual emergency situations in which alternative sources of funds 
are unavailable. 

Housing 

North Carolina State University strives to provide suitable accommodations for 
its students. The University operates 14 residence halls for 4,863 men; two residence 
halls for 800 women; 300 apartments for married students; and 12 on-campus 
fraternity houses for 480 men. 

RESIDENCE HALLS— ROOM ASSIGNMENTS 

Rooms in residence halls are reserved in the order in which applications are 
received as long as space is available. Full payment of the semester rent, $133 for 
men and $158 for women, is required to reserve a room. Initial housing applications 
are mailed with acceptance notifications and indicate the date the rent is payable. 

Rooms are assigned for each semester rental period. Students may reserve the 
same room for succeeding semesters. Foreign students are permitted to rent rooms 
during the summer although they may not be full-time students or involved in 
university-connected services. 

REFUND OF ROOM RENT 

If a room reservation is cancelled at the Housing Rental Office, Leazar Hall, in 
person or in writing on or before August 15th for fall semester and December 15th 
for spring semester (the date of cancellation is the date notification is received in 
that office), the rent paid will be refunded less a $25 reservation fee which is non- 
refundable if a student is eligible to register. Between August 15th (for fall semes- 
ter) and the last day to withdraw with tuition refund, and between December 15th 
(for spring semester) and the last day to withdraw with tuition refund, no refund 
will be made for any reason other than failure to register or official withdrawal 
from the University. During these times and for the above stated reasons, the rent 
paid will be refunded less the $25 reservation fee and a daily charge of $2.00 per 
day for men and $2.25 per day for women from the first day of classes until the 
room is vacated. Students who fail to notify the Housing Rental Office and who fail 
to check in and secure their keys on or before 5 p.m. the first day of classes will 
have their reservation cancelled without refund. 

FURNISHINGS AVAILABLE 

Rooms are furnished with beds, mattresses, chairs, study tables, dressers and 
closets. The student must bring his own study lamp if not assigned to Bragaw, 
Carroll, Lee, Metcalf or Sullivan Halls. Linen, blankets and pillows are available 
through the linen rental service operated by the Auxiliary Services Office. Laundry 
rooms with washers and dryers are located in the women s residence halls. 

The residence halls are not equipped with kitchen facilities for meal preparation. 

HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS 

The University operates 300 apartments (McKimmon Village) for married stu- 
dents. The rental is $49 for an efficiency; $59.50 for a one-bedroom; and $71 for a 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 43 

two-bedroom, including water only. Priority in renting goes to graduate students. 
Information on availability and applications should be requested from the Housing 
Rental Office, North Carolina State University, Box 5505, Raleigh, N. C. 27607. 

The University does not operate a trailer parking area; however, privately owned 
parks are available within a reasonable distance of the campus. 

Raleigh has numerous privately owned apartments and houses available for rent 
to university students. A partial listing is located in the Housing Rental Office. No 
listing is published because of the rapid turnover. 

FOOD SERVICES 

Food service is provided at two conveniently located facilities — Erdahl-Cloyd 
Union and Harris Cafeteria. Cost depends on the individual's requirements and the 
selection of food. A typical student, paying cash for each meal, will spend 
approximately $500 per academic year. 

The Students Supply Stores operate soda fountain snack bars for the conven- 
ience of resident students in five areas. There is an additional snack bar located in 
the Nelson Textile Building. 

LINEN RENTAL SERVICE 

The linen service provides for the initial issue of two sheets, one pillow case and 
three towels. The student may exchange his linen weekly at a cost of $20 per year. 
Pillows may be rented for $1.50 per year. A regular blanket rents for $3 per year 
and the N. C. State monogrammed blanket rents for $5. These services are available 
to both campus and off-campus students. Application may be made in the Auxiliary 
Services Office in Holladay Hall. 



GRADUATE DEGREES 

Admission to the Graduate School does not constitute admission to candidacy 
for a graduate degree. Application for admission to candidacy for graduate degrees 
must be submitted to the Administrative Board of the Graduate School. Applica- 
tions of students preparing for the master's degree may not be filed before the 
satisfactory completion of one full semester of graduate study and must be pre- 
sented before the end of the first week of the last semester in residence. Approval 
of the application will be determined by the quality of the scholastic record and on 
the certification by the major department that the student is qualified to continue 
advanced work. Admission to candidacy for the doctorate is granted upon satis- 
factory completion of the qualifying or preliminary examinations. 

The Graduate School at North Carolina State University offers work leading to 
the Master of Science degree and the Professional Master's degree in certain 
specialized fields in the Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Design, Educa- 
tion, Engineering, Forest Resources, Physical and Mathematical Sciences, and 
Textiles; and the Doctor of Philosophy degree in certain fields of agriculture and 
life sciences, engineering, forest resources, physical and mathematical sciences, and 
textiles. The Doctor of Education degree, providing majors in adult education or 
occupational education, is offered in the School of Education. Work leading to the 
Master of Arts degree is offered in economics, English, history and politics. 

A graduate student is expected to familiarize himself with the requirements for 
the degree for which he is a candidate and is held responsible for the fulfillment of 



44 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

these requirements. This applies to the last dates on which theses may be accepted, 
the dates for examinations, the proper form of theses and all other matters regarding 
requirements for degrees. 

Master of Science and Master of Arts Degrees 

The Master of Science degree is awarded by North Carolina State University 
after a student has completed a course of study in a specialized field in agriculture 
and life sciences, education, engineering, forest resources, physical and mathe- 
matical sciences, or textiles, has completed a satisfactory thesis and has taken 
comprehensive examinations in the chosen field of study. 

A Master of Arts degree is awarded in economics, English, history and politics. 
Candidates for Master of Science or Master of Arts degrees are expected to achieve 
high levels of scholarship. Graduate study is distinguished from undergraduate 
work by its emphasis upon independent research. The graduate student is more 
interested in the significance of facts than in the accumulation of data. He is con- 
cerned with the materials of learning and the organization and interpretation of 
these materials. 

A graduate student's program of study is planned so as to provide a comprehen- 
sive view of some major field of interest and to furnish the training essential for 
successful research in this field and related areas of knowledge. As great a latitude 
is permitted in the selection of courses as is compatible with a well-defined major 
interest. The program of course work is selected with the object of making possible 
a reasonable mastery of the subject matter in a specialized field. Training in 
research is provided to familiarize the student with the methods, ideals and goals 
of independent investigation. Since there are many possible combinations of 
courses, the administration of graduate programs calls for personal supervision of 
each student's plan of work by a special advisory committee of the graduate faculty. 
The program of course work to be followed by the student as part of the require- 
ments for the master's degree, and the thesis problem selected, must be approved 
by the student's advisory committee and the dean of the Graduate School. 

Students are generally discouraged from seeking duplicate graduate degrees. 

CREDITS 

1. For the Master of Science degree or the Master of Arts degree a minimum of 
30 semester hours is required. 

2. No more than six of the academic credits required for the degree will be 
accepted from other institutions. 

3. No graduate credit will be awarded for excess undergraduate credit from 
another institution. 

4. All work credited toward a master's degree must be completed within six 
calendar years. 

5. No graduate credit is allowed for courses taken by correspondence. 

Normally, a maximum of six semester credits may be obtained in extension study 
in the field of education, provided the extension courses are taught by a member of 
the graduate faculty and provided the courses are given graduate ranking by the 
Graduate School. If a student has been admitted to the Graduate School and an 
approved program of work has been submitted, then six additional semester credits 
may be attained in off-campus graduate courses to apply to a minimal 30-hour 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 45 

master's program. Credit for extension courses reduces the amount of credit that 
may be transferred from other institutions. 

The 30 semester hour requirement for the master's degree represents the mini- 
mum quantity of work acceptable. The credit hours required of graduate students 
usually exceed the minimum requirements. Inadequate preparation and thesis 
research frequently make additional work necessary. 

COURSES OF STUDY 

In a typical minimal program of 30 hours, at least 20 semester hours must come 
from the 500- and 600-level group with no less than six hours being at the 600 
level. The program of the student may include no more than six hours of research 
nor more than two hours of departmental seminar unless the total program planned 
exceeds 30 hours. Courses at the 400 level counted toward the minimal 30-hour 
requirement may not ordinarily come from the major field. 

During the first term in residence an advisory committee of at least three faculty 
members, one representing the minor field, will be appointed by the dean, after 
consultation with the head of the major department, for each student engaged in 
a program of work leading to the master's degree. The advisory committee will 
meet with the student and prepare a program of course work to meet the require- 
ments of the student's graduate objectives. Four copies of the program, prepared 
on forms provided for this purpose, must be approved by each member of the 
committee, by the head of the major department and by the dean of the Graduate 
School. After approval in the Graduate Office, three copies will be returned to the 
department head — one for his files, one for the chairman of the advisory committee 
and one for the student. 

The courses taken by a graduate student shall constitute a well-rounded but 
unified plan of study. This means that the program of research and course 
work shall be divided between a major and a minor field. While there are no 
inflexible rules which govern the number of credit hours that must constitute 
the major and minor, in general, it is expected that approximately two-thirds of 
the course work will fall in the major and one-third in the minor. The detailed 
course requirements for each graduate student program are left to the judgment 
of the advisory committee. 

RESIDENCE 

Students engaged in a course of study leading to the Master of Science or 
Master of Arts degree are required to be in residence, pursuing graduate work, 
one full academic year. 

CLASS WORK 

A graduate student is expected to show greater initiative in exploring the 
possibilities of the subject matter presented in the courses he takes than is the 
undergraduate. He is also expected to recognize the significance of facts and 
to assume a responsibility for relating data to theoretical concepts. In preparation, 
attendance and in all the routine of class work the graduate student is subject to 
the regulations observed in other divisions of the University. 

GRADES 

A minimum grade of "C" must be made on all formal course work to obtain 
graduate credit. An average of "B" must be obtained on all course work taken as 
part of the student's graduate program. Failure to maintain a "B" average will 



46 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

place the student on probation. Any student whose academic record fails to 
meet the "B" average requirements for two consecutive terms will not be per- 
mitted to continue a graduate program without the written approval of the 
graduate dean. 

Grades in research, seminar and special problems courses are given in terms of 
"S" (satisfactory) or "U" (unsatisfactory) in place of the symbols used for formal 
course work. 

"S" and "U" grades in graduate courses are not used in computing GPA. 
However, in the case of a "U" grade, the student's advisory committee is 
notified immediately and asked to make recommendations. It may recommend 
(1) a repeat of the course, (2) the substitution of another course (with an "S", 
"A", or "B" grade required), or (3) if the course is not needed to fulfill degree 
requirements and if the student has otherwise completed an adequate program, 
the committee may request that no corrective action be taken in the way of 
course addition or substitution. The "U" grade will, however, remain on the 
record. 

The grade incomplete may be used in research and laboratory courses when 
circumstances beyond the control of the student have prevented completion of 
the work by the end of the academic term. A grade of incomplete may be given 
only after approval of the graduate dean and must be converted to one of the 
usual symbols before the end of the next academic semester in which the student 
is in residence. 

LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS 

Since this catalog is prepared for a two-year period covering the calendar years 
1972-74, some departments may seek a modification of their language require- 
ments during that period. Thus, a student would be well advised to inquire 
about this matter from the department in which he plans to work toward an 
advanced degree. 

A reading knowledge of at least one modern foreign language (Germanic, 
Romance or Slavic) is presently required of candidates for the Master of Arts 
degree in English, history or politics, and by some departments for the Master 
of Science degree. Departments having this requirement are: biomathematics, 
chemistry, entomology and statistics. The School of Forest Resources and the 
Departments of Guidance and Personnel Services, Sociology and Soil Science 
leave the decision to the student's advisory committee. 

In those instances where the language is required, the requirement must be 
satisfied before a student can be admitted to candidacy. 

Proficiency in languages is determined by the Department of Modern Lan- 
guages: 

1. By traditional reading knowledge examination at any time requested by 
the student. 

2. By taking course work (audit) especially designed for graduate students who 
have no previous foreign language experience or who wish to refresh work 
formerly done. The department offers special courses beginning with 
elementary grammar and proceeding, during the semester, to general 
professional reading. Pronunciation is emphasized to the degree in which 
it will help in translating from the language into English. This first course 
is followed by a second course in which the student selects work from 
publications touching as nearly as possible his major interest. He will then 
be assigned a particular instructor with whom he will read in individual 
conferences. When the conference instructor is satisfied that the student has 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 47 

demonstrated his knowledge of intricate grammatical problems, a 

decrease in the time required for reading and a confidence in his ability to 

use the language, he will be certified without further examination. The 

completed translations may then, depending upon their merit, be edited 

and prepared for permanent filing with the various translation libraries 

throughout the country. 

Graduate students who expect to complete the requirements for the Master of 

Science or Master of Arts degree should confer with the head of the Department 

of Modern Languages soon after registration to formulate plans for meeting the 

language requirement of the degree. 

Students whose native language is other than English may meet the foreign 
language requirement by demonstrating a satisfactory mastery of English. Exam- 
inations in English are conducted by the Department of Modern Languages. 

When only one language is required in a student's program, certification 
for that language must occur on this campus. 

THESIS 

A candidate for the Master of Science or Master of Arts degree must prepare 
a thesis representing an original investigation. The subject of the thesis must be 
approved by the head of the department in which the major work is done and by 
the student's advisory committee. Three copies of the thesis in final form, and 
five copies of the abstract, must be filed in the Graduate Office at least one month 
before the degree is awarded. Detailed instructions as to form and organization 
of the thesis may be obtained at the Graduate Office. 

EXAMINATIONS 

All candidates for the Master of Science or Master of Arts degree must pass, 
with a grade of "A", "B" or "C", all formal course work specified as part of the 
requirements for the degree. Graduate credit for research, seminar and special 
problems courses is granted when a grade of "S" is recorded in the Registration 
Office. In addition, the candidate must pass a comprehensive oral examination 
that is held to satisfy the examining committee that the candidate possesses a 
reasonable mastery of knowledge in the major and minor fields and that this 
knowledge can be used with promptness and accuracy. This examination may 
not be held until all other requirements, except completing the course work of the 
last semester, are satisfied. Application for the comprehensive oral examination 
must be filed with the graduate dean by the chairman of the advisory committee 
at least two weeks prior to the date on which the examination is to be held. 

The oral examination will be conducted by an examining committee appointed 
by the graduate dean. The chairman of the examining committee will be the chair- 
man of the student's advisory committee. At least two additional members will 
be appointed to represent the major and minor fields. The comprehensive oral 
examination is open to all graduate faculty members who care to attend but the 
decision as to the candidate's fitness rests solely with the examining committee. 

At the discretion of the examining committee, written examinations covering 
the subject matter in the major and minor fields also may be required of the 
candidate. Written examinations, when required, normally should not be held 
earlier than the end of the first month of the last semester in residence and not 
later than one week before the comprehensive oral examination. Information as 
to when written examinations are scheduled should be obtained from the appro- 
priate departments. See Summary of Procedures for the Master's Degree, pages 
49-52. 



48 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Master's Degree in a Designated Field 

This degree differs from the Master of Arts or Master of Science degree pri- 
marily in that course work is substituted for the thesis requirement. Very often 
this degree is sought by students who are interested in a wider variety of courses 
than can be chosen by a student who wishes research training at the master's 
level. A student may develop a program of study which terminates at the master's 
level or which may lead to further study toward the doctorate degree. 

Following is a listing of the types of degrees that may be awarded upon comple- 
tion of the course of study in a designated field. 

Master of Education (Adult and Community College Education) 

Master of Agriculture 

Master of Education (Agricultural Education) 

Master of Architecture 

Master of Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

Master of Biomathematics 

Master of Chemical Engineering 

Master of Civil Engineering 

Master of Economics 

Master of Electrical Engineering 

Master of Engineering Mechanics 

Master of Statistics 

Master of Forestry 

Master of Education (Guidance and Personnel Services) 

Master of Education (Industrial Arts Education) 

Master of Industrial Engineering 

Master of Technology for International Development 

Master of Life Sciences 

Master of Landscape Architecture 

Master of Applied Mathematics 

Master of Mathematics 

Master of Education (Mathematics Education) 

Master of Mechanical Engineering 

Master of Nutrition 

Master of Product Design 

Master of Public Affairs 

Master of Recreation Resources 

Master of Education (Science Education) 

Master of Sociology 

Master of Textile Technology 

Master of Urban Design 

Master of Education (Vocational Industrial Education) 

Master of Wildlife Biology 

Master of Wood and Paper Science 



LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS 

The candidate for a master's degree in a designated field is exempt from the 
requirement of a reading knowledge of a modern foreign language. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 49 

THESIS REQUIREMENTS 

In the School of Education the thesis requirement for the master's degree in 
each of the specialized fields may be waived by the department in which the 
degree is sought. When the thesis requirement is waived the student must com- 
plete the course "Introduction to Educational Research" or a departmental course 
in research, and a problem report. 

OTHER REQUIREMENTS 

Some of these master's programs have special requirements that differ from and 
sometimes exceed minimum requirements of Master of Arts or Master of Science 
degrees. Students are advised to obtain full particulars from the appropriate 
departments. In the main, however, requirements are the same as those for the 
Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees. 

Master of Agriculture Degree and Master of Life Science Degree 

The requirements for either of these degrees are as follows: 

1. A total of 36 semester hours is required. 

2. A minimum of four semester hours in special problems is required. Not more 
than six semester hours in special problems will be allowed. This work 
replaces the research thesis requirement for the Master of Science or Master 
of Arts degree. 

3. There are no specific requirements as to courses in the 600 group. 

4. A reading knowledge of a modern foreign language is not required. 

In all other respects the requirements for the Master of Agriculture or the 
Master of Life Science degree are the same as those for the Master of Science 
degree. 

Summary of Procedures for the Master's Degree in a Designated 
Field 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School or depart- 
ment head. 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School. 

3. Receipt of application forms and transcripts by Graduate School. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective student stating 
curriculum in which he will work and the degree sought. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholastic standards, 
notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the Graduate School. When the 
student's academic record fails to meet the minimum scholastic standards 
of the Graduate School, provisional admission may be granted upon sub- 
mission by the student of evidence of a satisfactory performance on the 
Graduate Record Examination or National Teacher Examination. The 
National Teacher Examination is accepted only when approved by the 
department head and the graduate dean. 

7. Permit to register is sent by the Graduate School to the registrar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an adviser and 
makes out a roster of courses in consultation with the departmental adviser. 

9. Advisory committee of three or more faculty members, one of whom re- 
presents the minor field, appointed before the end of the first semester of 



50 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

graduate study by the Graduate School after consultation with the depart- 
ment head. If departmental written examinations are required by the major 
department, there may be a minimum of two members on the advisory 
committee (one from the major field and one from the minor). 

10. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee and submitted in quad- 
ruplicate to the Graduate School by the end of the first semester in 
residence. 

11. Plan of work approved by the graduate dean and three copies returned to 
the department head. One copy is kept in department files, one goes to the 
adviser and one is given to the student. Students preparing themselves for 
the professional degree in specialized fields of education should consult 
the chairmen of their committees with reference to their problem report. 

12. Student applies for admission to candidacy for the master's degree. Applica- 
tion must be filed before the end of the first week of the last semester in 
residence. 

13. Application is reviewed by the head of the major department and by the 
graduate dean and, if approved, the student becomes a candidate for the 
degree. 

14. At the discretion of the advisory committee, written examinations in the 
major and/or minor fields may be required of the candidate. Written exam- 
inations, when required, normally should not be held earlier than the end 
of the first month of the last semester in residence and not later than one 
week before the oral examination. 

15. Permission for the candidate to take the final oral examination is requested 
of the Graduate School at least two weeks before the examination. 

16. Permission is granted by the graduate dean — date is set and examining 
committee appointed. The report on the final examination should be filed 
with the Graduate School as soon as the examination has been completed. 

17. Graduate School certifies to the Registration Office and to the Administrative 
Board of the Graduate School that all requirements for the degree have been 
met and recommends the awarding of the degree. 

18. All requirements must be completed within six calendar years. 

19. Students must be registered in semester or session in which degree is to 
be awarded unless he has completed all requirements for the degree, includ- 
ing the passing of the final oral examination, by the first day of classes in the 
term in which the degree is to be awarded. 

Summary of Procedures for the Master of Science Degree and the 
Master of Arts Degree 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School or depart- 
ment head. 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School. 

3. Receipt of application form and transcript by Graduate School. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective student stating 
curriculum in which he will work and the degree sought. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholastic standards, 
notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the Graduate School. When the 
student's academic record fails to meet the minimum scholastic standards 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 51 

of the Graduate School, provisional admission may be granted upon 
submission by the student of evidence of a satisfactory performance on the 
Graduate Record Examination or National Teacher Examination. The 
National Teacher Examination is accepted only when approved by the 
department head and the graduate dean. 

7. Permit to register is sent by the Graduate School to the registrar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an adviser 
and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with department adviser. 

9. Advisory committee of three or more faculty members, one of whom repre- 
sents the minor field, appointed before the end of the first semester of grad- 
uate studv by the Graduate School after consultation with the department 
head. 

10. A thesis subject is selected and an outline of the proposed research sub- 
mitted to the department head and to the student's advisory committee. 

11. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consultation with the 
student and submitted in quadruplicate to the Graduate School by the end 
of the first semester in residence. 

12. Plan of work approved by the graduate dean and three copies returned to 
the department head. One copy is kept in department files, one goes to 
the adviser and one is given to the student. 

13. Student passes language examination (if required by the major department). 
The language requirement must be satisfied before admission to candidacy 
can be granted. 

14. Student applies for admission to candidacy for the master's degree. Applica- 
tion must be filed before the end of the first week of the last semester in 
residence and may not be filed before the language requirement is satisfied. 

15. Application is reviewed by the head of the major department and by the 
graduate dean and, if approved, the student becomes a candidate for the 
degree. 

16. At the discretion of the advisory committee, written examinations in the 
major and/or minor fields may be required of the candidate. Written exami- 
nations, when required, normally should not be held earlier than the end 
of the first month of the last semester in residence and not later than one 
week before the oral examination. 

17. A copy of a preliminary draft of the thesis is submitted to the chairman 
of the student's committee for criticism. 

18. At least two weeks prior to the final oral examination, the chairman of the 
student's advisory committee submits a corrected draft of the dissertation 
to members for review. 

19. Permission for the candidate to take the final oral examination is requested 
of the Graduate School at least two weeks before the examination, and 
must be accompanied by a certification that the thesis is complete except for 
such revisions as may be necessary as a result of the final examination. 

20. Permission is granted by the graduate dean — date is set and examining 
committee appointed. The report on the final examination should be filed 
with the Graduate School as soon as the examination has been completed. 



52 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



21. Three copies of the thesis in final form approved by each member of the 
student's advisory committee and signed by the adviser must be submitted 
to the Graduate School at least four weeks before the end of the semester 
or summer session in which the degree is to be conferred. 

22. Graduate School certifies to the Registration Office and to the general 
faculty that all requirements for the degree have been met and recommends 
the awarding of the degree. 

23. All requirements must be completed within six calendar years. 

24. Students must be registered in term in which degree is to be awarded unless 
he has completed all requirements for the degree, including submission of 
the thesis in final form to the Graduate School, by the first day of classes in 
the term in which the degree is to be awarded. 



Doctor of Philosophy Degree 

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered by North Carolina State University 
in the following fields of study: 



Animal Science 

Applied Mathematics 

Biochemistry 

Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering 
Biomathematics 
Botany 

Chemical Engineering 
Chemistry 
Civil Engineering 
Crop Science 
Economics 

Electrical Engineering 
Engineering Mechanics 
Entomology 

Fiber and Polymer Science 
Food Science 
Forestry 
Genetics 
Horticultural Science 



Industrial Engineering 

Marine Science 

Materials Engineering 

Mathematics 

Mathematics and Science Education 

Mechanical Engineering 

Microbiology 

Nuclear Engineering 

Nutrition 

Operations Research 

Physics 

Physiology 

Plant Pathology 

Psychology 

Sociology 

Soil Science 

Statistics 

Wood Science and Paper Technology 

Zoology 



The doctor's degree symbolizes the fact that the recipient is capable of under- 
taking original research and scholarly work at the highest levels without super- 
vision. Therefore, the Doctor of Philosophy degree is not granted on the basis of 
successful completion of a given amount of course work, but rather upon the 
demonstration by a candidate of a comprehensive knowledge and high attainment 
in scholarship and research in a specialized field of study. These attainments are 
determined by the quality of the dissertation which the candidate prepares to 
report the results of original investigations and by passing successfully a series 
of rigorous and comprehensive examinations on the special and related fields 
of study. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 53 

COURSE OF STUDY 

At the time of admission the student should, with the advice of the chairman of 
the department, elect a major field. During the student's first semester in residence, 
an advisory committee of at least four members will be appointed by the graduate 
dean, after consultation with the department head, to prepare with the student 
a plan of graduate work. Four copies of the program, signed by all members of 
the advisory committee and the department head or graduate administrator, are 
referred to the graduate dean for approval. When approved, three copies are 
returned to the department head, one being retained in the department files, a 
second copy is given to the chairman of the advisory committee and the third copy 
is given to the student. The subject of the dissertation must appear on the plan 
of work and any subsequent changes in the subject of the thesis or in the plan of 
graduate work must be reported to the Graduate school for approval. 

There are no definite requirements in credit hours for the doctor's degree. 

Major and Minor Fields: The Ph.D. degree is never granted for a program of 
miscellaneous studies. The program of work as a whole must be rationally 
unified and all constituent parts must contribute to an organized program 
of study and research. Courses must be selected from groups embracing one 
principal subject of concentration, called the major; and from cognate 
fields, called the minor. The minor program of study may be either a specific 
minor or interdisciplinary minor. 

Specific Minor: Supplementary to his major study a candidate is required to offer 
a minor in a single discipline or field which, in the judgment of the student's 
advisory committee, provides relevant cognate support to the major field. 

Interdisciplinary Minor: When an advisory committee finds that the needs of a 
doctoral student will be best served by preparation not available as a depart- 
mental minor, it has the alternative of developing a special program in lieu 
of the usual minor. To meet the requirements of this option a student may be 
required to complete courses in two or more departments outside his major, 
in related courses selected for their relevance to his particular area of con- 
centration. Thus an appropriate program for a major in genetics might include 
courses in statistics, biochemistry and physiology. In the case of a split minor 
the two pertinent disciplines may be so identified on the "program of 
work" forms. 



RESIDENCE 

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree and the Doctor of Education degree, the 
student is expected to be registered for graduate work for at least six semesters 
beyond the bachelor's degree at some accredited graduate school. The amount of 
work from other institutions credited to the fulfillment of degree requirements 
will be determined by the dean after consultation with the student's advisory 
committee at the time the plan of graduate work is filed. 

At least two residence credits, as defined below, must be secured in continuous 
residence (registration in consecutive semesters) as a graduate student at North 
Carolina State University. Failure to take work during the summer does not break 
the continuity; however, summer school work can be used to fulfill this require- 
ment. 



54 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Residence credit is based on the number of credits of graduate work beyond the 
bachelor's degree carried in a given term. During a regular semester, residence 
credit is calculated in the following manner: 

Semester Credits Residence Credits 
9 or more 1 

6-8 % 

less than six° Ja 

The residence credit for a six-week summer term is only one-half the correspond- 
ing amount for a regular semester; i.e., six semester hours carry one-third residence 
credit and less than six credits, one-sixth residence credit. 

The candidate must complete all requirements for the degree, including the 
final examination on his dissertation and submission of the dissertation in final form 
to the Graduate School, within a period of seven calendar years from the date of 
admission to candidacy for the degree. 

LANGUAGES 

A reading knowledge of scientific literature in at least one modern foreign 
language is required by most departments for the Doctor of Philosophy degree.* 
The programs in biomathematics, chemistry, entomology, statistics and mathe- 
matics require a reading knowledge of two foreign languages or a comprehension 
in depth of one language. For the Doctor of Education degree the decision as to 
whether or not there will be a requirement is left with the student's advisory 
committee. 

Comprehension in depth is to be interpreted as a proven ability in the oral and 
composition elements of a particular language as well as the reading knowledge 
normally required. Ph.D. students desiring to offer one language in depth 
should consult with the head of the Department of Modern Languages as to 
the specific courses to be followed to achieve this comprehension. Specific arrange- 
ments may differ, depending upon the student's previous background in the 
language. It is emphasized that students choosing to achieve competence in 
depth in one language will generally find this alternative more rigorous than proof 
of reading ability in two languages. 

If the student elects to work in two languages, the languages may be a combin- 
ation of Romance and Slavic, Romance and Germanic, or Slavic and Germanic. 

Students whose native tongue is some language other than English may use 
English as one of the two languages when two are required for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree. When English is submitted in partial fulfillment of the 
language requirements, the native language may not be used to satisfy one of the 
language requirements. 

When only one language is required in a student's program, certification for 
that language must occur on this campus. 

THE DISSERTATION 

The doctoral dissertation presents the results of the candidate's original investi- 
gations in the field of his major interest. It must represent a contribution to 
knowledge, adequately supported by data and written in a manner consistent 



* Including registration for thesis preparation on campus. 

* The foreign language requirements for particular degree programs may be modified subsequent 
to the publication of this catalog. A student would be well advised to check with the department 
in which he hopes to be working toward an advanced degree. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 55 

with high standards of excellence in scholarship. Detailed instructions relating to 
the thesis may be obtained from the Graduate Office. 

Publication of the results obtained in the thesis investigation is expected. Each 
copy of the thesis must be accompanied by an abstract of approximately 500 words. 

The dissertation will be examined by all members of the examining committee 
and must receive their approval to be acceptable to the Graduate Office. 

Two copies of the dissertation in final form, signed by all members of the 
student's advisory committee, and five copies of the abstract must be presented 
to the Graduate School not later than four weeks before the date on which the 
degree is to be awarded. 

North Carolina State now has an agreement with University Microfilms, Inc., 
of Ann Arbor, Michigan, by which all doctoral dissertations are microfilmed and 
abstracts of the dissertations are published in "Dissertation Abstracts." 

EXAMINATIONS 

Not earlier than the end of the second year of graduate study and not later 
than one semester (or its equivalent) before the final orals can be scheduled, each 
doctoral student is required to pass general comprehensive examinations (known 
as the qualifying or preliminary examinations). The examinations are given by 
an examining committee of graduate faculty members appointed by the graduate 
dean after consultation with the head of the department in which the student's 
major work has been taken. The examining committee usually consists of the 
student's advisory committee and a representative of the Graduate School, but 
may include other members of the graduate faculty. The examinations are open 
to all members of the graduate faculty who may care to attend. 

Authorization for the qualifying examination is requested of the Graduate 
School by the chairman of the student's advisory committee when the major part 
of the student's program of course work has been completed and when, in the 
judgment of the committee, the student is prepared to devote the greater part 
of his time to the prosecution of his research study. Members of the examining 
committee will be notified of their appointment by the Graduate Office. Official 
printed forms will be supplied to the chairman of the examining committee for 
a report of the results of the examination. 

The examination consists of two parts — written examinations and an oral 
examination held before the entire examining committee. When, in the judg- 
ment of the chairman of the student's advisory committee, the student is ready 
for the written examinations, arrangements may be made. Two approaches are 
acceptable. In the first, the chairman requests examination questions from each 
member of the examining committee. Each set of questions is given to the student 
by the chairman in any order that may seem appropriate. The questions, together 
with the student's answers, are then returned to the members of the committee for 
grading. This procedure is still used by departments having a relatively small 
number of doctoral candidates. Many of the larger departments, however, have 
found it impractical to have separate written examinations prepared by each 
student's committee and have instituted departmental written examinations to be 
used for all candidates. These examinations are given several times during the 
year and scheduled dates are announced well in advance. Where written depart- 
mental examinations of this kind are made available, the student majoring or 
minoring in the field of the department will be expected to make arrangements for 
taking these examinations. Questions on written examinations may cover any 
phase of the course work taken by the student during the period of his graduate 
study or any subject logically related and basic to an understanding of the sub- 



56 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ject matter of the major and minor areas of study. They should be designed to 
measure the student's mastery of these subject matter fields and the adequacy 
of his preparation for research investigations. 

Upon satisfactory completion of the written examinations the student 
must pass an oral examination before the entire examining committee. This 
examination is usually held within two weeks after the chairman of the examining 
committee has certified to the Graduate School that the student has completed 
satisfactorily the written examinations. The members of the examining committee 
will be notified by the Graduate School of the time and place arranged for the 
oral examination The oral examination is designed to test the students ability to 
relate factual knowledge to specific circumstances. In the oral examination the 
student is expected to use his knowledge with accuracy and promptness and to 
demonstrate that his thinking is not limited to the facts learned in course work. 

A unanimous vote of approval is required for passing the preliminary examina- 
tion. Approval may be conditioned, however, upon the completion of additional 
work in some particular field to the satisfaction of the committee. In case a single 
dissenting vote is cast, the course of action to be taken will become a matter for 
decision by the Administrative Board. Upon receiving the approval of the examining 
committee the student is admitted to candidacy for the doctorate. 

A final oral examination is also required. An interval of at least one semester 
or its equivalent must elapse between admission to candidacy and the final oral 
examination. 

This examination is held after the dissertation has been completed and consists 
of a defense by the candidate of the methods used and the conclusions reached 
in his research study. The examination is conducted by an examining com- 
mittee. The examining committee usually includes the student's advisory com- 
mittee, plus a representative of the Graduate School, although this procedure is 
not always adopted. The examining committee is appointed by the graduate dean 
after consultation with the head of the student's major department. 

Failure of a student to pass either the preliminary or the final examination 
terminates his graduate work at this institution unless otherwise recommended by 
the examining committee. No reexamination may be given until at least one full 
semester has elapsed since the first examination. Only one reexamination is 
permitted. 

See Summary of Procedures for Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education 
Degrees below. 

ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY 

A student is admitted to candidacy after he has successfully passed the pre- 
liminary examinations. The language requirements must be fulfilled before 
permission to take the preliminary examination is granted. 

Doctor of Education Degree 

The School of Education offers graduate programs leading to the Ed.D. degree 
for majors in adult education and occupational education. Details are presented 
on page 126. The philosophy and requirements for the Ed.D. degree are the same 
as those expressed herein for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

A booklet containing detailed instructions about the form of the dissertation 
may be obtained from the Graduate School. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 57 

Further information concerning graduate work at North Carolina State 
University may be secured from Dr. Walter J. Peterson, Dean of the Graduate 
School, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 

Summary of Procedures for the Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor 
of Education Degrees 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School or depart- 
ment head. 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School. 

3. Receipt of application forms by Graduate School. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective student stating 
curriculum in which he will work. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholastic standards, 
notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the Graduate School. 

7. Permit to register is sent by Graduate School to the registrar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an adviser and 
makes out a roster of courses in consultation with departmental adviser. 

9. Advisory committee of at least four members is appointed in the first term 
of graduate study by the graduate dean after consultation with the depart- 
ment head. 

10. Plan of work is prepared by the advisory committee in consultation with the 
student and submitted in quadruplicate to the Graduate School by the end 
of the first semester in residence. 

11. Plan of work is approved by the graduate dean and three copies returned to 
the department head. One copy is kept in department files, one goes to the 
adviser and one is given to the student. 

12. A dissertation subject is selected and an outline of the proposed research 
submitted to the department head and the student's advisory committee. 

13. Student passes language examination(s) (See page 54.) 

14. When the student has completed satisfactorily all the courses in the minor 
field on his plan of work, he may, with the consent of the chairman of his 
committee, take the written qualifying examination in the field of his minor. 
If desirable, this examination may be taken if all but one of the courses in the 
minor field have been completed and the student is taking the last such 
course during the semester in which the examination is held. The results of 
this examination will be reported to the Graduate School. The examination 
in the minor field may be combined with the examination in the major field. 

15. The written examination in the major field may be scheduled upon ap- 
proval of the dean of the Graduate School not earlier than the end of the 
second year of graduate study and not later than one semester before the 
final oral examination would be scheduled. The results of this examination 
will be reported to the Graduate School. 

16. When all written examinations have been completed satisfactorily, the oral 
qualifying examination may be held. The Graduate School is notified two 



58 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

weeks in advance of the time and place of this examination. The report of the 
examination is sent to the Graduate School. If the report is favorable, the 
student is admitted to candidacy. 

17. A copy of the preliminary draft of the dissertation is submitted to the chair- 
man of the student's committee for criticism. 

18. At least two weeks prior to the final oral examination, the chairman of the 
student's advisory committee submits a corrected draft of the dissertation 
to members for review. 

19. One semester after admission to candidacy or later, permission for the 
candidate to take the final oral examination is requested of the Graduate 
School by the chairman of the candidate's advisory committee. Requests 
should be filed at least two weeks before the date of the examination and 
must be accompanied by a certification that the thesis is complete except 
for such revisions as may be necessary as a result of the final examination. 

20. Permission is granted by the graduate dean if the student's record is in order. 
A date is set and examining committee appointed. The report on the exam- 
ination should be filed with the Graduate School as soon as the examination 
has been completed. 

21. Two copies of the thesis in final form and five copies of the abstract must 
be submitted to the Graduate School not later than four weeks before the 
date on which the degree is to be awarded. It must carry the signatures of 
all members of the advisory committee. 

22. The Graduate School certifies to the Registration Office and to the general 
faculty that all requirements for the degree have been met and recommends 
the awarding of the degree. 

23. All requirements must be completed within seven calendar years from 
date of admission to candidacy for the doctoral degree. 

24. The student must be registered in the term in which the degree is to be 
awarded unless he has completed all requirements for the degree, including 
submission of the thesis in final form to the Graduate School, by the first 
day of classes in the term in which the degree is to be awarded. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 59 

FIELDS OF INSTRUCTION 



The course descriptions are planned for the academic years 1972-73 and 1973-74, 
unless indicated otherwise. Specific courses may not be offered, however, if regis- 
tration for a course is too low, or if faculty or facilities are not available. 

Courses in the 500 series are open to seniors and graduate students. All courses 
in this series carry full graduate credit. Courses in the 600 series are open to 
graduate students only. Master's programs must include not less than 20 semester 
hours from courses in the 500 and 600 series. 

In a typical course description, the semester hours of credit, the number of 
actual lecture and laboratory hours of meeting per week, and the term or terms 
in which the course is offered are shown in this manner: 2(1-2) FS Sum. or 
1-3 FS Sum. 

The 2 indicates the number of semester hours credit given for satisfactory 
completion of the course. The (1-2) indicates that the course meets for one hour of 
lecture and for two hours of laboratory work each week. The 1-3 indicates that a 
maximum of three and a minimum of one semester hours credit can be earned. This 
is to be arranged with the instructor. The F designates that the course is to be given 
in the fall semester. Likewise, the S designates spring and the Sum., summer. 



Adult and Community College Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Edgar J. Boone, Head 

Professors: Robert J. Dolan, Curtis Trent; Extension Professor: James D.. 

George; Visiting Professor: Isaac E. Ready; Adjunct Professors: Ben E. 

Fountain, Emily H. Quinn; Associate Professors: William L. Carpenter, 

William L. Gragg; Assistant Professors: J. Conrad Glass, Jr., Dan B. 

Lumsden, Gerald E. Parsons, George D. Russell, Ronald W. Shearon; 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Charles J. Law, Jr. 

The Department of Adult and Community College Education is a component 
of both the School of Education and the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 
It offers programs of study leading to the Master of Education, Master of Science 
and Doctor of Education degrees with a major in adult and community college 
education. The publics toward whom the program is directed include administra- 
tors, supervisors and teachers in university and cooperative extension and com- 
munity colleges. 

The curriculum of the Department of Adult and Community College Education 
is interdisciplinary. It is specifically designed to help students acquire an inte- 
grated conceptual and theoretical framework derived from the behavioral 
sciences, social sciences and education that will equip them to plan, administer 
and effect viable and relevant programs of change with individual learners, 
groups and larger societal aggregates in both formal and informal settings. 

Further, the curriculum provides opportunities for students to acquire a high 
level of competance in identifying and diagnosing problematic situations and 
proposing alternative courses of action and strategies in seeking solutions to 
problems. 



60 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Cognate fields of study include sociology, anthropology, psychology, politics 
and economics. 

The Department of Adult and Community College Education is housed in 
Ricks Hall and Poe Hall, which are centrally located in respect to all other ele- 
ments on the University campus. Graduate students on assistantships and intern- 
ships are provided with office space and equipment. Other graduate students 
in the program are provided study space when possible. The department has a 
well-equipped library which includes major professional journals in the 
behavioral sciences, social sciences and education. 

Facilities are ideal for students whose research problems may involve the 
extensive analysis of data. An IBM-360/75 System is available at the Triangle 
Universities Computation Center (TUCC); and IBM-360/40, IBM-1130 and 
IBM-1050 terminals are in operation on the North Carolina State University 
campus. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 501 (SOC 501) Leadership 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

(See sociology, page 289.) 

ED 502 (PS 502) Public Administration 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

(See politics, page 266.) 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult Education 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisites: ED 501, consent of instructor 

The principles and processes involved in programming, including basic theories 
and concepts supporting the programming process. Attention will be given to the 
general framework in which programming is done, the organization needed, and 
the program roles of both professional and lay leaders. Graduate Staff 

ED 510 Adult Education: History, Philosophy, 

Contemporary Nature 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A study of the historical and philosophical foundations of adult education from 
ancient times to the present, giving attention to key figures, issues, institutions, 
movements and programs, including consideration of the relationship between 
adult education's historical development and prevailing intellectual, social, 
economic and political conditions. Consideration of adult education's contemporary 
nature, present day schools of thought on its objectives, and trends. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 513 (SOC 513) Community Organization 3(3-0) F 

(See sociology, page 290.) 

ED 559 Principles of Adult Education 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: Six hours in education 

Principles involved in adult education programs including theories and concepts 
undergirding and requisite to these programs. Emphasis will be given to the 
interrelationship of the nature of adult learning, the nature of the subject matter 
and setting in which learning occurs. The applicability of relevant principles and 
pertinent research findings to adult learning will be thoroughly treated. 

Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 61 

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult Education Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study and scientific analysis of problems in adult education, and preparation 
of a scholarly research type of paper. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 600 Theory of Organization and Administration 

in Adult Education I 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisites: ED 503, PS 502 (ED 502), SOC 541 

Theory of organization relating to adult education social systems as a basis 
for understanding administrative behavior. An in-depth analysis of the structure, 
function and process of adult education social systems patterns of organizational 
growth and change, behavior patterns of functionaries, and reciprocal influence 
of the adult education system and other social systems in the society. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 601 Theory of Organization and Administration in 

Adult Education II 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisite: ED 600 or a comparable course(s) on organizational theory 

Philosophy of administration as a basis for administering an adult education 
institution. Theory relevant to administration of such an organization. Principles 
of administration as they relate to planning, organizing, staffing, initiating, dele- 
gating, integrating, motivating, decision-making, communicating, establishing 
standards, financing and budget defense and control, and measuring results. Admin- 
istrative behavior of the adult education executive. Graduate Staff 

ED 696 Seminar in Adult Education 1(1-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Identification and scientific analysis of major issues and problems relevant to 
adult education. Credit for this course will involve the active participation of the 
student in a formal seminar and the scientific appraisal and solution of a selected 
problem. The course is designed to help the student acquire a broad perspective of 
issues confronting adult educators and to acquire experiences in the scientific 
analysis and solution of specific issues. Graduate Staff 



Agricultural Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor C. Cayce Scarborough, Head 

Professors: John K. Coster, J. Bryant Kirkland; Associate Professors: Texton 
R. Miller, Graduate Administrator; Research Associate Professor: Charles 
H. Rogers; Assistant Professor: Charles D. Bryant; Adjunct Assistant 
Professor: William J. Brown, Jr. 

The Department of Agricultural Education offers programs of study leading to 
the Master of Science, the Master of Education and the Doctor of Education 
degrees. Graduate programs are designed to meet the needs of individual students 
for further study and research as well as to prepare for educational leadership 
roles in teaching, administration, supervision and research. 



62 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

In addition to the many resources available to all North Carolina State gradu- 
ate students, agricultural education students have an additional resource avail- 
able in administrative and consultant staff members of the State Department of 
Public Instruction and the Department of Community Colleges in Raleigh. 

Graduate assistantships are available. A concerted effort is made to insure that 
the assistantship experiences are related to the career plans of individual 
students. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Analysis of theory of planning and change. Consideration of the need for planning 
programs in agricultural education; objectives and evaluation of community 
programs; use of advisory groups; organization and use of facilities; role of the 
leader. Mr. Bryant 

ED 565 Agricultural Occupations 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ED 411 

Theory of education for work and relationship to agricultural occupations. Career 
development in agricultural occupations. Curriculum development for teaching 
agricultural occupations. Mr. Scarborough 

ED 566 Occupational Experience in Agriculture 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ED 411 

Theoretical foundations of occupational experience in educational programs. 
Modern concepts of experiential programs. Principles of program design and devel- 
opment. Evaluation of work experience in agriculture. Mr. Miller 

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Designed to meet the needs of leaders in adult education. Opportunity to study 
some of the basic problems and values in working with adult groups. Particular 
attention will be given to the leadership role in educational programs for adults. 

Mr. Scarborough 

ED 593 Special Problems in Agricultural Education 

Credits Arranged FS Sum. 
Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Opportunities for students to study current problems under the guidance of the 
staff. Graduate Staff 

ED 597 Special Problems in Education 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and permission of instructor 

The major purpose of this course is to help teachers and others involved in 
occupational exploration programs to further develop their understandings and 
competencies in these areas. The approach will be based upon an understanding 
of the philosophy underlying the world of work and the role of occupational explora- 
tion in educational programs for young people. Messrs. Scarborough, Bryant 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 63 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



ED 617 Philosophy of Agricultural Education 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ED 554 or equivalent 

An examination of educational philosophies and their relation to current educa- 
tional programs in agricultural education. Mr. Scarborough 

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: ED 563 or equivalent 

Organization, administration, evaluation and possible improvement of super- 
visory practice; theory, principles and techniques of effective supervision in 
agricultural education at different levels. Mr. Scarborough 

ED 688 Research Application in Occupational Education 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: ED 615 

This course will be concerned with methodology, application, analysis and syn- 
thesis of research in occupational education. A review of current occupational 
education studies, clustered by areas, will be made with attention to statistical 
techniques, data collecting, data handling and the audience and impact of particular 
projects and research organizations. The class activities in research application 
are designed to bridge the gap between the theories of research methodology and 
the student's independent research projects. Graduate Staff 

ED 689 Evaluation in Occupational Education 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: ED 615, ST 513 

This course will be concerned with the conceptual and methodological aspects 
of occupational education evaluation, with attention to techniques for determining 
empirically the extent to which educational goals are being achieved, to locate the 
barriers to the advancement of these goals and to discover the consequences of 
educational programs. Graduate Staff 

ED 693 Advanced Problems in Agricultural Credits Arranged 

Education FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: ED 554 or equivalent 

Study of current and advanced problems in the teaching and administration of 
educational programs, evaluation of procedures and consideration for improving. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education Maximum 2 1(1-0) FS Sum. 

A critical review of current problems, articles, and books of interest to students 
of agricultural education. Graduate Staff 



Air Conservation 

(An interdepartmental, intercampus graduate program.) 

An air conservation faculty of some 50 persons represents 20 departments in 
four schools. A current listing is available on request to the Graduate School. 

The need to conserve air resources follows from its finiteness as opposed to the 
logarithmically increasing world population and the more than proportional 
emission of wastes into it. Excess deaths occurring in occasional air-pollution 



64 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

"episodes", the increased incidence of respiratory problems, instances of wide- 
spread crop damage and loss of visibility are other indices of the growing serious- 
ness of the problem. Recognizing the need for multi-disciplinary study of this 
pressing societal problem, the Graduate School has approved a minor program in 
Air Conservation. 

A graduate student desiring to minor in Air Conservation will have on his com- 
mittee a member of the graduate faculty, from outside his major department, 
representing this minor field. While there are no restrictions on the major, stu- 
dents minoring in Air Conservation should have a strong background in the life 
sciences, the physical sciences or engineering. The minor program will normally 
consist of 10 or more credits for the master's degree, 16 or more for the doctorate. 

A variety of courses bearing on different aspects of the air-conservation problem 
may be taken on this campus (under the auspices of the Triangle Universities 
Consortium on Air Pollution) or at Chapel Hill or Duke. The listing below shows 
courses available after 1971. 

Ai'r Pollutants and Their Sources 

CH 695 Special Topics in Chemistry 

TC 401 Sources and Control of Pollution from the Textile Industry 

*ENVR 243 Air and Its Contaminants 

*ENVR 247 Chemistry of the Troposphere 

Meteorology and Pollutant Transport 

MY 555 Meteorology of the Biosphere 

MY 556 Air Pollution Meteorology 

*ENVR 241 Mechanics of Aerosols 

Air Sampling and Analysis 

ST 511 Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences, I 

*ENVR 144 Air Pollution Measuring, Monitoring, and Survey 
*ENVR 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 

Effects on Human and Animal Receptors 

BO(ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 
*ENVR 143 Applied Physiology and Toxicology 
*ENVR 246 Biological Effects of Air Pollution 

Effects on Plant Receptors 

BO(ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 
BO 421 Plant Physiology 

*ENVR 246 Biological Effects of Air Pollution 

Air-Quality Management 

Elements of Air Quality Management 

Engineering Economy in Air-Pollution Control Systems 

Particulate Control in Industrial Atmospheric Pollution 

Theory of Particulate Collection in Air Pollution Control 

Pollution Abatement in Forest Products Industries 

Air Pollution Control 



* Courses offered at UNC-CH or at Duke. 



CE 


472 


CHE 


535 


MAE 


409 


MAE 


510 


WPS 


525 


*ENVR 


245 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 65 



PS 


502 


*ENVR 


217 


*HADM 


102 


*PLAN 


233 


*DUKE 




*DUKE 




lr-Conseri 


mtion 


EC 


401 


EC 


515 


EC 


550 


OR 


501 



Air-Quality Law and Institutions 

Public Administration 

Systems Analysis in Environmental Planning 

Legal Basis of Public Health Practice 

Natural Resources Law and Policy 

Natural Resources Law 

Seminar in Air Pollution 



Economic Analysis for Non-Majors 
Water Resources Economics 
Mathematical Models in Economics 
Introduction to Operations Research 



Animal Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Ira D. Porterfield, Head 

Professors: Elliott R. Barrick, Edward G. Batte, Albert J. Clawson, Lemuel 
Goode, George Hyatt, Jr., James M. Leatherwood, James G. Lecce, 
James E. Legates, Dean, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Harold A. 
Ramsey, Howard A. Schneider; Frank H. Smith, Lester C. Ulberg, 
George H. Wise; Professor Emeritus: Hamilton A. Stewart; Extension 
Professor: Robert F. Behlow; Associate Professors: Edward V. Caruolo, 
Donald G. Davenport, Emmett U. Dillard, Eugene J. Eisen, Raymond 
W. Harvey, Evan E. Jones, John J. McNeill, Richard D. Mochrie, Daniel 
J. Moncol, Richard M. Myers, Allen H. Rakes, Odis W. Robison, John C. 
Wilk; Extension Associate Professors: James R. Jones, Frank D. Sargent; 
Assistant Professors: Bryan H. Johnson, William L. Johnson 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: Charles H. Hill, Samuel B. Tove; Associate Professor: Harvey 
J. Gold 

The Department of Animal Science offers programs leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy with majors in six different dis- 
ciplines. Animal science traditionally has been oriented toward the study of 
domestic animals. Although the problems of the livestock industry have not all 
been solved, the overall approach to research in the general area of animal 
science has changed and will continue to change in the future. In order to 
obtain added insight into the underlying problems currently facing animal science, 
students are trained in those disciplines which provide a basic understanding of 
the processes of life. 

The Department of Animal Science offers a unique opportunity for students to 
obtain advanced training in a diversity of basic sciences and to integrate this 
experience into the framework of a living system. Students in this department may 
obtain degrees in the disciplines of biochemistry, genetics, microbiology, 
nutrition and physiology as well as a major in animal science. Students with a 
major in animal science specialize in one or more of the basic biological disciplines 



Courses offered at UNC-CH or at Duke. 



66 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

or in the more applied areas such as economics and management. This major also 
provides for the student who desires to achieve a multi-disciplinarv experience. 
Students who desire a major in one of the disciplines develop a program extremelv 
strong in the basic sciences. At the successful termination of such a program they 
are qualified to compete with students trained in that discipline, but also have 
the added capabilities of integrating basic knowledge into a complete living 
system; i.e., the domestic animal. The student may minor in any one of the above 
areas or may choose as his minor such areas as statistics, economics, chemistry or 
other biological sciences. His research experiences can be with a specific species or 
with a variety of species from cattle to mice. 

The availability of a variety of modern laboratories, specialized equipment and 
many different species which serve as biological models enables the student to 
become familiar with research tools and their use in expanding knowledge in the 
several segments which go to make up the field of animal science. The required 
list of courses and the research program is developed for the individual student. 
The objective of the program is to provide the student with a challenging program 
offering him an opportunity to develop his creative ability to such an extent that 
he will have the knowledge and motivation to contribute significantly to his 
chosen discipline. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 

Current concepts of physiology as related to mammalian reproduction. Emphasis 
is placed upon understanding physiological processes, how they are influenced by 
external forces and their importance in reproductive performance. The student 
may be required to select, design and conduct a special research project. 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of modern principles and practices in beef cattle care and management. 
Special emphasis is placed upon the application of the principles of genetics, 
ruminant nutrition and animal health to cow-calf programs and to stocker and 
feeder cattle operations. 

ANS 403 Swine Management 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and managerial 
factors affecting the operation of modern swine enterprises. 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of practical dairy farm management, including feed acquisition and 
utilization, breeding and selection, health and sanitation, herd replacements and 
dairy farm buildings. Particular emphasis is placed upon the consequences of 
management alternatives and the importance of herd and farm business records. 
(Offered spring 1972 and alternate years.) 

ANS 405 Lactation 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 

Gross and microscopic anatomy of the developing and the mature mammary gland. 
Physiological processes involved in milk secretion and removal of milk from the 
gland. A special research project is required. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 67 

ANS 406 Sheep Management 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of the economic, genetic, nutritional, physiological and managerial factors 
affecting the operation of the modern sheep enterprise. 

ANS 409 (FS 409) Meat and Meat Products 3(2-3) S 

(See food science, page 158.) 

ANS 410 Horse Management 3(2-2) F 

Application of fundamentals of selection, nutrition, breeding and animal health 
to light horses. Managerial details of horse care are covered. 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of Domestic Animals 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

Genetic principles are stressed in relation to the improvement of economically 
important domestic species. Emphasis will be given to breeding plans and specific 
requirements for individual species. 

ANS 415 (PO 415, NTR 415) Comparative Nutrition 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

Fundamentals of animal nutrition, including classification of nutrients, their 
requirement and general metabolism by different species for health, maintenance, 
growth and other productive functions. 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1(1-0) S 

Review and discussion of special topics and the current literature pertaining 
to all phases of animal science. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS 502 (PHY 502) Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or consent of instructor 

Emphasis will be placed on discussions of mechanisms which control the repro- 
ductive processes. Mechanisms which are species limited will be compared with 
those which are shared by all species. Current knowledge of some subsystems will 
be investigated in detail while others will be referred to in reviews of well- 
documented research findings. Mr. Ulberg 

ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 103 

The pathology of bacterial, viral, parasitic, nutritional, thermal and mechanical 
disease processes. Mr. Batte 

ANS 508 (GN 508) Genetics of Animal Improvement 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: GN 411, ST 511 

Emphasis is placed on the utilization of basic principles of population and 
quantitative genetics in animal improvement. Factors affecting genie and genotypic 
frequencies and methods of estimating genetic and nongenetic variance, heritabili- 
ties and breeding values are presented. The roles of mating systems and selection 
procedures in producing superior genetic populations are examined. 

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science Maximum 6 FS 

Special problems may be selected or assigned in various phases of animal 
science. Graduate Staff 



68 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ANS 603 (GN 603) Population Genetics in Animal Improvement 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: ST 512, GN 506 

A study of the forces influencing gene frequencies, inbreeding and its effects, 
and alternative breeding plans. 

ANS 604 (PHY 604) Experimental Animal Physiology 4(2-4) F 

Prerequisite: ZO 513 (PHY 513) or equivalent 

A study of the theories and techniques involved in the use of animals in 
physiological investigation. Messrs. Caruolo, Wise 

ANS 622 (ST 622) Principles of Biological Assays 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, ST 512 

Techniques and designs of biological assays. The interrelationship of logical 
principles, designs and analyses is emphasized. Graduate Staff 

ANS 653 (BCH 653) Mineral Metabolism 3(3-0) F 

(See biochemistry, page 74.) 

ANS 690 Seminar in Animal Nutrition 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of seminar leaders 

Orientation in philosophy of research, preparation for research and general 
research methodology. Graduate Staff 

ANS 699 Research in Animal Science Credits Arranged 

A maximum of six hours is allowed toward the master's degree; no limitation on 
credits in doctorate program. Graduate Staff 



Architecture 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Robert P. Burns, Jr., Head 

Professors: Joseph H. Cox, Harwell H. Harris, Henry L. Kamphoefner, Dean, 
School of Design, Duncan R. Stuart; Associate Professors: Peter Batche- 
lor, George L. Bireline, John P. Reuer, Henry Sanoff, Vernon F. 
Shogren; Assistant Professor: Roger H. Clark 

The Department of Architecture offers programs of study leading to the 
Master of Architecture degree. While designed primarily as the concluding two- 
year professional component to follow the new four-year undergraduate Bachelor 
of Environmental Design curriculum in the total six-year program, the graduate 
program also provides courses of study for graduates holding the five-year 
Bachelor of Architecture degree. In addition, applicants with undergraduate 
degrees in fields other than architecture may be accepted as graduate students, 
and somewhat extended programs of study leading to the Master of Architecture 
degree will be designed to build on their previous academic experience. A core 
of new introductory advanced design courses (DN 505 Introduction to Design as 
Task, DN 506 Introduction to Design as Technique, and DN 507 Introduction to 
Design as Practice) has been developed to provide an intensive orientation to 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 69 

current concepts and activities in the environmental design field for entering 
graduate students who come from non-design backgrounds. 

A parallel two-year graduate program in urban design leading to the Master 
of Urban Design degree is also offered by the Department of Architecture. With 
the initiation of this new program and with the existing graduate programs in 
architecture, landscape architecture and product design, the School of Design 
offers the most comprehensive and innovative environmental design education 
program in the southeast United States. (For detailed information on the graduate 
program in urban design see page 318.) 

The nature and complexity of the tasks which confront the architect make it 
paramount that the master's program be broadly based and diversified. Reason- 
able flexibility is provided to structure each student's program of study in 
accordance with expressed interests and demonstrated capabilities. Essentially, 
master's candidates are afforded concentrated education in depth so that they can 
prepare themselves for significant professional involvement in the environ- 
mental design field as practitioners, teachers, researchers or in other more 
specialized areas. 

A thorough mastery of this broad field requires that a graduate student attain 
a basic understanding of design methodology, the relevant technologies, the 
cultural and economic factors in design as well as ethical and operational aspects 
of architectural practice. While a clear comprehension of these subjects is 
essential, the architect must also understand their interrelationships and must 
demonstrate competence in their application through physical design activity. 

Design studio concentration in the advanced classes vary somewhat from year 
to year depending on faculty expertise and student interest. The Department of 
Architecture identifies with the immediate and long-range needs of the community, 
state and region and sees the advanced design studio as offering an appropriate 
opportunity for addressing society's most critical environmental conditions. In 
recent semesters advanced studio options have included industrialized housing; 
urban renewal and new towns design; programming, planning and design of 
educational and health care delivery systems and facilities; urban systems analy- 
sis and design. 

The program requires of all students undertaking the normal two-year master's 
program a minimum of 48 credit hours of course work of which 75 percent will 
be in the major field; the remainder, constituting the minor, will be elected from 
various specialized areas. Course work in the minor field will be selected to rein- 
force the student's individual abilities and long-range career goals. While it is 
conceivable that almost any relevant field of study could be explored, it is assumed 
that the following interdisciplinary areas of investigation would most frequently 
be chosen: construction management; environmental policy planning; housing 
systems; environmental psychology; human behavior; urban physical systems; 
urban technology; facilities planning — educational, health care, etc.; environmental 
technology; design theory and philosophy; and visual communication. 

A terminal project, constituting the final test of the candidate's mastery of 
his graduate program, may be written or drawn and shall consist of an interdis- 
ciplinary investigation of an approved problem which relates architectural 
studies to the student's minor field. For graduates holding the Rachelor of Archi- 
tecture degree, a minimum program of 30 credit hours is required. 

Departmental resources, including both physical facilities and faculty, are 
of exceptional quality. Members of the graduate faculty have been widely recog- 
nized for the excellence of their educational and professional accomplishments. 
A number of the faculty are active in independent consultation and private 



70 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

architectural practice and have received numerous awards for design. Resources 
directly available to the master's program in architecture include graduate faculty 
members from the Departments of Landscape Architecture and Product Design, 
as well as from related fields such as social sciences and engineering. The 
possibilities for interdisciplinarv studies with these faculty members are a major 
strength of the program. 

The recent establishment of the Center for Environmental Design as the official 
research and service agency of the School provides a highly visible and flexible 
mechanism to facilitate the School's mission in this vitally important area of faculty 
and student activity. The Center will make it possible for the School of Design to 
pursue a far more active role in funded research and development, community 
service and continuing education. 

The Department of Architecture has access to all the facilities in the School 
of Design, which is housed in Brooks Hall. Design studios, lecture and seminar 
rooms, extensive shop facilities, well-equipped visual and photographic labora- 
tories, exhibition and lounge spaces and a large design research laboratory are 
available in the School of Design for graduate studies. In addition, the School of 
Design Library has a large and fast-growing collection of books and slides and 
constitutes an important resource center for the graduate program in architecture. 

Research assistantships and fellowships are available for qualified applicants. 
A bulletin and pertinent information describing in detail opportunities for 
graduate study and research in the Department of Architecture, including the 
urban design program, are available upon request from the head of the department. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ARC 400 Intermediate Architectural Design (Series) 4(1-9) FS 

Prerequisite: DN 202 or equivalent or consent of department 

Design investigations aimed at the development of an understanding of the 
major issues confronting the contemporary architect and at the expanding of 
problem solving abilities in architectural design. Students must complete four 
semesters to satisfy this requirement, selecting from a number of vertically organ- 
ized workshops which offer on an optional basis a wide range of program em- 
phases. 

ARC 431 Industrialized System Building 2(1-3) FS 

Prerequisite: ARC 331 

An analytic study of mass produced building systems to examine the implications, 
limitations and potentials of this type of architecture. The analysis is to include 
design, factory processes, distribution methods, fabrication, erection and economic 
analysis. 

ARC 432 Climate Control Systems and Design 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisite: ARC 332 

Further study of the mechanical systems used for heating, cooling, ventilating 
and conditioning the interior of the buildings. The analysis and design of the climate 
control system for a small scale building will be undertaken in this course. 

ARC 433 IlLLUMINATION DESIGN 2(1-3) S 

Prerequisite: ARC 332 

Examination of interior and exterior lighting design, including vision, color, 
sources and control. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 71 

ARC 441 Design Methods 2(2-0) FS 

Description, comparisons and testing of the various methods which are avail- 
able in architectural design with emphasis on problem-solving techniques. The 
method is primarily a means for integrating rational analysis and creative thought 
in the design act. 

ARC 491 Special Projects in Architecture 1-4 FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Investigation of special projects by interdisciplinary groups or individuals in 
various phases of architecture. 

ARC 495 Special Problems in Architecture 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Special problems in various aspects of architecture developed under the direction 
of a faculty member on a tutorial basis. 

ARC 499 Architecture Seminar 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Departmental approval 

Presentations and discussions of special areas of interest in architecture and the 
allied design fields. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ARC 501, 502 Advanced Architectural Design I, II 6(3-9) FS 

Prerequisites: (501) 16 credits of ARC 400 or equivalent; (502) ARC 501 

Advanced studies in architectural design in which are investigated large-scale 
architectural problems having complex functional, social and economic implications; 
special emphasis is given to problem identification, program formulation and 
application of advanced design methods. 

ARC 511 Professional Practice I 2(2-0) F 

Prerequisite: Fourth year standing 

The evolution of architecture as a modern practical profession; obligations of the 
profession to society and to itself; the legal and ethical position of the architect 
in practice; comparative study of documents; the architect's working organization; 
emerging techniques of office practice. 

ARC 512 Professional Practice II 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisite: Fourth year standing 

Continuing study of standard documents and emerging techniques of practice, 
with emphasis on the principles and improved techniques of writing construction 
specifications; interrelationship of The Contract Documents; comparative study 
of techniques for controlling competitive bidding. 

ARC 521, 522 Architectural Structures I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: (521) CE 339; (522) ARC 521 

Gravity and non-gravity loads on structures; comparative behavior of structural 
materials; comparative behavior of simple structural systems; approximate and 
exact analysis procedures as applied to systems; principles of approximate and 
exact design in timber, steel and reinforced concrete; architectural/structural/ 
mechanical compatibility in systems; basic principles of foundation analyses and 
design. 



72 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ARC 531, 532 Advanced Building Technology I, II 2(1-3) FS 

Prerequisites: (531) ARC 331, 332; (532) ARC 331, 332 

A synthesis of studies in building science undertaken in previous courses. 
Material assemblies in practical applications, dimensional characteristics of 
mechanical and construction systems for buildings, and special projects in selected 
areas of building science. 

ARC 551 Research Methods in Architecture 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Seminar on the quantitative methods from various disciplines towards the 
scientific inquiry of knowledge. Analysis of techniques and instruments appro- 
priate in solving problems involving scaling, measurement, modeling and gaming 
within the scope of the physical environment. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ARC 601, 602 Advanced Architectural Design III, IV 6(3-9) FS 

Prerequisites: (601) ARC 502; (602) ARC 601 

Continuing advanced studies in architectural design in which are synthesized all 
previous design experience through in-depth investigations of significant environ- 
mental problems. Consultation with planners and environmental specialists is 
extensive. A terminal project is developed in the spring semester. 

ARC 621, 622 Architectural Structures III, IV 2(1-3) FS 

Prerequisites: (621) ARC 522; (622) ARC 621 

Special projects in the study of complex structural systems: cable structures, 
membranes, thin shells, folded plates, arches, vaults, space frames; studies of 
construction techniques, pre-fabrication, structural behavior and stress analysis 
through model work and simplified calculation procedures. 

ARC 691, 692 Special Topics in Architecture 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An investigation of special topics in architecture of particular interest to 
advanced students under the direction of a faculty member on a tutorial basis. 
Credits and content will vary with the needs of students. 

Biochemistry 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Gennard Matrone, Head 

Professors: Frank B. Armstrong, Joseph S. Kahn, Ian S. Longmuir, A. Russell 
Main, Samuel B. Tove; Associate Professors: H. Robert Horton, Edward 
C. Sisler; Assistant Professors: James A. Knopp, Elizabeth C. Theil 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professor: Leonard W. Aurand; Associate Professors: Evan E. Jones, William 
P. Tucker; Assistant Professor: Jon Bordner 

The field of biochemistry applies and extends the concepts of chemistry and 
physics to the investigation of biological problems. The Department of Biochemis- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 73 

try offers courses of study leading to the degrees, Master of Science and Doctor 
of Philosophy. 

A student entering into graduate study in biochemistry should have a bachelor's 
degree in chemistry or in a biological science. The undergraduate program of 
studies should include a minimum of two semesters of organic chemistry, two 
semesters of physical chemistry, one semester of quantitative analytical chemistry 
and one semester of qualitative organic analysis. Students who lack undergraduate 
courses considered essential for graduate study in biochemistry may be admitted 
to the graduate program, provided the deficiencies are corrected early in their 
graduate work. 

Courses in General and Experimental Biochemistry and in Intermediary Metab- 
olism are required as part of the program leading to advanced degrees in bio- 
chemistry. In addition to completing a program of study approved by his advisory 
committee, a candidate for an advanced degree is expected to participate 
regularly in seminars throughout his graduate residence and to engage in inde- 
pendent research leading to the completion of a scholarly thesis. Research pro- 
grams are currently being conducted in biochemical genetics, enzyme structure 
and mechanisms, enzyme kinetics, biochemical aspects of toxicology, mechan- 
isms of control, photosynthesis and electron transport, biosynthesis of alkaloids, 
lipid metabolism, metabolism and function of transition elements, physical bio- 
chemistry of macromolecules, oxygen transport mechanisms, and regulation of 
protein synthesis during development. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry 3(1-6) F 

Prerequisite: BCH 351, or corequisite BCH 551; quantitative chemical analysis 
recommended 

An introduction to fundamental techniques of biochemistry and molecular 
biology involving experimental study of carbohydrates, proteins, enzymes, 
nucleic acids, lipids, metabolism and metabolic controls. Designed to accompany 
BCH 551. Mrs. Theil 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BCH 551 General Biochemistry 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Three years of chemistry including CH 223; CH 341 strongly 
recommended 

Principles of modern biochemistry including a study of structural and metabolic 
relationships of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and co- 
enzymes. Designed to accompany BCH 452. Mr. Jones 

BCH 553 (PHY 553) Physiological Biochemistry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 

Emphasis on the application of biochemical methods to the elucidation of the 
function of whole organisms. In particular, A. Biochemistry of 1) blood, 2) water, 
electrolyte, acid-base balance, 3) renal function, 4) muscle metabolism, 5) central 
nervous system, 6) autonomic nervous system, 7) endocrine system. B. Biochemistry 
of adaptation to environment 1) high and low P 2, 2) hot and cold, 3) wet and dry, 
4) pollution. Mr. Longmuir 



74 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BCH 554 Radioisotope Techniques in Biology 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 or CH 433 or CH 435 

The theory and application of radioisotope techniques used in biology. The 
different modes of radioactivity are correlated with methods of measurement. 
Emphasis is placed on the use and limitations of various instruments and 
techniques and on their application to research problems. Mr. Sisler 

BCH 557 Introductory Enzyme Kinetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551 and MA 201 or MA 212 

The basic principles of chemical kinetics applied to the development of enzyme 
kinetics. Limitations of the Michaelis equation are considered in light of the 
general rate equation. Inhibition and activation, pH functions, effects of temper- 
ature, and elucidation of mechanisms are also considered. Mr. Main 

BCH 561 (GN 561, MB 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: BCH 351 or BCH 551, GN 411 or GN 505, MB 401 or equivalent 

A study of the development of the fields of biochemical genetics and microbial 
genetics, emphasizing both techniques and concepts currently used in research 
in these areas. Includes lectures and discussions of current research publications. 

Mr. Armstrong 

BCH 590 Special Topics in Biochemistry Maximum 3 FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: BCH 351 or equivalent 

The study of topics of special interest by small groups of students instructed by 
members of the faculty, usually for the purpose of developing new courses. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BCH 651 Physical Biochemistry 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisites: BCH 551, CH 331 or CH 431, or consent of instructor. 

Structural and physical properties of biological macromolecules and the 

application of physical methods to their study. Mr. Knopp 

BCH 652 Biochemical Research Techniques 3-5 S 
Prerequisites: BCH 551; BCH 452 or CH 315 or CH 411 

Laboratory projects involving separation and characterization of biochemical 

constituents including enzymes. Mr. Kahn 

BCH 653 (ANS 653) Mineral Metabolism 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: BCH 551 

Principles of mineral metabolism with emphasis on metabolic functions, re- 
action mechanisms and interrelationships. Mr. Matrone 

BCH 655 Intermediary Metabolism I 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: BCH 551 

Lectures covering enzyme kinetics, energetics, and the metabolism of carbohy- 
drates and lipids. Mr. Tove 

BCH 657 Intermediary Metabolism II 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: BCH 551 

Lectures covering enzyme mechanisms, metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids, 

and their constituents, and metabolic controls. Mr. Horton 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 75 

BCH 659 (CH 659) Natural Products 3(3-0) F 

(See chemistry, page 97.) 

BCH 691 Seminar in Biochemistry 1 FS 

Graduate Staff 

BCH 695 Special Topics in Biochemistry Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biochemistry 

Critical study of special problems and selected topics of current interest in 
biochemistry and related fields. Graduate Staff 

BCH 699 Biochemical Research Credits Arranged 

Graduate Staff 



Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Francis J. Hassler, Head 

Professors: Henry D. Bowen, David H. Howells, William H. Johnson, 
Charles W. Suggs; Professor USDA: James W. Dickens; Associate Profes- 
sors: Robert G. Holmes, Barney K. Huang, Ervin G. Humphries, George 
J. Kriz, William F. McClure, Edward H. Wiser, James H. Young; As- 
sociate Professors USDA: Thomas B. Whitaker, Cliff R. Willey, Ralph 
E. Williamson; Assistant Professors: Frank J. Humenik, Roger P. Rohr- 
bach, Richard W. Skaggs, Robert E. Sowell 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 
Associate Professors: Donald D. Hamann, Victor A. Jones 

The Department of Biological and Agricultural Engineering offers programs 
of study for the Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy and Master of Biological 
and Agricultural Engineering degrees. A bachelor's degree in engineering from 
an accredited curriculum or its equivalent provides the necessary background for 
graduate study. 

For those interested primarily in a broadened background of engineering 
science and technology without the thesis requirement, the Master of Biological 
and Agricultural Engineering program permits a wide selection from a variety 
of advanced courses. Such study is appropriate to certain supervisory and manage- 
rial positions, advanced design and development, technical sales, service and 
promotional work. While this program is primarily for those intending to terminate 
graduate study in engineering at the master's level, a student may, with depart- 
mental approval, develop a plan of study under this program which leads to 
study for the doctorate. 

The Master of Science program takes into account the increasing rigor of 
modern science and engineering. Emphasis here is on mathematics and theory 
as the unifying link between otherwise widely divergent fields of knowledge in 
the biological and physical sciences, and as prerequisites to effective engineering 
advances in biological and agricultural areas. As the student acquires competence 
in the advanced methods of science, he applies his knowledge by conducting an 
original research investigation and by writing and defending a thesis. 



76 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Study for the Doctor of Philosophy degree builds on the Master of Science 
program with an additional year of formal study followed by a period of inde- 
pendent research to satisfy dissertation requirements. Doctoral research is ex- 
pected to be an original and valuable addition to the existing body of scientific 
and technical knowledge. 

Unusual opportunities are available for graduate student participation in 
departmental research programs. Current projects include: watershed hydrology; 
drainage and irrigation; functional development of field machinery; fruit and 
vegetable mechanization; pesticide application; plant growth dynamics; crop 
process engineering and materials handling; biophysics of agricultural processing; 
human engineering; operations research; computer simulation analysis of biolog- 
ical and physical systems; biological instrumentation; physical properties of 
biomaterials; engineering aspects of plant and animal physiology; and waste 
management. 

Graduate students have access to modern well-equipped research labora- 
tories, controlled-environment test chambers, a research shop manned by com- 
petent mechanics, and excellent analog and digital computing facilities. 

Information concerning fellowships and assistantships may be obtained from 
the head of the department. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: BAE 211, PY 211 or PY 221 

This course covers the application of heat engineering principles in the develop- 
ment and utilization of power of internal combustion engines, both spark igni- 
tion and diesel. Included are thermodynamic principles and a classification of these 
to the actual design and construction of engines, together with principles of 
carburetion and ignition. Power transmission units, hydraulics and hydraulic 
controls are emphasized. Power measurement and testing, and the economic 
utilization of power units are brought into the context of modern agriculture. 

Mr. Fore 

BAE 433 Crop Preservation and Processing 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: BAE 341 

This course deals with the physical and biochemical characteristics of harvested 
crops and crop products as they define the requirements for the best preservation 
of quality. The properties of air-water vapor mixtures, the application of heat to 
air and crops, the characteristics and use of fans and heaters, the air flow re- 
quirements and measurement for crop preservation and materials handling will 
be studied. Feed preparation, mixing and handling are included in the course. 

Mr. Glover 

BAE 451, 452 Agricultural Engineering Design I, II 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in SBE curriculum 

Design concepts are applied to current agricultural engineering problems. One 
major design project is combined with a variety of case studies and short term 
design problems to develop the student's confidence in his ability to do design 
work. Mr. Holmes 

BAE 461 Analysis of Argicultural Production Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 201, EC 205, ST 361 

Survey of methods of systems analysis for agricultural engineering students. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 77 

Intermediate economics analysis, with particular emphasis on farm machinery 
economics; materials-handling problems; activity network and scheduling problems; 
techniques of obtaining and processing systems data. Mr. Sowell 

BAE 462 Functional Design of Field Machines 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: BAE 361, MAE 301, SSC 200 

A study of the modern farm tractor and field machines. The emphasis of the 
course is on the translation of measurements of biological and physical factors 
of the agricultural production system into machine specifications that can be 
effectively converted into production machines by engineers of the manufactur- 
ing industry. Mr. Bowen 

BAE 472 Agricultural Water Management 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

Aspects of hydrology and soil-water-plant relationships as related to agricul- 
tural water management. Drainage and irrigation are discussed in depth. Water 
quality, agricultural related pollution and water laws are discussed. Mr. Skaggs 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 552 Instrumentation for Agricultural Research and 

Processing 2(1-3) Alternate F 

Prerequisites: EE 331, MA 301 

Theory and application of primary sensing elements and transducers. Generalized 
performance characteristics and the use of standards. Use of specialized measure- 
ment systems for agricultural research and processing including an introduction to 
correlation and power spectral density measurements. Mr. Rohrbach 

BAE 570 (CE 570, MB 570) Sanitary Microbiology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: MB 401 or equivalent 

Fundamental aspects of microbiology and biochemistry are presented and 
related to problems of stream pollution, refuse disposal and biological treatment. 
Laboratory exercises present basic microbiological techniques and illustrate from 
a chemical viewpoint some of the basic microbial aspects of waste disposal. 

Mr. Humenik 

BAE 578 (CE 578) Agricultural Waste Management 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate or advanced undergraduate standing 

A study of agricultural and associated processing wastes. Special laboratory 
techniques required for the characterization of these wastes will be emphasized. 
Principles and examples considered will be utilized to develop waste management 
and nondestructive waste utilization systems that are integral to the total opera- 
tion. Mr. Humenik 

BAE 580 Analysis of the Physical Properties of 

Biomaterials 3(2-2) Alternate S 

Prerequisites: PY 205, PY 208 

Physical characteristics — shape and size, volume and density, and surface area — 
of biomaterials. Aero- and hydro-dynamic characteristics (drag coefficient and 
terminal velocity) and dimensional analysis. Friction (static and rolling), particle 
mechanics and gravity and forced particle flow. Thermal properties (expansion 
and conductivity, specific heat), electrical properties (resistance and conductance, 
dielectric and electrostatic behavior), optical properties using transmittance and 
reflectance, and x-ray and laser. Graduate Faculty 



78 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BAE 585 Biorheology 3(2-2) Alternate S 

Prerequisites: PY 205, EM 301 

The concepts of strain, stress and the mechanical viscoelastic properties of bio- 
logical solids, fluids and slurries. The time-dependent deformation and flow of 
biomaterials, elements of strength of materials, rheological equations and model 
concepts, creep-relaxation and dynamic behavior, contact problems and the 
Boltzman superposition principle as a function of time, temperature and moisture 
content. Mr. Hamann 

BAE 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing in agricultural engineering 

Each student will select a subject on which he will do research and write a 
technical report on his results. He may choose a subject pertaining to his particular 
interest in any area of study in biological and agricultural engineering. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BAE 654 NONEQUILIBRIUM THERMODYNAMICS IN 

Bioengineering 3(3-0) Alternate S 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

Generalized classical thermodynamics is extended by Onsager's relations to 
provide a theoretical basis for analyzing the energetics of systems that include life 
processes. Topics illustrate applications to special systems including isothermal 
diffusion and sedimentation, membrane permeability, transport processes in 
continuous systems, and systems with temperature gradients. Mr. Johnson 

BAE 661 Analysis of Function and Design of Biological 

and Physical Systems 3(2-3) Alternate F 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

The course attempts to develop those mathematical and analytical techniques 
and principles found to be essential in the analysis and design of machines and 
systems which encompass both the biological and the physical domains and 
their interfaces. Analytical treatment of physical and biological systems and the 
functional analysis of machine components are studied to bridge the gap between 
theories and applications. Control systems synthesis and design are treated 
with emphasis on quantitative dynamic relations between elements and system 
response using transfer function and computer simulation techniques. 

Messrs. Bowen, Huang 

BAE 671 (SSC 671) Theory of Drainage— Saturated Flow 3(3-0) Alternate F 
Prerequisite: MA 513 

Physical concepts and properties of fluids and porous media are discussed in 
relation to soil water movement. The fundamental laws and equations governing 
saturated flow in porous media are derived and discussed. Mathematical solutions 
of steady-state and transient flow equations are analyzed to determine their appli- 
cability to drainage problems. Analogs and models of particular drainage problems 
are considered. Mr. Skaggs 

BAE 674 (SSC 674) Theory of Drainage — Unsaturated Flow 

3(3-0) Alternate F 
Prerequisite: BAE 671 or equivalent 

Forces involved and theories utilized in saturated flow of porous media are dis- 
cussed in relation to soil moisture movement. Steady-state and transient un- 
saturated flow equations for horizontal and vertical moisture movement are 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 79 

developed and solved. The solutions are applied to present-day laboratory and 
field technology. Molecular diffusion and hydrodynamic dispersion are considered 
in light of current tracing techniques. Mr. Skaggs 

BAE 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biological and agricultural engineering 

Elaboration of the subject areas, techniques and methods peculiar to professional 
interest through presentations of personal and published works; opportunity for 
students to present and critically defend ideas, concepts and inferences. Discussions 
to point up analytical solutions and analogies between problems in biological and 
agricultural engineering and other technologies, and to present the relationship of 
biological and agricultural engineering to the socioeconomic enterprise. 

Mr. Rohrbach 

BAE 699 Research in Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biological and agricultural engineering 

Performance of a particular investigation of concern to biological and agricultural 
engineering. The study will begin with the selection of a problem and culminate with 
the presentation of a thesis. Graduate Staff 

Biological Sciences 

Professor J. L. Apple, Assistant Director of Academic Affairs and Research for the 

Biological Sciences 
Associate Professor Charles F. Lytle, Teaching Coordinator 

There is no graduate major per se in the biological sciences, but a number of 
interdepartmental instructional activities are coordinated through the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences. There are several courses at the graduate level 
which are interdepartmental or interdisciplinary in scope and which are applicable 
to several graduate major and minor programs. These courses are described below. 

BS 500 (HI 500) The Development of Contemporary Concepts 

in Biology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: General biology 

Selected contemporary concepts of biology are traced from their origins. Con- 
siderable attention is given to the lives of the men who have made important 
contributions to the development of these concepts. 

BS 590 Special Problems in Biological Instrumentation 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

This course comprises a series of instructional sections, each of five weeks 
duration, devoted to the principles and concepts of biological instrumentation. 
Each five-week instructional section carries one semester credit. Advanced under- 
graduate and graduate students may register for only one or up to three sections 
(total of three credits) per semester. The sections currently offered cover the fol- 
lowing topics: basic components of spectrophotometers including light sources, 
dispersing devices, detectors and read-out methods; theoretical and practical 
aspects of electron microscopy; basics of analog and digital computing methods 
and applications of computers to biological research; methods of separation and 
identification of biopolymers; principles of measurement; and the application of 
electronics in biological measuring and sensing devices. (For specific information 
on instructional sections offered, scheduling and instructors, contact the Biological 
Sciences Office.) 



80 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BS 690 Seminar in Cell Biology 1(1-0) S 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, background in biology or chemistry 

A topical appraisal of the current literature in selected areas of cell biology 
through presentations and discussions by students, faculty and visiting scientists. 

BS 696 Topics in Biological Ultrastructure 1(1-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing (background preferably in biology) 

A survey of the ultrastructure of living organisms from viruses to higher plants 
and animals by means of illustrated lectures. The changes in fine structure asso- 
ciated with differentiating cells and with cells in various metabolic states are 
examined. 

Biomathematics 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information see statistics, 
page 297.) 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BMA 493 Special Topics in Biomathematics 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Directed readings, problem sets, written and oral reports at an introductory level 
as dictated by need and interest of student; new 400-level courses during the 
developmental phase. Staff 

BMA 501 Theoretical Biochemistry I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 405, CH 433, BCH 551 or consent of instructor 

Application of physical theory and mathematics to biochemistry. Examination of 
basic principles of molecular theory, reaction rate theory, statistical mechanics and 
nonequilibrium thermodynamics as applied to biochemical systems. (Offered fall 
1973 and alternate years.) Mr. Gold 

BMA 502 Theoretical Biochemistry II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BMA 501 

Continuation of BMA 501. Coupling of diffusion and chemical reactions. Mathe- 
matical description of enzyme control, coupled sequences of enzyme reactions, 
feedback loops and oscillatory reactions. Experimentally oriented topics include 
theory of chemical relaxation and tracer dynamics. (Offered spring 1972 and alter- 
nate years.) Mr. Gold 

BMA 571 (MA 571, ST 571) Biomathematics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Advanced calculus, reasonable background in biology or consent of 
instructor 

The role of theory construction and model building in the development of experi- 
mental science. Induction vs. deduction. The historical development of mathematical 
theories and models for the growth of one-species populations (logistic and off- 
shoots), including consideration of age distributions (matrix theory, Leslie and 
Lopez; continuous theory, Lotka). Some of the more elementary theories on the 
growth of organisms (von Bertalanffy, with applications to ecology; allometric 
theories, cultures grown in a chemostat). Mathematical theories of two and more 
species systems (predator-prey, competition, symbiosis; according to the Volterra- 
Lotka schemes, including present-day research), and discussion of some related 
models for chemical reaction kinetics. Much emphasis is placed on scrutiny of the 
biological concepts as well as of the mathematical structure of the models in order 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 81 

to uncover both weak and strong points of the models discussed. Mathematical 
treatment of the differential equations in these models stresses qualitative and 
geometric aspects. Mr. van der Vaart 

BMA 572 (MA 572, ST 572) Biomathematics II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BMA 571, elementary probability theory 

Continuation of topics of BMA 571. Some more advanced mathematical techniques 
concerning nonlinear differential equations of the types encountered in BMA 571: 
several concepts of stability, asymptotic directions, periodic models. Comparison 
of deterministic and stochastic models for several biological problems including 
birth and death processes. Certain aspects of linear system theory (time-invariant 
and variable models) used for the analysis of biological systems. Discussion of 
various applications of mathematics to biology, e.g., theories of aging, some recent 
research. Mr. van der Vaart 

BMA 591 Special Topics 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Directed readings, problem sets, written and oral reports as dictated by need and 
interest of student; new 500-level courses during the developmental phase. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BMA 691 Advanced Special Topics 1-3 FS 

Directed readings, problem sets, written and oral reports as dictated by need and 
interest of student; new 600-level courses during the developmental phase. 

Graduate Staff 

BMA 694 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate students in biomathematics are expected to attend through- 
out the period of their residence. 

BMA 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 



Botany 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Glenn Ray Noggle, Head 

Professors: Arthur W. Cooper, (on leave), Rorert J. Downs, James W. Hardin, 
Herrert T. Scofield (Peru), James R. Troyer; Adjunct Professor: Walter 
W. Heck; Professors Emeritus: Bertram W. Wells, Larry A. Whitford; 
Associate Professors: Charles E. Anderson, Royall T. Moore, Harold E. 
Schlichting, Jr.; Adjunct Associate Professor: Harold L. Lewis; Adjunct 
Associate Professor USDA: Donald W. DeJong; Associate Professors USDA: 
Harold E. Pattee, Heinz Seltmann, Ralph E. Williamson; Assistant 
Professors: Udo Blum, Roger C. Fites, Ernest D. Seneca, C. Gerald Van 
Dyke 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: Joseph S. Kahn, Richard J. Thomas, David H. Timothy; Professor 
USDA: Donald E. Moreland; Associate Professor: Billy J. Copeland 



82 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The Department of Botany offers programs leading to the Master of Botany 
(non-thesis), Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Excellent physical facilities and equipment are available for instruction and 
research in all phases of the departmental program. The Phytotron (part of a two- 
unit controlled environment facility operated in collaboration with Duke Univer- 
sity) offers unexcelled opportunities for research in experimental taxonomy, ecology 
and plant physiology. An electron microscope laboratory is available. A fine 
herbarium supports studies in systematics, and is augmented by the herbaria in the 
Departments of Botany in nearby Duke University and the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill. The availability in North Carolina of a wide range of 
habitats with an accompanying diversity of flora provides opportunities for field 
problems in ecology, mycology, phycology and biosystematics. Field laboratories 
are available at the coast, in the Piedmont and in the mountains. The facilities of 
16 branch Agricultural Experiment Stations also are available for field studies. 
The department participates in tropical biology programs through membership in 
the Organization for Tropical Studies. 

Air and water pollution programs have been developed in the School of Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences and the School of Engineering at North Carolina State 
University in collaboration with groups at Duke University and the University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Strong supporting programs in biology are available in other departments on the 
campus — forest resources, soil science, plant pathology, microbiology, zoology, crop 
science, biochemistry, statistics, biomathematics and genetics. Students also may 
enroll in botany courses offered at Duke University and the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BO 400 Plant Diversity 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: BO 200 or equivalent 

A comprehensive survey of the evolutionary diversity and phylogeny of the plant 
kingdom. Emphasis is placed on the evolutionary trends and the basis for assumed 
relationships, considering fossils as well as living forms. Some time is spent observ- 
ing plants in their native habitats, and on a consideration of adaptations to various 
environments and modes of existence. 

BO 402 (CS 402) Economic Botany 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: BO 200 

Emphasis is on plants and human affairs, rather than taxonomy, production or 
economics. Discussions center on all phases of the interrelationships of the plant 
world and the life history of incipient to modern human cultures. Treatment includes 
plants and plant products, beneficial and harmful, that man has used as necessities 
of life, as ameliorants contributing to his well-being, and as raw materials for 
industry. Ornamentals are excluded. 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4(2-4) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or BO 200 

A systematic survey of vascular plants emphasizing field identification, terminol- 
ogy and general evolutionary relationships. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 83 

BO 414 (ZO 414) Cell Biology 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisites: CH 223, PY 212 

A study of the chemical and physical bases of cellular structure and function with 
emphasis on methods and interrelationships. 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4(3-3) S Sum. 

Prerequisites: BS 100 or BO 200 and year of chemistry 

Physiology of the green plant emphasizing plant organization, water and solute 
relationships, organic and inorganic nutrition, growth and development. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BS 500 (HI 500) The Development of Contemporary Concepts in Biology 

(See biological sciences, page 79.) 3(3-0) S 

BO 510 Plant Anatomy 4(2-6) F 

Prerequisite: BO 200 

A study of the cells, tissues and organs of common flowering plants and gymno- 
sperms. Growth and differentiation patterns will be considered with emphasis on 
current research. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate years.) Mr. Anderson 

BO 522 Advanced Morphology and Phylogeny of Seed Plants 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: BO 403 

A comprehensive survey of the morphology and evolution of angiosperms and 
gymnosperms. Special emphasis is given to detailed vegetative and reproductive 
morphology of fossil and living forms, and to their presumed evolutionary relation- 
ships. (Offered 1971-72 and alternate years.) Mr. Hardin 

BO 524 Grasses, Sedges, and Rushes 4(2-6) F 

Prerequisite: BO 403 

A course dealing with three large, economically and ecologically important plant 
families. A working familiarity with these three groups will be achieved through an 
introduction to the special terminology used in dealing with these plants, extensive 
field work emphasizing keying out plants collected, and a study of the recently 
developed modern classification of the grasses. (Offered 1971-72 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Koch 

BO 544 Plant Geography 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BO 403, BO 360 (ZO 360), GN 411 or equivalents 

A course in descriptive and interpretive plant geography, synthesizing data from 
the fields of ecology, genetics, geography, paleobotany and taxonomy. Includes a 
survey of the present distribution of major vegetation types throughout the world, 
a discussion of the history and development of this present pattern of vegetation and 
a discussion of the principles and theories of plant geography. (Offered 1972-73 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Cooper 

BO 551 Advanced Plant Physiology I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: General botany or biology, and biochemistry 

The first half of a two-semester sequence covering the current status of plant 
physiology. Topics will include plant organization, metabolism, water relations, 
solute relations, photobiology and respiration. Messrs. Troyer and Noggle 



84 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BO 552 Advanced Plant Physiology II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: General botany or biology, and biochemistry 

The second half of a two-semester sequence covering the current status of plant 
physiology. Topics will include inorganic nutrition, nitrogen assimilation, plant 
growth substances, physiology of seeds, vegetative growth, reproductive growth, 
aging and senescence. Messrs. Noggle and Troyer 

BO 553 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology I 1(0-3) F 

Prerequisite or corequisite: BO 551 

Laboratory to accompany BO 551 Advanced Plant Physiology I. Laboratory 
procedures in plant nutrition, plant structure and composition, water relation^, 
respiration. Staff 

BO 554 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology II 1(0-3) S 

Prerequisite or corequisite: BO 552 

Laboratory to accompany BO 552 Advanced Plant Physiology II. Laboratory 
procedures in enzymes, photosynthesis, photobiology, plant growth substances. 

Staff 

BO 560 (ZO 560) Principles of Ecology 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: Three semesters of college level biology courses 

A consideration of the principles of ecology at the graduate level. Each of the 
major subject areas of ecology is developed in sufficient depths to provide a factual 
and philosophical framework for the understanding of ecology. 

Messrs. Blum and Standaert 

BO 561 Physiological Ecology 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisites: BO 421 and BO 560 (ZO 560) or equivalent 

This course will approach the plant community from a physiological standpoint. 
Emphasis will be placed on the individual in the community and how it responds 
to its immediate environment on a short- and long-term basis. (Offered 1972-73 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Blum 

BO 574 (MB 574) Phycology 3(1-4) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or BO 200 

An introduction to the structure, reproduction and importance of organisms which 
may be included in the algae. Considerable time is devoted to the local freshwater 
and marine floras and the ecology of important species. Mr. Schlichting 

BO 575 (MB 575, PP 575) The Fungi 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BO 200 or equivalent 

An overview of the fungi within the framework of a survey of the major classes. 
Lectures while covering the major groups systematically will also include ancillary 
material on aspects of ultrastructure, experimental adaptations, sexuality, ontogeny, 
and economic, including historical, importance. Mr. Moore 

BO 576 (MB 576, PP 576) The Fungi— Laboratory 1(3-0) S 

Corequisite: BO 575 

The course will provide illustrative material of the fungal assemblages discussed 
in BO 575. Mr. Moore 

BO 590 Topical Problems 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Discussions and readings on problems of current interest in the fields of ecology, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 85 

anatomy and morphology, taxonomy, and cell biology. May be repeated with a 
change in topic for a maximum of six credits. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BO 612 Plant Morphogenesis 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of botany equivalent to BO 400 and BO 421 

A review and synthesis of the factors involved in the development of plant form. 
Levels of control from the molecular to the whole organism will be considered. 
(Offered 1971-72 and alternate years.) Mr. Anderson 

BO 620 Advanced Taxonomy 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: BO 403 

A course in the principles of plant taxonomy including the history of taxonomy, 
systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, taxonomic literature, taxonomic 
and biosystematic methods, and monographic techniques. (Offered 1972-73 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Hardin 

BO 625 (PP 625) Advanced Mycology 4(2-6) F 

(See plant pathology, page 262.) 

BO 631 Water Relations of Plants 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BO 551 or equivalent 

A discussion of the physiological water relations of plants with emphasis on 
theoretical principles and quantitative description. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Troyer 

BO 633 Plant Growth and Development 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BO 414 (ZO 414) or BO 421, organic chemistry 

An advanced course in plant physiology covering plant growth, development, 
differentiation, senescence and biological control mechanisms. Mr. Fites 

BO 634 Introduction to the Thermodynamics of Biological Systems 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: BO 551 or consent of instructor 

An introductory development of the thermodynamic theory relevant to biological 
systems together with consideration of examples of biological problems to which 
thermodynamic theory has been applied. (Offered 1971-72 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Troyer 

BO 636 Discussions in Plant Physiology 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisites: BO 414 (ZO 414) or BO 421, organic chemistry 

Group discussions at an advanced level of selected topics of current interest in 
plant physiology. Graduate Staff 

BO 660 (ZO 660) Advanced Topics in Ecology I 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: BO 560 (ZO 560) 

A consideration in depth of the major fields of ecology. Subject matter will be 
developed through seminars and lectures based on classical and current literature, 
and principles will be illustrated by laboratory exercises and field trips. Topics 
covered include microenvironment, community ecology, ecosystems and nutrient 
cycling. (Offered 1971-72 and alternate years.) Mr. Cooper 

BO 661 (ZO 661) Advanced Topics in Ecology II 4(3-3) S 

(See zoology, page 336.) 



86 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BO 691 Botany Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of interest 
to botanists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate student credit is allowed if one 
paper per semester is presented at the seminar. Graduate Staff 

BO 693 Special Problems in Botany Credits Arranged 

Directed research in some specialized phase of botany other than a thesis problem 
but designed to provide experience and training in research. Graduate Staff 

BO 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Original research preliminary to writing a master's thesis or a doctoral 
dissertation. Graduate Staff 

Cell Biology 

Many present-day biologists seek a basic understanding of biological phenomena 
at the cellular and subcellular or molecular level. They recognize that principles 
and concepts developed in one system may apply to the cells of many varieties of 
organisms and may help to explain the complicated activities of more highly 
organized systems such as organs and tissues, individuals and populations. 
Biologists interested in this approach need a broader background than that 
generally provided by the customary major and minor. 

North Carolina State University provides a program for this type of biologist 
through an interdepartmental minor in cell biology. In pursuing the cell biology 
program, students major in one of the many areas of biology, but select a thesis 
problem involving research at the cellular or subcellular level and take a combina- 
tion of required and elective courses to provide an appropriate interdepartmental 
minor. The minor field is represented on a student's graduate committee by a cell 
biologist from a department other than that of his major professor. 

The minimum requirements for the graduate minor in cell biology are as follows: 

Master of Science 

BCH 551 General Biochemistry 3(3-0) F 

BO 414 (ZO 414) Cell Biology 4(3-3) F 

BS 690 Seminar in Cell Biology 1(1-0) S 

BS 696 Topics in Biological Ultrastructure 1(1-0) F 

Doctor of Philosophy 

BCH 561 (GN 561, MB 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3(3-0) F 

BS 690 Seminar in Cell Biology 1(1-0) S 

BS 696 Topics in Biological Ultrastructure 1(1-0) F 

ZO 614 Advanced Cell Biology 3(3-0) S 

ZO 615 Advanced Cell Biology Laboratory 1(0-3) S 

Advised Elective S 

Elective and supporting courses appropriate for an individual student are chosen 
from the wide array available through the biological science departments. In 
addition, supplemental courses may be selected from among the many offered at 
the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and Duke University at Durham. 

Communications concerning the Cell Biology Program, including inquiries from 
students wishing to minor in cell biology, should be sent to Biological Sciences, 
P. O. Box 5306, N. C. State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 87 

Chemical Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor James K. Ferrell, Head 

Professors: Kenneth O. Beatty, Jr., Robin P. Gardner, Edward M. Schoenborn, 
John F. Seely, Henry B. Smith, Vivian T. Stannett; Visiting Professor: 
Warren L. McCabe; Professor Emeritus: Richard Bright; Associate Profes- 
sors: Harold B. Hopfenberg, David B. Marsland, Donald C. Martin, 
Edward P. Stahel; Assistant Professors: Richard M. Felder, Ronald W. 
Rousseau 

The Department of Chemical Engineering offers programs of advanced study 
leading to the Master of Science, Master of Chemical Engineering and Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees. Both formal and informal meetings between faculty and 
students are encouraged in order to promote a common interest in professional 
development and academic excellence. 

Because graduate study in chemical engineering requires a rigorous back- 
ground in fundamentals, as well as the development in an area of specialization, 
chemical engineers with advanced degrees are among those least affected by 
changes in government or industrial economic positions. A broad base in the 
fundamentals has also insured the chemical engineer of the ability to meet new 
problem areas as they arise. This has been most recently illustrated by the presence 
of chemical engineers at the forefront of the development of air and water pollu- 
tion studies, biomedical engineering, biochemical engineering, etc. 

Students entering graduate study in the department normally have a bachelor's 
degree in chemical engineering or its equivalent, but programs can be worked 
out to accommodate students with bachelor's degrees in applied mathematics, 
chemistry, physics and other branches of engineering. Entering students should 
have a background in undergraduate mathematics, physics and chemistry, includ- 
ing physical chemistry; and a background equivalent to undergraduate work in 
heat transfer, fluid mechanics, and mass transfer and diffusional operations. De- 
ficiencies in any of these areas can normally be made up in one semester. 

The most extensive area of research in the department is in the field of poly- 
mer science and engineering. Graduate and post-doctoral efforts in this field in- 
clude studies of ionic and free-radical polymerization, grafting reactions, mem- 
brane technology and design of polymerization reactors. Other active research 
areas include chemical reaction engineering, heat and mass transfer, process opti- 
mization and control, particulate processes, pollution abatement and control, 
thermodynamics and biomedical engineering. Under these general headings, cur- 
rent efforts include studies of the heat transfer and fluid dynamic properties of 
the heat pipe, contact nucleation and growth mechanisms in industrial crystalliza- 
tion, particle dynamics in stirred tanks, mixing effects in chemical reactors, photo- 
chemical reaction engineering, the application of the hybrid computer to problems 
in adaptive process modeling and control and chemical reactor stability, modeling 
of continuous ball mills, design and simulation of artificial organs, water purifica- 
tion by reverse osmosis, and the design and economics of air pollution control 
systems. 

The proximity of UNC-Chapel Hill and Duke University, as well as the Research 
Triangle Park which houses a number of government and industrial research facili- 
ties, lends considerable support to many of the research programs at N. C. State. 
The Air Pollution Control Office, for example, has a facility in the Research 



88 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Triangle Park which provides a natural contact between government and univer- 
sity scientists studying air pollution problems. Similarly, biomedical and bio- 
chemical studies at State are strengthened by faculty contacts with their counter- 
parts in these areas at UNC-Chapel Hill and Duke. 

The Department of Chemical Engineering occupies 40,000 square feet in the 
east wing of Riddick Engineering Laboratories. There are several excellent 
general-purpose laboratory facilities within the building for graduate research. 
The department also has several other special facilities including laboratories for 
process control and dynamics, thermodynamics, powder science and technology, 
desalination and polymer research; in addition, three pilot plant systems have 
been built to study heat transfer, reaction kinetics and complex mixing phenomena 
in polymerization systems. A well-equipped instrumental analysis laboratory is 
maintained within the department; other specialized instruments such as electron 
beam and scanning microscopes are available on campus should a research proj- 
ect require their use. The School of Engineering computer facilities are conven- 
iently housed within the chemical engineering wing of Riddick Hall. A new ter- 
minal link to an IBM 360/75 computer located in the Research Triangle Park 
provides rapid service on almost all digital jobs. Additional digital capabilities are 
provided by an IBM 1130 computer which is interfaced to an EAI TR 48 analog 
computer providing an excellent hybrid facility. Finally, an excellent machine 
shop assures the student that almost any special equipment needed for his re- 
search can be constructed within the department. 

A number of research projects within the department are supported by industry 
as well as state and federal agencies. Research assistantships for work on these 
specific projects are available and may be nine- or twelve-month appointments. 

The department also offers teaching assistantships which carry a nine-month 
stipend of $2900. These are half-time appointments and usually involve assisting 
in the teaching of courses, supervising undergraduate laboratories or other labora- 
tory work as the need arises. In addition, the department has several industrially 
sponsored fellowships which require no specific duties. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 412 Transport Processes II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 327 

An intensive study of momentum, heat and mass transport processes, with em- 
phasis on chemical engineering. Problems in fluid, heat and mass transfer. 

CHE 425 Process Measurement and Control I 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisites: CHE 225, CHE 327 

A study of the continuous control of typical chemical engineering processes 
including the techniques of feedback, cascade, feedforward and interacting systems. 
Dynamics, stability and control of heat exchangers, flow systems, distillation col- 
umns and chemical reactors are illustrated. 

CHE 426 Process Measurement and Control II 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 425 or EE 435 or MAE 435 

An extension of the theory and application of process control techniques to the 
analysis of physical systems. This course covers sampled data and nonlinear 
systems and includes an introduction to optimum control techniques and adaptive 
control. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 89 

CHE 428 Separation Processes II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 327 

An intensive study of the principles (diffusion and interphase mass transfer) 
underlying such unit operations as distillation, drying, absorption, etc., with em- 
phasis on procedures and economic problems. 

CHE 431 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I 3(1-5) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 311 

Laboratory work on typical apparatus involving unit operations. Experiments are 
designed to augment the theory and data of lecture courses and to develop pro- 
ficiency in the writing of technical reports. 

CHE 432 Chemical Engineering Laboratory II 3(1-5) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 431 

A continuation of CHE 431. This course will consist of a small number of group 
projects in research, design or development. 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 315 

A basic study of homogeneous and heterogeneous chemical reactions, and of 
catalysis. 

CHE 451 Chemical Engineering Design 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisites: CHE 315, CHE 327, CHE 432 

A general treatment of chemical process design and optimization. The interplay 
of economic and technical factors in process development, site selection, project 
design, construction and production management. Applications of cost accounting, 
cost estimation for new equipment, measures of profitability. Case studies, read- 
ings, design problems and reports. 

CHE 495 Seminar in Chemical Engineering 1(1-0) FS 

Professional aspects of chemical engineering; topics of current interest in 
chemical engineering. 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects 1-3 FS 

Introduction to research through experimental, theoretical and literature studies 
of chemical engineering problems. Oral and written presentation of reports. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 511 Problem Analysis for Chemical Engineers 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CHE 428, MA 301 

The application of the methods of mathematical analysis to the formulation and 
solution of problems in transport phenomena, transient phenomena in unit opera- 
tions, process dynamics and thermodynamics. Study and use of analog computer 
solutions of these problems. Mr. Martin 

CHE 513 Thermodynamics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 315 

An intermediate course in thermodynamic principles and their application to 



90 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

chemical and phase equilibria. The course is largely from a macroscopic viewpoint 
but consideration will be given to some aspects of the statistical viewpoint. 

Mr. Beatty 

CHE 515 Transport Phenomena 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 327 

A theoretical study of transport of momentum, energy and matter with emphasis 
on the latter two. The diffusional operations, including coupled heat and mass 
transfer, are introduced in the light of the theory. Mr. Marsland 

CHE 517 Kinetics and Catalysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 446 

An intensive study of homogeneous and heterogeneous kinetic reactions. Em- 
phasis will be placed on fundamental approaches, experimental methods and 
mathematical techniques in engineering analysis of chemical reaction systems. 

Mr. Felder 

CHE 521 Mass Transfer Operations 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 327 

Multicomponent mass transfer operations will be discussed in light of recent 
developments and innovations in both the operations themselves and in calcula- 
tional techniques used in analyzing the operations. The equilibrium stage concept 
will be developed and as time permits, a discussion of the continuous rate processes 
will be undertaken. Problems unique to given operations, such as are encountered 
in extractive and azeotropic distillation will be discussed during the course. 

Mr. Rousseau 

CHE 523 Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 311 

Convective heat transfers in chemical process equipment, such as heat exchangers, 
chemical reactors, distillation and extraction reboilers, etc., and fluid dynamics 
and heat transfer of multiphase, multicomponent and chemically reactive 
systems. Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 525 Process Dynamics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 425 

A detailed study of the dynamic response of typical chemical process equipment 
including instrumentation and process control devices. Fundamental concepts of 
automatic control of process variables such as temperature, pressure, flow and 
liquid level. Mr. Martin 

CHE 527 (OR 527) Optimization of Engineering Processes 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 511, CSC 111 or equivalent 

Mathematical methods for the optimization of engineering processes are devel- 
oped, and illustrative applications of these methods are presented and discussed. 
Specific topics covered are drawn from a list which includes mathematical 
programming, geometric programming, sensitivity analysis, direct search and 
elimination techniques, variational techniques and the minimum principle, 
quasilinearization and dynamic programming. The emphasis throughout the course 
is on applications of the techniques discussed rather than fully rigorous develop- 
ment of the theory. Mr. Felder 

CHE 535 Engineering Economy in Air Pollution Control Systems 3(3-2) S 
Prerequisites: MAE 409, CE 576, or equivalent first course 

Principles and practice in designing equipment for the abatement of air pollution; 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 91 

estimation of capital cost and operating expense; economic optimization under 
various kinds of tax laws. Mr. Marsland 

CHE 541 Cellulose Industries 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Organic chemistry 

Methods of manufacture and application of cellulose chemical conversion 
products. Emphasis placed on recent developments in the field of synthetic fibers, 
film, lacquers and other cellulose compounds. Mr. Seely 

CHE 543 Technology of Plastics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Organic chemistry 

The properties, methods of manufacture and applications of synthetic resins. 
Recent developments in the field are stressed. Mr. Schoenborn 

CHE 569 (TC 569) Polymers, Surfactants and Colloidal Materials 3(3-0)F 
Prerequisites: CHE 315, CH 431, CH 223 

A survey of the relationship between molecular structure and bulk properties 
of nonmetallic materials as applied in chemical engineering processes. Special 
attention will be directed to the application of surface and colloid chemistry as 
well as polymer science. Mr. Hopfenberg 

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A laboratory study of some phase of chemical engineering or allied field. 

Graduate Staff 

CHE 598 Special Topics in Chemical Engineering 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study and investigation of special topics in chemical engineering. The course 
may consist of directed reading of the literature of chemical engineering, intro- 
duction to research methodology, special topics of current interest, seminar 
discussions dealing with special topics, etc. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CHE 611 Chemical Process Design and Simulation 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 511 

Application of process analysis, simulation and optimization techniques to case 
studies of complex chemical processes. Mr. Marsland 

CHE 613 Thermodynamics II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 513 

A consideration of various thermodynamic topics of special interest to chemical 
engineers. The effects of high pressures and high temperatures on equilibria, 
relationship of thermodynamics to rate process, thermodynamics of the steady 
state including coupled transfer process and experimental methods in thermo- 
dynamics would be typical. Mr. Beatty 

CHE 617 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 517 

An advanced study of ideal and real reactor systems. The approach employed is 
twofold: characterization of actual systems by empirical rate expressions coupled 
with fundamental analysis; simulation of coupled physical and chemical processes 
in a reactor by solution of various types of physical models. Mr. Stahel 



92 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CHE 621 Advanced Mass Transfer 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 515 

Application of transport theory and empirical devices to the analysis, synthesis 
and design of mass-transfer equipment. The operations of absorption, extraction, 
distillation, humidification and drying will be considered. Mr. Rousseau 

CHE 623 Advanced Fluid Dynamics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 515, CHE 523 

The principles of fluid dynamics and their application to laminar and turbulent 
flow, flow in closed channels, flow in packed beds and porous media, particle 
technology, industrial rheology and two-phase flow. Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 624 Advanced Heat Transfer 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CHE 515 

An advanced course dealing primarily with heat transfer between liquids and 
solids, optimum operating conditions and design of equipment, conduction, heating 
and cooling of solids, radiant heat transmission. Mr. Beatty 

CHE 669 (TC 669) Diffusion in Polymers 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 569 or consent of instructor 

An up-to-date treatment of the theory and practice of small molecule transport 
in polymers as applied to the chemical, polymer, textile, coatings and natural 
fiber industries. Mr. Hopfenberg 

CHE 671 (TC 671) Special Topics in Polymer Science 1-3 F 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An intensive treatment of selected topics in fiber and polymer science. 

Mr. Stannett 

CHE 693 Advanced Topics in Chemical Engineering 1-3 FS 

A study of recent developments in chemical engineering theory and practice, 
such as ion exchange, crystallization, mixing, molecular distillation, hydrogenation, 
fluorination. The topic will vary from term to term. 

CHE 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Literature investigations and reports of special topics in chemical engineering 
and allied fields. 

CHE 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 

Independent investigation of an advanced chemical engineering problem. A report 
of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 



Chemistry 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Z Zimmerman Hugus, Jr., Head 

Professors: Henry A. Bent, Lawrence H. Bowen, Carl L. Bumgardner, 

George O. Doak, Leon D. Freedman, Samuel G. Levtne, Richard H. 

Loeppert, Assistant to Head, G. Gilbert Long, Willis A. Reid, Paul P. 

Sutton, Raymond C. White; Adjunct Professor: Monroe E. Wall; Affiliated 

Professors: Walter J. Peterson, Henry A. Rutherford; Associate Pro- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 93 

fessors: Halbert H. Carmichael, Alonzo F. Coots, M. Keith DeArmond, 
Forrest W. Getzen, Chester E. Gleit, Forrest C. Hentz, Jr., Louis A. 
Jones, Marion L. Miles, Charles G. Moreland, William P. Tucker, 
Director of Graduate Studies, George H. Wahl, Jr; Assistant Professors: 
Jon Bordner, Thomas C. Caves, Kenneth W. Hanck, Anton F. Schreiner, 
Thomas M. Ward, Dennis W. Wertz 

The Department of Chemistry offers programs leading to the Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Major fields of specialization are analytical, 
inorganic, organic, nuclear and physical chemistry. A wide variety of advanced 
courses and a broad spectrum of research topics provide excellent preparation for 
almost every type of the many positions open to a chemist with an advanced 
degree. 

A student entering into graduate work in chemistry should have a bachelor's 
degree in chemistry or its equivalent. This includes the equivalent of one-year 
courses in general, organic, physical and analytical chemistry, and a semester of 
inorganic chemistry. At least one year of college physics and two years of mathe- 
matics, including differential equations, are necessary. Students who fail to meet 
these requirements may in some cases be admitted on a provisional basis. 

With a large graduate faculty and favorable graduate student to faculty ratio, 
the chemistry department emphasizes individual attention, small classes and per- 
sonal collaboration on research with faculty members. Among the variety of 
active research projects available for thesis work are organic and inorganic syn- 
thesis, structure and properties of organometallic compounds and transition metal 
complexes, stereochemistry of natural and synthetic products, kinetics and mecha- 
nisms of reactions, radiochemistry, microanalysis, electrochemistry, quantum 
chemistry, and infrared, Raman, Mossbauer, nuclear magnetic resonance, nuclear 
quadrupole resonance and electron spin resonance spectroscopy. 

The department is well equipped with standard instruments and apparatus for 
teaching and research. Many items of specialized equipment are available, in- 
cluding recording spectrophotometers covering the range from far infrared to ultra- 
violet, three nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometers, gas chromatographs, mass 
spectrometer, electron spin resonance spectrometer, circular dichroism recorder 
and spectropolarimeter, nuclear quadrupole resonance spectrometer, Mossbauer 
spectrometer and x-ray diffractometer. A complete glassblowing facility with glass- 
blower is available for constructing special apparatus. All research activities of 
the department have been concentrated in a new nine-story laboratory building 
equipped with modern, spacious facilities and completely air-conditioned. 

The department has available teaching and research assistantships, as well as 
a number of fellowships, for qualified applicants. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3(3-0) S 

Corequisite: CH 433 

A survey of the chemical elements based on atomic structure and the periodic 
system, also introducing newer concepts of structure and symmetry. A knowledge 
of basic physical chemical principles is prerequisite. 



94 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I 4(2-6) F 

Prerequisites: CH 431, CH 434 
Corequisite: CH 433 

An introduction to analytical chemistry, including the design, execution and 
interpretation of quantitative chemical measurements. Chromatographic, gravi- 
metric and related techniques of separation are presented. 

CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II 4(2-6) S 

Prerequisite: CH 411 

Methods of quantitative analysis based on solution chemistry, electrochemistry 
and the interactions of radiation with matter. Specific topics include acid-base, 
potentiometric and coulometric titrations, and absorption spectroscopy. 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

An introduction to the identification of organic compounds by means of physical 
properties (including infrared spectra), chemical classification tests and prepara- 
tion of derivatives. 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: CH 107, MA 202, PY 207 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 301 

CH 431, CH 433 and CH 435 provide an intensive study of physical chemical 
principles. CH 431 emphasizes states of matter, thermodynamics, and physical 
and chemical equilibrium. 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory 1(0-3) F 

Corequisite: CH 431 

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 431. 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: CH 431, MA 301 

A continuation of CH 431, emphasizing properties of solids and solutions, 
electrochemistry, reaction kinetics and kinetic theory. 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory 2(0-6) S 

Corequisite: CH 433 

Laboratory projects in physical chemistry. 

CH 435 Physical Chemistry III 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 431, MA 301 

A continuation of CH 431, emphasizing molecular structure and chemical 
bonding. 

CH 441 Colloid Chemistry 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: CH 220, CH 315 

Adsorption; preparation, properties, constitution, stability, and application of 
sols, gels, emulsions, foams and aerosols; dialysis; Donnan membrane equilibrium. 
(Offered spring 1973 and alternate years.) 

CH 461 (TC 461) Chemistry of Fibers 3(3-0) F 

(See textile chemistry, page 310.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 95 

CH 490 Chemical Preparations 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

Lectures and laboratory work in preparative chemistry. Synthetic procedures 
will be selected to illustrate advanced methods and techniques in both inorganic 
and organic chemistry. 

CH 491 Reading in Honors Chemistry 2-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

A reading course for exceptionally able students at the senior level. The students 
will do extensive reading in areas of advanced chemistry and will present written 
reports of their findings. 

CH 493 Chemical Literature 1(1-0) F 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

A systematic introduction to the location and retrieval of information required 
for the solution of chemical problems. 

CH 499 Senior Research 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

An introduction to research. Independent investigation of a research problem 
under the supervision of a member of the chemistry faculty. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 501 Inorganic Chemistry I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Modern inorganic chemistry from the point of view of the chemical bond. Chemical 
periodicity and its origins in atomic structure, the ionic bond and electronegativity, 
crystal structure and bonding in ionic solids, the metallic state, conduction and 
semiconductors, and the preparation and properties of illustrative compounds. 

CH 503 Inorganic Chemistry II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 501 

The hydrogen molecule-ion and the theory of the covalent bond, molecular 
orbitals and hybridization, dipole moments and magnetic properties, the theory of 
acids and bases, nonaqueous solvents, coordination compounds, carbonyl and 
quasi-aromatic compounds, and the chemistry of the transition metals, lanthanides 
and actinides. 

CH 511 Chemical Spectroscopy 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Theory, analytical applications and interpretation of spectra as applied to 
chemical problems. Major emphasis will be placed upon ultraviolet, visible and 
infrared spectra. 

CH 515 Chemical Instrumentation 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 431 
Corequisite: CH 411 

Basic electronic components and circuits, the response of laboratory instruments, 
design and modification of typical electronic control and measurement systems. 
Emphasis will be placed on the transducers and control elements utilized in 
chemical research. 



96 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CH 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 223, CH 433 or CH 435 

Structure, stereochemistry and reactions of the various classes of hydrocarbons. 
The molecular orbital treatment of bonding and reactivity of alkenes, the conforma- 
tional interpretation of cycloalkane and cycloalkene reactivity, and the application 
of optical isomerism to the study of reaction mechanisms will be emphasized. 

CH 523 Advanced Organic Chemistry II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 521 

An introduction to acid-base theory and mechanistic organic chemistry as applied 
to synthetically useful organic reactions. 

CH 525 Physical Methods in Organic Chemistry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 223 and CH 433 or CH 435 

Application of physical methods to the solution of structural problems in 
organic chemistry. Emphasis will be on spectral methods including infrared, 
ultraviolet, nuclear magnetic resonance, mass spectrometry, electron paramag- 
netic resonance, x-ray and electron diffraction, and optical rotatory dispersion. 

CH 531 Chemical Thermodynamics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An extension of elementary principles to the treatment of ideal and real gases, 
ideal solutions, electrolytic solutions, galvanic cells, surface systems and 
irreversible processes. An introduction to statistical thermodynamics and the 
estimation of thermodynamic functions from spectroscopic data. 

CH 533 Chemical Kinetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An intensive survey of the basic principles of chemical kinetics with emphasis 
on experimental and mathematical techniques, elements of the kinetic theory, and 
theory of the transition state. Applications to gas reactions, reactions in solution 
and mechanism studies. 

CH 535 Surface Phenomena 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An intensive survey of the topics of current interest in surface phenomena. 
Formulations of basic theories are presented together with illustrations of their 
current applications. (Offered spring 1972 and alternate years.) 

CH 537 Quantum Chemistry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 301, CH 435 or PY 407 

The elements of wave mechanics applied to stationary energy states and time 
dependent phenomena. Applications of quantum theory to chemistry, particularly 
chemical bonds. 

CH 545 Radiochemistry 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: PY 410 or CH 431 

The applications of radioactivity to chemistry and the applications of chemistry 
to the radioactive elements, particularly the transuranium elements and fission 
products. 

CH 562 (TC 562) Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — 

Bulk Properties 3(3-0) F 

(See textile chemistry, page 311.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 97 
FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



CH 623 Valence and the Structure of Organic Molecules 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 523, CH 433 

Applications of molecular orbital theory, thermodynamics and free energy 
relations to organic problems. 

CH 625 Organic Reaction Mechanisms 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 523, CH 433 

A study of the effects of structure and substituents on the direction and rates 
of organic reactions. 

CH 627 Chemistry of Metal-Organic Compounds 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 521 

Preparation, properties and reactions of compounds containing the carbon- 
metal bond, with a brief description of their uses. 

CH 631 Chemical Thermodynamics II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 531 

Statistical interpretation of thermodynamics; use of partition functions; 
introduction to quantum statistics; application of statistical mechanics to chemical 
problems, including calculation of thermodynamic properties, equilibria and rate 
processes. 

CH 659 (BCH 659) Natural Products 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 523, CH 525 or consent of instructor 

Illustrative studies of structure determination, synthesis and biosynthesis of 
natural substances. Modern physical methods and fundamental chemical con- 
cepts are stressed. Examples are chosen from such classes as alkaloids, terpenes, 
steroids and antibiotics. 

CH 691 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in chemistry 

Scientific articles, progress reports on research, and special problems of 
interest to chemists are reviewed and discussed. 

CH 693 Advanced Topics in Physical Chemistry 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

An intensive treatment of selected topics of importance in current physico- 
chemical research. 

CH 695 Special Topics in Chemistry Maximum 3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of department head 

Critical study of special problems in one of the branches of chemistry. 

CH 699 Chemical Research Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in chemistry 

Special problems that will furnish material for a thesis. A maximum of six 
semester credits is allowed toward a master's degree; there is no limitation on 
credits in the doctoral program. 



98 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Civil Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Donald L. Dean, Head 

Professor Paul Z. Zia, Associate Head 

Professors: Michael Amein, Willard F. Babcock, Charles R. Bramer, Paul D. 
Cribbins, Ralph E. Fadum, Dean, School of Engineering, Clinton L. Heim- 
bach, John W. Horn, Abdel-Aziz I. Kashef, Wesley G. Mullen, Charles 
Smallwood, Jr., Mehmet E. Uyanik, Harvey E. Wahls, Graduate Ad- 
ministrator; Adjunct Professor: Carroll L. Mann, Jr.; Associate Professors: 
John F. Ely, William S. Galler, Kerry S. Havner, Leonard J. Lang- 
felder, Jehangir F. Mirza, Cm Chao Tung; Adjunct Associate Professors: 
Charles P. Fisher, Jr., Samuel D. Shearer, Jr.; Assistant Professors: New- 
ton V. Colston, Jr., William J. Head, Frank J. Humenik, Jerry L. 
Machemehl, J. C. Smith; Environmental Engineering Extension Specialist: 
Donald R. Johnston. 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers programs of study leading to Mas- 
ter of Science, Master of Civil Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 
Students may major in soil mechanics and foundation engineering, structural 
engineering, transportation engineering or sanitary and water resources engineer- 
ing. 

The basic objective of graduate study in civil engineering is to provide the 
student the knowledge and skills essential to a successful career in a variety of 
activities such as teaching, research, development and advanced design. In addi- 
tion to the formal course work, the student is brought into close contact with 
the graduate faculty through participation in research projects. 

The department is actively engaged in a broad area of research in which a 
student may undertake his thesis work. The current research activities of the 
department include investigations in structural theories, both deterministic and 
probabilistic; continuum and discrete field mechanics; limit analysis and design 
in metal and in structural concrete; structural models; structural dvnamics; plate 
and shell theory and design; soil dynamics; fundamental behavior of soils; high- 
way safety; traffic flow theory; land use and urban planning; hydraulics and 
hydrology; waste disposal and pollution control. Many of these investigations are 
sponsored by industries, federal and state agencies including the continuing North 
Carolina Cooperative Highway Research Program. 

The department is housed in an attractive and functional air-conditioned build- 
ing with adequate office and laboratory spaces assigned to graduate students for 
study and research. The various laboratories of the department are well equipped 
with both standard and specialized instruments and apparatus for research and 
teaching. In addition, there are several unusual facilities including a large uni- 
versal structural test floor; a dual channel closed-loop structural testing system 
for static and dynamic loading; a Hele-Shaw apparatus for study of salt-water 
intrusion; facilities for chemical and biological research; a wave generator for 
research in coastal wave motion; time-lapse photographic equipment for traffic 
studies; facilities for airphoto interpretation and photogrammetry; a resonant 
column apparatus used in conjunction with the triaxial equipment for the study of 
dynamic properties of soils; gyratory equipment for the study of compaction of 
soils and bituminous materials; a small test track for studying wear and polishing 
of pavement aggregates and for repetitive loading of pavement samples; facilities 
for aggregate soundness tests; miniature precision sand blast device for solid 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 99 

particle impingement erosion study; and ultrasonic non-destructive testing equip- 
ment. 

The department cooperates with other divisions of the University in a number 
of joint programs. Qualified students may schedule their courses in this department 
and in the Department of City and Regional Planning at the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill to receive a dual degree in Master of Science with major 
in transportation engineering and Master of Regional Planning. Multidisciplinary 
studv and research programs are also available through the North Carolina High- 
way Safety Research Institute, Water Resources Research Institute and the Coastal 
Research Program. The department is also engaged in the interdisciplinary re- 
search programs in mechanics and materials as the result of a National Science 
Foundation Science Development Program grant. 

Students in other disciplines also find opportunities for developing minor areas 
of study within the framework of course offerings of the department. In particular, 
courses of instruction in stream sanitation and industrial waste disposal provide 
the types of training in pollution control often in great demand by industry. 

A brochure and supplementary information, describing in greater detail the 
opportunities for graduate study and research as well as assistantships and fellow- 
ships in the Department of Civil Engineering, are available upon request from 
the head of the department. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 



CE 406 Transportation Engineering II 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: CE 305 

An extension of Transportation Engineering I with particular emphasis on 
urban transportation problems and the actual design of modal interfaces such as 
airports, shopping centers, parking garages, port facilities and other multimodal 
terminals. 

CE 422 Structural Design I IA 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421, CE 425 

Principles of design and analysis of reinforced concrete members with emphasis 
on the ultimate strength theory. Application of the principles in a design project 
of a reinforced concrete structure. (Not available after spring 1973.) 

CE 427 Structural Engineering II 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 326 

Basic concepts of structural design. Criteria for safety and serviceability. 
Structural connections. Analysis and design of complete structural systems. 

CE 443 Soil Engineering II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

Lateral earth pressure theories and their application to analysis and design 
of slopes and retaining structures; ground water hydraulics; placement of fills; 
soil behavior in pavement systems, stabilization techniques. 

CE 450 Civil Engineering Design 3(1-6) S 

Prerequisite: One from CE 406, CE 427, CE 443 or CE 484 

An integrated team approach is used to a major civil engineering project 
involving planning, design and analysis under realistic conditions including con- 
sideration of environmental factors. (Not available until spring 1973.) 



100 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 460 Construction Engineering Project 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: CE 463, CE 466 

A study of the planning, design, construction and management of a construction 
project. (Not available until spring 1973.) 

CE 463 Cost Analysis and Control 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 365 

Principles of cost engineering, project estimating, bid procedures, construction 
cost analysis and control. 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Legal aspects of construction contract documents and specifications; owner- 
engineer-contractor relationships and responsibilities; bids and contract perfor- 
mance; labor laws. 

CE 466 Construction Engineering II 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: CE 326, CE 365 

An introduction to construction of building systems, with emphasis on the 
planning, analysis, design and construction of structural subsystems. 

CE 472 Elements of Air Quality Management 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: College-level physics and senior standing 

Air pollution is studied from the standpoint of community air quality manage- 
ment. Topics to be discussed include: pollutant sources; effects on biological 
systems, materials and the atmosphere; meteorological factors; air sampling; 
abatement and control techniques; air quality and emission standards; and legal, 
economic and administrative aspects. Mr. Johnston 

CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 383 

The study of the occurrence, flow and control of natural and impounded waters. 
Case studies of storm drainage, flood control and stream sanitation are utilized to 
illustrate the use of these principles in the management of river basin water 
resources. 

CE 487 (OY 487, MAS 487) Physical Oceanography 3(3-0) S 

(See physical oceanography, page 248.) 

CE 498 Special Problems in Civil Engineering 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in CE or CEC 

Study and investigation of special problems in some phase of civil engineering. 
The course may consist of directed reading in the literature of civil engineering, 
introduction to research methodology, seminar discussions dealing with special 
civil engineering topics of current interest. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 507 Airphoto Analysis I 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Principles and concepts for engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, 
including analysis of soils and surface drainage characteristics. Mr. Wahls 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 101 

CE 508 Airphoto Analysis II 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 507 

Continuation of CE 507 with applications to highway and airport projects. 

Mr. Wahls 

CE 509 Photogrammetry 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 201 or CE 301 

Elements of aerial photogrammetry as applied to civil engineering, surveying 
and mapping, geometry of aerial photographs, flight planning for aerial photography 
and stereoscopic plotter instruments, especially the Kelsh Plotter. Staff 

CE 514 Municipal Engineering Projects 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in civil engineering 

Special problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban planning and 
city engineering. Messrs. Babcock, Horn 

CE 515 Transportation Operations 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 406 

The analysis of traffic and transportation engineering operations. 

Messrs. Heimbach, Horn 

CE 516 Transportation Design 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 406 

The geometric elements of traffic and transportation engineering design. 

Messrs. Cribbins, Horn 

CE 517 Water Transportation 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 305 

The planning, design, construction and operation of waterways, ports, harbors 
and related facilities. Development of analytical techniques for evaluating the 
feasibility of piers, ports and multipurpose river basin projects. The design of 
marine structures and civil works that are significant in civil engineering, 
including locks, dams, harbors, ports, and contractive and protective works. 

Mr. Cribbins 

CE 524 Analysis and Design of Masonry Structures 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 326 

Theory and design of masonry arches, culverts, dams, foundations and masonry 
walls subjected to lateral loads. Messrs. Bramer, Mirza 

CE 525, 526 Advanced Structural Analysis I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: CE 326 

A study in depth of classical structural theories, including generalized stiffness 
and flexibility methods. Treatment of secondary stresses and highrise structures. 

Messrs. Dean, Smith 

CE 527 Numerical Methods in Structural Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Corequisite: CE 525 

Numerical solution of problems in structural mechanics, including matrix 
operations, relaxation, iteration, numerical integration, finite differences and 
finite element methods. Messrs. Havner, Smith 



102 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 531 Experimental Stress Analysis 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 427 

Theoretical and experimental techniques for the analysis of strain and stress 
including mechanical and electrical strain gages, brittle coating, grid method 
and an introduction to photoelasticity. Structural analysis by indirect and direct 
models. Messrs. Bramer, Mirza, Zia 

CE 534 Plastic Analysis and Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 427 

Theory of plastic behavior of steel structures; concept of design for ultimate 
load and the use of load factors. Analysis and design of components of steel frames 
including bracings and connections. Mr. Bramer 

CE 536 Theory and Design of Prestressed Concrete 3(3-0) F 

Corequisite: CE 427 

The principles and concepts of design in prestressed concrete including elastic 
and ultimate strength analyses for flexural, shear, bond and deflection. Principles 
of concordancy and linear transformation for indeterminate prestressed structures. 
Application of prestressing to tanks and shells. Messrs. Mirza, Zia 

CE 541 (MAS 541, OY 541) Gravity Wave Theory I 3(3-0) S 

(See physical oceanography, page 249.) 

CE 544 Foundation Engineering 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

Subsoil investigations; excavations; design of sheeting and bracing systems; 
control of water; footing, grillage and pile foundations; caisson and cofferdam 
methods of construction. Messrs. Kashef, Langfelder 

CE 547 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Physical and mechanical properties of soils governing their use for engineering 
purposes; stress relations and applications to a variety of fundamental problems. 

Mr. Wahls 

CE 548 Engineering Properties of Soils I 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

The study of soil properties that are significant in earthwork engineering, 
including properties of soil solids, basic physiochemical concepts, classification, 
identification, plasticity, permeability, capillarity and stabilization. Laboratory 
work includes classification, permeability and compaction tests. 

Messrs. Kashef, Langfelder 

CE 549 Engineering Properties of Soils II 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 548 

Continuation of CE 548, including the study of compressibility, stress-strain 
relations and shear strength theories for soil. Laboratory work includes con- 
solidation and shear strength tests. Mr. Langfelder 

CE 551 Theory of Concrete Mixtures 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 332 

Course work consists of study in depth of the theory of portland cement concrete 
mixtures including technology development and published research. Study in- 
cludes types and properties of portland and special cements including chemical 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 103 

reactions; brief examination of history of mixture design; detailed study of 
current design methods including water-cement ratio, fineness modulus, B/Bo, 
American Concrete Institute and Portland Cement Association procedures; 
properties of fresh and hardened concretes; strength-age-curing relationships, 
durability; admixtures; special concretes; production; and quality control. 

Mr. Mullen 

CE 553 Asphalt and Bituminous Materials 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 332 

Course work consists of study in depth of properties of asphalts and tars for 
use in waterproofing and bituminous materials and study of the theories of design 
of bituminous mixtures for construction and paving uses. Study includes types 
and properties of asphalt cements, cutbacks, emulsions, blown asphalts and tars; 
brief examination of historical developments; detailed study of bituminous mixture 
design; properties of bituminous mixtures; and current research. Laboratory work 
includes standard tests on asphalts, tars and road oils; design, manufacture and 
testing of trial batches; and current research techniques. Messrs. Head, Mullen 

CE 555 Highway and Airport Pavement Design 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 406 orCE 443 

Theoretical analysis and design of highway and airport pavements with 
critical evaluation of current design practices. Mr. Head 

CE 570 (BAE 570, MB 570) Sanitary Microbiology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: MB 401 or equivalent 

Fundamental aspects of microbiology and biochemistry are presented and 
related to problems of stream pollution, refuse disposal and biological treatment. 
Laboratory exercises present basic microbiological techniques and illustrate from 
a chemical viewpoint some of the basic microbial aspects of waste disposal. 

Mr. Humenik 

CE 571 Theory of Water and Waste Treatment 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study of the physical, chemical and biological principles underlying water and 
waste treatment processes, including diffusion of gases, solubility, equilibrium 
and ionization, aerobic and anaerobic stabilization processes, sludge conditioning 
and disposal. Mr. Galler 

CE 572 Unit Operations and Processes in Wastes Engineering 3(1-6) S 

Prerequisite: CE 571 

Processes and operations in wastes engineering, including sedimentation, 
coagulation, filtration, adsorption, biological treatments, softening and new 
developments. Messrs. Colston, Smallwood 

CE 573 Analysis of Water and Wastes 3(1-6) F 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Chemical and physical analysis of water and wastes and interpretation of 
results. Messrs. Colston, Galler 

CE 574 Radioactive Waste Disposal 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 407 

Unit operations and processes employed in treatment and disposal of radioactive 
wastes. Mr. Smallwood 



104 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 575 Civil Engineering Systems 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

An examination of civil engineering systems and their design optimization. The 
systems to be studied include water resources engineering, structural engineering, 
transportation engineering and construction. Mr. Galler 

CE 576 Atmospheric Pollution 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate or advanced undergraduate standing 

A survey of the problem of atmospheric pollution. Topics to be discussed include: 
pollutant sources; effects on man and other animals, vegetation, materials and 
visibility; meteorological factors; air sampling; control devices; air quality and 
emission standards; and legal economic and administrative aspects. Mr. Johnston 

CE 578 (BAE 578) Argicultural Waste Management 3(2-3) F 

(See biological and agricultural engineering, page 77.) 

CE 580 Flow in Open Channels 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: CE 382 

The theory and applications of flow in open channels, including dimensional 
analysis, momentum-energy principle, gradually varied flow, high-velocity flow, 
energy dissipators, spillways, waves, channel transitions and model studies. 

Mr. Amein 

CE 581 (MAS 581) Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: CE 382 

A rigorous treatment of the engineering aspects of physical oceanography. The 
theory for the propagation of waves, methods of wave forecasting and the analysis 
of wave spectra are presented. The applications of physical oceanography to the 
design of marine and coastal installations are shown. Messrs. Amein, Machemehl 

CE 591, 592 Civil Engineering Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Discussions and reports of subjects in civil engineering and allied fields. 

Graduate Staff 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 1-6 FS 

Special projects in some phase of civil engineering. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CE 601 Transportation Planning 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 515 

The planning, administration, economics and financing of various transportation 
engineering facilities. Mr. Cribbins 

CE 602 Advanced Transportation Design 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 516 

Design of major traffic and transportation engineering projects. 

Mr. Heimbach 

CE 603 Airport Planning and Design 3(2-3) F 

Corequisite: CE 515 

The analysis, planning and design of air transportation facilities. 

Messrs. Heimbach, Horn 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 105 

CE 604 Urban Transportation Planning 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 515 

Planning and design of urban transportation systems as related to comprehen- 
sive urban planning; principles of land use planning, urban thoroughfare planning 
and regional planning. Messrs. Heimbach, Horn 

CE 605 Traffic Flow Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CE 515, ST 515 

The theoretical techniques used to describe vehicular traffic movement on a 
street or highway network, including the use of differential-difference equations, 
hydrodynamic models, probabilistic models, and computer simulation. 

Mr. Heimbach 

CE 623 Theory and Design of Arches 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CE 427, CE 526 

Elastic theory of single- and multi-span arches with various boundary conditions. 
Development of design criteria for steel and concrete arches. Mr. Uyanik 

CE 624 Analysis and Design of Structural Shells and Folded Plates 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisites: CE 525, EM 511 

Treatment of roof structures in the form of folded and curved surfaces. Mem- 
brane and bending stress analysis of folded plates, shells of revolution, cylindrical 
and conical shells and free-form systems. Numerical and closed-form solutions. 
Design criteria for concrete and metallic structures. 

Messrs. Dean, Havner, Uyanik 

CE 625, 626 Advanced Structural Design I, II 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: CE 427 
Corequisites: CE 525, CE 526 

Complete structural design of a variety of projects including comparative study 
of alternative structural systems, synthesis and optimization. Mr. Uyanik 

CE 627 Design of Structures for Dynamic Loads 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CE 526, EM 555 

The study of response of structures and structural elements subjected to 
dynamic loadings such as wind, earthquake and blast. Critical examination of 
design criteria for earthquake and blast-resistant structures. Mr. Tung 

CE 631 Field Analysis of Structural Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 525 

Primarily an exposition of the techniques of discrete field mechanics for the 
analysis of structures. Emphasis is on the closed-form analysis of regular structur- 
al lattices or nets and ribbed or reinforced continuous systems. Additional 
topics include: a cursory study of special continuous field solutions; and open-form 
solutions for irregular systems. Mr. Dean 

CE 635 Advanced Theory of Concrete Structures 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 536 

Inelastic theory of structural concrete members under flexure, axial load, 
combined flexure and axial compression, shear and torsion. Yield line theory of 
slabs. Limit analysis of beams and frames of reinforced and prestressed concrete. 
Behavior and strength of structural concrete members under dynamic loading. 

Mr. Zia 



106 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 641, 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Theories of soil mechanics; failure conditions; mechanical interaction between 
solids and water, and problems in elasticity and plasticity pertaining to earth- 
work engineering. Mr. Wahls 

CE 643 Hydraulics of Ground Water 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Principles of ground water hydraulics; theory of flow through idealized porous 
media; the flow net solution; seepage and well problems. Mr. Kashef 

CE 644 Ground Water Engineering 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 643 or equivalent 

Ground water problems as related to engineering works, ground water circula- 
tion and inventories, subsidence of the ground and its evaluation due to pumping, 
method of images applied to water circulation of wastes and salt water encroach- 
ment in coastal aquifers, transient flow systems in wells and earth dams and 
embankments. Leakage problems, practical ground water problems and their 
analysis by computers and electrical models. The legal aspects of ground water 
conservation and the implied technical and engineering phases. Mr. Kashef 

CE 646 Dynamics of Soils and Foundations 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 641 

The application of vibration and wave propagation theories to soil media, the 
review of existing experimental data and empirical procedures for analysis of 
foundation vibrations, the prediction of soil responses to impulse loads, dynamic 
properties of soils and methods for their determination, design procedures for 
foundations subjected to dynamic forces. Mr. Wahls 

CE 651 Theory of Limit Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CE 526 or EM 551 

General theorems of limit analysis and shakedown in elastic-plastic structures. 
Applications to frames (cyclic loading), grids, arches, plates and shells. Introduction 
to plastic instability and impact loading. Mr. Havner 

CE 652 Inelastic Solids and Structures 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 503 or EM 501 and MA 405 or equivalent 

Mechanisms of slip in metals, Schmid's law; general theories of a polycrystalline 
aggregate. Phenomenological yield and hardening laws; comparisons with 
experiment. Extremum principles and formulation of boundary value problems; 
numerical methods of plastic strain analysis in two and three dimensions. 
Introduction to finite deformation theory. Mr. Havner 

CE 671 Advanced Water Supply and Waste Water Disposal 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 484 

Problems relating to water supply and waste collection. Mr. Smallwood 

CE 672 Advanced Water and Wastes Treatment 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 484 

Problems relating to the treatment of water and wastes. Mr. Smallwood 

CE 673 Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal 3(3-0) FS 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Water requirements of industry and the disposal of industrial wastes. Mr. Galler 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 107 

CE 674 Stream Sanitation 3(3-0) FS 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Biological, chemical and hydrological factors that affect stream sanitation and 
stream use. Messrs. Galler, Smallwood 

CE 698 Special Topics in Civil Engineering 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The study of special advanced topics of particular interest in various areas of 
civil engineering. Graduate Staff 

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research Credits Arranged FS 

Independent investigation of an advanced civil engineering problem; a report 
of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. Graduate Staff 



Computer Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Paul E. Lewis, Head 

Professor: LeRoy B. Martin, Director of the Computing Center and Assistant 

to the Provost for University Computing; Associate Professors: David A. 

Link, Yale N. Patt; Assistant Professors: Stylianos D. Danielopoulos, 

Robert J. Fornaro, James W. Hanson, Thomas L. Honeycutt, Alan L. 

Tharp 

An understanding of computers and the ability to employ them effectively is 
essential in all scientific disciplines. Indeed, research in any academic area is 
frequently facilitated by the use of computers. The Department of Computer 
Science, therefore, offers a minor program for graduate students majoring in any 
other field. 

A student wishing to minor in computer science should have a knowledge of 
a programming language as a prerequisite and should anticipate a research project 
involving computers as an integral part. At the master's level, three courses at 
the 400 level or above are required, and the student is encouraged that at least 
one be at the 500 level or above. The student's advisory committee, which should 
include at least one member from the computer science department, will assist 
in selecting a meaningful sequence of courses. At the Ph.D. level, the requirements 
are the same, except that there are no specific course requirements. It is expected, 
however, that a Ph.D. minor student will achieve a high level of proficiency in at 
least one of the following five areas of computer science: 

Artificial Intelligence 

Computer Organization 

Numerical Analysis 

Programming Languages (including compiler design) 

Operating Systems 

The Operations Research Committee and the Department of Computer Science 
have established a cooperative program leading to a master's degree in operations 
research with a major emphasis in computer science. The requirements for the 
Master of Science degree in operations research, which include a thesis, are sat- 



108 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

isfied in such a way that a strong emphasis is placed on computer science in both 
course and research work. 

Students admitted to this cooperative program are expected to satisfy all re- 
quirements for admission to the Graduate School and, in addition, to have a 
strong background in mathematics, statistics and the physical sciences, and a 
working knowledge of a versatile, higher-level programming language, such as 
ALGOL or PL/1. Those students who do not have the necessary background 
will be required to take courses eliminating the deficiencies in addition to a normal 
program of study. A few research and teaching assistantships are available to 
qualified applicants from the cooperative program each year. 

Additional information regarding the cooperative program may be obtained by 
writing: Operations Research Committee, P. O. Box 5511, Raleigh, North Carolina 
27607, or Computer Science Department, P. O. Box 5972, Raleigh, North Carolina 
27607. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CSC 411 Introduction to Simulation 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 312 and ST 371 or equivalent 

This course is designed to introduce simulation concepts and methodology to 
computer science students and students from other curricula. Modeling and com- 
putational techniques, Monte Carlo methods and interactive simulation are 
discussed. Applications from the areas of interest of the students are used to 
illustrate the concepts presented in the lectures. 

CSC 412 Introduction to Computability. Language and Automata 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: CSC 311 

Sequential machines as abstractions of digital computers described by state 
transition graph. Sequential machines as language acceptors and as the finite 
control of a Turing machine. Chomsky classification of languages and machines. 
Universal Turing machines and the halting problem. Church's thesis. Recursive 
functions. Discussion with heuristic argument that a function is recursive if and 
only if it is Turing computable. Discussion of the semi group word problem and 
tree searching algorithm. Applications to artificial intelligence, perceptron 
simulation, game playing, syntactic analysis algorithms. 

CSC 421 Computer Systems for Management 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CSC 311 

An introduction to the principles and techniques of systems design, integration 
and implementation related to the development of large scale management 
information structures. Decision criteria in the adaptation of a management system 
to existing or proposed computer configurations. Updating and support of the 
systems management function. Model building. Planning and forecasting. 

CSC 431 Information Retrieval 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CSC 311 

Structure of semi-formal languages and models for the representation of 
structured information. The analysis of information content by statistical, 
syntactic and logical methods. Search and matching techniques. Automatic 
retrieval systems, question answering systems. Production of secondary outputs. 
Evaluation of retrieval effectiveness. Programming exercises applying techniques 
discussed in lecture will be assigned. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 109 

CSC 432 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: CSC 302, ST 371 and MA 231 or MA 405 

This course is an introduction to the use of digital computers in the acquisition 
and analysis of data. Laboratory work will include hands-on computer experience. 
The methods developed will apply to both the biological and physical sciences. 

CSC 495 Special Topics 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

This course is designed to serve needs not covered by existing courses. It 
will consist of one or more of the following types of study: reading in the literature 
of computer science, introductory research projects, major computer programming 
projects, seminars or new course development. Work may be done in any area of 
computer science such as software, hardware utilitization, programming 
languages, numerical methods or telecommunications. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CSC 501 Design of Systems Programs 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CSC 301, CSC 311, CSC 312 

Review of batch process systems programs, their components, operating 
characteristics, user services and their limitations. Implementation techniques for 
parallel processing of input-output and interrupt handling. Overall structure of 
multiprogramming systems on multiprocessor hardware configurations. Details 
on addressing techniques, core management, file system design and management, 
system accounting and other user-related services. Traffic control, interprocess 
communication, design of system modules and interfaces. System updating, docu- 
mentation and operation. 

CSC 502 Computational Linguistics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Use of a symbol manipulation language (SNOBOL 4) in solving nonnumeric 
problems. Study of generative grammars, including finite state, context free, 
context sensitive and transformational grammars. Syntactic analysis by computers: 
algorithms and existing analysis systems for English. Computational semantics. 
Information retrieval and question answering systems. This course is open to 
computer science students and those in other fields. 

CSC 504 Application of Linguistic Techniques to Computer Problems 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: CSC 502 

Characterization of various programming languages according to the theory 
of transformational grammar. Automatic translations between these languages. 
Design of a formal language for semantics. Iconography. Design of a language for 
movements of artificial speech organs; automatic translation from phonemic 
transcriptions to expressions in such a language. 

CSC 511 Artificial Intelligence 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CSC 311 

Definition of heuristic versus algorithmic methods, rationale of heuristic 
approach, description of cognitive processes. Objectives of work in artificial 
intelligence, simulation of cognitive behavior. Heuristic programming techniques. 
Survey of examples from representative application areas. The mind-brain problem 
and the nature of intelligence. Individual projects to illustrate basic concepts. 



110 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CSC 512 Metaprograms 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CSC 312 or consent of instructor 

The following course is intended to provide a detailed understanding of the 
techniques used in the design and implementation of compilers. Review of program 
language structures, translation, loading, execution and storage allocation. 
Compilation of simple expressions and statements. Organization of a compiler 
including compile time and run time symbol tables, lexical scan object code 
generation, error diagnostics, object code optimization techniques and overall 
design. 

CSC 522 Formal Languages and Syntactic Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CSC 211, CSC 311, CSC 512 (recommended) 

Definition of formal grammars. Arithmetic expressions and precedence gram- 
mars, context free and finite state grammars. Algorithms for syntactic analysis: 
recognizers, backtracking, operator precedence techniques. Semantics of 
grammatical constructs: Floyd productions, simple syntactical compilation. Re- 
lationship between formal languages and automata. 

CSC 527 (MA 527) Numerical Analysis I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: CSC 101 or CSC 111; MA 301 or MA 312; MA 231 or MA 405 

Theory of interpolation, numerical integration, iterative solution of nonlinear 
equations, numerical integration of ordinary differential equations, matrix inversion 
and solution of simultaneous linear equations. 

CSC 528 (MA 528) Numerical Analysis II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: CSC 527 

Least squares data approximation, expansions in terms of orthogonal functions, 
Gaussian quadrature, economization of series, minimax approximations, Pade 
approximations, eigenvalues of matrices. 

CSC 532 Artificial Intelligence II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CSC 511, course in mathematical logic 

A rigorous approach to artificial intelligence emphasizing pattern recognition, 
theorem proving, game playing, learning and heuristic programming. Students 
will be assigned computer projects illustrating theoretical concepts introduced 
in lectures. 

CSC 595 Special Topics 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Topics of current interest in computer science not covered in existing courses. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CSC 603 Computational Semantics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CSC 502, course in mathematical logic 

Theoretical prerequisites and computational techniques for the mechanical 
interpretation of artificial and natural language sentences. Semantics of formal 
languages. Structural representations of meaning. Semantics of natural languages. 

Crop Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Paul H. Harvey, Head 

Professors: Douglas S. Chamblee, William K. Collins, Donald A. Emery, 
Dan U. Gerstel, Walton C. Gregory, Harry D. Gross, Guy L. Jones, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 111 

Kenneth R. Keller, William L. Lewis, Thurston J. Mann, Philip A. 
Miller, Robert P. Moore, Lyle L. Phillips, Thomas J. Sheets, David H. 
Timothy, Jerome R. Weber, Joseph A. Weybrew, Arch D. Worsham; 
Extension Professor: Carl T. Rlake; Professors USD A: Charles A. Rrim, 
James F. Chaplin, Will A. Cope, Joshua A. Lee, Donald E. Moreland, 
Donald L. Thompson; Professor Emeritus: Gordon K. Middleton; Asso- 
ciate Professors: William T. Fike, William R. Gilbert, Charles F. 
Murphy, Edward C. Sisler, Earl A. Wernsman; Associate Professors 
USDA: Joseph C. Rurns, Thaddeus H. Rusbice, George R. Gwynn; Assis- 
tant Professors: Frederick T. Corbin, Raymond C. Long, Robert P. Patter- 
son, John W. Schrader; Extension Assistant Professors: John G. Clapp, Jr., 
Harold D. Coble; Assistant Professor USDA: Cecil F. Tester 

The Department of Crop Science offers instruction leading to the Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the fields of plant breeding, crop 
production and physiology, forage crops ecology, weed control and plant chemistry. 
A professional master's degree in agronomy is offered with the cooperation of the 
Department of Soil Science and emphasizes a unified systems approach in applying 
crop and soil management technology. For students who wish general training, 
the Master of Agriculture degree is offered. 

Excellent facilities for graduate training are available. Each student is assigned 
office and laboratory space. Many special facilities such as preparation rooms 
for plant and soil samples, cold storage facilities for plant material, air-conditioned 
rooms for studying the physical properties of cotton fiber and tobacco leaf, and 
growth control chambers are provided for projects which require these facilities. 
Greenhouse space, growth control chambers and access to the plant environment 
laboratories (Phytotron) are provided for projects which require these facilities. 
Sixteen farms are owned and operated by the state for research investigations. 
Research farms are located throughout North Carolina, and include a wide variety 
of soil and climatic conditions needed for experiments in plant breeding, crop 
management, forage ecology and weed control. 

Strong supporting departments greatly increase opportunities for broad and 
thorough training. Included among those departments in which graduate students 
in crop science work cooperatively or obtain instruction are botany, chemistry, 
entomology, genetics, horticultural science, mathematics, plant pathology, soil 
science and statistics. 

In North Carolina, a state which derives 80 percent of its agricultural income 
from farm crops, the opportunities for the well-trained agronomist are exceedingly 
great. Recipients of advanced degrees in crop science at North Carolina State 
University are found in positions of leadership in research and education through- 
out the nation and the world. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CS 402 (RO 402) Economic Rotany 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: RO 200 

Emphasis is on plants and human affairs, rather than taxonomy, production or 
economics. Discussions center on all phases of the inter-relationships of the plant 
world and the life history of incipient to modern human cultures. Treatment 
includes plants and plant products, beneficial and harmful, that man has used as 
necessities of life, as ameliorants contributing to his well-being, and as raw 
materials for industry. Ornamentals are excluded. 



112 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CS 411 Environmental Aspects of Crop Production 2(2-0) F 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of the productivity and quality of crops in relation to all environmental 
factors, including man, with emphasis on disorders caused by physical and biotic 
environmental stresses, the role of these environmental factors in normal crop 
development, and the utilization and manipulation of the environment for continued 
crop improvement. 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

An appreciation course in plant breeding. Discussion topics include reproductive 
systems of higher plants; the evolution and utilization of natural and induced 
genetic variability; the development of appropriate selection and breeding 
methods; and the distribution and maintenance of improved varieties. 

CS 414 Weed Science 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or equivalent 

Principles involved in cultural and chemical weed control. Discussions on 
chemistry of herbicides and the effects of the chemicals on the plant. Identification 
of common weeds and their seeds is given. 

CS 490 Senior Seminar 1(0-1) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

The collection, organization, written preparation and oral delivery of scientific 
information concerning topics of interest in crop science. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CS 511 Tobacco Technology 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites: CS 311, BO 421 or equivalent 

A study of special problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest 
research problems and findings dealing with this important cash crop will be 
discussed. Mr. Collins 

CS 513 Physiological Aspects of Crop Production 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

Discussion will emphasize pertinent physiological processes associated with 
crops and crop management such as plant growth, maturation, respiration and 
photoperiodism. Relationship of the environment to maximum crop yields will be 
discussed. Mr. Fike 

CS 514 (HS 514) Principles and Methods in Weed Science 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: CS 414 or equivalent 

Studies on the losses caused by the ecology of weeds, biological control, basic 
concepts of weed management, herbicide-crop relationships and herbicide develop- 
ment. Introduction to greenhouse and bioassay techniques and field research 
techniques. Messrs. Monaco, Schrader 

CS 541 (GN 541, HS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: GN 506, ST 511 

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles and 
concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Henderson, Wernsman 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 113 

CS 542 (GN 542, HS 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2(0-4) Sum. 

Prerequisite: CS 541 (GN 541, HS 541) 

Laboratory and field study of the application of the various plant breeding 
techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. Mr. Harvey 

CS 545 (GN 545) Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisite: CS 541 (GN 541, HS 541) or GN 540 (ZO 540) 

Discussion topics include: mankind as a potential cultivator; man's anatomy, 
physiology and alimentary needs; origins of cultivation; spread of agriculture in 
terms of various theories; interactions of crops and environments with 
reference to crop evolution; special attributes of cultigens; modern aspects of 
evolution (breeding). (Offered in 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Lee 

CS 591 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Special problems in various phases of crop science. Problems may be selected 
or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and current 
research. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CS 613 (GN 613, HS 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CS 541 (GN 541, HS 541), GN 506, ST 512 

A study of theoretical bases for plant breeding procedures with special emphasis 
on the relationship between type and source of genetic variability, mode of repro- 
duction and effectiveness of different selection procedures. The latest experimental 
approaches to plant breeding will be discussed as well as standard procedures. 
(Offered in 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Miller 

CS 614 (HS 614, SSC 614) Herbicide Behavior in Plants and Soils 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: BO 551 and CH 223 or consent of instructor 

The chemical and physiological processes involved in the behavior of herbicides 
in plants and soils will be examined. Topics to be discussed include absorption, 
translocation, metabolism and mechanisms of action of herbicides on plants; 
reactions, movement and degradation of herbicides in the soil; and interactions 
among herbicides and other pesticides. Messrs. Monaco, Weber 

CS 690 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree; however, 
additional credits toward the doctorate are allowed. Scientific articles, progress 
reports in research and special problems of interest to agronomists are reviewed 
and discussed. Graduate Staff 

CS 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A maximum of six credits is allowed towards the master's degree, but no re- 
strictions toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 



♦Students are expected to consult the instructor before registration. 



114 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Design 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information see architecture, 
page 68.) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

DN 411, 412 Advanced Visual Laboratory III, IV 2-4 FS 

Prerequisites: DN 311, DN 312 

Advanced problems in the fields of painting, sculpture, graphics and photog- 
raphy. 

DN 421, 422 History of Design III, IV 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: DN 122 

Specialized historical studies in design fields. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

DN 505 Introduction to Design as Task 3(0-6) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in design or consent of school dean 

A studio course which approaches design primarily as task. A program of 
exercises will be undertaken to acquaint the student with the defining of tasks 
and their interpretation within a designer's power of action. Task as purpose or 
intention takes precedence over technique, which is considered as emergent from 
a defined task. 

DN 506 Introduction to Design as Technique 3(0-6) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in design or consent of school dean 

A studio course which approaches design primarily as technique. A program 
of exercises will be undertaken to acquaint the student with the techniques avail- 
able to him and their relationship to existing and potential tasks. Technique as 
capability takes precedence over task, which is considered as emergent from a 
designated technique. 

DN 507 Introduction to Design as Practice 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in design or permission of school dean 

A seminar course intended to provide a comprehensive overview of current 

design concepts and activities. Presentations and discussions by School of Design 

faculty and design practitioners will explore the design fields in terms of issues, 
attitudes, methods and operations. 

DN 511, 512 Advanced Visual Laboratory V, VI 2(0-6) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Advanced experimental studies in visual phenomena related to design. 

DN 541 Seminar on Ideas in Design 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An examination of aesthetics and the relationships of philosophic thought to 
design. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

DN 611, 612 Advanced Visual Laboratory VII, VIII 2(0-6) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Advanced experimental studies in visual phenomena related to design. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 115 

Ecology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Frederick S. Barkalow, Stanley W. Buol, Douglas S. Chamrlee, 
Arthur W. Cooper, David E. Davis, John W. Duffield, John E. Hohrie, 
Henry L. Lucas, Bernard S. Martof, Thomas O. Perry, Thomas L. Quay, 
Rorert L. Rahr, Rohert Van der Vaart; Associate Professor: Larry F. 
Grand; Assistant Professors: Ernest D. Seneca, Udo Blum 

The key to survival is not resistance to change, but meeting the challenges of 
change. Ecology is the science concerned with the interactions of organisms 
with each other and with their environment. It is an integrative science through 
which one gains an understanding of biological and physical interrelationships 
and predicts the consequences of altering one or several components of an 
ecosystem. Hence, the application and/or the recognition of the principles of 
ecology in the pursuit of all scientific disciplines is essential to meeting the 
challenges of change successfully. 

Students in a number of basic and applied curricula may elect to minor in 
ecology at either the master's or doctor's level. The minor provides an oppor- 
tunity for a coherent picture of the field of ecology, but it is not so confining as 
to usurp the normal prerogatives of graduate advisory committees in structuring 
graduate programs. 

The ecology minor is an interdepartmental program drawing faculty from the 
Departments of Botany, Crop Science, Statistics, Entomology, Forestry, Plant 
Pathology, Soil Science and Zoology. The program is administered by an Ecology 
Advisory Committee whose chairmanship is on a rotational basis. Additional 
information may be obtained about the program by writing to one of the faculty 
members listed above or to Biological Sciences, P. O. Box 5306, North Carolina 
State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 

The following courses are recognized as ecological or ecologically-oriented and 
have been grouped into certain related areas (for course descriptions see respective 
departmental listings): 

— Population Ecology: ZO 517 Population Ecology; ENT 531 Insect Ecology; 
GN 550 (ZO 550) Experimental Evolution 

— Limnology and Marine Science: ZO 519 Limnology; ZO 529 (MAS 529) 
Biological Oceanography; ZO 619 Advanced Limnology 

— Behavior: ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals; ZO 610 Current Aspects 
of Animal Behavior 

— Microbial Ecology: MB 514 Microbial Metabolism; MB 521 Microbial Ecol- 
ogy; SSC 632 (MB 632) Ecology and Functions of Soil Microorganisms; PP 
611 Advanced Plant Nematology; PP 625 (BO 625) Advanced Mycology 

— Terrestrial Ecology: BO 544 Plant Geography 

— Physiological Ecology: FOR 452 Silvics; BO 561 Physiological Ecology of 
Plants 



116 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

—Mathematical Biology and Ecology: BMA 571, 572 (MA 571, 572) Bio- 
mathematics I, II 

— Applied Ecology: ZO 553 Principles of Wildlife Science; ZO 621 Fishery 
Science; ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control; ENT 562 Agricultural 
Entomology; ENT 582 (ZO 582) Medical and Veterinary Entomology; FOR 
472 Renewable Resource Management; FOR 501 Forest Influence and 
Watershed Management; FOR 613 Special Topics in Silviculture; HS 514 
(CS 514) Principles and Methods of Weed Science 

The requirements for a minor in ecology are: 

Ph.D. Degree: Four ecological courses, including BO-ZO 560 (or its equivalent) 
and either BO-ZO 660 or 661. The other two courses may include BO-ZO 660 
or 661 (if both are taken) and courses from those listed above. If two courses 
from this list are taken, they must be from different designated areas. Courses 
from this list may not be in the same department as the major. 

Master of Science Degree: Three ecological courses, including BO-ZO 560 (or its 
equivalent) and either BO-ZO 660 or 661. The third course should not be in 
the same department as the major. 

Incoming students may apply equivalent courses toward these requirements at 
the discretion of their graduate committee. Students minoring in ecology, par- 
ticularly at the Ph.D. level, are encouraged to take courses in mathematics and 
statistics, at least ST 511 and ST 512. 



Economics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor William D. Toussaint, Head 

Professors: Arthur J. Coutu, Dale M. Hoover, Loren A. Ihnen, H. Brooks 
James, Paul R. Johnson, Richard A. King, James G. Maddox, Bernard M. 
Olsen, James A. Seagraves, Richard L. Simmons, T. Dudley Wallace, 
James C. Williamson, Jr.; Extension Professors: George L. Capel, T. 
Everett Nichols, Jr., Charles R. Pugh; Research Professor USDA: J. 
Gwyn Sutherland; Professor Emeritus: Ernst W. Swanson; Associate 
Professors: David S. Ball, Joe S. Chappell, Magdi M. El-Kammash, 
Edward W. Erickson, Rohert M. Fearn, Cleon W. Harrell, Jr., E. 
Walton Jones, Fred A. Mangum, Jr., Gene A. Mathia, Ernest C. Pasour, 
Jr., R. James Peeler, Jr., Coordinator of Graduate Programs, Ronald A. 
Schrimper, Richard E. Sylla, Carl B. Turner; Extension Associate 
Professors: R. Charles Brooks, Rohert D. Dahle, Leigh H. Hammond, 
Rohert C. Wells; Assistant Professors: J. Bruce Bullock, Gerald A. 
Carlson, W. Douglas Cooper, Bruce L. Gardner, D. Lester Holley, 
Charles P. Jones, Julius C. Poindexter, Jr., C. Richard Shumway; Ex- 
tension Assistant Professor: John E. Ikered; Visiting Assistant Professor: A. 
Ronald Gallant 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 117 

The Department of Economics offers programs of study leading to the Master 
of Economics, the Master of Arts in economics, the Master of Science in agricul- 
tural economics and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The curriculum includes 
courses in economic theory, history of economic thought and fields of specializa- 
tion, including econometrics, marketing, agricultural economics, international 
trade, economic development, labor economics and human resources and business 
management analysis. Special attention is given in the curriculum to the develop- 
ment of quantitative analysis skills in economics and to an understanding of 
economic factors and public policies as they affect regional, national and interna- 
tional development. 

Collateral fields of study include statistics, history, politics, sociology, psychol- 
ogy, education and other related fields. 

The increasing emphasis being placed on economic growth and development 
in the South, the nation and throughout the world has resulted in an increased 
demand for well-trained workers in economics. Graduates of the department with 
master's degrees have opportunities to work in industry, for federal and state 
agencies and to teach, particularly in the rapidly expanding community college 
or junior college systems. 

Doctor of Philosophy graduates have opportunities for employment as teachers 
and research workers in universities throughout the nation. Many also find ex- 
cellent opportunities in various agencies of federal and state government where 
thev are involved in research and educational work. International development 
agencies employ some graduates, and others find employment in research with 
commercial firms. 

The department is located on the third floor of the D. H. Hill Library and 
in the basement and on the second floor of Patterson Hall. Graduate students on 
assistantships or fellowships are provided with office space and equipment, and 
other graduate students are provided office space when it is available. The de- 
partment has a modern and well-equipped departmental library, including all 
the major professional journals. Research reports from federal and state govern- 
mental agencies and from universities throughout the United States also are kept 
on file. 

Computational facilities are excellent for students whose research problems 
involve extensive analysis of data, as well as for those students who want to learn 
to do their own programming. The department has a well-trained clerical staff 
and maintains an IBM 1050 Terminal connected to an IBM 360/System Model 75 
operated by the Triangle University Computation Center. Access is also available 
to an IBM 1130 and a 360/System Model 40 located on campus. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EC 401 Economic Analysis for Nonmajors 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 205 

An intensive treatment of intermediate economic theory of firm, household and 
market behavior primarily for graduate students desiring a minor in economics at 
the master's level. Students with an adequate background in economics and mathe- 
matics will elect EC 501 rather than 401. Topics include demand, production and 
cost theory, market equilibrium under competitive and non-competitive conditions, 
an introduction to input-output and general equilibrium theory, the spatial arrange- 
ment of economic activity and problems of economic efficiency. 



118 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EC 402 Financial Institutions 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 302 

An examination of the flow-of-funds among the principal financial institutions in 
the American economy; the behavior of the money and capital markets; and the 
allocation of savings flows into investment expenditures. 

EC 407 Business Law I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 205, EC 206 or EC 212 

A course dealing with elementary legal concepts, contracts, agency, negotiable 
instruments, sales of personal property and insurance. Uniform commercial code 
considered under all titles applicable. 

EC 408 Business Law II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 407 

Deals with real property, bailments, partnerships, corporations, chattel mortgages, 
mortgages on real estate, landlord and tenant, insurance, wills, suretyship, condi- 
tional sales and bankruptcy. Uniform commercial code considered under all titles 
applicable. 

EC 410 Public Finance and Fiscal Policy 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 205, EC 206 and EC 301 recommended 

An analysis of the economic effects of government taxation and expenditure deci- 
sions. Major attention will be given to current tax policy issues both at the federal 
level and at the state-local level. A description of different types of budgets and the 
effect of budgetary policy upon the level of economic activity will also be included. 

EC 411 Marketing Methods 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 205, EC 206 or EC 212 

Marketing institutions and their functions and agencies; retailing, market 
analysis; problems in marketing. 

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly and Public Policy 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 301 recommended but not required 

An analysis of the effect of modern industrial structure on competitive behavior 
and performance, in the light of contemporary price theory and the theory of work- 
able competition. A critical evaluation of the legislative content, judicial interpreta- 
tion and economic effects of the antitrust laws. 

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: EC 303 

Examination of the source of the productivity and value of farm inputs; a critical 
analysis of and practice in the use of farm appraisal procedures currently used for 
land and buildings; review of the sources of and repayment practices used in short 
and intermediate credit in agriculture; consideration of the forces operating in the 
whole economy with an examination of the implications of these changes for both 
the lender and borrower in agriculture. 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 205, EC 260 

Financial instruments and capital structure; procuring funds, managing working 
capital; managing corporate capitalization; financial institutions and their work. 

EC 422 Investments and Portfolio Management 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 205, ST 311 

An analysis of the problems in the investment process, which is dichotomized into 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 119 

security analysis and portfolio management with emphasis on the latter. The 
approach is to explain briefly what the traditional thinking has been, and to 
examine closely the modern revolution in investments which emphasizes a 
quantitative framework to achieve the goal of performance. After describing what 
an individual investor faces in making decisions, the question of professional man- 
agement as an alternative is viewed critically. 

EC 425 Industrial Management 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Principles and techniques of modern scientific management; relation of finance, 
marketing, industrial relations, accounting and statistics to production planning and 
control; analysis of economic, political and social influences on production. 

EC 426 Personnel Management 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

The scientific management of manpower, from the viewpoint of the supervisor 
and the personnel specialists. A study of personnel policy and a review of the 
scientific techniques regarding the specific problems of employment, training, 
promotion, transfer, health and safety, employee service and joint relations. 

EC 430 Agricultural Price Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 311 

Principles of price formation; the role of price in the determination of economic 
activity; the interaction of cash and future prices for agricultural commodities; 
methods of price analysis, construction of index numbers, analysis of time series 
data including the estimation of trend and seasonal variations in prices. 

EC 431 Labor Economics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 301 recommended but not required 

An economic approach to the labor market and to labor market problems includ- 
ing unemployment and the determination of wages, hours and working conditions 
under various labor market structures. An examination of the economic effects of 
trade unions and an introduction to the theory of human capital. 

EC 432 Industrial Relations 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 212 

Collective bargaining. Analysis of basic labor law and its interpretation by the 
courts and governmental agencies. An examination of specific terms of labor 
contracts and their implications for labor and management. An examination of labor 
objectives and tactics and management objectives and tactics. Problems of operating 
under the labor contract. 

EC 440 Economic Development 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 302 

An examination of the institutional background required for national economic 
development. The conditions apparent for past growth of nations are compared with 
conditions obtained in presently retarded nations. Conclusions are drawn from this 
comparison to provide an introduction to the theoretical models of growth. 

EC 441 Agricultural Development in Foreign Countries 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 206 or EC 212 

Identification of agricultural problems in underdeveloped countries; a review of 
economic criteria for analyzing the problems of developing agriculture and the 
techniques of analysis for solving such problems. Case studies of development 
programs in various countries will be discussed. 



120 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EC 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

An analysis of the development of economic thought and method during the past 
two centuries. Economics as a cumulative body of knowledge in a context of emerg- 
ing technology, changing institutions, pressing new problems and the growth of 
science. 

EC 448 International Economics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 205 and EC 206 or EC 212 

A study of international economics, including trade, investment, monetary 
relations and certain aspects of economic development. Emphasis upon analytical 
and policy approaches, although some institutional material is included. 

EC 451 Introduction to Econometrics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302 and EC 317 or ST 311 

An introduction to the measurement, specification, estimation and interpretation 
of functional relationships through single equation least-squares techniques. Simple 
and multiple regression, curvilinear regression and various transformations will be 
used to measure: demand, cost, production, consumption and investment relation- 
ships. 

EC 460 Specialized Financial Reporting 3(3-0) F 

Theory and Practice 
Prerequisite: EC 361 

A study of the specialized valuation and reporting problems relating to consoli- 
dated financial statements, business combinations and reorganizations, govern- 
mental and nonprofit organizations, home office and branch relationships, foreign 
affiliates, estates and trusts, and business firms experiencing financial difficulties. 
Includes a study of related professional publications. 

EC 464 Income Taxation 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 260 

A study of federal and state income tax laws relating to individuals and other 
taxable or reporting entities, the measurement and reporting of taxable income, 
and basic research in taxation. Includes an introduction to tax planning. 

EC 466 Examination of Financial Statements 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 361 

A study of the objectives, standards, procedures, problems, practices and theory 
of financial statement examination as performed by independent public accountants, 
the professional standards and ethical codes, the features of information systems 
and internal control, and other professional topics. Includes extensive use of 
professional literature and authoritative pronouncements. 

EC 468 Professional Accountancy Resume 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 362 and EC 460 

A review and summation of the theory and practice of financial reporting and 
professional accountancy, as they relate to preparation for the certified public 
accountants examination, covering both their general and specialized topics. 

EC 470 (HI 470) Evolution of the American Economy 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 206 and HI 112 or HI 348 or HI 412 

The continuing advances of modern industrialization are related to the develop- 
ment of the American nation. Contemporary problems and issues are analyzed with 
reference to their origins in the historical growth of the economy. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 121 

EC 475 Comparative Economic Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 206 

A general study of different economic systems. Concentration will be given to 
capitalist or market economies and these will be contrasted with collectivist types 
of systems. Emphasis will be given to the Soviet economy. 

EC 482 (TX 482) Sales Management for Textiles 3(3-0)S 

(See textile technology, page 314.) 

EC 490, 491 Senior Seminars in Economics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302 

The terminal courses in undergraduate study of economics. The student is assisted 
in summarizing his training, and in improving his capacity to recognize problems 
and to select logically consistent means of solving problems. This is done on a 
small-group and individual basis. 

EC 494, 495 (PS 494, 495; SOC 494, 495) Urban Seminar 3(0-3) FS 

(See politics, page 265.) 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EC 501 Price Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 301 and MA 112 or equivalent 

An intensive analysis of the determination of prices and of market behavior, 
including demand, cost and production, pricing under competitive conditions and 
pricing under monopoly and other imperfectly competitive conditions. 

Messrs. Pasour, Sylla 

EC 502 Income and Employment Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 302 

A study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis with particular 
reference to the role of fiscal and monetary policy in maintaining full employment 
without inflation. Graduate Staff 

EC 510 (PS 510) Public Finance 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 205 

A survey of the theories and practices of governmental taxing, spending and 
borrowing, including intergovernment relationships and administrative practices 
and problems. Mr. Block, Graduate Staff 

EC 515 Water Resources Economics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The application of economic principles in the allocation of water resources. 
Attention is given especially to the basic issues of how to effect maximum economic 
efficiency in the use of a resource that is no longer a free good, under the considera- 
tion of the goals of the public and private sectors of the enterprise economy. Both 
economic and political consequences of decision-making are studied. Graduate Staff 

EC 521 Markets and Trade 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A study of marketing firms as producers of marketing services and their role in 
the pricing process; the influence of government policies on the behavior of market- 
ing firms; methods for increasing the efficiency of marketing agricultural products. 

Mr. King 



122 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EC 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: EC 303 

The application of economic principles in the solution of production problems on 
typical farms in the state; methods and techniques of economic analysis of the 
farm business; application of research findings to production decisions; development 
of area agricultural programs. Mr. Liner 

EC 525 Management Policy and Decision Making 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A review and consideration of modern management processes used in making 
top-level policies and decisions. An evaluation of economic, social and institutional 
pressures, and of the economic and noneconomic motivations, which impinge upon 
the individual and the organization. The problem of coordinating the objectives and 
the mechanics of management is examined. Graduate Staff 

EC 533 Agricultural Policy 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A review of the agricultural policy and action programs of the federal government 
as regards both input supply and commodities, analysis of objectives, principal 
means and observable results as regards resource use and income distribution 
within agriculture, and between agriculture and the rest of the economy; appraisal 
of the effects alternative policy proposals would have on domestic and foreign 
consumption. Mr. Mangum 

EC 535 Social Science Concepts in Managerial Processes 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours in economics 

Interrelationships between concepts from economics and from other social 
sciences in managerial processes of clarifying goals, discovering alternatives and 
choosing courses of action. Cases are used to provide opportunities to compare 
contributions of theoretical concepts from economics, political science, social 
psychology, sociology and management science to managerial processes. Theoretical 
concepts are drawn from readings in the various disciplines. Graduate Staff 

EC 550 Mathematical Models in Economics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302, MA 212 and MA 405 recommended but not required 

An introductory study of economic models emphasizing their formal properties. 
The theory of individual economic units is presented as a special case in the theory 
of inductive behavior. Mathematical discussions of the theory of the consumer, the 
theory of the firm and welfare economics will show the relevance of such topics as 
constrained maxima and minima, set theory, partially and simply ordered systems, 
probability theory and game theory to economics. Mr. Harrell 

EC 551 Agricultural Production Economics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

An economic analysis of agricultural production including: production functions, 
cost functions, programming and decision-making principles; and the applications 
of these principles to farm and regional resources allocation, and to the distribution 
of income to and within agriculture. Mr. Perrin 

EC 555 Linear Programming 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 301, MA 212, MA 405 

Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation and organization. 
Optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the firm. Applica- 
tions in the economics of industry and of agriculture. Mr. Harrell 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 123 

EC 561 (ST 561) Intermediate Econometrics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 501 and ST 501 or MA 112 

The formalization of economic hypotheses into testable relationships and the 
application of appropriate statistical techniques will be emphasized. Major attention 
will be given to procedures applicable for single equation stochastic models express- 
ing microeconomic and macroeconomic relationships. Statistical considerations that 
are relevant in working with time series and cross sectional data in economic 
investigations will be covered. The use of simultaneous equation models and the 
available estimation techniques will be surveyed. Mr. Johnson 

EC 570 Analysis of American Economic History 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 470 (HI 470) or graduate standing 

Stresses the application of economic analysis to the formulation and testing of 
hypotheses concerning economic growth and development in the historical context. 
Problems selected for analysis will be drawn primarily from American economic 
history. Mr. Sylla 

EC 574 (SOC 574) The Economics of Population 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A review of pre-Malthusian thought up to contemporary population theories. The 
student is introduced to data sources, statistical tools and methodology for economic 
analysis in demography. There follows an intensive treatment of microeconomic 
models of fertility. On the macroeconomic side, economic demographic models are 
examined. Implications of these economic models for public policy are developed. 
Underpopulation, overpopulation, optimum growth rate and incentive schemes are 
discussed. Mr. El-Kammash 

EC 585 (TX 585) Market Research in Textiles 3(3-0) S 

(See textile technology, page 315.) 

EC 590 Special Economics Topics Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An examination of current problems in economics organized on a lecture-discussion 
basis. The content of the course will vary as changing conditions require the use of 
new approaches to deal with emerging problems. Graduate Staff 

EC 598 Topical Problems in Economics 1-6 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An investigation of topics of particular interest to advanced students under the 
direction of faculty members on a tutorial basis. Credits and content will vary with 
the needs of the students. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EC 600 Advanced Price Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 501, MA 212 

Alternative economic organizations and the role of prices; equilibrium and price 
determination in a market economy; theory of consumer behavior; derivation of 
individual demand curves and aggregation to market supply curves; demand for 
factors of production. Mr. Gardner 

EC 601 Prices, Value and Welfare 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 600 

The supply of factors of production; alternative nonmonetary theories of capital 



124 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

and interest; productivity; income distribution; determinants of firm size; the 
nature of market organization; welfare economics topics, including externalities, 
compensation, social welfare function and consumer surplus. Mr. Wallace 

EC 602 Advanced Income and Employment Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 502 

The course consists of an analysis of the forces determining the level of income 
and employment; a review of some of the theories of economic fluctuations; and a 
critical examination of a selected macroeconomic system. Mr. Poindexter 

EC 603 History of Economic Thought 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 501 and EC 502 or equivalent 

A systematic analysis of the development and cumulation of economic thought, 
designed in part to provide a sharper focus and more adequate perspective for the 
understanding of contemporary economics. Mr. Turner 

EC 604 Monetary Economics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 502 or equivalent 

Consideration of the money market and portfolio management, the cost of capital, 
effects of monetary phenomena on investment and accumulation of wealth with 
emphasis throughout on problems arising from uncertainty; general equilibrium 
theory of money, interest, prices and output. Mr. Lapp 

EC 606 Industrial Organization and Control 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 501 

Microeconomic theory is applied to the empirical analysis of public policies that 
affect the efficiency of resource allocation in the U. S. economy. Special attention is 
given to the interrelationships between industrial structure, conduct and perform- 
ance. Mr. Erickson 

EC 610 Theory of Public Finance 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 501, EC 502 

An application of microeconomic and macroeconomic theory to the budgetary 
policies of the governmental sector with emphasis on the welfare effects of taxation 
and expenditure policies and the impact on optimum allocation and distribution of 
resources. Mr. Hyman 

EC 625 Long Range Planning in Business and Industry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 501 

Theory and practice of long range planning in business and industry. Case discus- 
sions and intensive readings dealing with techniques for identifying opportunities 
and risks in the environment of the firm, determining corporate strengths and 
weaknesses, specifying long range strategy. Special attention is given to the roles 
of management and the internal processes of large organizations as the organiza- 
tions respond to changes in external conditions. Mr. Dahle 

EC 630 Labor Economics and Manpower Problems 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 501, EC 502 

A course devoted to analysis of labor force problems and labor market behavior. 
Labor force measurement and behavior, the measurement and analysis of unemploy- 
ment, the determinants or relative wages, wage structures, and hours of work and 
national manpower policy. Emphasis on empirical studies. Mr. Fearn 

EC 631 Human Capital 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 501, EC 502 

An examination of human resource development from an economic view. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 125 

Emphasis is placed on recent research and theoretical developments related to the 
economics of education, on-the-job training, discrimination and migration. Mr. Ihnen 

EC 632 Economic Welfare and Public Policy 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 601 

Description of the conditions defining optimal resource allocation; application of 
the conditions for maximum welfare in appraisal of economic policies and programs 
affecting resource allocation and income distribution. Mr. Hoover 

EC 640 Analysis of Economic Development 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 502 

Theoretical and empirical studies of the processes of economic development are 
compared and analyzed. Contemporary developments in the theories of economic 
growth are related to the problems of underdeveloped countries. Policies and 
programs needed for effecting economic development are studied and evaluated for 
consistency. Mr. Olsen 

EC 641 Agricultural Production and Supply 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 601, ST 513 

An advanced study in the logic of, and empirical inquiry into, producer behavior 
and choice among combinations of factors and kinds and quantities of output; 
aggregative consequences of individuals' and firms' decisions in terms of product 
supply and factor demand; factor markets and income distribution; general inter- 
dependency among economic variables. Mr. Seagraves 

EC 642 Consumption, Demand and Market Interdependency 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 601, ST 513 

An analysis of the behavior of individual households and of consumers in the 
aggregate with respect to consumption of agricultural products; the impact of these 
decisions on demand for agricultural resources; the competition among agricultural 
regions and for markets; and the interdependence between agriculture and other 
sectors of the economy. Mr. King 

EC 645 Planning Programs for Economic Development 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 550, EC 640 

Consideration is given to the necessary quantitative measures for basing plans of 
national economic development. Models for program development and the tech- 
niques for their construction are studied. Mr. Olsen 

EC 648 Theory of International Trade 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 501, EC 502 

A consideration of the specialized body of economic theory dealing with the 
international movement of goods, services, capital and payments. Also, a theoreti- 
cally oriented consideration of policy. Messrs. Ball, Johnson 

EC 649 Monetary Aspects of International Trade 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 502 

Study of the macroeconomic problems of an open economy including the balance 
of payments adjustment mechanism, alternative exchange rate systems, external 
effects of monetary and fiscal policy, optimum currency areas and international 
monetary reform. Mr. Grennes 

EC 650 Economic Decision Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 501 or equivalent, EC 550 or EC 555 

Study of general theories of choice. Structure of decision problems, the role of 
information; formulation of objectives. Current research problems. Mr. Carlson 



126 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EC 651 (ST 651) Econometrics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 600, ST 421, ST 502 

The role and uses of statistical inference in economic research; the problem of 
spanning the gap from an economic model to its statistical counterpart; measure- 
ment problems and their solutions arising from the statistical model and the nature 
of the data; limitations and interpretation of results of economic measurement from 
statistical techniques. Mr. Schrimper 

EC 652 (ST 652) Topics in Econometrics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 651 (ST 651) 

Survey of current literature on estimation and inference in simultaneous 
stochastic equations systems. Techniques for combining cross section and time 
series data including covariance, error correlated and error component models. Lag 
models and inference in dynamic systems. Production functions, productivity 
measurement and hypotheses about economic growth. Complete and incomplete 
prior information in regression analysis. Nonlinear estimation in economic models. 

Mr. Wallace 

EC 665 Economic Behavior of the Organization 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EC 501 

This seminar will apply methods and findings derived from the behavioral 
sciences to the economic behavior of the organization, particularly the business 
firm. Among the approaches which may be utilized are organization theory, informa- 
tion theory, reference group theory and decision theory. Graduate Staff 

EC 699 Research in Economics Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Individual research in economics under staff supervision and direction. 

Graduate Staff 



Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Carl J. Dolce, Dean 

Professor James B. Kirkland, Dean Emeritus 

Associate Professors: Leonidas J. Betts, Jr., Paul J. Rust; Adjunct Professor: 

Thelma L. Roundtree; Adjunct Associate Professor: Joseph R. Clary; 

Assistant Professors: David R. Kniefel, Barbara M. Parramore, Thomas 

N. Walters; Instructor: Kathleen A. McCutchen; Research Associate: 

Robert L. Morgan 

The School of Education offers graduate programs leading to the master's degree 
for students majoring in adult education, agricultural education, industrial arts 
education, vocational industrial education, guidance and personnel services, mathe- 
matics education, psvchology, and science education. Graduate students in educa- 
tion may pursue programs leading to the degrees of Master of Science or Master 
of Education. 

The Master of Science degree is regarded as a research degree and as prepara- 
tion for further graduate study. Programs leading to the Master of Science degree 
are planned to include a major (20 semester hours) in some specialized area of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 127 

education and a minor (10 or more semester hours) in some other field such as 
psychology or agricultural economics. If two minors are chosen, a minimum of 
six semester hours will be required in each. 

The Master of Education degree is designed to meet the needs of students pre- 
paring to teach in the secondary schools and community colleges and to assume 
leadership positions in adult education programs. The program of study for the 
professional degree allows a wider latitude in the choice of course work outside 
the major than is allowed by the Master of Science program. 

Graduate programs leading to the Ed.D. degree are offered for majors in adult 
education and occupational education. The doctoral program is designed to meet 
the needs of such personnel as teachers, directors, supervisors and teacher educa- 
tors affiliated with programs of vocational and industrial arts education at the local 
and state level; administrative officers of technical institutes and community 
colleges; directors of guidance and personnel services; directors of adult basic 
education; and cooperative extension personnel. Graduate programs will be 
planned in terms of educational objectives, experience and preparation of the 
enrollees. However, each program will include courses in such areas as educational 
foundations, behavioral sciences and research in addition to the specialty area. 

Graduate programs leading to the Ph.D. degree are also offered for majors in 
mathematics education, science education and psychology. The major objective 
of the doctoral programs in mathematics education and in science education is to 
prepare leaders in these fields in teaching, supervision and administration. The 
major objectives of the doctoral program in psychology are to prepare professional 
psychologists for careers in scientific research and professional academicians for 
an effective role in the university community. Programs will be planned in terms 
of the educational objectives and preparation of the enrollees. However, all 
enrollees will pursue the courses comprising the core. Provisions will be made for 
specialization in any of the narrower disciplines through additional courses and 
the minor. 

The School of Education is located in the newly completed education building 
where research and laboratory facilities are provided for graduate study. 

Prior to consideration of applications for admission, the following must have 
been received: a completed application form, a copy of current Graduate Record 
Examination scores, transcripts for all undergraduate and prior graduate courses 
taken, and at least three completed recommendation forms. In some programs 
an interview is required. In order to maintain personalized, quality graduate 
programs, each program can enroll only a limited number of students irrespective 
of the qualifications of the applicants. 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are available for 
qualified graduate students. National Defense Education Act loans are also availa- 
ble for graduate students needing financial aid. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 504 Principles and Practices of Introduction to Vocations 3(3-0) FS 
Prerequisite: Twlelve hours of education 

This course is designed for teachers of Introduction to Vocations program in the 
overall school curriculum, special methods of instruction, use of teaching aids and 
use of student evaluation instruments. An overview will also be presented in the 
areas of community organization, job markets, group procedures, occupational and 
educational information and the changing occupational structure in our society. 

Graduate Staff 



128 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ED 505 Public Area Schools 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Junior and community colleges, technical institutes, vocational schools and 
branches of universities; their development, status and prospects; policy and policy 
making, clientele, purposes, evaluation programs, personnel, organization, adminis- 
tration, financing, facilities, research and development functions. Graduate Staff 

ED 506 Education of Exceptional Children 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: Six hours of education or psychology 

This course is directed toward the understanding of exceptional children and 
their educational programs. Exceptional children are those who deviate from the 
so-called normal — physically, mentally or emotionally, to the extent that they need 
some adaptation (methods, materials and grouping, etc.) of the regular school 
program. Mrs. McCutchen 

ED 507 Analysis of Reading Abilities 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: Six hours of education or psychology 

A study of tests and techniques used in determining specific abilities; a study of 
reading retardation and factors underlying reading difficulties. Mr. Rust 

ED 508 Improvement of Reading Abilities 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisite: Six hours of education or psychology 

A study of methods used in developing specific reading skills or in overcoming 
certain reading difficulties; a study of methods used in developing pupil vocabu- 
laries and work analysis skills; a study of how to control vocabulary burden of 
reading material. Mr. Rust 

ED 509 Methods and Materials — Teaching Retarded Children 3(3-0) F Sum. 
Prerequisite: ED 506 

Emphasis on understanding and correlating developmental levels of mentally 
retarded children and appropriate educational methods and materials. Use of 
individual child's diagnostic data; consideration of long and short range educational 
goals; curriculum planning in terms of realistic usefulness; scheduling; teacher 
guidance of children toward social and emotional maturity. Mrs. McCutchen 

ED 511 Implications of Mathematical Content, Structure, and Processes 

for the Teaching of Mathematics in the 

Elementary School 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisite: Bachelor's degree in elementary education or consent of instructor 

A course designed for teachers and supervisors of mathematics in the elementary 
school. Special emphasis is given to the implications of mathematical content, 
structure and processes in teaching arithmetic and geometry in the elementary 
school. Attention is given to the use of logic and fundamental rules of inference, 
deductive and inductive reasoning, the field properties in the sets of integers and 
rational numbers, elementary number theory, metric and non-metric geometry. 

Mr. Speece 

ED 512 Active Learning Approaches to Teaching Mathematics 

in the Elementary School 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisite: Bachelor's degree in elementary education or consent of instructor 

A course that will stress active learning approaches to the teaching of mathe- 
matics in the elementary school. Special emphasis will be given to the laboratory 
approach to teaching mathematics and the use of the manipulative materials and 
activities of the Nuffield Project, the Madison Project, Dienes, Cuisenaire and 
Cattegno. Attention will be given to research supporting the laboratory approach 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 129 

using manipulative materials in the elementary school. Suggestions will be given 
for designing activities for independent and group study and in assessing individual 
progress. Mr. Speece 

ED 517 Implications for Data Processing in Education 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: CSC 111; ED 529 or consent of instructor 

An intensive study of current attempts to apply new technologies to education. 
Attention will be given to research findings related to computer assisted instruction, 
gamed instructional simulation, approaches to guidance and prescription learning 
as well as administrative problems pertaining to student scheduling, pupil 
transportation and data reporting systems. Graduate Staff 

ED 518 Principles of School Law 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours of graduate credit 

This course will be an intensive study of the legal rights, duties, privileges and 
responsibilities entailed in the educational enterprise. It will cover the essentials 
of school law in such a way that the student will be able to obtain both a general 
understanding of the processes of law as they affect American education and also 
important specific legal aspects which affect vocational education. Included are the 
secondary, post- secondary and adult vocational education laws and their implica- 
tions. Mr. Nerden 

ED 519 Early Childhood Education 3(1-4) S Sum. 

Prerequisite: PSY 475 or PSY 576 

This course is concerned with the planning, selection and utilization of human 
resources, activities, materials and facilities relating to the education of young 
children. Emphasis on student observation, participation and evaluation of educa- 
tional experiences appropriate for the developmental level of individual children, 
including flexible grouping, curricula planning and instructional techniques for an 
optimum learning environment. A synthesis of the student's knowledge of human 
development, learning theory and research findings as related to classroom 
application. Mrs. McCutchen 

ED 526 Teaching in College 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Designed primarily for graduate students in the departments outside the School 
of Education, this course focuses on the development of competencies to perform the 
day-to-day tasks of a college teacher as well as consideration of more long-range 
tasks such as course development and the university responsibilities of a professor. 
In addition to attending lectures and other types of presentations, students will 
make video tapes of their teaching, develop tests, design an introductory course in 
teaching field and engage in other similar types of activities. Graduate Staff 

ED 528 Cooperative Occupational Education 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

This course is designed to guide and assist in the growth patterns of individuals 
who are preparing to be directors, administrators or supervisors of vocational edu- 
cation programs at the local, state and/or national levels, with special emphasis 
upon the organization and operation of cooperative occupational programs. The 
course will cover the entire field of cooperative occupational education on secondary, 
post-secondary and adult levels. It will refer to the accepted essentials of co- 
operative education in order that the application of the philosophy to the details 
of planning, organization, establishment and operation of cooperative occupational 
programs will be practical and meaningful. Included will be student visitations to 
existing quality programs in cooperative occupational education, for the purpose 
of studying on-site conditions related to this specialized area of study. Mr. Smith 



130 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ED 531 (PSY 531) Mental Deficiency 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisite: Nine hours of PSY and special education 

This will be a course in description, causation, psychological factors and socio- 
logical aspects of mental retardation. Educational methods for the mentally 
retarded will be examined. The course is designed primarily for school psychologists 
and special-class teachers of retarded children, both educable and trainable. 

Mrs. McCutchen 

ED 536 Structure & Function of the Eye and 

Use of Low Vision 3(5-0) -Sum. 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

This is a special institute in which participants will spend a minimum of 45 hours 
in class and class related activities. The instructor and additional consultants 
(medical and educational) will discuss the structure and function of the eye, eye 
anomalies likely to affect children with low vision, methods of evaluating type and 
potential use of residual vision, and methods of teaching children to use minimal 
vision effectively. Graduate Staff 

ED 542 Contemporary Approaches in the Teaching of Social 

Studies 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing; must have com- 
pleted student teaching 

An analysis of the principles, strategies and applications of new teaching 
approaches. Team-teaching, programmed instruction, inductive and reflective 
oriented teaching, role-playing, simulation and gaming, independent study and 
block-time organization will be explored. Graduate Staff 

ED 550 Principles of Educational Administration 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

This course is designed as an introductory course in educational administration. 
Emphasizing basic principles of administration, the course will draw upon 
administrative theory, business and public administration models as well as 
theoretical constructs from various disciplines. Graduate Staff 

ED 552 Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of education, consent of instructor 

This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principals understand 
how tools, materials and industrial processes may be used to vitalize and supple- 
ment the elementary school child's experiences. Practical children's projects along 
with the building of classroom equipment. Graduate Staff 

ED 563 Effective Teaching . 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours of education including student teaching 

Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that underlie course 
approaches; identifying problems of importance; problem solution for effective 
learning; relationship of learning and doing; responsibility for learning; evaluation 
of teaching and learning; making specific plans for effective teaching. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 597 Special Problems in Education 3(0-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

This course is designed to provide graduate students in education the opportunity 
to study problem areas in professional education under the direction of a member of 
the graduate faculty. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 131 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



ED 602 Curriculum 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: PSY 510, PSY 535, ED 503 and/or comparable course in 
occupational education 

A course designed to equip the student with the conceptual tools and intellectual 
skills needed to develop and critically assess curricula in all educational fields. The 
elements of the curriculum development process that are studied in the course 
include: identification and formulation of educational objectives, selection of learn- 
ing experiences, developing and implementing plans for evaluating learning 
experiences and assessing educational outcomes, and staff-leader involvement in 
the curriculum development process. Graduate Staff 

ED 608 Supervision of Vocational and Industrial Arts Education 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 554, ED 609, ED 630 or equivalents 

An intensive study of the principles of supervision and the applications of these 
principles to the vocational and industrial arts education programs being conducted 
in secondary, post-secondary and adult facilities. Emphasis is placed upon the 
competencies needed in supervisors in order to effectively discharge their responsi- 
bilities in such areas as teacher selection, teacher transfer and promotion, 
assistance in teacher professional growth, the conduct of woi'kshops and in-service 
programs for professional and nonprofessional staff, self-evaluative processes in 
education, curriculum generation and modification, guidance and counseling provi- 
sions and action research. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden, Graduate Staff 

ED 610 Administration of Vocational and Industrial Arts Education 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 554, ED 609, ED 630 or equivalent 

An intensive study of the major elements of administrative practice applied to 
vocational and industrial arts education, as it is being conducted in comprehensive 
high schools, comprehensive community colleges, technical institutes and area 
vocational centers. Emphasis is placed upon leadership, personnel management, 
instructional program management and evaluation, public relations and financial 
management, in connection with preparatory, part-time supplementary, extension 
and adult education programs of vocational and industrial arts education. 

Messrs. Hanson, Nerden, Graduate Staff 

ED 614 Modern Principles and Practices in Secondary 

Education 2(2-0)' FS 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours of education 

Foundations of modern programs of secondary education purposes, curriculum, 
organization, administration, and the place and importance of the high school in the 
community in relation to contemporary social force. Graduate Staff 

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: PSY 535 or equivalent 

An introductory course for students preparing for an advanced degree. The 
purposes are: to assist the student in understanding the meaning and purpose of 
educational research and the research approach to problems; to develop the stu- 
dent's ability to identify educational problems, and to plan and carry out research 
to solve these problems; to aid in the preparation of the research report. Special 
attention is given to tools and methods of research. Consideration is also given to 
the educator as a consumer of research. Graduate Staff 

ED 620 Cases in Educational Administration 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

This course utilizes the case study and case simulation approach to the study of 



132 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

school administration. Administrative concepts will be developed and applied to 
simulated situations and to actual case histories. The administrative process is 
viewed as a decision-making process. The student will be expected to make decisions 
after considering alternative courses of action and after projecting probable 
consequences. Graduate Staff 

ED 621 Internship in Education 3-9 FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: Nine credit hours in graduate level courses 
in education and consent of instructor 

Utilizing the participant-observer role, this course requires participation in 
selected educational situations with emphasis upon development of observational 
skills, ability to record relevant observations by means of written journals, skills in 
analyzing experiences identifying critical incidents, and prediction of events and 
consequences. The student is required to develop possible alternative courses of 
action in various situations, select one of the alternatives and evaluate the 
consequences of the course of action selected. Graduate Staff 

ED 665 Supervising Student Teaching 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours of education 

A study of the program of student teaching in teacher education. Special con- 
sideration will be given the role of the supervising teacher including the following 
areas: planning for effective student teaching, observation and orientation, school 
community study, analysis of situation, evaluating student teachers and coordina- 
tion with North Carolina State University. Graduate Staff 

ED 688 Research Application in Occupational Education 3(3-0) FS Sum. 
Prerequisite: ED 615 

This course will be concerned with methodology, application, analysis and 
synthesis of research in occupational education. A review of current occupational 
education studies, clustered by areas, will be made with attention to statistical 
techniques, data collecting, data handling, and the audience and impact of particu- 
lar projects and research organizations. The class activities in research application 
are designed to bridge the gap between the theories of research methodology and 
the student's independent research projects. Graduate Staff 

ED 689 Evaluation in Occupational Education 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: ED 615, ST 513 

This course will be concerned with the conceptual and methodological aspects of 
occupational education evaluation, with attention to techniques for determining 
empirically the extent to which educational goals are being achieved, to locate the 
barriers to the advancement of these goals and to discover the consequences of 
educational programs. Graduate Staff 

ED 697 (PSY 697) Advanced Seminar in Research Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Nine hours of statistical methods and research or consent 
of instructor, advanced graduate standing 

This course will be designed as a seminar-type course, with topics selected each 
semester in accordance with the interests and needs of the students. Attention will be 
given to the research strategies that underlie education and psychological 
research, to the development of theoretical constructs, to a critical review of 
research related to problems in which the students are interested, and to a 
systematic analysis and critique of research problems in which the students are 
engaged. Mr. Coster 

ED 698 Seminar in Occupational Education 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in occupational education or consent of instructor, ad- 
vanced graduate standing 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 133 

This course will be designed as a seminar-type course, with topics selected each 
semester. Attention will be given to the broad concepts of occupational education 
as manifested in the Vocational Education Amendments of 1968, and to the problems 
and issues underlying the development of and implementation of programs of 
occupational education at elementary junior high, senior high and post-secondary 
levels, with emphasis on articulation between career choice and preparation for 
gainful employment. Mr. Coster 

ED 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Fifteen hours, consent of adviser 

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 

Graduate Staff 

NOTE: A description of the specialized courses offered by the several departments 
in the School of Education may be found on the following pages : Adult 
and Community College Education, pages 59-61, Agricultural Education, 
pages 61-63; Guidance and Personnel Services, pages 173-175; Industrial 
and Technical Education, pages 184-187; Mathematics and Science Edu- 
cation, pages 218-220; Psychology, pages 275-283. 

Electrical Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor George B. Hoadley, Head 

Professor William D. Stevenson, Jr., Associate Head and Graduate Administrator 
Professors: William J. Barclay, Arthur R. Eckels, Walter A. Flood, 
Donald R. Rhodes, John Staudhammer, Frederick J. Tischer; Adjunct 
Professor: Gerhard K. Megla; Associate Professors: Norman R. Bell, 
Alfred J. Goetze, John R. Hauser, Michael A. Littlejohn, Edward G. 
Manning, Neely F. J. Matthews, Larry K. Monteith, John B. O'Neal, 
Jr., Wilbur C. Peterson; Adjunct Associate Professors: John D. Spragins, 
Jimmie J. Wortman; Assistant Professors: James W. Gault, Tildon H. 
Glisson, Jr., James F. Kauffman, Raymond W. Stroh; Adjunct Assistant 
Professor: Charles C. Tappert; Visiting Assistant Professor: Mohamed G. 
Zaalouk 

The Department of Electrical Engineering oilers the degrees of Master of 
Electrical Engineering, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. 

Four core courses (EE 512, EE 520, EE 530, EE 540) are required for the 
Master of Electrical Engineering degree, and the student must pass a written 
comprehensive examination in addition to the oral examination. No thesis is re- 
quired for this degree. 

The Master of Science degree has no specified course requirements and no 
written examination. The thesis may account for as many as six semester hours. 

In the more advanced study for the doctorate, a comprehensive understanding 
of all fields of electrical engineering is required, and specialization appears in the 
research problem undertaken. 

Advanced courses of a general and fundamental nature are required for those 
who plan to carry their advanced studies to the level of the doctorate. Minor 
sequences of study in advanced mathematics, physics or other appropriate discipline 
are planned to fit the needs of individual students. 

The laboratories in the department are exceedingly' well equipped for research 
in communications, computers, electromagnetics, solid-state materials and devices, 
and automatic control. Active research is in progress in these and other areas. 



134 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 401 Advanced Electric Circuits 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EE 202, MA 301 

Transient analysis of electric circuits by the Laplace transform method, and 
the relationship of this method of analysis to steady-state performance, with 
emphasis on feedback systems. 

EE 403 Electric Network Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 401 

The study of design methods for such electric networks as resonant systems, 
filters, feedback stabilizers, audio amplifier compensation and dividing networks. 

EE 430 Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 332 

Not available to undergraduates in EE. 

Essential theory of electric circuits, including solid-state devices, transformers 
and rotating machines as needed to supply the electrical background for instrumen- 
tation and control theory. Intended primarily for graduate students who do not 
have an electrical engineering undergraduate degree. 

EE 431 Electronics Engineering 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: EE 314 

Comprehensive study of circuits using discrete and integrated electron devices: 
amplifiers, oscillators, wave-shaping circuits, nonsinusoidal generators, feedback. 
Emphasis is on design of solid-state circuits through development of analytical 
methods using graphical, slide-rule and computer techniques. 

EE 432 Communication Engineering 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EE 431 

Application of electronic circuits to communication systems employing amplitude, 
angle and pulse modulation. Elements of complete systems: modulators, demodula- 
tors, transmitters and receivers. Introduction to information theory and noise. 

EE 433 Electric Power Engineering 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EE 305 or EE 332 

Electrical power supply for industrial and commercial applications; control of 
electrical motor drives; system safety and protection; practice in testing electrical 
machines. 

EE 434 Power System Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 305 

Analysis of problems encountered in the long-distance transmission of electric 
power. Line parameters by the method of geometric mean distances. Circle dia- 
grams, symmetrical components and fault calculations. Elementary concepts of 
power system stability. Applications of digital computers to power-system problems. 

EE 435 Elements of Control 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314, EE 305; or EE 430 

Introductory theory of open- and closed-loop control. Functions and performance 
requirements of typical control systems and system components. Dynamic analysis 
of error detectors, amplifiers, motor, demodulators, analogue components and 
switching devices. Component transfer characteristics and block diagram repre- 
sentation. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 135 

EE 438 Electronic Instrumentation 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 301; EE 430 or EE 314 or EE 334 

A survey of electrical-electronic measurement techniques and operating principles 
of electronic instruments. Includes a study of signal sources and their equivalent 
circuits, basic electronics including junction and field effect transistors, operational 
amplifiers, switching logic and data display. Applications including low-level 
phenomena and noise problems will be included, with many lecture demonstrations. 

EE 440 Fundamentals of Digital Systems 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EE 314 or EE 430 

The basic theory of digital computation and control. Introduction to number 
systems, data handling, relay algebra, switching logic, memory circuits, the applica- 
tion of electronic devices to switching circuits and the design of computer control 
circuits. 

EE 441 Introduction to Electron Devices 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 301; PY 207 or PY 208 

A study of the basic physical principles necessary for understanding modern 
electronic devices. Quantum and statistical mechanic concepts are introduced at 
an elementary level, and these ideas form the basis for a discussion of a wide 
variety of devices which are used in modern engineering and instrumentation. 

EE 442 Introduction to Solid-State Devices 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 441 or PY 407; MA 301 

An introduction to the microscopic phenomena responsible for the operation of 
solid-state electronic devices. A qualitative description of the band model of solids 
is followed by a description of the transport properties of charge carriers. P-n 
junction diodes and transistors, solar cells, controlled rectifiers, tunnel diodes and 
unijunction transistors are treated along with more recently developed devices. 

EE 445 Introduction to Antennas 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: EE 304, EE 314 

An introduction to antenna engineering. Consideration will be given to radiation 
from single-element radiators, radiation patterns, directive properties aperture 
concepts, gain and impedances. Multielement antennas and arrays with various 
amplitude distributions and phasings, and thin linear antennas will be treated in 
some detail. Antennas of current usage. 

EE 448 Introduction to Microwaves 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: EE 304, EE 314 

A study of the elementary theory and special techniques required at microwave 
frequencies. Both passive and active circuits will be considered. Transmission 
elements, special-purpose components, generators, to include klystrons, magnetrons, 
traveling wave tubes, and solid-state devices will be discussed. The description of 
microwave networks by the scattering matrix will be presented. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 503 Computer-Aided Circuit Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314, EE 401, B average in electrical engineering and 
mathematics 

Analysis of electrical circuits with emphasis on computer methods. Steady-state 
and transient analysis of linear and nonlinear networks; tolerance analysis; 
programming considerations. Mr. Staudhammer 



136 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EE 504 Introduction to Network Synthesis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 401, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

A study of the properties of network functions and the development of the methods 
of network synthesis of one-port and two-port passive structures. Mr. Hoadley 

EE 506 Dynamical Systems Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 202 or EE 331; EM 301; MA 301; B average in electrical 
engineering, engineering mechanics and mathematics 

A study of dynamic systems in various branches of engineering and science with 
emphasis on the similarities that exist among such integrated groups of devices. 
Analogous elements and quantities in these fields as determined from equations 
basic to each. Analytical formulation of system problems in acoustical, electrical, 
mechanical and related fields and their solution by analog methods. Use of corqputers 
for the solution of system problems. Mr. Eckels 

EE 511 Electronic Circuits 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in electrical engineering and 
mathematics 

Electronic devices in amplifiers, feedback systems, oscillators, modulators, 
switching and wave-shaping circuits. Generation of nonlinear waveforms; electronic 
instruments; circuits basic to electronic computers. Use of complex frequency 
conc'epts to obtain generalized response. Communication, power and industrial 
applications. Synthesis of circuits to satisfy system requirements. Mr. Barclay 

EE 512 Communication Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

Material basic to information-bearing signals in linear systems. Signals in the 
frequency and time domains, probability and associated functions, random signal 
theory, modulation and frequency translation, noise, sampling theory and correla- 
tion functions. Principles of information theory including information measure, 
signal space and channel capacity. Fundamentals of encoding. Accent on methods 
and problems unique to the field of digital communication. (Offered fall every year, 
summer 1972 and spring 1974.) Messrs. Barclay, Goetze, O'Neal 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 435 or EE 401, B average in electrical engineering and 
mathematics 

Study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quantities such as 
voltage, speed and mechanical position. Theory of regulating systems and 
servomechanisms. Steady-state and transient responses. Evaluation of stability. 
Transfer function loci and root locus plots. Analysis using differential equation 
and operational methods. System compensation and introduction to design. 

Mr. Peterson 

EE 517 Control Laboratory 1(0-3) S 

Corequisite: EE 516 

Laboratory study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quan- 
tities such as voltage, speed and mechanical position. Characteristics of regulating 
systems and servomechanisms. The laboratory work is intended to contribute to an 
understanding of the theory developed in EE 516. Mr. Peterson 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in electrical engineering and 
mathematics 

A study of elementary machine language theory, computer organization and 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 137 

logical design, logical algebras and function minimization (map method empha- 
sized). Introductory combinational and sequential logic including circuits, basic 
building blocks, and theory construction using electronic and core elements. 
(Offered fall every year, spring 1972 and 1976 and summer 1974.) 

Messrs. Bell, Staudhammer 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

A study of the internal organization and structure of digital systems including 
gates, toggle circuits, pulse circuitry and advanced machine language theory. 
Analysis and synthesis of the major components of computers, including the logic 
section, counters, storage devices, registers, input-output and control. 

Messrs. Bell, Staudhammer 

EE 530 Physical Electronics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 304, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

A study of behavior of charged particles under the influence of fields and other 
charged particles. Ballistics, quantum mechanics, particle statistics, electron 
emission and properties of dielectric and magnetic materials. (Offered fall every 
year, summer 1973 and spring 1975.) Mr. Matthews 

EE 533 Integrated Circuits 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 314, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

A study of the implementation of solid-state circuits in integrated form. Includes 
characteristics of epitaxial, diffused, thin and thick film approaches. Digital and 
linear applications are examined. Mr. Manning 

EE 535 (MAE 535) Gas Lasers 3(3-0) FS 

(See mechanical and aerospace engineering, page 225.) 

EE 540 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 304, B averaee in electrical engineering and mathematics 

Laws and concepts of static electromagnetism. Fundamental equations and their 
applications. Fundamentals, forms and applications of Maxwell's equations. Vector 
and scalar potentials, relativistic aspects of fields, energy and power. Waves in 
unbounded and bounded regions, radiation, waveguides and resonators. (Offered 
fall every year, spring 1973 and summer 1975.) Mr. Tischer 

EE 545 Introduction to Radio Wave Propagation 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 304, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

Characteristics of plane electromagnetic waves in homogeneous and nonhomo- 
geneous media with application to tropospheric and ionospheric propagation. 
Relationships between electron density, collision frequency and complex refractive 
index, theory of the formation and dynamics of ionospheric layers and theorems for 
the prediction of ionospheric propagation. Mr. Flood 

EE 591, 592 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: B average in technical subjects 

A two-semester sequence to develop new courses and to allow qualified students 
to explore areas of special interest. Graduate Staff 

EE 593 Individual Topics in Electrical Engineering 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: B average in technical subjects 

A course providing an opportunity for individual students to explore topics of 
special interest under the direction of a member of the facultv. 



138 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EE 610 Non-Linear Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 516; or EE 430, MA 405 

Methods of analysis of non-linear systems. Linear stability criteria applied to 
certain non-linear systems. Liapunov stability for dynamic systems in general. 
Optimal control systems with quadratic index of performance. (Offered 1973-74 
and alternate years.) Mr. Goetze 

EE 611 Electric Network Synthesis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 504 

A study of modern network theory with emphasis on the synthesis of both pas- 
sive and active transmission networks based on the work of Cauer, Darlington, 
Piloty and others. Development of solutions for the approximation and eventual 
realization of two-ports based on specified performance data. Extensive use of 
digital computers, mostly prepared programs. Basic knowledge of programming 
advisable. Mr. Hoadley 

EE 613, 614 Advanced Feedback Control 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EE 516 

An advanced study of feedback systems for the control of physical variables. 
Follower systems and regulators. Mathematical description of systems by use of 
state variables. Stability theory and performance criteria. Sensitivity analysis. 
Introduction to non-linear systems and optimization theory. Continuous and 
sampled data systems. Mr. Peterson 

EE 616 Microwave Electronics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 540 

Frequency limitations of conventional electron devices. Microwave power gener- 
ation and control by interaction of electromagnetic fields with charged particles 
and molecular energy levels, and by nonlinear reactances. Applications in klystrons, 
magnetrons, traveling-wave devices, lasers, masers and reactance amplifiers. 
Measurement problems and techniques in the microwave region. (Offered 1973-74 
and alternate years.) Mr. Barclay 

EE 617 Pulse and Digital Circuits 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 533 

Integrated and discrete circuit techniques for the production, shaping and 
control of nonsinusoidal wave forms. Fundamental circuits and systems needed 
in digital information systems, instrumentation and computers. Mr. Barclay 

EE 618 Antennas and Radiation 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 540 

A research course in radiating electromagnetic systems. Physical principles 
of analysis and synthesis of antennas as derived from the Maxwell theory of 
electromagnetism. Investigation of radiative and reactive properties. Conditions 
for physical realizability. Construction of realizable aperture distributions and 
space factors. Mr. Rhodes 

EE 619 Guided Waves and Resonators 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 540 

A study related to guided waves and resonators with emphasis on microwaves 
and millimeter waves. The effect of boundaries on wave propagation and the means 
of guiding waves from a general viewpoint beginning with electromagnetic waves. 
The analogies with other types of waves such as acoustic and plasma waves. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 139 

Nonconventional waveguide concepts. Derivation of general relationships for 
resonators and for their incorporation in communication systems. (Offered 1972-73 
and alternate years.) Mr. Tischer 

EE 622 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Materials I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 530 

A study of the electronic properties of solids; details of crystal structure, 
lattice properties and electronic energy states. Emphasis on properties of 
special importance in solid-state devices. Mr. Monteith 

EE 623 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Materials II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 622 

Detailed treatment of thermal and electrical transport phenomena, equilibrium 
and non-equilibrium semiconductor statistics. Also optical properties and hot 
electron effects in solid-state materials. Mr. Monteith 

EE 624 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Devices 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 623 

Detailed treatment of thermal and electrical transport phenomena, equilibrium 
and non-equilibrium semiconductor statistics. Also optical properties and hot 
electron effects in solid-state materials. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Monteith 

EE 625 Advanced Solid-State Device Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 624 

A study of the latest development in solid-state devices. The properties of metal- 
insulator-semiconductor devices, high-field devices and optical devices. Emphasis 
on the basic fundamental physical principles of operation as opposed to circuit 
applications. (Offered 1973-74 and alternate years.) Mr. Hauser 

EE 640 Advanced Logic Circuits 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

Topics in advanced logic including symmetric and iterative circuits, multi- 
output and compound-input circuits, Boolean simultaneous equations, Boolean 
matrix theory, operator theory and threshold logic. Messrs. Bell, Gault 

EE 641 Sequential Machines 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

The study of finite automata, both synchronous and asynchronous. Machine 
equivalence and minimization, state identification and the state assignment 
problem. Flip-flop activation from the state diagram and other realization tech- 
niques. Messrs. Gault, Staudhammer 

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

The study of neural nets in natural systems, artificial nerve nets, artificial 
intelligence, goal-directed behavior, the logic of automata and adaptive Boolean 
logic. Computability, Turing machines and recursive function theory. 

Messrs. Bell, Gault 

EE 651 Statistical Communication Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 401; EE 512 or MA 541 (ST 541) 

Generalized waveform analysis including Fourier transforms, correlation 
functions and other statistical descriptions of stationary random processes; 
manipulation of signal descriptions as affected by linear time-invariant networks; 



140 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

derivation of the optimum impulse response and transfer function of the 
general linear operator; optimum filter synthesis by the use of orthonormal 
functions; problems to illustrate the applications of the theory. 

Messrs. Glisson, Stroh 

EE 652 Information Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 512 

Definition of a measure of information and a study of its properties, informa- 
tion sources and their efficient representation, communication channels and 
their capacity, encoding and decoding of data for transmission over noisy channels, 
source encoding systems, error correcting codes, rate distortion bounds. 

Mr. O'Neal 

EE 653 Fundamentals of Space Communications 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 540 

An analytical study of communications related to space operations with em- 
phasis on electromagnetics and antennas. Wave propagation along the transmission 
path in nonuniform and nonisotropic media. Ionospheric propagation and plasma 
sheath effects. Antenna characteristics for space operations on ground and on 
vehicles. Large surface radiators, phased arrays and low noise structures. 
Vehicle-born antennas. Problems of signal transmission. Communication by 
lasers. (Offered 1973-74.) Mr. Tischer 

EE 654 Communication Systems Analysis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 512 

Tools for the analysis of RF and optical communication systems — information 
symbols, communication path, information content, and entropy and redundancy 
of an information source. Properties of the communication channel including 
propagation media and losses, antennas, signal processing and signal quality. 
The analysis of terrestrial, extra terrestrial and hydrospace systems. 

Messrs. Megla, Flood 

EE 655 Wave Phenomena in Plasma 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 616orEE 618orEE 619 or EE 653 

An advanced analysis of wave phenomena and oscillations in plasma. Electron 
and ion orbits, plasma characteristics and their derivations. Statistical particle 
dynamics and wave interaction. Macroscopic theory of field interactions, oscilla- 
tions and waves, Landau damping. Relativistic effects. Wave propagation in and 
radiation from stationary and moving plasma. (Offered 1971-72 and 1975-76.) 

Mr. Tischer 

EE 659 Pattern Recognition 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 512 

A study of pattern recognition techniques, including discriminant functions, 
parametric and nonparametri.c training methods, multilayered networks and 
feature extraction, classification schemes; principal component analysis, dis- 
criminant analysis, clustering techniques. Applications to topics of current 
interest. Messrs. Tappert, Goetze 

EE 691, 692 Special Studies in Electrical Engineering 3(3-0) FS 

An opportunity for small groups of advanced graduate students to study topics 
in their special fields of interest under the direction of members of the graduate 
faculty. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 141 

EE 695 Electrical Engineering Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in electrical engineering 

A series of papers and conferences participated in by the instructional staff, 
invited guests and students who are candidates for advanced degrees. 

Graduate Staff 

EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in electrical engineering, consent of adviser. 

Graduate Staff 



Engineering Mechanics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Patrick H. McDonald, Head 

Professor Robert A. Douglas, Associate Head 

Professors: Tien-Sun Chang, John A. Edwards; Associate Professors: William L. 

Bingham, Maurice H. Clayton, Edward D. Gurley, Clarence J. Maday, 

F. Yates Sorrell, Graduate Administrator; Assistant Professors: C. M. 

Chang, Raymond P. Gogolewski, Yasuyuki Horie, Thomas E. Smith; 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Donald I. McRee 

The Department of Engineering Mechanics offers graduate programs leading 
to the Master of Science, Master of Engineering Mechanics and Doctor of Philoso- 
phy degrees. Generally, students who plan to teach or to specialize in research 
pursue the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees, while students 
who wish to apply advanced concepts to engineering problems find the Master 
of Engineering Mechanics particularly useful. 

Graduate studies in engineering mechanics embrace several broad areas includ- 
ing fluid mechanics, solid mechanics, continuum mechanics, dynamics and struc- 
tural mechanics. Each of these areas is of considerable importance in current 
research. Professional interests of the faculty are represented by courses devoted 
to the elastic and plastic behavior of solids, viscous and compressible fluid flow, 
the generalized behavior of matter when described as a continuum, and in 
sequences devoted to the theory of periodic and aperiodic vibrations and to space 
mechanics. 

Graduate research in any of the major areas outlined may follow the lines of 
either analytical and experimental investigations, and the department seeks to 
further both in good balance and mutual support. The department particularly 
encourages the development of new research techniques and methods, and the 
exploration of frontiers of material behavior. 

The laboratories complex of the department is particularly suited to contem- 
porary research. Individual laboratories are devoted to the study of turbulence, 
to strong shock waves and radiative energy transfer in gases, to the behavior of 
solids from quasi-static to high velocity impact conditions, and to static and 
dynamic studies in stress concentration. A well-equipped and staffed machine 
shop maintained by the department is particularly helpful in further graduate 
research efforts. 

The faculty of the department offers a range of graduate courses both for its 
own students seeking advanced degrees and for inclusion in the graduate programs 



142 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

of students in allied areas of engineering and in the physical and mathematical 
sciences. Courses for individual programs of study may be chosen rather broadly 
from the listings indicated below and from courses appropriate to mechanics 
studies selected from closely allied engineering specialities. Beginning graduate 
students ordinarily will choose a program to encompass several of the major areas, 
thus establishing a broad base for subsequent studies at the advanced graduate 
level, usually concentrated about one particular area of research. EM 501, 502, 
Continuum Mechanics I, II, for master's degree students, and EM 601, 602, 
Unifying Concepts in Mechanics I, II, for Ph.D. candidates, are especially recom- 
mended. 

Interdisciplinary graduate programs in the areas of mechanics, electrotechnics 
and materials are encouraged. 

Participation in research projects as research assistants and serving as teaching 
assistants in the department's instructional program are each considered to be 
highly valuable experience during the program of studies. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 



EM 501, 502 Continuum Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, MAE 301, MA 405 

The concepts of stress and strain are presented in generalized tensor form. 
Emphasis is placed on the discussion and relative comparisons of the analytical 
models for elastic, plastic, fluid, viscoelastic, granular and porous media. The 
underlying thermodynamic principles are presented, the associated boundary 
value problems are formulated and selected examples are used to illustrate the 
theory. Mr. T. S. Chang 

EM 503 Theory of Elasticity I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 301 
Corequisite: MA 511 or MA 401 

The fundamental equations governing the behavior of an elastic solid are 
developed in various curvilinear coordinate systems. Plane problems, as well as 
the St. Venant Problem of Bending, Torsion and Extension of bars are covered. 
Displacement fields, stress fields, Airy and complex stress functions are among 
the methods used to obtain solutions. Messrs. Douglas, T. E. Smith 

EM 504 Mechanics of Ideal Fluids 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 513 

Basic equations of ideal fluid flow; potential and stream functions; vortex 
dynamics; body forces due to flow fields, methods of singularities in two- 
dimensional flows; analytical determination of potential functions; conformal 
transformations; free-streamline flows. Messrs. C. M. Chang, Edwards, Sorrell 

EM 505 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 532 

Equations of motion of a viscous fluid (Navier-Stokes Equations); general 
properties of the Navier-Stokes equations; some exact solutions of the Navier- 
Stokes equations; boundary layer equations; some approximate methods of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 143 

solution of the boundary layer equations; laminar boundary layers in axisymmetric 
and three-dimensional flows; unsteady laminar boundary layers. 

Messrs. Edwards, Sorrell 

EM 506 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 304, MAE 302 
Corequisite: MA 532 

Introduction to the flow of a compressible fluid: thermodynamics and one- 
dimensional energy equation for a compressible gas. Acoustics, normal shock 
waves and expansion waves, shock tube theory, general one-dimensional flow 
and flow in ducts and channels. Messrs. C. M. Chang, Sorrell 

EM 507 Systems Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, MA 511 

A study of the analysis of dynamical systems. With the employment of state 
variable techniques, the qualitative features and fundamental concepts of the 
engineering system are examined. Messrs. Gogolewski, McDonald 

EM 508 Systems Synthesis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 507 

A study of the synthesis of dynamical systems. The modern approach to systems 
synthesis is employed through the application of variational principles and 
optimization techniques. Messrs. Gogolewski, McDonald 

EM 509 Space Mechanics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 302, EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 511 

The application of mechanics to the analysis and design of orbits and tra- 
jectories. Trajectory computation and optimization; space maneuvers; reentry 
trajectories; interplanetary guidance. Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 510 Space Mechanics II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 509, MA 511 

Continuation EM 509. The analysis and design of guidance systems. Basic 
sensing devices; the characteristics of an inertial space; the theory of stabilized 
platforms; terrestrial inertial guidance. Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 511 Theory of Plates and Shells 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 511 

Bending theory of thin plates; geometry of surfaces and stresses in shells. 
Various methods of analysis are discussed and illustrated by problems of practical 
interest. Messrs. Bingham, Clayton, Gurley 

EM 521, 522 Properties of Solids I, II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 307, MAT 301, PY 413 

Atomic and molecular principles are applied toward an introductory under- 
standing of macroscopic material properties. The concept of the grand canonical 
ensemble average of atomic behavior is employed to unify the characterization and 
interrelationships of material properties. Finally, phenomenological behaviors 
and coupled effects are described within the continuum concept. Mr. Horie 

EM 551 Advanced Strength of Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Stresses and strains at a point; rosette analysis; stress theories, stress concen- 
cration and fatigue; plasticity; inelastic, composite and curved beams; prestress 



144 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

energy methods; shear deflections; buckling problems and column design; and 
membrane stresses in shells. Mr. Gurley 

EM 552 Elastic Stability 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 551, MA 301, MA 405 

A study of elastic and plastic stability. The stability criterion as a determinant. 
The energy method and the theorem of stationary potential energy. The solution of 
buckling problems by finite differences and the calculus of variations. The applica- 
tion of successive approximations to stability problems. Optimization applied to 
problems of aeroelastic and civil engineering structures. Mr. Gurley 

EM 555 Dynamics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 405 

The theory of vibrations from the Lagrangian formulation of the equations of 
motion. Free and forced vibrations with and without damping, multiple degrees of 
freedom, coupled motion, normal mode vibrations, wave propagation in solid bodies. 

Messrs. Clayton, Gogolewski 

EM 556 Dynamics II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 405 

The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies by the use of formulations of the 
laws of mechanics due to Newton, Euler, Lagrange and Hamilton. Accelerated 
reference frames, constraints, Euler's angles, the spinning top, the gyroscope, 
precession, stability, phase space and nonlinear oscillatory motion. 

Messrs. Clayton, Gogolewski 

EM 590 (PHI 590, REL 590) Technology and Human Values 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: A baccalaureate degree in engineering, liberal arts, science or 

social science; or, for advanced undergraduates, two or more 

courses such as HI 341, SS 301, 302, SS 401, or six hours in 

philosophy 

An exploration from two or more disciplinary perspectives (notably those of 
of ethical theory and cybernetic information theory) the range of ways of conceptual- 
izing the relationship between the technologies of a society and the values of 
that society, and in areas of particular interest to students, a detailed analysis 
of contemporary instances of the interrelation of technology and human values. 

Messrs. McDonald, Shriver 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



EM 601, 602 Unifying Concepts in Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 601 

Generalized treatment of the fundamental equations and boundary value problems 
of continuous and noncontinuous media. Use is made of contemporary developments 
in irreversible thermodynamics, statistical mechanics and electro-dynamics to 
provide a unified foundation for the development of principles governing the 
dynamic and thermodynamic behavior of elastic, plastic and viscoelastic solids, 
viscous fluids and rheological media. Messrs. T. S. Chang, McDonald 

EM 603 Theory of Elasticity II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 503 
Corequisite: MA 513 

An extension of EM 503 to include the Cauchy Integral methods for plane 
problems, three-dimensional problems, variational methods and the use of 
numerical methods. Messrs. Ely, T. E. Smith 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 145 

EM 604 Theory of Plasticity 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 503 

Analytical models are developed to represent the behavior of deformable solids 
in the plastic regime. Conditions of yielding and fracture which initiate and termi- 
nate plastic behavior are studied, with the special stress-strain relationships 
necessary in plasticity. The hyperbolic equations of slipline fields characteristic 
of plane strain theory are developed. Messrs. Douglas, Horie 

EM 605, 606 (MAS 605, 606; OY 605, 606) 

Advanced Geophysical Fluid Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

(See physical oceanography, page 249.) 

EM 611 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids II 3 S 

Prerequisite: EM 506 

A continuation of EM 506. Linearized theory of two- and three-dimensional 
supersonic flow past bodies. Oblique shock waves and method of characteristics 
for two-dimensional supersonic flow. Unsteady supersonic flow, and compressible 
flow with viscosity and heat transfer. Messrs. C. M. Chang, Sorrell 

EM 612 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids II 3F 

Prerequisite: EM 505 

Continuation of EM 505, phenomenological theories of turbulence, turbulent 
flow in ducts and pipes, turbulent boundary layer with and without pressure 
gradient, compressible boundary layer, boundary layer control and free viscous 
flow. Messrs. Sorrell, Edwards 

EM 613, 614 (MAS 613, 614; OY 613, 614) 

Perturbation Method in Fluid Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

(See physical oceanography, page 249.) 

EM 621 Properties of Materials at Low Temperatures 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 521 or equivalent 

Recent developments in low-temperature theory and applications of materials 
are presented starting with the theory of atomic processes which govern low- 
temperature behavior. A study of the current models of the dominant physical 
processes at low temperatures is applied to mechanical, thermal and electrical 
behavior, including superconductivity and superfluidity. Results are applied 
toward prediction and correlation of properties at higher temperatures where 
the governing physical processes are more interrelated. Mr. Horie 

EM 631, 632 (OR 631, 632) Variational Methods in 

Optimization Techniques I, II 3(3-0) FS 

(See operations research, page 246.) 

EM 641 Optical Mechanics 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EM 312 or MAE 516 

Concepts of crystal optics applied to continua deformed statically or dynami- 
cally by mechanical or thermal loading; optical interference and its use as a 
measuring technique of absolute and relative retardations in various types of 
interferometers; relative retardation measurements; deformation measurements 
with diffraction gratings; Moire (mechanical) interference measurements. 

Mr. Bingham 

EM 656 Nonlinear Vibrations 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EM 555 

Free and forced vibrations of systems with nonlinear restoring forces and 



146 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

self-sustained oscillations. Approximation techniques applied to nonlinear 
differential equations. Comparison with exact solutions when possible. Emphasis 
placed on understanding properties unique to nonlinear systems. Mr. Clayton 

EM 695 Experimental Methods in Mechanics 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

A study of specialized experimental techniques utilized in contemporary research 
in the areas of mechanics. Messrs. Bingham, Douglas, Edwards 

EM 697 Seminar in Mechanics 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of adviser 

The discussion and development of theory relating to contemporary research in 
the frontier areas of mechanics. Messrs. T. S. Chang, Douglas 

EM 698 Special Topics in Mechanics Credits Arranged 

The study, by small groups of graduate students under the direction of members 
of the faculty, of topics of particular interest in various advanced phases of 
mechanics. Graduate Staff 

EM 699 Research in Mechanics Credits Arranged 

Individual research in the field mechanics. Graduate Staff 

English 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Larry S. Champion, Head 

Professors: Henderson G. Kincheloe, Benjamin G. Koonce, Jr., Frank H. 
Moore, Guy Owen, Jr., Charles A. Parker, William B. Toole, III; 
Professors Emeritus: Lodwick C. Hartley, Richard G. Walser; Associate 
Professors: Leonidas J. Betts, Jr., Philip E. Blank, Jr., Edmund P. Dan- 
dridge, Jr., Jack D. Durant, Max Halperen, Albert S. Knowles, Jr., 
Walter E. Meyers, Robert B. W 7 hite, Jr., Porter Williams, Jr.; Assis- 
tant Professors: Michael S. Reynolds, Allen F. Stein, Thomas N. Walters 

The Department of English offers instruction leading to the Master of Arts 
degree with specialization in English and American literature. The program is 
designed cither to provide the student with a terminal course of study or to serve 
as the first \ ear toward a doctorate. 

A minimum of thirty semester hours of graduate credit is required, though the 
program may he expanded to meet individual student situations. 

Assistantships for promising students are available. These students will take 
ENG 504 in the fall semester and devote half time in the fall and spring semesters 
to tin- teaching of courses in freshman composition under supervision. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENG 504 Problems in College Composition 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor or graduate standing 

Directed study of the development of rhetorical skills in composition in class- 
room situations. Messrs. Betts, Walters 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 147 

ENG 524 Modern English Usage 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor or graduate standing 

An intensive study of English grammar, with attention to new developments in 
structural linguistics and with emphasis on current usage. Mr. Meyers 

ENG 526 History of the English Language 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor or graduate standing 

A survey of the growth and development of the language from its Indo-European 
beginnings to the present. Mr. Meyers 

ENG 561 Milton 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

An intensive reading of Miltcn with attention to background materials in the 
history and culture of seventeenth-century England. Messrs. Moore, White 

ENG 575 Southern Writers 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ENG 266 or equivalent 

A survey of the particular contribution of the South to American literature, 
with intensive study of selected major figures. Mr. Kincheloe 

ENG 578 English Drama to 1642 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

Intensive study of the English drama from its liturgical beginnings to the 
closing of the theaters, excluding Shakespeare. Messrs. Champion, Toole 

ENG 579 English Drama of the Restoration and 

Eighteenth Century 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

Intensive study of the English drama from 1660 to 1800. Mr. Durant 

ENG 590 Literary Criticism 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

An examination of the critical process as it leads to the definition and analysis 
of literature, together with attention to the main literary traditions and con- 
ventions. Messrs. Halperen, Williams 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ENG 608 Bibliography and Methodology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An investigation of the materials of literary research and scholarship; an 
introduction to varying scholarly approaches to literary problems leading to 
development of the student's ability to evaluate and use with discrimination the 
work of scholars in his field. Messrs. Meyers, White 

ENG 610 Middle English Literature 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A study of major works of medieval English literature (exclusive of Chaucer) 
in the light of dominant intellectual and artistic traditions; emphasis on four 
works: Piers Plowman, Pearl, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, and Malory's 
Morte Darthur. (Offered in 1971 and 1973.) Mr. Koonce 



148 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ENG 615 American Literature of the Colonial Period 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A study of American literature and thought from the beginnings to the adoption 
of the Constitution. (Offered in 1972 and 1974.) Mr. Owen 

ENG 620 16th-century Non-Dramatic English Literature 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A detailed survey of non-dramatic prose and verse of the sixteenth century 
against the background of Humanism with the consequent assimilation of classical 
and continental literary subjects and forms. Mr. Blank 

ENG 630 17th-century English Literature 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A close examination of the literature of England from 1600 to 1700 with emphasis 
on major literary figures and movements, the development of important literary 
forms and genres, and the intimate relationship between the literature of this 
period and its philosophical, political and theological backgrounds. 

Messrs. Moore, White 

ENG 650 19th-century English Literature: The Romantic Period 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A detailed study of the six major romantic poets — Blake, Wordsworth, Cole- 
ridge, Byron, Shelley and Keats; some attention as well to the political, social 
and literary background and to a few minor writers and critics. Mr. Williams 

ENG 651 Studies in Chaucer 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ENG 451 or equivalent 

An intensive study of the Chaucer canon requiring independent research. 

Mr. Koonce 

ENG 655 19th-century American Literature: The Romantic Period 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A study of the selected works of Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Emerson and Thoreau, 
with emphasis on their varied contributions to the literature and thought of 
the American romantic movement. Mr. Stein 

ENG 658 Studies in Shakespeare: The Tragedies 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An intensive study — textual and critical — of Shakespeare's tragedies. 

Messrs. Champion, Toole 

ENG 659 Studies in Shakespeare: The Comedies 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An intensive study — textual and critical — of Shakespeare's comedies. 

Messrs. Champion, Toole 

ENG 660 19th-century English Literature: The Victorian Period 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Studies in the literature of Victorian England: 1837-1901; the major writers, 
movements and questions in their historical contexts, religious, political and 
aesthetic. Mr. Williams 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 149 

ENG 662 18th-century English Literature 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The major figures in English literature between 1660 and 1790 against the 
background of social, cultural and religious change. Messrs. Durant, White 

ENG 665 19th-century American Literature: The Period of 

Realism and Naturalism 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Concentration on Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, James and Dreiser, with briefer 
attention to Howells, Crane, Norris, and other realists and naturalists. Mr. Stein 

ENG 670A 20th-century British Literature (Prose) 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An examination of the works of the major British writers and literary move- 
ments of this century and their historical context, religious, political and aesthetic. 
(Offered in 1972 and 1974.) Messrs. Halperen, Knowles 

ENG 670B 20th-century British Literature (Poetry) 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The development of English poetry from the rebellion against Victorian and 
Pre-Raphaelite verse to the present post-war scene; special attention to Hardy, 
Yeats, Eliot, Auden and Thomas. (Offered in 1973 and 1975.) 

Messrs. Halperen, Owen 

ENG 675A 20th-century American Literature (Prose) 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An examination of representative American writers of the novel and short 
fiction. (Offered in 1972 and 1974.) Messrs. Knowles, Owen 

ENG 675B 20th-century American Literature (Poetry) 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The development of modern American poetry from the rebellion against the 
romantic and genteel verse of the 1890's; special attention to Robinson, Frost, 
Pound, Williams, Stevens and Ransom. (Offered in 1971 and 1973.) 

Messrs. Halperen, Owen 

ENG 680A 20th-century Drama (British) 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A survey of modern British drama from its beginnings at the turn of the 
century to the present. (Offered in 1972 and 1974.) Messrs. Halperen, Knowles 

ENG 680B 20th-century Drama (American) 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A survey of modern American drama centering on major figures. (Offered in 
1973 and 1975.) Messrs. Halperen, Knowles 

ENG 692 Special Topics in American Literature 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of seminar chairman 

An intensive study, involving independent research and centering on some 
limited topic from American literature. Fall, 1972, Black American literature 
(Barrax) ; spring, 1973, Henry James (Stein) ; fall, 1973, Ezra Pound (Hal- 
peren) ; spring, 1974, Hemingway (Knowles). Graduate Staff 



150 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ENG 693 Special Topics in English Literature 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of seminar chairman 

An intensive study, involving independent research and centering on some limited 
topic from English literature. Fall, 1972, James Joyce (Halperen) ; spring, 1973, 
Spenser (Blank); fall, 1973, linguistics and literary criticism (Meyers); spring, 
1974, Dryden (F. Moore). Graduate Staff 

ENG 699 Research in Literature (Thesis) Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of graduate adviser 

Independent investigation of an advanced literary or linguistic problem 
leading to the writing of a master's thesis. Graduate Staff 



Entomology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Kenneth L. Knight, Head 

Professors: Richard C. Axtell, Charles H. Brett, William V. Campbell, 
Maurice H. Farrier, Frank E. Guthrie, Ernest Hodgson, Walter J. 
Mistric, Jr., Herbert H. Neunzig, Robert L. Rabb, Thomas J. Sheets, 
Clyde F. Smith, David A. Young, Jr.; Professor Emeritus: Theodore B. 
Mitchell; Adjunct Professors: Lawrence Fishbein, James R. Fouts, Louise 
M. Russell, Curtis W. Sabrosky, Reece I. Sailer; Extension Professors': 
Robert L. Robertson, Gerald T. Weekman; Associate Professors: Wayne 
M. Brooks, Walter C. Dauterman, Harry B. Moore, George C. Rock, 
Charles G. Wright, Robert T. Yamamoto; Adjunct Associate Professors: 
Albert L. Chasson, Edgar W. Clark; Assistant Professor: Julius R. 
Bradley, Jr.; Extension Assistant Professor: Kenneth A. Sorensen 

The Department of Entomology offers graduate training leading to the Master 
of Entomology, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Major areas 
of specialization are: acarology, agricultural entomology, behavior, biochemistry 
and toxicology, ecology, invertebrate pathology, medical and veterinary ento- 
mology, nutrition, pesticide analysis, pest management and taxonomy. 

The department is particularly well qualified to provide intensive training in 
areas requiring an interdisciplinary approach since the departmental staff includes 
members of the faculties of physiology, cell biology and ecology. 

The extensive program of research, supported by federal granting agencies, 
industry and the University, provides opportunities for graduate training through 
actual participation in research. 

Opportunities exist for training in both applied and fundamental phases of 
entomology and invertebrate biology. Population management concepts are 
emphasized in the applied entomology and pest management programs. The 
applied phases are influenced by the state's agriculture, in which tobacco, cotton, 
peanuts, fruit, vegetables, livestock and forestry are important components. The 
rapidly expanding tourist industry and the diverse habitats of the state, extending 
from the mountains to the sea, provide unique opportunities for research on insects 
and related arthropods affecting man. A cooperative arrangement with the School 
of Forest Resources provides majors in forest entomology. The program in medical 
and veterinary entomology includes both applied and fundamental research and 
provides the opportunity for training abthe School of Public Health, Chapel Hill. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 151 

Fundamental areas of particular interest are biochemistry and toxicology, 
physiology and behavior, and taxonomy. The program in biochemistry and toxi- 
cology is interdepartmental involving faculty from the departments of biochemistry, 
crop science, entomologv, statistics and genetics. Taxonomy is particularly strong 
in the aphids, leafhoppers, mites and mosquitoes. Invertebrate pathology em- 
phasizes protozoan diseases. Ecology, population dynamics, behavior and nutrition 
are emphasized in several programs. 

The departmental research and training programs are well supported by a 
complex of modern facilities including: a pesticide residue analysis laboratory, 
pesticide research laboratory, comparative biochemistry and toxicology laboratories, 
a behavior laboratory, insect rearing rooms, greenhouses and field stations. An 
adjacent phytotron or bioclimatic facility provides a unique opportunity for ecoiog- 
ical and behavioral studies under controlled conditions. Ultrastructural investiga- 
tions are conducted in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences' Electron Micro- 
scope Center. Extensive nuclear reactor and computer facilities and statistical 
services are available on campus. 

The student is given wide latitude in the selection of his advisory committee 
and choice of major and minor subject areas. Stress is placed on development of 
independent thought, broad training in fundamentals and mastery of investigative 
techniques. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 401 (ZO 401) Bibliographic Research in Biology 1(1-0) F 

A general course intended to acquaint students with literature problems of the 
scientist, mechanics of the library book classifications, bibliographies, abstract 
journals, taxonomic indexes and preparation of scientific papers in agriculture, 
forestry, biology and their subdivisions. (Offered fall 1972-73 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Farrier 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 502 Insect Diversity 4(2-4) F 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours of biology 

An introduction to the external morphology of insects and a survey of the 
biology and identification of immature and adult insects. Evolutionary relationships 
of insects and other arthropods, speciation, insect zoogeography, nomenclature, 
and classical and recent approaches to systematics are also considered. 

Messrs. Axtell, Neunzig, Rabb, Young 

ENT 503 Functional Systems of Insects 4(2-6) S 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of biology, nine hours of chemistry, three hours of 
biochemistry, ENT 301 or equivalent 

Structure and morphological variations of organ systems in insects including 
considerations of their histology and function. Sensory and general physiology 
will then lead into basic elements of insect orientation and behavior. 

Messrs. Campbell, Hodgson, Yamamoto 

ENT 504 Insect Morphology 3(1-4) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 

Concerned with external morphology, primary and comparative phases, with 
emphasis on knowledge and techniques which can be applied to specific problems. 
(Offered fall 1973-74 and alternate years.) Mr. Young 



152 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ENT 511 Systematic Entomology 3(1-4) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or equivalent 

A somewhat detailed survey of the orders and families of insects, designed to 
acquaint the student with those groups and develop in the student some ability 
in the use of the taxonomic literature. (Offered fall 1972-73 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Young 

ENT 520 Insect Pathology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: Introductory entomology and introductory microbiology 

A treatment of the noninfectious and infectious diseases of insects, the etiologi- 
cal agents and infectious processes involved, immunological responses and appli- 
cations. (Offered spring 1972-73 and alternate years.) Mr. Brooks 

ENT 531 Insect Ecology 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 

The environmental relations of insects, including insect development, habits, 
distribution and abundance. (Offered fall 1973-74 and alternate years.) Mr. Rabb 

ENT 541 Immature Insects 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 or equivalent 

An advanced study of the immature stages of selected orders of insects with 
emphasis on generic and specific taxa. Primary consideration is given to the larval 
stage, but a brief treatment of eggs and pupae is also included. (Offered fall 
1972-73 and alternate years.) Mr. Neunzig 

ENT 542 ACAROLOGY 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312orZO 201 

A systematic survey of the mites and ticks with emphasis on identification, 
biology and control of the more common and economic forms attacking material, 
plants and animals including man. (Offered spring 1972-73 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Farrier 

ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisites: ENT 312 or ENT 301 and senior standing 

The course is divided into two phases. The first deals with the basic causes of 
insect problems, an evaluation of the biological and economic aspects of insect 
attack and the fundamental methods employed in insect control. The second 
part deals with the critical chemical, physical and biological properties of 
compounds used for insect control. The material presented in the course is 
directed toward obtaining fundamental knowledge of the scientific principles 
underlying modern methods of protection of food, clothing, shelter and health from 
arthropods. Mr. Guthrie 

ENT 562 Agricultural Entomology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 

A study of the taxonomy, biology and ecology of beneficial and injurious insects 
and arachnids of agricultural crops. Advantages and limitations of the advanced 
concepts for controlling insect and mite populations on different crops will be 
emphasized. (Offered spring 1972-1973 and alternate years.) Messrs. Bradley, Rock 

ENT 575 (PHY 575, ZO 575) Physiology of Invertebrates 3(3-0)F 

(See physiology, page 258.) 

ENT 582 (ZO 582) Medical and Veterinary Entomology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: ENT 301 or ENT 312 and ZO 315 or equivalent 

A study of the morphology, taxonomy, biology and control of the arthropod 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 153 

parasites and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology and behavior of 
vectors in relation to disease transmission and control will be emphasized. (Offered 
spring 1973-74 and alternate years.) Mr. Axtell 

ENT 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Original research on special problems in entomology not related to a thesis 
problem, but designed to provide experience and training in research. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



ENT 602 Principles of Taxonomy 3(1-4) S 

Prerequisite: ENT 511 

A course introducing the methods and tools used in animal taxonomy, designed 
to promote a better understanding of taxonomic literature and provide a foundation 
for taxonomic research. (Offered spring 1973-74 and alternate years.) Mr. Young 

ENT 611 Biochemistry of Insects 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 or equivalent 

The biochemistry of insects will be considered with primary emphasis on 
intermediate metabolism. Aspects in which insects show specialization will 
be treated in greater detail. The comparative treatment used necessitates some 
consideration of other animal groups. (Offered fall 1972-73 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Hodgson 

ENT 622 Insect Toxicology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: ENT 550, BCH 551 or equivalent 

The relation of chemical structure to insect toxicity, the mode of action of 
toxicants used to kill insects, the metabolism of insecticides in plant and animal 
systems, the selectivity within the cholinesterase inhibitors and other selective 
mechanisms and the analysis of insecticide residues will be discussed. (Offered 
spring 1973-74 and alternate years.) Messrs. Dauterman, Guthrie 

ENT 690 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in entomology or closely allied fields 

Discussion of entomological topics selected and assigned by seminar chairman. 

Graduate Staff 

ENT 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Original research in connection with thesis problem in entomology. 

Graduate Staff 



Fiber and Polymer Science 

ASSOCIATED GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: John F. Bogdan, Kenneth S. Campbell, David M. Cates, David W. 
Chaney, Richard D. Gilbert, George Goldfinger, Dame S. Hamby, 
Solomon P. Hersh, Henry A. Rutherford, Vivian T. Stannett, Robert 
W. Work, and Carl F. Zorowski; Adjunct Professors: Herman F. Mark, 
Arnold M. Sookne; Associate Professors: John A. Cuculo, A. H. M. El- 



154 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Shiekh, T. Waller George, Thomas H. Guion, Peter R. Lord, Ralph 
McGregor, and Theodore G. Rochow; Research Associate: Carl E. 
Bryan; Assistant Professors: Peter Brown, Raymond E. Fornes, Bhupender 
S. Gupta, Michael H. Theil, William K. Walsh 

THE PROGRAM 

Fiber and Polymer Science is a multidisciplinary program bringing together 
the fundamental disciplines of mathematics, chemistry and physics and the applica- 
tion of engineering principles to the common objective of developing an indepen- 
dent scholar versed in the field of fiber materials science. The program is ad- 
ministered In the School of Textiles and leads to the degree of Doctor of Philoso- 
phy- Broadlv speaking, polymers form the base of all living substances, both 
vegetable and animal. The linear or fibrous sub-division of these provide strength 
to the former and mobility to the latter. Additionally, much of the significant 
technological and industrial advancement of this century has depended upon the 
synthesis and application of new polymers and fibers to meet the needs of society. 
Not the least revolutionary of these has been the development and growth in the 
field of man-made fibers. The impact of these on the textile and materials in- 
dustries and in turn upon the habits and living standards of the people of this 
generation has been dramatic. 

The program, necessarily broad in scope, is concerned not onlv with the basic 
polymeric materials themselves, but also with the fibers and structures into which 
these materials can be fashioned and the processes In' which thev can be changed. 
This broad base brings to the program its principal strength and permits a wide 
range of specializations. The candidate is expected to penetrate deeply into one 
field of specialization and to acquire a reasonable perspective concerning the 
other relevant academic fields. Generally these specialities encompass the areas 
of polymer chemistry and synthesis; fiber and polymer physics and physical 
chemistry; and textile mechanics and technology, including composite structures. 

The student's research is based upon the chosen area of specialization and 
constitutes his contribution of new knowledge to society. With such a background 
he is prepared to enter a career of teaching and research in a university, to engage 
in research and development upon polymeric and fibrous materials in industry or 
to locate in any of the many governmental laboratories. Not the least among the 
opportunities available will be those presented by the several organizations of the 
man-made fiber industry (already very advanced and sophisticated); by the evolv- 
ing field of structural materials based on fiber-polymer composites; and by the 
presently emerging activities of the primary textile industry, wherein future re- 
search is accepted as imperative for continued growth. 

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT 

Current research activities emphasize studies of polymer crystallization phenom- 
ena, fundamental studies of the ultimate nature and the formation of man-made 
fibers and their properties; the physics, chemistry and utility of yarn and fabric 
structures and their properties; electrical, frictional and mechanical properties of 
fibers and yarns, water pollution and noise abatement, polymer-solvent interactions, 
sorption and diffusion processes, mechanism of reactions with fibrous substrates, 
modification of fibrous polymers by radiation, thermal properties of polymers, 
novel processes associated with current developments in materials and equipment, 
the physical chemistry of dyeing, and color physics. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 155 

Ample laboratory space is available in the Nelson Building and David Clark 
Laboratories. There are a number of specialized laboratories well-equipped to 
support the doctoral investigations. Some of the laboratories and services of partic- 
ular specialization include the following: radiation laboratory (cobalt 60 source), 
polymer synthesis laboratory, polymer crystallization laboratory, polymer extrusion 
laboratory (experimental single position units for melt-spinning, dry-spinning and 
drawing), color instrumentation laboratory, microscopy laboratory, fiber physics 
laboratory, fiber and polymer characterization laboratory, physical testing labora- 
tory, nuclear magnetic resonance laboratory, noise laboratory, dark room facilities, 
electronics and instrumentation shop, machine shop, extensive pilot finishing and 
dyeing equipment, and extensive conventional and nonconventional textile proc- 
essing equipment. The Burlington Textiles Library in the Nelson Building houses 
one of the finest and most complete collections of polymer literature in the countiy. 
The collection includes a total of 11,200 bound volumes, 6,000 of which are books; 
currentlv over 300 periodicals are received. 

In addition other facilities and research equipment are available in cooperating 
departments on campus which may be used in fiber and polymer science re- 
search programs. 

ADMISSION 

Students majoring in the physical sciences, mathematics, textiles or engineering 
and having at least a "B" grade in their undergraduate major will normally qualify 
for admission. Students interested in a graduate program in fiber and polymer 
science are encouraged to complete the necessary prerequisites for the general 
courses prior to entrance in graduate school. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS— DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

An advisory committee chaired by a member of the fiber and polymer science 
faculty is formed as soon as possible in order to develop with the student a plan 
of study designed to enable him to acquire the comprehensive knowledge required 
to successfully complete the qualifying examinations. Currently these examinations 
are offered in the form of a cumulative system consisting of a set of common 
written examinations taken by all candidates covering the broad aspects of fiber 
and polymer science followed by an individualized examination of the student's 
specialized interest. One unique feature of the cumulative examination is a special 
question devoted to a current research topic announced in advance in which the 
relevant literature is critically reviewed and analyzed. By use of this technique, 
the student becomes aware of and participates in the application of the many 
disciplines which contribute to the unifying concepts of fiber and polymer science. 

In accordance with regulations of the Graduate School, there are no definite 
requirements in credit hours for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. The complete 
program of study developed by the advisory committee and the student is de- 
signed to encompass the student's own special interests. While each plan would 
be specifically tailored for the individual student, the committee will be guided 
by the spirit of the need to compose a coherent program that enhances the 
student's professional development and excellence in research. Normally a pro- 
gram to achieve these goals can be realized by taking 18 to 21 credit hours of 
graduate level work within the School of Textiles. This is usually supplemented 
with an equal number of hours in a revelant minor or an interdisciplinary minor 
distributed over two or three appropriate fields such as chemistry, physics, mathe- 
matics, chemical engineering, statistics or engineering mechanics. 



156 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Requirements for the minor, the dissertation, languages, comprehensive exam- 
ination, admission to candidacy, residence and final oral examinations are speci- 
fied in the regulations of the Graduate School. 

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY MINOR 

Ph.D. candidates wishing to designate a named minor in fiber and polymer 
science will be required to take and pass the common part of the cumulative 
examination. 

Because of the broad scope and interconnected character of the field, split 
minors in the Fiber and Polymer Science Program administered by the School of 
Textiles are generally regarded as undesirable and are discouraged. The Depart- 
ments of Textile Chemistry and Textile Technology, however, offer minors in 
various aspects of textile and fiber technology, textile chemistry, and polymer 
chemistry. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE MINOR 

A listed minor in fiber and polymer science will not be permitted. Minors are 
available, however, in textile chemistry and textile technology. 

Communications concerning the Fiber and Polymer Science Program should 
be directed to the Chairman of the Graduate Studies Committee, School of Tex- 
tiles, North Carolina State University. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

(See departmental listing for descriptions) 

GENERAL COURSES 



Chemistry of Fibers 

Fiber Formation — Theory and Practice 

Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Bulk Properties 

Mechanics of Yarn Formation 

Mechanical and Rheological Properties of Fibrous 

Material 

COURSES IN AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION 

Polymer Chemistry and Synthesis 

TC 561 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers 

TC 671 (CHE 671) Special Topics in Polymer Science 



TC 


461 


(CH 


461) 


TC 


504 






TC 


562 


(CH 


562) 


TX 


465 






tx 


561 







Polymer Physics and Physical Chemistry 



TC 505 Theory of Dyeing 

TC 662 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Solution 

Properties 

TX 500 Advanced Microscopy 

TX 560 Structural and Physical Properties of Fibers 

TX 691 (TC 691) Special Topics in Fiber Science 

T 501 Resinography 

CHE 569 (TC 569) Polymers, Surfactants, and Colloidal Materials 

CHE 669 (TC 669) Diffusion in Polymers 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 157 



Fiber Mechanics and Technology 



TX 


550 






TX 


591 






TX 


601 






TX 


602 






TX 


663 


(MAE 


663) 



Fabric Analytics 
Special Topics 
Staple Fiber Structures 
Staple Fiber Structures II 
Mechanics of Twisted Structures 
TX 664 (MAE 664) Mechanics of Fabric Structures 



Food Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor William M. Roberts, Head 

Professors: Leonard W. Aurand, Thomas N. Blumer, Harris B. Craig, 
Maurice W. Hoover, Marvin L. Speck, Graduate Administrator, Frederick 
G. Warren; Extension Professor: Eloise S. Cofer; Professors USDA: 
Thomas A. Bell, John L. Etchells, Albert E. Purcell; Professor Emeritus: 
Ivan D. Jones; Associate Professors: Donald D. Hamann, Victor A. Jones, 
Harold E. Swaisgood, Neil B. Webb; Extension Associate Professor: 
Fred R. Tarver, Jr.; Associate Professors USDA: Henry P. Fleming, 
William M. Walter, Jr.; Assistant Professors: Hershell R. Ball, Jr., 
Daniel E. Carroll, Jr., Stanley E. Gilliland, Arthur P. Hansen, Bobby 
R. Johnson; Adjunct Assistant Professors: William Y. Cobb, Raghunath S. 
Dahiya 

Programs of study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees are offered for students who pursue graduate studies in the field of food 
science. In addition, the Master of Food Science degree can he earned hv stu- 
dents who do not plan further graduate studv and who wish to de-emphasize re- 
search in their graduate studv. The programs are supervised by members of the 
graduate faculty in the Department of Food Science with corollary training in the 
biological and physical sciences. The student has the opportunity to develop and 
apply concepts in the various areas of food science based on fundamental princi- 
ples in the physical and biological sciences. Supporting course work and coopera- 
tive research are offered in areas such as chemistry, biochemistry, genetics, micro- 
biology, physics, engineering, statistics and economics. 

Areas of study and research include food chemistry, food microbiology, food 
engineering, and food process and product development. These areas involve all 
foods, including dairy products, fruits, meats, poultry products, seafood, nutmeats 
and vegetables. 

In order to pursue graduate study in the field of food science, the student must 
possess adequate information in the fundamentals of the area in which he expects 
to specialize. The student's undergraduate education should have prepared him 
in mathematics, chemistry, biological and physical sciences, as well as in the hu- 
manities and language skills. 

The department participates in interdepartmental graduate student training 
programs. One is the training program in Industrial Waste Control and Abate- 
ment, administered bv the Department of Civil Engineering. Students will pursue 
a course of study providing instruction in the essentials of waste control, with 
particular emphasis on processes used in food plant operations. Graduate training 
in water resources also is available wherein the student can pursue specialization 



158 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

in industrial water use, water supply and pollution control. The School of Public 
Health in Chapel Hill offers courses that students can use for the minor field or 
for enriching their food science program by courses of study in environmental 
sciences. The Marine Sciences Program is an interdisciplinary area that offers the 
student research training in the technology of seafood processing and product 
development. 

The Department of Food Science is housed in the Schaub Food Science Build- 
ing which was completed in early 1968. This building provides integrated facili- 
ties for the entire program of the department. Included are research laboratories 
for chemistry, engineering and microbiology; teaching laboratories and lecture 
halls; and pilot equipment for the experimental processing of various foods. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 400 Foods and Nutrition 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 220 

A study of the health of an individual as related to food and the ability of his 
body to use food. Evaluation of normal diets and factors that promote optimal 
nutrition throughout life, and the application of biochemistry to utilization of 
foods. 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

An introduction to the biochemistry of foods with emphasis on the basic com- 
position, structure, properties and nutritive values of food. The chemistry of 
changes occuring during processing and utilization of food will also be studied. 

FS 404 (PO 404) Poultry Products 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: CH 101, BS 100 

Biological principles of processing, preservation and marketing of poultry meat 
and eggs. 

FS 405 (MB 405) Food Microbiology 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MB 301 or MB 401 

The microorganisms of importance in foods, and their cultural and metabolic 
activities in foods. The physical and chemical destruction of microorganisms in 
foods and kinetics involved. The conversion of raw foods by microorganisms into 
altered foods and the nutrition, growth, and preservation of the cultures involved. 
Foods as vectors of human pathogens. The evolution of microbiological standards 
for foods. 

FS 409 (ANS 409) Meat and Meat Products 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CH 220 

A study of the basic principles involved in processing of beef, pork and lamb 
from the live animal to the various representative cured, fresh, canned and com- 
minuted meat items currently produced. 

FS 432 Food Engineering II 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: FS 331 (BAE 331) 

The theory and principles of evaporation, drying and distillation will be 
discussed with emphasis on applications in the processing of foods. Instrumenta- 
tion and control systems used in the food industry will also be presented. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 159 

FS 490 Food Science Seminar 1(1-0) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

A review and discussion of scientific articles, new developments and topics of 
current interest in the food industry. 

FS 503 Food Analysis 3(1-6) S 

Prerequisites: CH 315, BCH 351, FS 402 

A study of the principles, methods and techniques necessary for quantitative 
physical and chemical analyses of food and food products. Results of analysis will 
be studied and evaluated in terms of quality standards and governing regulations. 

Mr. Cobb 

FS 504 Advanced Food Chemistry 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 

Studies on the molecular properties of food components, their interaction and 
reactions and the physiochemical alterations occurring in the maturation, harvest, 
process and storage stages. Mr. Aurand 

FS 506 (MB 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3(1-6) S 

Prerequisite: FS 405 (MB 405) or equivalent 

The interactions of microorganisms in foods and their roles in food spoilage and 
bioprocessing. Cellular and molecular relationships in bacterial injury, repair and 
aging resulting from environmental stresses. Bacterial sporulation, germination 
and physiological properties of bacterial spores. Mr. Speck 

FS 511 Food Research and Development 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: FS 331 (BAE 331), FS 402, FS 405 (MB 405) 

A study of the scientific principles underlying the development of new and 
improved food products and processes. Specific food industry problems will be 
studied by the case method. Special emphasis will be placed on the application of 
research and development principles to meat, poultry and fisheries industries. 

Mr. Webb 

FS 516 Quality Control of Food Products 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: FS 331 (BAE 331), FS 402, FS 405 (MB 405) 

A study of quality control fundamentals in the food industry including specifi- 
cations and standards, testing procedures, sampling, statistical and quality control, 
and organization. Food products and industry problems will be used in the pre- 
sentation with special emphasis on dairy products. Mr. Warren 

FS 521 (HS 521) Food Preservation 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: MB 401 or FS 405 (MB 405), FS 402, or BO 421 

An examination of principles and methods employed in the preservation of foods. 
Major emphasis will be focused on thermal, freezing, drying and fermentation 
processes and their relationship to physical, chemical and organoleptic changes 
in product. In addition, the relationship of these preservation techniques to the 
development of an overall processing operation will be considered. 

Messrs. Carroll, Hoover 

FS 562 (HS 562) Post-Harvest Physiology 3(3-0) S 

(See horticultural science, page 183.) 

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science Maximum 6 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing 

Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current interest in 



160 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

foods. Credit for this course will involve the scientific appraisal and solution of a 
selected problem. The problems are designed to provide training and experience 
in research. Graduate Staff 

FS 601 Theory of Physical Measurements of Biopolymers 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CH 525 or BCH 551 

The theory and interpretation of various physical parameters of polymers will 
be discussed. The theoretical basis for the measurement of the parameter and 
consequently the limitations of the value obtained will be stressed. Particular 
emphasis will be given to the experimental design and interpretation of the data 
obtained which will yield the maximum amount of information. Mr. Swaisgood 

FS 690 Seminar in Food Science 1(1-0) FS 

Preparation and presentation of scientific papers, progress reports and research 
and special topics of interest in foods. Graduate Staff 

FS 691 Special Research Problems in Food Science Credits Arranged 

Directed research in a specialized phase of food science designed to provide 
experience in research methodology and philosophy. Graduate Staff 

FS 699 Research In Food Science Credits Arranged 

Original research preparatory to the thesis for the Master of Science or Doctor 
of Philosophy degree. Graduate Staff 



Forestry 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Charles B. Davey, Head 

Professors: Fred S. Barkalow, Arthur W. Cooper (on leave), Ellis B. Cowling, 
John W. Duffield, Maurice H. Farrier, James W. Hardin, Joe O. Lammi, 
T. Ewald Maki, Thomas O. Perry, LeRoy C. Saylor, Richard R. Wilkin- 
son, Bruce J. Zobel; Professor USDA: Charles S. Hodges; Professor USFS: 
Gene Namkoong; Professors Emeritus: William D. Miller, Richard J. 
Preston; Adjunct Professors: George H. Hepting, Louis J. Metz; Associate 
Professors: Larry F. Grand, William L. Hafley; Associate Professor USFS: 
Benee F. Swindel; Adjunct Associate Professors: Edgar W. Clark, Jerome 
W. Koenigs, Elmer G. Kuhlman, Carol G. Wells; Assistant Professor: 
Robert C. Kellison 

The Department of Forestry offers graduate work leading to the degrees of 
Master of Forestry, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. 

The professional degree, Master of Forestry, is designed for students interested 
in the advanced applications of the fundamental principles of one of the specialized 
fields in forestry. The course program emphasizes professional specialization; a 
thesis is not required. 

The Master of Science degree requires the student to become broadly educated 
in the scholarly disciplines in the field of forestry. Independent research and a 
thesis are required for this degree. 

Students with a bachelor's degree in forestry may complete either of the mas- 
ter's programs in two academic years or less, provided they have met the under- 
graduate curriculum requirements in mathematics and the biological, physical 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 161 

and social sciences. Candidates who do not hold an undergraduate degree in 
forestry may be required to start their programs with the summer camp. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is available to students who can demonstrate 
high intellectual capacity and the ability to conduct original research and scholarly 
work at the highest levels. 

Joint and associate faculty appointments with other departments provide excep- 
tional opportunities for graduate studies in the forestry-related aspects of biom- 
etry, botany, ecology, economics, entomology, genetics, hydrology, plant patholo- 
gy, soil science and wildlife science. Students who are concerned with the prob- 
lems of restoring and improving the quality of our environment may find mean- 
ingful graduate study in the Department of Forestry. 

The department is now housed in the new and modern facilities of Biltmore 
Hall. The completion of this building in 1970 enabled the entire School of Forest 
Resources to be housed in three adjacent buildings on the southwest side of cam- 
pus. Facilities for forest biological research include a phytotron, two greenhouses, 
a small experimental nursery and an off-campus laboratory equipped for the study 
of carbon and water metabolism of tree seedlings. The experimental and produc- 
tion forests of the school total more than 80,000 acres. The Hofmann Forest on 
the coastal plain, the Goodwin Forest at the edge of the sandhills, and the Schenck, 
Hope Valley and Hill forests in the Piedmont provide a variety of forest types and 
problems in the management of timber, water, wildlife and recreational resources. 
The Hill and Schenck forests include natural areas, excluded from normal manage- 
ment operations, for the study of forest ecology. 

The department has exceptionally close working relations, including three large 
cooperative programs of research and development, with public agencies and the 
forest industries of the southeastern United States. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 405 Forest Land Management 5(2-6-2) F 

Prerequisites: FOR 272, FOR 452 

Management of forest lands for multiple benefits. The principles and 
techniques applied in regulating regeneration, species composition, growth and 
quality of woody vegetation; the use of planting, seeding, cutting, herbicides and 
fire in the management of vegetation. The application of financial principles in 
making decisions regarding investments in forest management. 

Messrs. Bryant, Duffield 

FOR 406 Forest Land Inventory and Planning 6(2-12) S 

Prerequisite: FOR 405 

Applications of land management systems, including silviculture, protection, 
utilization and related problems in evaluation of assigned forest areas. Students 
complete a resource inventory and submit individual plans for management of the 
assigned tract. Mr. Bryant 

FOR 423 (WPS 423) Logging and Milling 3(2-3) F 

(See wood and paper science, page 329.) 

FOR 435 (WPS 435) Systems Analysis in Forest Products 3(3-0) S 

(See wood and paper science, page 329.) 



162 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR 452 Silvics 4(3-2) S 

Prerequisites: BO 200, CH 103, PY 221 or PY 212, mathematics through calculus 

Physiological ecology of the plants composing forest communities, including 
consideration of genotypic and phenotypic variation. Plant responses to environ- 
mental factors, including plant interactions are emphasized as a basis for developing 
techniques of manipulating forest communities. Consideration is given to effects of 
ecosystem manipulation on aesthetic values and on wildlife habitats. Mr. Perry 

FOR 462 Artificial Forestation 2(1-3) S 

Biology of seed production for forest trees; forest tree seed collection, extraction, 
storage and testing; biology of tree seedling growth, soil aspects of nursery man- 
agement; forest nursery operation; soil aspects of site preparation, planting and 
direct seeding; reforestation operations. (Offered spring 1972 and alternate years). 

Messrs. Davey, Duffield 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Management 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: A basic course in biology and economics; junior or senior standing 

The concepts and problems of coordinated use and management of the renewable 
resources, namely soil, water, vegetation and fauna. Man as a biological factor 
interacting with other components of terrestrial ecological systems, particularly 
forests and related communities. Consideration is given to the interrelationships 
of forests, water, range-land, wildlife and outdoor recreation and their aesthetic 
and economic values. Inventory and management techniques and economic policies 
relating to renewable resources are examined and discussed. (Not open to forestry 
majors.) Mr. Preston 

FOR 491 (WPS 491) Senior Problems in 

Forest Resources Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management or tech- 
nology. Staff 

FOR 492 (WPS 492) Senior Problems in 

Forest Resources Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management or tech- 
nology. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 501 Forest Influences and Watershed Management 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing 

Study of the effects of woody vegetation on climate, water and soil, with appli- 
cations of the knowledge of forest influences to management of forest land resources, 
including conservation and yield of water, stabilization of streamflow and soils, 
reduction of sedimentation and general improvement of the environment. Mr. Maki 

FOR 512 Forest Economics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Basic course in economics or consent of instructor 

Economics and social value of forests; supply of, and demands for forest products; 
land use; forestry as a private and a public enterprise; economics of the forest 
industries. Mr. Holley 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 163 

FOR 553 Forest Photogrammetry 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Basic measurements course or consent of instructor 

The stereoscopic use of aerial photographs for land use and vegetation 
interpretation will be emphasized. Some developments in remote sensing of 
environment will be reviewed, including infrared light, thermal infrared, microwave 
and radar imagery. Laboratory exercises include identification of plant cover and 
culture, measurement of elevations and heights of objects, determination of tree 
cover densities and volumes, road location and rudimentary mapping. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 571 Advanced Forest Mensuration 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: FOR 272, ST 311 

Study of the development of mathematical models to describe forest resources 
phenomena; criteria for evaluating the "goodness" of such models; and methods of 
data collection for use in the evaluation. Mr. Hafley 

FOR 572 Conservation Policy Issues 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Seniors and graduates, or consent of instructor 

Analysis of the attitudes of selected private groups and public agencies toward 
multiple resource development. Special attention is directed to the trends in devel- 
opment of forest resource policies, timber management objectives, private industry 
activity in forestry development, recreation and multiple use, education, research, 
watersheds, governmental activity, interaction in international forestry affairs and 
the role of professional foresters and related specialists in multiple use resource 
management. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 591 (WPS 591) Forestry Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Assigned or selected problems in the field of silviculture, harvesting operations, 
lumber manufacturing, wood science, pulp and paper science, wood chemistry or 
forest management. Staff 

FOR 599 (WPS 599) Methods of Research in Forestry Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Research procedures, problem analysis, working plan preparation, interpretation 
and presentation of results; evaluation of selected studies by forest research organi- 
zations; techniques and constraints in the use of sample plots. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FOR 611 (GN 611) Forest Genetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: GN 411, consent of instructor 

Application of genetic principles to silviculture, management and pulp utilization. 
Emphasis is on variations in wild populations, on the bases for selection and 
desirable qualities and on fundamentals of controlled breeding. Messrs. Saylor, Zobel 

FOR 612 (GN 612) Advanced Topics in Quantitative Genetics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: GN 611 (FOR 611), GN 626 (ST 626) or GN 603 (ANS 603) 
or consent of instructor 

Advanced topics in statistics and population genetics pertinent to current research 
problems in genetics with special applications to forestry. Basic statistical and 
genetic theory is to be reviewed as bases for intensive study of selection theory and 
experimental and mating design evaluation. The genetics of natural populations are 
also to be studied for evolutionary interest as well as for their implications to breed- 



164 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ing theory. The format shall be part lecture and part student and faculty discussion 
of current research. Mr. Namkoong 

FOR 613 Special Topics in Silviculture 3(2-1) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Critical examination of selected topics, with special emphasis on concepts and 
phenomena which distinguish forests from other biotic communities and silviculture 
from other fields of applied biology. Mr. Duffield 

FOR 614 Advanced Topics in Forest Land Management 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: FOR 405 or equivalent 

A collation of the disciplines in silvics, forest growth estimation, growing stock 
regulation, forest soil management and site quality evaluation, forest influences, 
and silviculture, with emphasis on the interrelationships of these disciplines in the 
management of forest land resources and the applications to forest management 
systems. Mr. Maki 

FOR 691 (WPS 691) Graduate Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in forestry or closely allied fields 

Presentation and discussion of progress reports on research, special problems 
and outstanding publications in forestry and related fields. Graduate Staff 

FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Directed studies in forest management. Graduate Staff 

FOR 699 (WPS 699) Problems in Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Specific forestry problems that will furnish material for a thesis. Graduate Staff 



Genetics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Thurston J. Mann, Head 

Professors: Carey H. Bostian, Daniel S. Grosch, Warren D. Hanson, Dale F. 
Matzinger, Lawrence E. Mettler, Robert H. Moll, Terumi Mukai, 
LeRoy C. Saylor, Benjamin W. Smith, Stanley G. Stephens, Anastasios 
C. Triantaphyllou; Professor USFS: Gene Namkoong; Associate Professors: 
Wesley E. Kloos, Charles S. Levings, III, Henry E. Schaffer; Associate 
Professors USDA: Lawrence G. Burk, Charles W. Stuber; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: Franklin M. Johnson 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: Jay L. Apple, Frank B. Armstrong, Fred D. Cochran, Columbus C. 

COCKERHAM, WlLL A. CoPE, JOHN W. DuFFIELD, DoNALD A. EMERY, GeNE J. 

Galletta, Dan U. Gerstel, Edward W. Glazener, Walton C. Gregory, 
Paul H. Harvey, Frank L. Haynes, Jr., Teddy T. Hebert James E. 
Legates, Phillip A. Miller, Thomas O. Perry, Lyle L. Phillips, 
Nathaniel T. Powell , John O. Rawlings, Donald L. Thompson, David H. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 165 

Timothy, Bruce J. Zobel; Professors USDA: Charles A. Brim, James F. 
Chaplin, Joshua A. Lee; Associate Professors: William L. Blow, Emmett 
U. Dillard, Eugene J. Eisen, Major M. Goodman, Charles F. Murphy, 
Odis W. Robison, Earl A. Wernsman; Associate Professor USDA: George 
R. Gwynn; Assistant Professor USDA: Cecil Tester 

Graduate study under the direction of the genetics faculty may enable the stu- 
dent to qualify for the Master of Science or the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. A 
candidate for the master's degree must acquire a thorough understanding of 
genetics and its relation to other biological disciplines and must present a thesis 
based upon his own research. In addition to a comprehensive knowledge of his 
field, a candidate for the doctorate must demonstrate his capacity for independent 
investigation and scholarship in genetics. 

At North Carolina State University there are no sharp divisions along depart- 
mental lines or between theoretical and applied aspects of genetics research. The 
members and associate members of the genetics faculty are located in six different 
departments of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences, the School of Forest 
Resources and the School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences. They are study- 
ing an extremely wide range of genetic problems and are utilizing not only the 
"classic" laboratory material (arabidopsis, rumex, bacteria, Drosophila, Habro- 
bracon and mice) but also farm animals and agricultural and forest plants of the 
region. A student has, therefore, a wide choice of research problems in any of the 
following fields: cytology and cytogenetics, microbial and biochemical genetics, 
physiological and developmental genetics, evolution and speciation, quantitative 
and population genetics, and the application of genetics to breeding methodology. 

The offices and laboratories of the department are located in Gardner Hall with 
greenhouse facilities adjacent to the building. A genetics garden for use in the 
intensive research with plants and teaching functions is located three miles from 
the departmental offices. The departmental staff and the associate faculty members 
in animal science, biochemistry, crop science, horticultural science, poultry science, 
plant pathology, statistics and the School of Forest Resources are most fortunate in 
being able to draw upon the extensive facilities of the North Carolina Agricultural 
Experiment Station. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

An introductory course. The physical and chemical basis of inheritance; genes 
as functional and structural units of heredity and development; qualitative and 
quantitative aspects of genetic variation. Mr. Johnson 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1(0-2) FS 

Prerequisite or corequisite: GN 411 

Experiments and demonstrations to provide an opportunity to gain practical 
experience in crossing and classifying a variety of genetic materials including two 
generations of Drosophila. Mr. Johnson, Graduate Staff 



166 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 504 Human Genetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GN 301 or GN 411, or equivalent 

Basic principles and methods of research in human genetics will be presented. 
Current knowledge and important areas of research will be studied. This course is 
intended to serve the needs of advanced undergraduates and graduates in the social 
and biological sciences. Messrs. Bostian, Schaffer 

GN 505 Genetics I 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 411 or equivalent 

Part I of a course sequence designed to serve as a foundation for graduate 
programs in genetics. As such, a balanced and comprehensive survey of each of the 
major fields of genetics must be presented in integrated form. Concepts based upon 
family analysis and a study of individual organisms will be presented here. 
Coverage will include general plant and animal genetics, biochemical and microbial 
genetics, and physiological and developmental genetics. Messrs. Grosch, Kloos 

GN 506 Genetics II 4(3-2) S 

Prerequisite: GN 505 or consent of instructor 

This course represents the second portion of a two-semester sequence in general 
genetics, which is presented at the intermediate level and directed primarily to 
beginning graduate students. Emphasis is placed on the basic principles and modern 
concepts of cytogenetics, population genetics and quantitative genetics. These 
subjects each represent about one-third of the course and are integrated with those 
of the first semester course as much as possible, with the primary synthesis being 
directed toward the dynamic aspects of evolutionary theory, including both intra- 
and interpopulational phenomena. Mr. Mettler, Graduate Staff 

GN 508 (ANS 508) Genetics of Animal Improvement 3(3-0) S 

(See animal science, page 67.) 

GN 513 Cytogenetics 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 506 or consent of instructor 

Classical and contemporary problems of chromosome structure, behavior and 
transmission. Euchromatin and heterochromatin. Recombination. Structural and 
numerical aberrations of chromosomes and the effects upon breeding systems of 
plants and animals. Interspecific hybridization. Polyploidy. Lectures and laboratory. 

Messrs. Galletta, Gerstel 

GN 520 (PO 520) Poultry Breeding 3(2-2) F 

(See poultry science, page 271.) 

GN 532 (ZO 532) Biological Effects of Radiations 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or GN 301 or consent of instructor 

Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible spec- 
trum) on biological systems, to include both morphological and physiological aspects 
in a consideration of genetics, cytology, histology and morphogenesis. Mr. Grosch 

GN 540 (ZO 540) EVOLUTION 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GN 411; undergraduates need consent of instructor 

The facts and theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes and 
consequences of organic diversity. Mr. Smith 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 167 

GN 541 (CS 541, HS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3(3-0) F 

(See crop science, page 112.) 

GN 542 (CS 542, HS 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2(0-4) Sum. 
(See crop science, page 113.) 

GN 545 (CS 545) Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants 2(2-0) S 

(See crop science, page 113.) 

GN 550 (ZO 550) Experimental Evolution 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GN 506 or consent of instructor 

Experimental evolution deals primarily with microevolutionary processes 
examined at the inter- and intra-specific population level. A review of the results 
from experimental population studies and analyses of natural populations concern- 
ing variation patterns and adaptation, natural selection, polymorphism, introgres- 
sion, population breeding structure, isolating mechanism, etc., is made and 
interpreted in relation to Neo-Darwinian concepts of the origin of species. (Offered 
1973-74 and alternate years.) Mr. Mettler 

GN 561 (BCH 561, MB 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: BCH 351 or BCH 551, GN 411 or GN 505, MB 401 or equivalent 

The course will include the development of the fields of biochemical and microbial 
genetics and will emphasize both the techniques and concepts utilized in current 
research. Mr. Armstrong 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GN 603 (ANS 603) Population Genetics in Animal Improvement 3(3-0) F 
(See animal science, page 68.) 

GN 611 (FOR 611) Forest Genetics 3(3-0) S 

(See forestry, page 163.) 

GN 612 (FOR 612) Advanced Topics in Quantitative Genetics 3(3-0) F 

(See forestry, page 163.) 

GN 613 (CS 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3(3-0) S 

(See crop science, page 113.) 

GN 626 (ST 626) Statistical Concepts in Genetics 3(3-0) S 

(See statistics, page 303.) 

GN 631 Mathematical Genetics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: GN 506, ST 511, or consent of instructor 

Mathematical models of genetic systems, including probabilistic and deterministic 
formulations. Theory of survival of mutations, genetic linkage and dynamics of 
populations. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate years.) Mr. Schaffer 

GN 633 Physiological Genetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: GN 505 or equivalent 

Recent advances in physiological genetics. Attention will be directed to literature 



168 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

on the nature and action of genes, and to the interaction of heredity and environment 
in the expression of the characteristics of higher organisms. Mr. Grosch 

GN 641 Colloquium in Genetics 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Informal group discussion of prepared topics assigned by the instructor. 

Graduate Staff 

GN 691 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

GN 695 Special Problems in Genetics 1-3 FS 

Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Special topics designed for additional experience and research training. 

Graduate Staff 

GN 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, permission of adviser 

Original research related to the student's thesis problem. A maximum of six 
credits for the master's degree; by arrangement for the doctorate. Graduate Staff 



Geology 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information see geosciences, 
page 171.) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GY 415 Mineral Exploration and Evaluation 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: GY 440, GY 452 

Application of the principles of geology, geophysics and geochemistry to the 
discovery and evaluation of mineral deposits. Design of mineral exploration and 
development programs based on knowledge of the unique thermodynamic, geo- 
chemical and tectonic features that control mineral formation and concentrations 
in well-known mining districts, especially those yielding ferrous, base and precious 
metals. Review of economic and technological factors governing the value of 
mineral deposits. Field trips. 

GY 440 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisites: GY 120 or GY 220, GY 331 

Minerals, rocks and mineral deposits that are formed at high temperatures and 
pressures by crystallization or solidification of molten magma or by solid-state 
recrystallization of older rocks. Application of principles of thermodynamics and of 
phase-rule chemistry, and of the results of modern high pressure-temperature 
laboratory research on the stability fields of crystalline phases, to an understanding 
of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Identification, classification, occurrence, origin 
and economic value of the principal igneous and metamorphic rocks. 

GY 452 Exogenic Materials and Processes 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisites: GY 120 or GY 220, GY 331 

Identification, classification, geologic occurrence, origin and economic value of 
minerals, rocks and mineral deposits formed by physical, chemical and biological 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 169 

processes at low temperatures and pressures at and near the earth's surface. 
Hydrodynamics of sediment transport and deposition, settling velocities and size 
sorting, chemical and biochemical precipitation from aqueous solutions. Principles 
of division of stratified terraines into natural units, correlation of strata, identifica- 
tion of depositional environments and facies analysis. 

GY 461 Engineering Geology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GY 120 or GY 220 

The application of geologic principles to engineering practice; analysis of geologic 
factors and processes affecting specific engineering projects. (Offered 1973-74 and 
alternate years.) 

GY 462 Geological Surveying 3(1-5) S 

Prerequisite: GY 120 

Methods of field observation and use of geologic surveying instruments in surface 
and underground work; representation of geologic features by maps, sections and 
diagrams. Lectures, laboratories and field work. 

GY 465 Geological Field Procedures 6 Sum. 

Prerequisite: GY 351 or special consent 

A six-week summer field course. Practical field procedures and instruments 
commonly used to procure geologic data for evaluating mineral deposits, solving 
engineering problems involving earth materials and drawing scientific conclusions. 
Observation of geologic phenomena in their natural setting. Large and intermediate 
scale geologic mapping of surface features and large scale mapping underground in 
mine workings. 

GY 486 Weather and Climate 2(2-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 102 or MA 112, PY 211-212 or PY 221 

A discussion of basic principles of meteorology and climatology. Topics discussed 
include the atmosphere, radiation, moisture, pressure and wind, atmospheric 
equilibrium, air masses and fronts. Macro- and microclimate and the climate of 
North Carolina are also covered. 

GY 491, 492 Seminar on Selected Geologic Topics 1-3 FS 

Reports and discussion of geological topics of current interest with attention to 
methodology, bibliography and research techniques. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GY 522 Petroleum Geology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GY 452 

Properties, origin and modes of occurrence of petroleum and natural gas. Geologic 
and economic features of the principal oil and gas fields, mainly in the United 
States. (Offered 1973-74 and alternate years.) Mr. Leith 

GY 532 Ore Microscopy 3(0-6) F 

Prerequisite: GY 331 

The theory and technique of microscopic investigation of opaque ore minerals, 
ores and mill products produced by beneficiation of ores. Studies of compositions 
and textures of materials in polished surfaces are based on observations of optical 
and physical properties, etch reactions and microchemical tests. (Offered 1973-74 
and alternate years.) Mr. Brown 



170 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

GY 542 Microscopic Petrography 3(1-4) S 

Prerequisite: GY 440 

Systematic study by microscopic techniques of the constitution and origin of 
consolidated rocks. Graduate Staff 

GY 545 Advanced Petrology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GY 440 

Study of physiochemical principles related to igneous and metamorphic pedo- 
genesis; consideration of general principles and specific problems such as differen- 
tiation, origin of magmas and metamorphism. (Offered 1973-74 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Spence 

GY 552 Exploratory Geophysics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: GY 351, PY 208 or PY 212 

Fundamental principles underlying all geophysical methods; procedure and 
instruments involved in gravitational, magnetic, seismic, electrical and other 
methods of studying geological structures and conditions. Spontaneous potential, 
resistivity, radioactivity, temperature and other geophysical logging methods. 
Study of applications and interpretations of results. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Leith 

GY 563 Applied Sedimentology 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: GY 452, ST 361 

Extension of GY 452, with emphasis on coarser grained detrital and chemical 
sedimentary rocks. Sampling of sedimentary population, critical study of assump- 
tions underlying standard measurement techniques; treatment, testing and 
evaluation of sedimentary data; application to problems in sedimentology. 

Mr. Cavaroc 

GY 564 LlTHOSTRATIGRAPHY AND BASIN ANALYSIS 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: GY 452 or graduate standing 

Fabric of large sedimentary basins in terms of the spatial distribution of 
component major rock facies; current litho-genetic models illustrating internal 
lithic relationships, variability and predictability; evolution of litho-genetic units; 
comparison with recent equivalents; field trips. Mr. Cavaroc 

GY 565 Hydrogeology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GY 452 

Occurrence and sources of surface and subsurface water. Relationships of surface 
water to subsurface water. Reck properties affecting infiltration, movement, lateral 
and vertical distribution, and quality of ground water. Determination of permea- 
bility, capacity, specific yield and other hydraulic characteristics of aquifers. 
Principles of well design, legal aspects of water supplies. (Offered 1972-73 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Welby 

GY 567 Geochemistry 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 331 or CH 433 

The quantitative distribution of elements in the earth's crust, the hydrosphere 
and the atmosphere. Application of the laws of chemical equilibrium and resultant 
chemical reactions to natural earth systems. Geochemical application of Eh-pH 
diagrams. Geochemical cycles. Isotope geochemistry. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Brown 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 171 

GY 581 Geomorphology 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: GY 120 plus appropriate background 

A systematic study of land forms and their relations to processes, stages of 
development and adjustment to underlying structure. Lectures, map interpretations 
and field trips. Mr. Carson 

GY 582 Quaternary Geology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: GY 120, senior standing 

Glaciology, glacial geology, Pleistocene stratigraphy, periglacial geomorphology; 
Quaternary volcanism, tectonism, and sea-level fluctuations; late Cenozoic climate 
changes; field trips. (Offered spring 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Carson 

GY 584 (MAS 584) Marine Geology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: GY 452 or GY 120 plus appropriate background 

Morphology, structure and origin of ocean basins with their diverse features and 
their relations to the continents. Physical and chemical properties of the oceans, 
sedimentation in the marine environment and near-shore features. The economic 
potential of mineral resources derived from oceanic areas. (Offered 1973-74 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Welby 

GY 593 Advanced Topics in Geology 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of staff 

Special study of some advanced phases of geology. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GY 611, 612 Advanced Economic Geology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: GY 440, GY 452 

Detailed study of the origin and occurrence of specific mineral deposits. 

Mr. Brown 

GY 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Scientific articles, progress reports and special problems of interest to geologists 
and geological and mining engineers discussed. Graduate Staff 

GY 699 Geological Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Lectures, reading assignments and reports; special work in geology to meet the 
needs and interests of the students. Thesis problem. Graduate Staff 



Geosciences 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Carlton J. Leith, Head 

Professors: Henry S. Brown, Earl G. Droessler, John Lyman, John M. Parker, 
III, Walter J. Saucier; Associate Professor: Charles W. Welry; Adjunct 
Associate Professor: James R. Smith; Assistant Professors: Rohert J. Carson, 



172 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

III, Victor V. Cavaroc, Jr., Norden E. Huang, Charles E. Knowles, ' 
William H. Spence, Allen H. Werer; Adjunct Assistant Professors: Walter 
D. Bach, James T. Peterson 

The Department of Geosciences offers graduate programs leading to the Master 
of Science degree in geology and, as its input into an inter-institutional graduate 
program in Marine Sciences in the University of North Carolina, the department 
also offers courses for graduate and advanced undergraduate students in meteor- 
ology and physical oceanography. The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees in geological, meteorological, and physical oceanography are granted 
through the University Marine Sciences Program (page 199). 

Candidates for admission to the graduate program in geology should hold a 
bachelor's degree in geology or a satisfactory equivalent, preferably with a strong 
background in phvsics, chemistry and mathematics. For graduate study in meteoro- 
logical oceanography the required background includes chemistry, physics, mathe- 
matics through introductory differential equations, and a basic knowledge of at- 
mospheric phvsics, the mechanics of the atmosphere, and the analysis and labora- 
tory treatment of atmospheric distributions, processes and developments. The 
candidate for a graduate program in physical oceanography should hold a bach- 
elor's degree in one of the physical sciences or engineering with a strong back- 
ground in physics and mathematics. In each of the three disciplines the graduate 
program for the master's degree consists of a minimum of 30 semester hours credit 
divided between major and minor fields, and a research thesis is required. The 
student concentrating in geological, meteorological, or physical oceanography at 
the doctorate level will include in his program of study the appropriate graduate 
courses in geology, meteorology and/or physical oceanography. The general 
requirements for a Ph.D. program in marine sciences are described on page 200. 

A great variety of interesting research problems involving both field and labora- 
tory aspects is to be found within a short distance of Raleigh. Facilities are avail- 
able for research in mineralogy, petrology, hydrogeology, economic geology, 
engineering geology, meteorology, physical oceanography and geophysical fluid 
dynamics. Excellent collections of geoscience literature are available in the Uni- 
versity library and elsewhere in the Research Triangle area. Consultations with 
scientists of the federal and state agencies in Raleigh as well as with the staffs of 
the neighboring universities are encouraged. 

Financial aid is available through laboratory teaching assistantships and assis- 
tantships on faculty research projects. Government agencies and industrial con- 
cerns provide part-time employment from time to time. Small grants from the 
state sometimes are available to help with thesis expenses. 

The graduate programs are directed to the advanced training of qualified stu- 
dents interested in the scientific aspects and practical applications of the geo- 
sciences. Many professional problems in the geosciences today require more spe- 
cialized and detailed training in theory and methods than can be included in an 
undergraduate curriculum. Occupational opportunities in geology include the 
location and evaluation of mineral deposits, the provision of satisfactory water 
supplies, the disposal of fluid and solid wastes, and the assessment of geologic 
conditions affecting conservation and civil engineering projects. Geology students 
with advanced training find employment in the petroleum, mining and construc- 
tion industries, with various state and federal government agencies, and in educa- 
tion and research institutions. Physical oceanographers can find employment in 
academic, business and government agencies with interests that include coastal, 
estuarine or deep water oceanography. The research areas in physical oceanog- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 173 



raphy may be directed toward field, experimental or theoretical problems. Similar 
employment opportunities exist for meteorological oceanographers, concerned 
primarily with the various interactions of the oceans and the atmosphere. 



Guidance and Personnel Services 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor William E. Hopke, Head 

Professors: Roy N. Anderson, Charles G. Morehead; Assistant Professor: 
Lawrence K. Jones 

The department offers work leading to the Master of Science, Master of Educa- 
tion and Doctor of Education degrees with a major in the field of guidance and 
personnel services (or counselor education). Each of these degrees is designed 
to prepare individuals for guidance and personnel positions at various levels in 
elementary and secondary schools, junior and community colleges, trade and 
technical schools and institutes, institutions of higher education, agencies (such 
as employment and rehabilitation offices), as well as guidance and personnel work 
in business, industry and government. The student may specialize in one of 
several areas depending upon his career goals. 

It is desirable for an applicant to have had undergraduate or graduate course 
work in economics, education, psychology, sociology or social work. Students 
accepted into the department are those who anticipate devoting full- or part-time 
to guidance and personnel work. Teachers, administrators and others who wish 
to increase their knowledge of guidance and personnel work may enroll for courses 
as a graduate minor or for certification renewal. 

Admission requirements for the department are: a minimum of a B average in 
the undergraduate major; satisfactory scores on the Aptitude section of the Graduate 
Record Examination; three satisfactory letters of recommendation in regard to 
previous educational and employment experiences, personal characteristics and 
emotional maturity. In some cases, provisional acceptance is granted where some 
of the requirements are not met. 

The master's and doctoral programs include a core of guidance and personnel 
courses to be selected according to the student's vocational goals. Students may 
select their minor from the following areas: economics, education, psychology, 
sociology and statistics. A master's student may select a program which meets the 
requirements for the Counselor's Certificate issued by the North Carolina State 
Department of Public Instruction as well as counselor certification in many other 
states. 

The department also provides service courses in guidance and personnel for 
undergraduate students in the School of Education. 

A limited number of graduate assistantships are available annually in several 
departments of the School of Education and through the Division of Student 
Affairs. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Six hours of education or psychology 

An introduction to the philosophies, theories, principles and practices of personnel 



174 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

and guidance services; the relationship of personnel services with the purposes 
and objectives of the school and the curriculum. Graduate Staff 

ED 521 Internship in Guidance and 

Personnel Services Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Eighteen hours in department 

A continuous full-time internship of at least one-half semester. Framework of 
school and community. Work with students, teachers, administrators, guidance and 
pupil personnel workers, parents and resource personnel in community. Supervision 
of intern by guidance personnel in a school as well as by course instructors. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 524 Occupational Information 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is intended to give teachers, counselors, placement workers and 
personnel workers in business and industry an understanding of how to collect, 
classify, evaluate and use occupational and educational information. This will 
include a study of the world of work, sources of occupational information, establish- 
ing an educational-occupational information library, using educational, occupational 
and social information, and sociological and psychological factors influencing 
career planning. Mr. Hopke 

ED 530 Group Guidance 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is designed to help teachers, counselors, administrators and others 
who work with groups, or who are responsible for group counseling and guidance 
activities, to understand the theory and principles of effective group work, to 
develop skill in using specific counseling and guidance techniques, and to plan and 
organize group activities in the secondary school and other institutions. 

Mr. Morehead 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of Guidance Services 3(3-0) S Sum. 
Prerequisites: Graduate standing, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is designed for school counselors, prospective counselors, personnel 
and guidance directors, and school administrators. The philosophy and scope of 
guidance and personnel services; the functions and responsibilities of personnel 
involved; basic principles and current practices in planning, developing, operating 
and supervising guidance and personnel services will be studied. Administrative 
relationships, utilization of school staff, interrelationships of guidance and person- 
nel services with instruction and evaluation of guidance and personnel services will 
be considered. Graduate Staff 

ED 534 Guidance in the Elementary School 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisite: Nine hours of psychology or consent of instructor 

Designed for acquainting elementary school teachers, counselors and adminis- 
trators with theory, practice and organization of elementary school guidance. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 535 Student Personnel Work in Higher Education 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: Nine hours of psychology or consent of instructor 

Examines practices in various areas of student personnel work. Studies both 
structure and function of personnel programs in higher education. Graduate Staff 

ED 540 Individual and Group Appraisal I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ED 520, PSY 535, or equivalent 

Use of group tests of intelligence, interest and achievement in educational and 
career planning and in placement. Theories of intelligence and interest will be 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 175 

followed by laboratory in evaluating, administering and interpreting widely used 
group tests of intelligence, interest and achievement. Emphasis is on the use of 
group tests in group guidance. Mr. Morehead 

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance Maximum 6 FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours graduate work in department or equivalent 

Intended for individual or group studies of one or more of the major problems in 
guidance and personnel work. Problems will be selected to meet the interests of 
individuals. The workshop procedure will be used whereby special projects, reports 
and research will be developed by individuals and by groups. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 631 Vocational Development Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours from following fields — education or psychology 

A study of the major theories of vocational development with implications for 
counseling and career planning in various operational situations. An interdiscipli- 
nary approach will be discussed: economics, education, psychology and sociology. 
The research and the applications of research will be discussed. Graduate Staff 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Nine hours from following fields — economics, education, 
psychology or sociology 

This course is designed to aid the personnel worker in the secondary school, 
college, employment office or social agency to develop an understanding and to 
develop skill in counseling techniques; philosophies, theories, principles and 
practices of counseling will be considered. Students will become acquainted with 
counseling techniques through lectures, demonstrations, case histories and tape 
recordings. Attention will be given to both diagnosis and treatment. Mr. Hopke 

ED 636 Observation and Supervised Field Work Maximum 3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Provides opportunity for observation and practice of guidance and personnel 
services in schools, institutions of higher education, agencies, business and industry. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 640 Individual and Group Appraisal II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ED 520, ED 540, PSY 535, or equivalent 

Use of individual tests in the individual counseling of normal students. Theories 
of aptitudes and personality will be followed by laboratory in evaluating, adminis- 
tering and interpreting individual tests of intelligence, special aptitudes and 
personality. Mr. Morehead 

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling 2-6 FS Sum. 
Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing, consent of instructor 

A practicum course in which the student participates in actual counseling 
experience under supervision in a school, college, social service agency, employment 
office and business or industrial establishment. The student may observe and 
participate in some personnel and guidance services and may study the organization 
and administration of the program. Graduate Staff 

ED 666 Supervision of Counseling 3(1-8) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

A supervised practicum for doctoral students in assisting with the supervision of 
first year students in laboratory and practicum experiences in counseling. 

Graduate Staff 



176 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

History 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Ralph W. Greenlaw, Head 

Professors: Rurton F. Reers, Marvin L. Rrown, Jr., Doris E. King, Stuart 
Noblin; Adjunct Professor: Houston G. Jones; Associate Professors: Murray 
S. Downs, Robert N. Elliott, William C. Harris, John M. Riddle, 
Stanley Suval; Assistant Professors: David C. Railey, Joseph P. Hobbs, 
Mary E. Wheeler 

The history department offers a program leading to the Master of Arts degree 
in history. Although no specific courses are stipulated for admission to the program, 
preference will be given to those who offer at least 18 hours in history and a total 
of 30 hours in the social sciences. Candidates are expected to have taken the 
Aptitude portion of the G.R.E., or if admitted provisionally must do so before the 
end of their first semester. It is very helpful if candidates will forward a brief 
statement of their objectives in entering the program along with their application. 

Normally a degree candidate will concentrate his work in either European or 
American history with the required total of 30 hours being made up of nine to 
twelve hours of course work at the 500 level or above; six hours of research 
seminar (600 level); up to six hours of research and preparation of thesis (600 
level); and six to nine hours of course work in a field related to the candidate's 
area of concentration (500 or 600 level). Under special circumstances a candidate 
may be permitted to include a 400-level course in his program if it has particular 
relevance to his program objectives. 

Candidates concentrating in American history have the advantage of the 
excellent source materials available nearby at the State Department of History 
and Archives. It should be noted that a candidate's degree program can include 
a two-semester sequence in the history and administration of archives, a field in 
which there is considerable demand for well-trained people at this time. For 
master's candidates interested in teaching in the public schools, the education and 
other courses required for the state certificate are available, but inclusion of these 
will in most cases extend the time needed for the degree to three or four semesters. 

Although no fellowships are offered at this time, some limited financial assistance 
is available and inquiry concerning this should be addressed to the head of the 
department, 161 Harrelson Hall. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HI 401 History of Russia to 1881 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: HI 101-102 or equivalent with consent of instructor 

This course surveys the history of Russia from its origins through the great 
reforms (mid- 19th century) with emphasis on the political, religious and cultural 
trends that underlie the development of the Russian state and society during this 
period. 

HI 402 History of Russia Since 1881 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: HI 101-102 or equivalent with consent of instructor 

This course surveys the history of Russia and the Soviet Union from the great 
reforms of the 19th century to modern times, with emphasis on the political, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 177 

religious and cultural trends that underlie the development of the Russian state and 
society and the position of the U.S.S.R. in the world today. 

HI 407 France Since the Revolution 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: HI 101-102 or equivalent with consent of instructor 

An examination of the major trends in French history since the downfall of 
Napoleon I. Cultural, economic, social and intellectual trends are stressed as well 
as the political. The ways in which France has been a seedbed for new movements 
in Europe are particularly noted. 

HI 413 United States Foreign Relations Since 1898 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: HI 111-112 or equivalent with consent of instructor 

An examination of the origins of American foreign policy and the conduct of 
diplomacy in the era since the United States became a world power. 

HI 421 Ancient and Medieval Science 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: HI 101-102 or equivalent with consent of instructor 

An introduction to the concepts and theories providing the foundations of science 
from the classical age until the close of the Middle Ages. 

HI 422 Rise of Modern Science 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: HI 101-102 or equivalent with consent of instructor 

A study of the evolution of science from antiquity to the present with particular 
attention given to the impact of scientific thought upon selected aspects of western 
civilization. The course provides a broad perspective of scientific progress and shows 
the interrelationship of science and major historical developments. 

HI 427 European Intellectual History 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: HI 101-102 or equivalent with consent of instructor 

Covering the period since the French Revolution, this course examines major 
trends in European thought influencing the course of history. Special attention is 
given to the development of the social sciences. The growth of a distinct intellectual 
class and the role of its ideas in European political and social life is emphasized. 

HI 462 (ED 462) History of Education 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: HI 101-102 or equivalent with consent of instructor 

The course traces the development of educational institutions and practices and 
analyzes the ideas and influence of educational innovators and critics. Approxi- 
mately equal time is given to each of the following areas: the Greeks to the Reforma- 
tion, Modern Europe and the United States. 

HI 470 (EC 470) Evolution of the American Economy 3(3-0) S 

(See economics, page 120.) 

HI 471 Revolutionary China 3(3-0) 

Prerequisites: HI 263 and HI 264 or consent of instructor 

An intensive examination of the destruction of traditional China and the 
emergence of modern nationalism. (Offered 1971-72 and alternate years.) 

HI 472 Modern Japan, 1850 to Present 3(3-0) 

Prerequisites: HI 263 and HI 264 or consent of instructor 

An intensive examination of Japan's emergence as a nation and world power. 
(Offered 1972-73 and alternate years.) 



178 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HI 500 (BS 500) The Development of Contemporary 

Concepts in Biology 3(3-0) S 

(See biological sciences, page 79.) 

HI 505 The Roman Revolution, 133 B.C.-27 B.C. 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

An analysis of the economic, cultural and political factors which caused a break- 
down of the Roman republican constitution. Mr. Riddle 

HI 506 History of the Roman Empire, 27 B.C.-180 A.D. 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

The course traces the evolutionary development of the government of the empire 
from Augustus through Marcus Aurelius. Mr. Riddle 

HI 529 Revolutionary Europe, 1760-1792 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

An intensive study of the background of revolutionary ideas and events in Europe 
during the period indicated. Mr. Greenlaw 

HI 530 Revolutionary Europe, 1792-1815 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

An intensive study of revolutionary events in France and especially of their 
impact upon Europe in this period. Mr. Greenlaw 

HI 531 History of Great Britain, 1714-1820 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

A study in depth of constitutional, religious and economic ideas and institutions 
in 18th century Britain. Mr. Downs 

HI 532 History of Great Britain, 1820-1914 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

A study in depth of constitutional, religious and economic ideas and institutions 
of 19th century Britain. Mr. Downs 

HI 535 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1878 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

An analysis of the nature of European diplomatic relations from the Congress of 
Vienna to the Congress of Berlin. Mr. Brown 

HI 536 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1878-1939 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

A study of diplomatic history of Europe from the Congress of Berlin through the 
reemergence of the system of balance of power and the repercussions of imperialism, 
the diplomatic aspects of the World Wars, and the attempts at solving world 
problems by means of diplomacy. Mr. Brown 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 179 

HI 545 The American Civil War, 1849-65 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history 

This course traces and analyzes events that led to the disruption of the Union 
and provides an intensive study of the war, with emphasis upon its nonmilitary 
aspects. Only the major military campaigns are discussed. Mr. Harris 

HI 546 The United States During the Reconstruction 

Era, 1865-1880 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history 

This course is an in-depth study of the difficulties involved in the restoration and 
readjustment of American society after the Civil War. Special intention is given to 
social and economic conditions in the defeated South, military reconstruction and 
Republican ascendancy in the region. Mr. Harris 

HI 549 Recent U. S. History, 1912-33 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

An intensive examination of the major events in American life in the opening 
years of the 20th century. Mr. Beers 

HI 550 Recent U. S. History, 1933-Present 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

An intensive examination of the major events in American life in the middle 
years of the 20th century. Mr. Beers 

HI 551 History and Principles of the Administration of 

Archives and Manuscripts 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the nature, importance and use of original manuscript resources; the 
history and evolution of written records and the institutions administering them. 

Mr. Jones 

HI 552 Application of Principles of Administration of 

Archives and Manuscripts 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

Internship training in the application of the principles and practices of archival 
management. Mr. Jones 

HI 561 U. S. Far Eastern Policy, 1842-1922 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the character and development of the basic principles of American 
policy in the Far East from their origin to their incorporation in treaties at the 
Washington Disarmament Conference. Mr. Beers 

HI 562 U. S. Far Eastern Policy, 1922-Present 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the character and development of the basic principles of American 
policy in the Far East from the end of World War I to the present. Mr. Beers 

HI 563 Social and Economic History of the 

United States to 1860 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the social and economic ideas and institutions important in American 
life from the colonial period up to the Civil War. Miss King 



180 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

HI 564 Social and Economic History of the 

United States Since 1860 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the social and economic ideas and institutions important in American 
life since the beginning of the Civil War. Miss King 

HI 565 The History of Urban Life in the 

United States, 1607-1865 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of U. S. history including HI 111 or consent of instructor 

The history of urban life in the United States before 1865. This course is designed 
primarily to give the student an understanding of the historical background of 
urban life in the United States before 1865. Miss King 

HI 566 The History of Urban Life in the 

United States, 1865-Present 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of U. S. history including HI 112 or consent of instructor 

The history of urban life in the United States, from 1865 to present. This course 
is designed primarily to give the student an understanding of the historical back- 
ground of today's urban problems. Miss King 

HI 571 History of Soviet Russia to 1930 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

An analysis of the origins and effects of the 1917 revolutions and the domestic 
and foreign policies of the new Soviet regime to 1930. Mrs. Wheeler 

HI 572 History of Soviet Russia since 1930 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

An analysis of the domestic and foreign policies of the Soviet Union since 1930 
with special emphasis on the period since 1945. Mrs. Wheeler 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

HI 601 Historiography and Historical Method 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Open only to graduate students in history 

A study of the major steps in the development of historical investigation and 
writing from classical times to the present, as well as an analysis of the elements 
of good historical research and writing with some discussion of the methodology 
used by the contemporary scholarly historian. Graduate Staff 

HI 602 Seminar in American History 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Open only to graduate students in history 

A small research seminar on special topics in American history. Graduate Staff 

HI 604 Seminar in European History 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Open only to graduate students in history 

A small research seminar on special topics in European history. Graduate Staff 

HI 606 Seminar in Diplomatic History 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Open only to graduate students in history 

A small research seminar on topics in diplomatic history. Mr. Brown 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 181 

HI 699 Research in History Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: Open only to graduate students in history 

Individual research under graduate thesis supervisor. Graduate Staff 



Horticultural Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Clive W. Donoho, Jr., Head 

Professors: Walter E. Ballinger, Fred D. Cochran, Gene J. Galletta, Frank 
L. Haynes, Jr., Roy A. Larson, Conrad H. Miller, Richard L. Sawyer; 
Research Professors: John M. Jenkins, Jr., Daniel T. Pope; Professor USDA: 
Leaton J. Kushman; Visiting Professor: Damon Boynton; Associate Pro- 
fessors: Thomas F. Cannon, Franklin E. Correll, Robert G. Halfacre, 
Warren R. Henderson, Thomas R. Konsler, Richard L. Lower, Paul V. 
Nelson, Donald C. Zeiger; Extension Associate Professor: Walter A. 
Skroch; Assistant Professors: Thomas J. Monaco, C. Richard Unrath; 
Extension Assistant Professor: CM. Mainland 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: Robert Aycock, Robert J. Downs, Robert H. Moll, Thomas J. 
Sheets, Richard J. Volk 

Graduate study in horticultural science may enable the student to qualify for 
the Master of Science or the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas of study and 
research include plant physiology, plant breeding and genetics, post-harvest 
physiology, plant nutrition, growth regulators, and weed science involving all 
horticultural crops. The professional degrees, Master of Horticulture and Master 
of Agriculture, can be earned by students who do not plan further graduate study 
and want to substitute additional course work for the research requirement in 
their graduate study. 

The department has an outstanding faculty and excellent facilities for directing 
graduate programs. The greenhouse range, one of the best teaching and research 
facilities in the nation, covers over 41,400 square feet and 21 sections, each con- 
taining individual temperature and light control equipment. Also, the Phytotron 
is available for graduate research involving controlled environmental studies on 
horticultural crops. Laboratory facilities include four analytical laboratories, two 
cytological and anatomical laboratories, one soil testing laboratory for greenhouse 
control, one radioisotope laboratory and one landscape laboratory. Post-harvest 
facilities include 14 controlled temperature storage rooms and grading, washing 
and packaging equipment. These combined facilities provide a wide variety of 
opportunities in basic and technical research in the horticultuial field. An exten- 
sive and varied assortment of plant materials is available for use in graduate 
programs. 

The great differences in climate and soils in North Carolina, from the coast to 
the mountains, make possible the study of plant responses under numerous con- 
ditions. Land and facilities for horticultural research are available on 10 of the 
outlying experiment stations located throughout North Carolina. 



182 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The opportunities for employment after advanced training include faculty 
teaching and research positions in state and privately endowed educational insti- 
tutions; research and regulatory positions with the United States Department of 
Agriculture, both foreign and domestic; extension specialists and county agents; 
research, production and promotional work with agribusiness, concerned with 
production of horticultural crops or services to horticultural industries. 

The department has a number of graduate assistantships at stipends adjusted 
to the previous training and experience of the recipients. These include commer- 
cial assistantships, National Defense Education Act fellowships, Agricultural 
Foundation assistantships and Experiment Station assistantships. Information pro- 
vided on the application for admission to the Graduate School will be used to 
evaluate prospective students as recipients for research and teaching assistant- 
ships. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HS 411 Nursery Management 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

The principles and practices involved in the production, management and market- 
ing of field-grown and container-grown nursery plants. Field trips will be taken. 

HS 414 Residential Landscaping 4(2-6) F 

Prerequisites: SSC 220, HS 211, HS 212 

The landscape planning and development of residential properties to create an 
aesthetical and functional landscape composition to complement the home. Students 
will be required to complete planting plans, including design, plant lists, planting 
details and technical specifications. 

HS 421 Fruit Production 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of identification, adaptation and methods of production and marketing of 
the principal trees and small fruits. Modern practices as related to selection of 
sites, nutritional requirements, management practices and marketing procedures 
will be discussed. (Offered 1973-74 and alternate years.) 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of the origin, importance, distribution, botanical relationships and 
principles of production and marketing of the major vegetable crops. (Offered 
1972-73 and alternate years.) 

HS 441 Floriculture I 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

The scope and importance of the commercial flower industry; the basic principles 
and practices involved in the production and marketing of flowers grown in the 
greenhouse and in the field. (Offered 1973-74 and alternate years.) 

HS 442 Floriculture II 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

Principles and methods of production of commercial flower crops in the green- 
house and in the field, including fertilization, moisture, temperature and light 
relationships, insect and disease control, and marketing of cut flowers and pot 
plants. (Offered 1973-74 and alternate years.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 183 

HS 471 Arboriculture 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of the principles and practices in the care and maintenance of ornamental 
trees and shrubs, such as pruning, fertilization, control of insects and diseases, and 
tree surgery. Field trips will be taken. (Offered 1973-74 and alternate years.) 

HS 491 Senior Seminar 1(1-0) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Presentation of scientific articles, progress reports in research and special 
problems in horticulture and related fields. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HS 514 (CS 514) Principles and Methods in Weed Science 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: CS 414 or equivalent 

Studies on the losses caused by weeds, the ecology of weeds, biological control, 
basic concepts of weed management, herbicide- crop relationships and herbicide 
development. Introduction to greenhouse and bioassay techniques used in herbicide 
work and to field research techniques supplemented by laboratory and field 
exercises. Mr. Monaco 

HS 521 (FS 521) Food Preservation 3(2-3) F 

(See food science, page 159.) 

HS 541 (CS 541, GN 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3(3-0) F 

(See crop science, page 112.) 

HS 542 (CS 542, GN 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2(0-4) Sum. 
(See crop science, page 113.) 

HS 552 Growth of Horticultural Plants 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of the effect of air pollutants, CO2 enrichment, water, light, temperature 
and growth substances on growth and development of horticultural plants. 

Graduate Staff 

HS 562 (FS 562) Post-Harvest Physiology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of chemical and physiological changes that occur during handling, 
transportation and storage which affect the quality of horticultural crops. Consid- 
eration will be given to preharvest and post-harvest conditions which influence 
these changes. Mr. Ballinger 

HS 599 Research Principles Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Maximum 6 

Investigation of a problem in horticulture under the direction of the instructor. 
The students obtain practice in experimental techniques and procedures, critical 
review of literature and scientific writing. The problem may last one or two semes- 
ters. Credits will be determined by the nature of the problem, not to exceed a total 
of three hours for any one problem. A written report and final oral exam required 
for completion of course. Graduate Staff 



184 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

HS 613 (CS 613, GN 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3(3-0) S 

(See crop science, page 113.) 

HS 614 (CS 614, SSC 614) Herbicide Behavior in Plants 

and Soils 3(3-0) F 

(See crop science, page 113.) 

HS 621 Methods and Evaluation of Horticultural Research 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Principles and methods of research in the field of horticulture and their applica- 
tion to the solution of current problems. Critical study and evaluation of scientific 
publications. Compilation, organization and presentation of data. Graduate Staff 

HS 622 Mineral Nutrition in Plants 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: BO 551, BO 552 

A comprehensive study of the functional roles of nutrients essential to plant 
growth, their interrelationships and their mode of influence on quality indices of 
horticultural crops. Considerations of the complexity of mineral nutrition experi- 
mentation and evaluation of results. Recent developments in nutrient sources. A 
detailed look at the establishment and application of foliar analysis, foliar fertiliza- 
tion, and the nutrient uptake process in plants. (Offered 1973-74 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Nelson 

HS 691 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Required of all horticultural science graduate students. 

Presentation of scientific articles and special lectures. Students will be required 
to present one or more papers. Graduate Staff 

HS 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in horticulture, consent of advisory committee 
chairman 
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the Master of Science degree; no 
limitation on credits in doctoral program. 

Original research on specific problems in fruit, vegetable and ornamental crops. 

Graduate Staff 



Industrial and Technical Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Durwin M. Hanson, Head 

Professors: Joseph T. Nerden, Delmar W. Olson, Coordinator, Graduate Studies 
in Industrial Arts; Associate Professor: Talmage B. Young; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: Thomas C. Shore, Farmer S. Smith; Adjunct Assistant Professor: 
William A. McIntosh 

The Department of Industrial and Technical Education offers graduate work 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science, Master of Education and Doctor of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 185 

Education. The rapid development of industrial arts education and industrial and 
technical education in North Carolina and throughout the nation provides many 
opportunities for teachers, supervisors and administrators who have earned ad- 
vanced degrees. 

The facilities at the University afford an excellent program of supporting courses 
at the graduate level in the related fields of science, mathematics, guidance and 
personnel services, psychology, sociology, economics, statistics, computer science 
and engineering. The prerequisite for graduate work in the Department of In- 
dustrial and Technical Education is a proficiency in the undergraduate courses 
required for the bachelor's degree in industrial arts education, industrial or techni- 
cal education, or a substantial equivalent. 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships and fellowships are 
available for qualified graduate students. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours in education, consent of instructor 

Methods in organizing and conducting local and regional surveys, and procedures 
in making evaluations of the data gathered in these surveys for the planning of 
programs of vocational and technical education. Economic, sociological and other 
demographic factors are explored, and procedures for obtaining valid data concern- 
ing these factors are studied. Mr. Hanson 

ED 517 Implications for Data Processing in Education 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: CSC 111; ED 529 

An intensive study of current attempts to apply new technologies to education. 
Attention will be given to research findings related to computer assisted instruction, 
gamed instructional simulation, approaches to guidance and prescription learning 
as well as administrative problems pertaining to student scheduling^ pupil trans- 
portation and data reporting systems. Graduate Staff 

ED 518 Principles of School Law 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours graduate credit 

This course will be an intensive study of the legal rights, duties, privileges and 
responsibilities entailed in the educational enterprise. It will cover the essentials of 
school law in such a way that the student will be able to obtain both a general 
understanding of the processes of law as they affect American education and also 
important specific legal aspects which affect vocational education. Included are the 
secondary, post-secondary and adult vocational education laws and their implica- 
tions. Messrs. Nerden, Law 

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

Principles and practices in analyzing occupations for the purpose of determining 
teaching content. Practice in the principles underlying industrial and technical 
course organization based on occupational analyses covering instruction in skills 
and technology and including course outlines, job sequences, the development of 
instructional materials and schedules. Mr. Hanson 

ED 527 Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ED 422, ED 440 

A presentation of the historical development of industrial and technical education 



186 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

in relation to the broad field of vocational education; philosophies of vocational 
education and the resulting types of programs; trends and problems related to 
vocational-industrial education; study of local, state and federal legislation which 
pertains to vocational education. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ED 525 

This course deals with the procedures used in analyzing skills, technical knowl- 
edge and general education which has a bearing upon the ultimate development of 
curriculum for programs of vocational education. Emphasis is placed upon the 
selection and organization of curricula used in vocational and technical education, 
and also the development of curricula and instructional materials. Mr. Hanson 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Six hours graduate work, consent of department head 

Directed study, other than a thesis problem, in order to provide individualized 
instruction and analysis in a specialized area of industrial or technical education. 
Under guidance, the graduate student may select a problem which has equal value 
from the standpoint of scholarship and utilitarian purposes, and develop the 
problem into a practical document. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 608 Supervision of Vocational and Industrial 

Arts Education 3(3-0) F 

(See education, page 131.) 

ED 609 Planning and Organizing Technical 

Educational Programs 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: ED 344, ED 420, ED 440, ED 516, PSY 304 

Principles of planning and procedures in organizing programs of vocational and 
technical education, especially those dependent upon state and federal legislation. 
Professional course for coordinators and directors of local systems of vocational 
education, and for supervisors and administrators of vocational and technical 
programs on the county, regional and state levels. Emphasis is placed upon the 
organization of high school, post-high school and adult technical education pro- 
grams. Course includes a survey of educational needs, plans for constructing, 
equipping and maintaining buildings, with special attention given to the financing 
of the program of technical education, the staffing and management aspects. 

Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 

ED 610 Administration of Vocational and Industrial 

Arts Education 3(3-0) S 

(See education, page 131.) 

ED 611 Laws, Regulations and Policies Affecting 

Vocational Education 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent 

A detailed study of legislation (national and state) which applies directly to 
vocational education. Basic social and economic issues which precipitated the 
legislation are studied in depth; also the socioeconomic impact of the legislation is 
reviewed. Emphasis is placed upon the organizational structure and the operating 
policies under which national and state legislation is converted into programs of 
vocational and technical education. Mr. Nerden, Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 187 

ED 612 Finance, Accounting and Management of Vocational 

Education Programs 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent 

A detailed study of the factors which affect the financing of programs of 
vocational education. Special emphasis is placed upon the social, economic, politi- 
cal and power factors which impinge upon the procedures which are generally 
followed in financing vocational and technical education. Study is made of the 
matter of financing new vocational enterprises, as well as the study of the continu- 
ing costs of established programs. Costs of operation, procedures for the purchase of 
equipment, costs of new building construction and other aspects of finance in 
vocational education are studied in detail. Mr. Nerden, Graduate Staff 

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours of education 

Required of all graduate students in industrial arts education. 

Current and historical developments in industrial arts; philosophical concepts, 
functions, scope, criteria for the selection and evaluation of learning experiences, 
laboratory organization, student personnel program, community relationships, 
teacher qualifications and problems confronting the industrial arts profession. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 635 Administration and Supervision of Industrial Arts 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours of education 

A study of the problems and techniques of administration and supervision in the 
improvement of industrial arts in the public schools. Selection of teachers and their 
improvements in service, and methods of evaluating industrial arts programs. 

Mr. Young 

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor 

Reviews and reports of topics of special interest to graduate students in industrial 
and technical education. The course will be offered in accordance with the avail- 
ability of distinguished professors, and in response to indicated needs of the 
graduate students. Mr. Hanson 

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Reviews and reports on special topics of interest to students in industrial arts 
education. Graduate Staff 



Industrial Arts 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

IA 510 Design for Industrial Arts Teachers 3(2-2) Sum. 

Prerequisites: Six hours of drawing, I A 205 or equivalent 

A study of new developments in the field of design with emphasis on the relation- 
ship of material and form in the selection and designing of industrial arts projects. 

Graduate Staff 

IA 560 (ED 560) New Developments in Industrial 

Arts Education 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of education and teaching experience 

This course is a study of the new developments in industrial arts education. It is 



188 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

designed to assist teachers and administrators in developing new concepts and new 
content based on the changes in technology. They will be required to reevaluate 
their programs in the light of these new concepts and the new content. 

Mr. Olson, Graduate Staff 

IA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 

Courses based on individual problems and designed to give advanced majors in 
industrial arts education the opportunity to broaden or intensify their knowledge 
and abilities through investigation and research in the various fields of industrial 
arts, such as metals, plastics, ceramics or electricity-electronics. Graduate Staff 

IA 592 Special Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: One term of student teaching or equivalent 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the subject matter experiences in the 
areas of industrial arts. Problems involving curriculum, investigation or research 
in one or more industrial arts areas will be required. Graduate Staff 

IA 595 (ED 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisite: One or more years of teaching experience 

A course for experienced teachers, administrators and supervisors of industrial 
arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound principles and practices for 
initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this field. Enrollees will pool 
their knowledge and practical experiences and will do intensive research work on 
individual and group problems. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

IA 645 Technology and Industrial Arts 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: IA 560, ED 630 

Technology: its nature, origins, advance. Impact of technological advance on 
man and culture. Technology as the material culture. Changing concepts of work, 
skill, occupations, discretionary time. Technology and its relation to industrial arts 
education. Mr. Olson 

IA 660 (ED 660) Industrial Arts Curriculum 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: IA 645 

Industrial arts curriculum origins, analysis, organization, evaluation, revision. 
Subject matter derivation and classification applicable to all levels of instruction. 
Relationships among curriculum, philosophy and methodology. Mr. Olson 



Industrial Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Clifton A. Anderson, Head 

Professors: John R. Canada, Robert G. Carson, Jr., Salah E. Elmaghraby, 

Robert W. Llewellyn, Richard G. Pearson; Associate Professors: Raul E. 

Alvarez, Richard H. Rernhard, John J. Harder, Amin M. Kamal, 

Anco L. Prak, Stanley M. Soliday; Assistant Professors: Gerald E. 

Rennington, Michael J. Magazine, Henry L. W. Nuttle; Visiting Assistant 

Professor: Mahmoud A. Ayoub 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 189 

The department offers programs of graduate study leading to the Master of 
Science, Master of Industrial Engineering and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 
While each individual student's plan of study is specifically tailored to meet his 
own personal desires and professional needs, the departmental course offerings 
stress two main themes of industrial engineering. These focal points are quantita- 
tive decision-making, and human factors and work systems design. Each candidate 
is expected to include within his study plan, one or more minor areas of study. 
Typical minors are taken in statistics, economics, mathematics, psychology and 
other engineering disciplines. 

Industrial engineering is concerned with the solutions to problems relating to 
the workings of complex organizational systems, such as industrial corporations 
or governmental agencies as they seek to furnish goods and/or services to the 
public. Where the work under study requires the commitment of substantial re- 
sources and the coordination of varied activities that are both unpredictable and 
unstable, solution to the problem requires sophisticated methods. There are oppor- 
tunities for many types of research including solution to problems in production 
planning and scheduling, networks, inventory, line balancing and simulation. 
Research relating to human factors may include problems in the design of man- 
machine systems, the study of human performance characteristics, biomechanics, 
work physiology and systems safety. 

The Master of Science program, which requires a thesis, is intended for the 
student who is preparing for a career in research and related work. The Master 
of Industrial Engineering program which does not require a thesis is focused on 
applications and the study and solution of practical problems. An off-campus pro- 
gram conducted in cooperation with UNC-Greensboro is provided for qualified 
personnel from the Greensboro, N. C. area. Courses are conducted on the Greens- 
boro campus in the evenings thereby enabling students to earn the Master of 
Industrial Engineering degree through part-time study. 

The University provides access to an outstanding computer capability. This 
includes an IBM System/370, Model 165 computer at the Research Triangle with 
a Model 40 remote terminal on the N. C. State campus. Facilities for human re- 
search include special laboratories for environmental factors, biomechanics and 
work physiology, and performance assessment display systems evaluation. Interests 
in the areas of occupational safety and health can be supported by a new trainee- 
ship program in "system safety engineering" or by collaboration with the nearby 
Highway Safety Research Center. Those other departments from which a student 
may choose his minor cooperate in interdisciplinary research projects and make 
their facilities available to industrial engineering graduate students. 

Applicants desiring financial aid may express interest in graduate fellowships, 
teaching assistantships or research assistantships as supported by a number of 
active projects in the department. Support for such awards currently comes from 
a variety of sources including industry, the National Science Foundation, National 
Aeronautics and Space Administration, Department of Defense and the U. S. 
Public Health Service, as well as from State funds. 

In order to be considered for certain fellowship awards the applicant must 
submit scores on the Graduate Record Examination. In the case of interdisciplinary 
programs, competition for awards can be expected from applicants in departments 
which require GRE scores. Therefore, all applicants for financial support are 
strongly encouraged to supply these scores. For those desiring admission to the 
doctoral program, again, submission of the GRE scores can be expected to enhance 
the probability of acceptance. 



190 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR ADVAiNCED UNDERGRADUATES 

IE 401 Industrial Engineering Analysis I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: IE 361, MA 405 

A study of linear programming methods and their applications in industrial 
engineering; the transportation method with applications to scheduling in transpor- 
tation and production problems; the simplex method and its applications in 
production planning, production scheduling and allied fields; upper bound, integer, 
parametric and primal-dual methods with their typical applications; the interrela- 
tionships between linear programming and game theory. 

IE 402 Industrial Engineering Analysis II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods with 
emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; replacement theory, 
sequencing problems, inventory control methods and dynamic programming and 
their applications. 

IE 403 Industrial Engineering Analysis III 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods with 
emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; continuous and discrete 
cybernetics with emphasis on Markov processes; finite and infinite queuing 
models; industrial control methods and industrial dynamics. 

IE 408 Production Control 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 361, IE 401 

Forecasting, production planning, models for scheduling and sequencing, 
inventory models and operational systems, as well as the reporting and evaluation 
functions necessary for the design and control of a production system will be 
discussed. Application of quantitative methods to these areas of application will be 
emphasized. 

IE 421 Data Processing and Production Control Systems 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 352, CSC 111 

This course is an introduction to the design of integrated control systems neces- 
sary for effective management of production. It will include the methods of systems 
design, the basic concepts of computer processing systems, the design of control 
procedures and reports, and their application to mechanized and electronic data 
processing equipment. Major emphasis will be placed on the design of control pro- 
cedures for production scheduling, labor performance and quality control. Systems 
flow charts, block diagrams and program statements in compiler form will be used 
for each system application. 

IE 453 Operations Planning and Plant Layout 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: IE 352 

This course will provide an opportunity for the student to apply the basic princi- 
ples contained in the prerequisite course to the design of plantwide production 
programs with emphasis placed on planning, arrangement, layout and implementa- 
tion of such programs. It will include operations sequencing, tooling and equipment 
selection, materials handling, systems design, manpower and facilities forecasting. 
Suitable cases will be drawn from both mass production and jobbing operations. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 191 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

IE 505 (MA 505, OR 505) Mathematical Programming I 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

A study of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning. Linear 
programming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for those who desire 
to study this subject in depth and detail. It provides a rigorous and complete 
development of the theoretical and computational aspects of this technique as well 
as a discussion of a number of applications. Graduate Staff 

IE 509 (OR 509) Dynamic Programming 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisites: MA 405, ST 421 

An introduction to the theory and computational aspects of dynamic programming 
and its application to sequential decision problems. Messrs. Elmaghraby, Nuttle 

IE 511 Advanced Engineering Project Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 311, ST 421 

Analysis of project economy models with certainty assumed, advantages and 
limitations of models, effects of income tax and depreciation methods. Risk analyses 
employing probability concepts, sensitivity studies and measures of utility. Estima- 
tion techniques and use of accounting information, time series analysis and judg- 
ment factors. Planning and uses of capital funds. Messrs. Bernhard, Canada 

IE 515 Process Engineering 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 443 

The technical process of translating product design into a manufacturing pro- 
gram. The application of industrial engineering in the layout, tooling, methods, 
standards, costs and control functions of manufacturing. Laboratory problems cover- 
ing producer and consumer products. Mr. Harder 

IE 517 Automatic Processes 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 443 

Principles and methods for automatic processing. The design of product, process 
and controls. Economic, physical and sociological effects of automation. Mr. Harder 

IE 521 Control Systems and Data Processing 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 421 

This course presents the problems and techniques required for systematic control 
of the production process and the business enterprise. This includes the determina- 
tion of control factors, the collection and recording of data, and the processing, 
evaluation and use of data. The course will illustrate the applications and use of 
data processing equipment and information machines in industrial processes. Case 
problems will be used extensively. Mr. Llewellyn 

IE 522 (OR 522) Dynamics of Industrial Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: IE 421 

A study of the dynamic properties of industrial systems; introduction to servo- 
mechanism theory as applied to company operations. Simulation of large nonlinear, 
multiloop, stochastic systems on a digital computer; methods of determining modifi- 
cations in systems design and/or operating parameters for improved system 
behavior. Mr. Llewellyn 

IE 523 Inventory Control Methods I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ST 421, ST 515, OR 501 

A study of inventory policy with respect to reorder sizes, minimum points and 



192 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

production schedules. Simple inventory models, models with restrictions, price 
breaks, price changes, analysis of slow-moving inventories. Introduction to the 
smoothing problems in continuous manufacturing. Applications of linear and 
dynamic programming. Mr. Alvarez 

IE 540 (PSY 540) Human Factors in Systems Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 338 (PSY 338), ST 513 or ST 515 or consent of instructor 

Introduction to problems of the systems development cycle, including man- 
machine function allocation, military specifications, display-control compatibility, 
the personnel subsystem concept and maintainability design. Detailed treatment is 
given to man as an information processing mechanism. Mr. Pearson 

IE 541 Research Methods in Accident Study 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisites: IE 338 (PSY 338), ST 421 

Consideration of the methods used in accident-injury study, including field 
investigation, experimental engineering and biomedical research, statistical studies 
and computer simulation. Mr. Ayoub 

IE 546 Advanced Quality Control 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 353, ST 421 

The statistical foundations of quality control are emphasized as well as its 
economic implications. Mathematical derivations of most of the formulas used are 
given. Sampling techniques are treated extrensively and many applications of this 
powerful technique are explained. Graduate Staff 

IE 547 Engineering Reliability 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 353, ST 421 

The methodology of reliability including application of discrete and continuous 
distribution models and statistical designs; reliability estimation, reliability 
structure models, reliability demonstration and decision, and reliability growth 
models. Example of reliability evaluation and demonstration programs. 

Graduate Staff 

IE 561 (OR 561) Queues and Stochastic Service Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 421 

General concepts of stochastic processes are introduced. Poisson processes, 
Markov processes and renewal theory are presented. These are then used in the 
analysis of queues, starting with a completely memoryless queue to one with 
general parameters. Applications to many engineering problems will be considered. 

Mr. Magazine 

IE 586 (OR 586) Network Flows 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 505 or equivalent 

This course will study problems of flows in networks. These problems will include 
the determination of the shortest chain, maximal flow and minimal cost flow in 
networks. The relationship between network flows and linear programming will be 
developed as well as problems with nonlinear cost functions, multi-commodity flows 
and the problem of network synethesis. (Offered in alternate years.) 

Mr. Bennington 

IE 591 Project Work 2-6 

Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing 

Investigation and report on an assigned problem for students enrolled in the 
fifth-year curriculum in industrial engineering. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 193 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



IE 608 Linear Programming Applications 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 505 (MA 505, OR 505) or EC 555 

The application of linear programming to large problems of a practical nature; 
product mix, diet, scheduling and blending problems; problem generation, control 
of accuracy, report generation. Stress is laid on post-optimal studies; multiple- 
objective functions and right-hand sides; parametric programming on the right- 
hand side, the objective function, the rim and the interior. Decomposition of various 
types of problems will receive considerable attention with extensions into some 
nonlinear systems. (Offered in alternate years.) Mr. Llewellyn 

IE 611 The Design of Production Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 505 (MA 505, OR 505), OR 501 

The study of production systems: the model, the criterion, decision making and 
optimization, levels of decision. The graphic representation of systems: signal 
flow graphs, activity analysis, networks of flow models. The machine assignment 
problem, scheduling and sequencing, line balancing location-allocation of new 
facilities. The use of computers in the design of production systems. (Offered in 
alternate years.) Mr. Elmaghraby 

IE 622 Inventory Control Methods II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: IE 523 

A continuation of IE 523; stochastic inventory systems of lot size- reorder type; 
periodic review and single period models. Application of dynamic programming 
theory to deterministic and stochastic cases. Mr. Nuttle 

IE 640 (PSY 640) Skilled Operator Performance 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 540 (PSY 540) or consent of instructor 

Theories of the human operator are considered with regard to the classical 
problems of monitoring, vigilance and tracking. Factors such as biological rhythm, 
sleep loss, sensory restriction, environmental stress and time-sharing are considered 
as they interact with and determine overall systems efficiency. (Offered in alternate 
years.) Mr. Pearson 

IE 641 Biotechnology in Systems Engineering 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 540 (PSY 540) or consent of instructor, ZO 421 recommended 

Study of major problem areas, methodology, theory and experimental work in 
biotechnology; interaction among engineering, biological and behavioral factors in 
design for safety and survival; physiology and biomechanics of acceleration, 
deceleration and pressure altitude; consideration of operator effectiveness in 
submarine, extraterrestrial, arctic and desert environments; techniques in evalua- 
tion of crash dynamics and pathology; closed-ecological systems. (Offered in 
alternate years.) Mr. Soliday 

IE 651 Special Studies in Industrial Engineering Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small groups of 
students to undertake studies of special areas in industrial engineering which fit 
into their particular program and which may not be covered by existing industrial 
engineering graduate level courses. The work would be directed by a qualified 
staff member who has particular interest in the area covered by the problem. Such 
problems may require individual research and initiative in the application of 
industrial engineering training to new areas or fields. Graduate Staff 



194 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

IE 692 (OR 692, MA 692) Special Topics in 

Mathematical Programming 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: IE 505 (MA 505, OR 505) 

The study of special advanced topics in the area of mathematical programming. 
New techniques and current research in this area will be discussed. The faculty 
responsible for this course will select the areas to be covered during the semester 
according to their preference and interest. This course will not necessarily be taught 
by an individual faculty but can, on occasion, be a joint effort of several faculty 
members from this University as well as visiting faculty from other institutions. 
To date, a course on Theory of Networks and another on Integer Programming 
have been offered under the umbrella of this course. It is anticipated that these two 
topics will be repeated in the future together with other topics. Graduate Staff 

IE 693 Seminar In Systems Safety Engineering 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisites: IE 540 (PSY 540), ST 515 

Discussion of contemporary issues involving the systems approach to accident 
prevention and injury control. History of safety research; federal health, industrial 
and military activities in safety; current centers of safety research and their 
activity. Messrs. Pearson, Ayoub 

IE 694 Advanced Problems in Human Factors Engineering 3(3-0) FS Sum. 
Prerequisites: IE 540 (PSY 540), ST 515 

Exploration in depth of a problem area of contemporary interest involving the 
man-machine-environment interface. Class discussion and analysis of research and 
theory, with special focus on the human factors aspects of systems design and 
operation. Messrs. Pearson, Soliday, Ayoub 

IE 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Seminar discussion of industrial engineering problems for graduate students. 
Case analyses and reports. Messrs. Elmaghraby, Magazine 

IE 699 Industrial Engineering Research Credits Arranged FS Sum. 

Graduate research in industrial engineering for thesis credit. Graduate Staff 



International Development 

Professor Jackson Rigney, Dean 

There is no question but that America's need for trained personnel for service 
in foreign countries will increase greatly during the coming years. The world is 
moving inexorably toward greater interchange of people and greater volume of 
commerce between nations, and the number of Americans going abroad each 
year for business and pleasure is increasing at a fantastic rate. This growing 
interchange among nations requires the services of skilled persons in all walks of 
life, but they must be persons who have the capability to move and work effectively 
between our culture and others. The demand is heavy for persons who are well 
qualified in a particular profession or discipline and who also have language and 
cultural background in other parts of the world. 

The degree of Master of Technology in International Development is offered 
for the purpose of training students with the above background and interest. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 195 

The degree of Master of Technology in International Development is designed 
to give an international orientation and perspective to the master's degree that is 
sought in any of the scientific and professional fields represented at this Univer- 
sity. It is designed to provide specialized training for students who are interested in 
utilizing their skills in international activities, whether technical, consultative or 
administrative in character. It is also available to foreign students who are train- 
ing for leadership roles in their own country. 

Advanced courses and departmental facilities which are available to any other 
master's degree program at the University are also available to this program to 
satisfy the needs in the area of the major. 

A wide selection of courses is available relating to the developmental, cultural 
and political aspects of Europe, Latin America and Asia. A number of seminars 
in different schools relating to international development are conducted each year 
and they are available to this program. 

The modern language department has one of the most complete language 
laboratories in the area and can use all phases of audio-aural- visual instruction in 
developing language competence. Complete programs are available in Spanish, 
French and German and some courses are available in Russian and Italian. In- 
struction in English for foreign students is offered during the academic year and a 
special Institute for Foreign Students is held each summer. 

There are several overseas University projects in agriculture and engineering 
which afford opportunity for faculty members and graduate students to gain inti- 
mate contact with other parts of the world. These include activities in Latin 
America and the Near East-South Asia. 

Application for admission to the Graduate School to pursue studies leading to 
the Master of Technology in International Development is processed through the 
office of the Graduate Dean and the respective department in which the major 
course work will be taken. 

Requirements for admission are the same as for the Master of Science degree; 
namely, the applicant must have a bachelor's degree from a college or university 
that is recognized as standard by a regional or general accrediting agency, and he 
must have at least a "B" grade average in his undergraduate major. 

The program of work for this degree includes the following: 

1 . A total of 36 semester credits is required, not less than half of which must 
be in the field of the undergraduate major or closely related areas. The remainder 
stresses course work providing special orientation and training that prepares the 
student for accepting technical, consulting, or administrative responsibilities. In 
the area of the minor, 12 semester credits may be drawn from courses at the 300 
and 400 levels, of which no more than six credits may be taken from the 300 
level. 

2. A summer field experience of 12 weeks in a foreign country, or for the 
foreign students, equivalent field experience in this country that is closely related 
to his major (no formal credit allowed toward the degree). 

3. A report on the field experience will replace the research thesis require- 
ment of the Master of Science degree. 

4. Intensive training in one language (no formal credit allowed toward the 
degree). 

In all other respects the requirements are the same as for the Master of Science 
degree. For further information contact the Office of International Programs, 
209 Daniels Hall. 



196 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Landscape Architecture 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Richard R. Wilkinson, Head 

Professors: Joseph H. Cox, Henry L. Kamphoefner, Duncan R. Stuart, Edwin 
G. Thurlow; Associate Professor: Donald H. Ensign 

The program leading to the Master of Landscape Architecture degree is de- 
signed to provide an opportunity for students to engage in exploratory and 
developmental work in the solution of complex problems. In the practical sense 
it provides a structure for students to explore the complexity of changing environ- 
mental situations and develop more comprehensive techniques in analysis and 
synthesis. The program requires four semesters of academic work built around a 
core of four workshops comprising 18 semester hours. As a means to focus work- 
shop activity on a common matrix, an area of North Carolina with complex en- 
vironmental problems will serve as a laboratory. Each student will be expected to 
develop his own bias and create programs for its effectiveness in concert with 
other similarly engaged students. The laboratory area comprises a complex of 
public and private activity in an embryonic development stage and affords an 
opportunity to both observe and engage in the process of physical change. 

In conjunction with the workshop core, a series of professional electives are 
required to study the existing methods and techniques of environmental design. 
These courses entail 12 semester hours and function to integrate the many unre- 
lated approaches to environmental manipulation and design. 

The third phase comprises 18 semester hours of student electives in the basic 
sciences that support effective employment of each student's program. These 
courses may be elected in any of three universities in the Triangle area: NCSU, 
Duke or UNC. The purpose of the elective path is to ensure an opportunity for 
the student to gain a structured insight to another discipline and be conversant 
with its methodology and content. 

The degree requirement, in addition to the 48 hours of academic work, is a 
seminar delivered in the terminal semester that relates the methods of environ- 
mental design to his elective path. Constraints posed by the program are the 
requirement that the student develop his worked examples within the laboratory 
area and that he focus both his design skills and supporting knowledge on the 
final worked example. 

Students will be admitted to the program from a variety of disciplines to ensure 
an adequate mixture of student involvements. The program, however, is based on 
the student fostering his own view of environmental quality and his work to 
achieve more comprehensive solutions to ongoing problems of physical change. 

DESIGN CORE 

A series of workshops treating the region as a group of related systems make up 
the design core. The sequence of problems begins with simple congruencies and 
evolves to a complete synthesis of environmental systems in the terminal case 
studv. Courses included in this section are LAR 503, LAR 504, LAR 603 and 
LAR 604. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 197 
ANALYTICAL AND INTEGRATIVE CORE 

The analytical and integrative core is a series of courses relating regional 
landscape design to other design professions and the information sources support- 
ing large-scale design activities. 

The courses, LAR 521 and LAR 611, represent a commitment on the part of 
the landscape architecture faculty to the environmental design and planning 
disciplines in general. The integrative core courses are not specifically required of 
the LAR graduate student but can be elected with consent of his adviser as part 
of the 12 hours required for this phase of the program. Other courses presently 
existing within established programs at the Raleigh and Chapel Hill campuses 
can be elected to meet the student's particular needs. 

MINOR PROGRAMS 

The minor programs are a series of electives in areas of study providing a 
critical information source. Students will elect courses in these areas under the 
direction of their minor adviser. Counseling in these areas will be conducted by 
the associated faculty, and students will be expected to demonstrate a level of 
proficiency comparable to others developing academic minors in these areas. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

LAR 400 Intermediate Landscape Architecture 

Design (Series) 4(1-9) FS 

Prerequisite: DN 202 or equivalent or consent of department 

The LAR 400 Series is intended to permit students flexibility in scheduling. The 
courses will cover small scale design, urban landscape architecture, public and 
institutional design. Each course will be conducted as a workshop/studio to study 
the problems of project organization, design and execution. 

LAR 411, 412 Landscape Technology 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Techniques and procedures of construction drawing. Contracts, specifications 
and office practice. Consolidation of previous technical course work by case study 
projects of various scales. 

LAR 491 Special Projects in Landscape Architecture 2-4 FS 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and 3.0 G.P.A. 

The course is intended as a special projects framework for advanced under 
graduates to do research on a tutorial basis. The course may be scheduled two times. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

LAR 501, 502 Landscape Design I, II 6(3-9) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Regional research and analysis. Social criteria of urban and regional design. 
Transportation systems, land use determination and the design of large scale 
environmental complexes. Open to graduate students in related fields. Evaluation 
of non-majors based on contribution of their discipline to group effort. 



198 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

LAR 503 Regional Design Workshop I 3(0-9) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study of current literature in regional design and planning with emphasis on 
extracting a number of premises, theoretical structures and information handling 
techniques as a basis for seminar discussions and activities. 

LAR 504 Regional Design Workshop II 3(0-9) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Case study projects designed to explore the relationship between the resource 
base and the development intentions with the purpose of evolving clear statements 
of problems involved and their susceptibility to solution problem situations will be 
developed from differing viewpoints and levels of complexity. 

LAR 512 Physical Systems 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

Analysis of physical systems and methods of determining relationships between 
systems with particular reference to natural systems, managed resource systems, 
development systems and their relationship to development objectives. 

LAR 521 Introduction to Regional Design 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

A perspective of the measures man has taken to ensure his relation to the general 
environment. Ecologic determinism, economic and political functionalism and 
aesthetic movements will be developed in an historical context. 

LAR 591, 592 Special Projects 4(2-6) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Student-evolved projects with emphasis on utilization and expansion of technical 
processes and techniques to reinforce design solutions. Introduction and investiga- 
tion of experimental methology. Development of student-evolved interest in specific 
areas. Open to graduate students in related fields. Evaluation of nonmajors based 
on contribution of their discipline to group effort. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

LAR 603 Regional Design III 3(0-9) F 

Prerequisites: LAR 503, LAR 504 

Course will be directed at a synthesis of information handling methods and 
environmental design theory within an institutional context. The procedure will be 
to clarify environmental problems, generate alternative solutions to problems, 
illustrate the physical implications of alternatives, and evaluate the alternative 
on the basis of their capacity to be implemented through established institutions 
and agencies. The course will be structured around existing situations which 
have the capacity to be abstracted into prototypical situations. 

LAR 604 Regional Design IV 3-6 S 

Prerequisites: LAR 503, LAR 504, LAR 603 

Terminal project for regional design degree students. Projects will be selected 
and developed by individual students under the direction of his major and minor 
professors. 

LAR 611 Physical Design Policy 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: LAR 503 and consent of instructor 

Course will be directed at a detailed examination of public policy regarding 
control of the physical environment. Emphasis will be focused on policies 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 199 

which are directed at control of land use, such as road, utilities, water, etc. and 
their relationship to policies regarding less tangible commodities such as 
public health, education, recreation, etc. 

LAR 691 Degree Seminar 

Prerequisites: LAR 503, LAR 504, LAR 603 
Co-requisite: LAR 604 

Each student in his terminal semester and in conjunction with his terminal 
case study will prepare and submit to his committee a presentation on the 
relevance of his minor to the design process with particular reference to his case 
study. 



Marine Sciences 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Associate Professor Leonard J. Langfelder, Chairman 

Professors: Michael Amein, Arthur W. Cooper, John A. Edwards, William W. 
Hassler, John E. Hobbie, Carlton J. Leith, Ian S. Longmuir, John 
Lyman, Walter J. Saucier, James C. Williams, III; Associate Professors: 
Billy J. Copeland, Larry H. Royster, Neil B. Webb, Charles W. 
Welby; Adjunct Associate Professor: James R. Smith; Assistant Professors: 
Norden E. Huang, Charles E. Knowles, Jerry L. Machemehl 

The oceans are perhaps man's last great frontier on earth. Recent developments 
have made clear how little man really knows of this vast environment and its 
resources. Further understanding of the oceans and effective utilization of their 
resources depends upon a thorough knowledge of the geography of the sea and 
its logistics, the mineral resources of the sea and their extraction, the biological 
resources of the sea and their utilization, ocean pollution, and deep sea and coastal 
engineering. North Carolina is richly endowed with marine environments and 
resources. The state has over 300 miles of shoreline which enclose about 2,500 
square miles of shallow sounds and associated habitats. In addition, an extensive 
continental shelf and proximity to the Gulf Stream and cold northern waters make 
for rich and varied opportunities for the study of marine science. 

Marine Sciences embraces studies in "oceanography," "marine science" and 
other environmental sciences related to the ocean. The curriculum in marine sci- 
ences brings together the faculties and facilities of both the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill and North Carolina State University to offer broad graduate 
training in the various areas of marine sciences. The program gives students a 
wide choice of faculty advisers, marine science courses and potential research 
projects. Departments on the North Carolina State campus involved in this curric- 
ulum include biochemistry, biological and agricultural engineering, botany, 
chemical engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, economics, engineering me- 
chanics, food science, genetics, geosciences, mechanical and aerospace engineer- 
ing, microbiology, physics, soil science and zoology. Teaching and research may 
take place within the following academic departments of the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill: bacteriology, biochemistry, botany, chemistry, environ- 
mental sciences and engineering, geology,' physics and zoology. Course offerings 
on the Raleigh campus are supplemented by courses at Chapel Hill and Duke 
University with which reciprocal tuition arrangements can be made. 

A variety of facilities are available to students wishing to do research in marine 
sciences. North Carolina State University has the Pamlico Marine Laboratory at 



200 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Aurora and another lab at Hatteras administered by the Department of Zoology. 
The Harbor Island Marine Science Center at Wrightsville Beach is available for 
use as a field research station. Students may also use the facilities of the Institute 
of Marine Science of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the 
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Lab at Beaufort. In addition, individuals with 
special interests in coastal engineering and protection, coastal geology and coastal 
ecology may participate in the research of members of the North Carolina Coastal 
Research Program. 

For admission to the curriculum in marine sciences, an undergraduate degree 
is required in a basic science such as physics, chemistry, biology, bacteriology, 
botanv, zoology, geology or engineering. Undergraduate students who are in- 
terested in a graduate program in marine sciences are encouraged to complete the 
necessary prerequisites for the marine sciences core courses prior to entrance in 
graduate school. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

A graduate student may choose to major in marine sciences or he may major in 
a field represented by a regular department and minor in marine sciences. 

Master of Science — The Master of Science degree program normally will require 
only three of the five core courses and one semester of Seminar in Marine Sciences. 
A period of residence at a marine station or on an oceanographic cruise in a pro- 
gram approved by the student's supervisory committee will normally be required. 
Requirements for the minor, the thesis, the language, admission to candidacy, 
residence, and final examinations are specified in the regulations of the Graduate 
School. Arrangements for structuring supervisory committees will be similar to 
those for the Ph.D. degree. 

Doctor of Philosophy — The Ph.D. program for a student will be supervised by 
a faculty supervisory committee drawn from the graduate faculties of one or both 
campuses. The supervisory committee will include at least one member of the 
marine sciences faculty. The requirements for the major for the Ph.D. degree are 
determined by the student's supervisory committee and normally will include four 
of the five core courses listed below or substitutions for these courses acceptable 
as equivalent by his supervisory committee and the marine sciences faculty. The 
core courses are MAS 487, MAS 529, MAS 584, UNC-CH MAS 101, UNC-CH 
MAS 105. In addition, a doctoral candidate will normally take the Marine 
Sciences Seminar at least twice during his period of study and will study or do 
research at a marine station or on an oceanographic cruise in a program approved 
by his supervisory committee. Requirements for the minor, the dissertation, the 
languages, comprehensive examinations, admission to candidacy, residence, and 
final examinations are specified in the regulations of the Graduate School. 

Master of Science minor — Requirements are similar to the Ph.D. minor except 
that only two of the five core courses and only one additional course, outside the 
area of the major field, from the list of approved courses normally will be required. 
Again, final decision on the program of study rests with the supervisory committee. 

Doctor of Philosophy minor — For a marine sciences minor in conjunction with 
a doctoral program, three of the five core courses and at least one semester of 
seminar normally will be taken. The remaining courses in the minor will come 
from the list of approved courses outside the major field. Final decision on the 
program of study rests with the supervisory committee. 

Communications concerning the Marine Science Program should be directed 
to the Chairman of the Marine Science Faculty, in care of the Graduate School, 
North Carolina State University, or directly to a participating department. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 201 

MAS 471 (MAE 471) Undersea Vehicle Design 3(3-0) S 

(See mechanical and aerospace engineering, page 223.) 

MAS 487 (CE 487. OY 487) Physical Oceanography 3(3-0) S 

(See physical oceanography, page 248.) 

MAS 529 (ZO 529) Biological Oceanography 3(3-0) S 

(See zoology, page 334.) 

MAS 541 (OY 541, CE 541) Gravity Wave Theory I 3(3-0) S 

(See physical oceanography, page 249.) 

MAS 551 (OY 551) Ocean Circulation 3(3-0) S 

(See physical oceanography, page 249.) 

MAS 581 (CE 581) Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering 3(3-0) F 

(See civil engineering, page 104.) 

MAS 584 (GY 584) Marine Geology 3(3-0) S 

(See geology, page 171.) 

MAS 591, 592 Marine Sciences Seminar 1(1-0) S 

A seminar designed to give perspective in the field of marine science. Topics 
vary from semester to semester. In order to obtain credit a student must deliver a 
seminar. 

MAS 601, 602 (OY 601, 602) Advanced Physical Oceanography I, II 3(3-0) FS 
(See physical oceanography, page 249.) 

MAS 605, 606 (OY 605, 606; EM 605, 606) Advanced Geophysical 

Fluid Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

(See physical oceanography, page 249.) 

MAS 613, 614 (OY 613, 614; EM 613, 614) Perturbation Method 

in Fluid Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

(See physical oceanography, page 249.) 

MAS 693 Special Topics in Marine Sciences 1-3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of staff 

This course will provide the opportunity for advanced graduate students to 
study in special problem areas in marine sciences. Various areas in the program 
may use this course concurrently in their areas. 

UNC-CH MAS 101 General Oceanography 3(3-0) F 

A study of the seas and their processes. 

UNC-CH MAS 105 (ESE 128) Chemical Oceanography 3(3-0) S 

A variation and abundance of sea water constituents. The chemical, physical 
and biological processes contributing to the distribution and problems of dispersion 
of conservative and nonconservative substances are considered. 

Messrs. Lyman, Kuenzler and Johnson 

RECOMMENDED COURSES IN PARTICIPATING DEPARTMENTS 

Biological Marine Science 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Introduction to Ecology 
BO 560 (ZO 560) Principles of Ecology 



202 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



BO 574 


(MB 574) Phycology 


MB 401, 


402 General Microbiology 


ZO 420 


Fishery Science 


ZO 441 


Ichthyology 


ZO 515 


Growth and Reproduction of Fishes 


ZO 517 


Population Ecology 


ZO 519 


Limnology 


ZO 619 


Advanced Limnology 


ZO 621 


Fishery Science 


Geological Marine Science 


GY 452 


Exogenic Materials and Processes 


GY 552 


Exploratory Geophysics 


GY 563 


Applied Sedimentology 


GY 567 


Geochemistry 


SSC 553 


Soil Mineralogy 



Physical Marine Science 

CE 517 Water Transportation 

CE 548, 549 Engineering Properties of Soils I, II 

CE 641, 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics 

EM 504 Mechanics of Ideal Fluids 

EM 505 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids I 

EM 612 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids II 

MAE 651 Principles of Fluid Motion 



Materials Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor William W. Austin, Head 

Professors: Joe R. Beeler, Jr., Abdel A. Fahmy, James K. Magor, Khosrow L. 
Moazed; Research Professors: Hayne Palmour, III, Hans H. Stadelmaier, 
Robert F. Stoops; Professor Emeritus: William W. Kriegel; Adjunct 
Professor: Henry M. Davis; Associate Professors: Ray B. Benson, Jr., John 
V. Hamme, George O. Harrell, Charles R. Manning, Jr.; Adjunct 
Associate Professor: George Mayer; Assistant Professor: John C. Hurt 

The Department of Materials Engineering offers graduate programs leading to 
the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Graduate courses in 
materials science and engineering are also offered for the benefit of students 
majoring in other areas who may be interested in pursuing advanced work in the 
materials fields. 

Financial assistance is available to qualified graduate students in the Depart- 
ment of Materials Engineering. Graduate assistantships permit half-time studies 
toward advanced degrees, and half time to be devoted to teaching or research. 
Also, sponsored fellowships and traineeships that permit full-time graduate study 
are available on a competitive basis. Applications should be made to the depart- 
ment. 

During the past decade rapid developments in aerospace, electronics and 
nuclear technologies, and their attendant materials problems have resulted in 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 203 

increased emphasis on graduate study and research on the fundamental properties 
and behavior of materials. At present, intensifying demands of the so-called 
societal problem (housing, pollution, communications, health and medicine, and 
the like), are bringing about dramatic shifts in research emphases in the direc- 
tion of applications-oriented research. Much of this work is aimed at optimum 
solutions to these crisis problems. Opportunities for men and women with graduate 
training in these areas are developing, and in the decade of the seventies this work 
will of necessity become the dominant role of science, engineering and technology. 

The highly flexible graduate programs offered by the Department of Materials 
Engineering are particularly well suited to the development of trained leaders to 
fill these opportunities in the materials disciplines. The very diversity of under- 
graduate curricula in engineering and physical sciences, and the spread of subject 
matter that falls within the materials field, mitigate against the adoption of a 
rigidly formalized sequence of courses to be taken by all candidates for advanced 
degrees in materials. Flexibility in the selection of the graduate student's pro- 
gram in materials regardless of his prior technical training — whether in ceramic, 
chemical, civil, electrical, mechanical, metallurgical or nuclear engineering, or in 
the physical sciences — is recognized by the Department of Materials Engineering 
to be of the utmost importance. In this program emphasis may be placed upon 
fundamental research or upon the application of basic concepts in materials science 
to various engineering and societal problems. 

Therefore, the programs of study for graduate students majoring in materials 
will be determined by the candidate in consultation with his adviser and graduate 
committee, and will depend on the background and the needs of the candidate. 
The needs of graduate students majoring in fields other than materials, yet seek- 
ing a minor in this latter discipline may also be satisfied from the courses of 
instruction offered by the Department of Materials Engineering. 

Although the designation, Department of Materials Engineering, was adopted 
in 1969, the major components of this department namely, ceramic engineering 
and metallurgical engineering, have had a much longer tradition at this University. 
In particular the faculty in ceramic engineering has been actively engaged in post- 
graduate teaching and research for more than three decades, and since 1950 this 
University has been the only institution in the Southeast which has offered the 
doctorate in ceramic engineering. In addition to this, a cooperative arrangement 
with the Department of Chemical Engineering has been established under which 
graduate study and research in polymeric materials are available. 

In addition to the advanced work in materials science and engineering, the 
School of Engineering also offers an excellent program of supporting courses in 
all of the degree granting departments within the School. Equally strong supporting 
programs of instruction are also offered in a number of other schools within the 
University. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAT 401 Materials Processing 3(3-0) 

Prerequisites: MAT 301, MAT 450, MAT 412 

Techniques for the processing of ceramic, metallic and polymeric materials to 
control properties, form and appearance through considerations of thermal, 
chemical, mechanical, electrical, magnetic and nuclear energy. Both traditional 
and exotic processes are covered utilizing fundamental materials science and 
engineering science principles. 



204 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAT 411, 412 Physical Principles in Materials Science I, II 3(3-0) 

Prerequisites: (411) MAT 201; (412) MAT 411 

Introduction to the fundamental physical concepts of ceramic, metallic and 
polymeric materials. Relation between properties and structure. 

MAT 417 Ceramic Subsystem Design 3(2-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 312 

Individual and team study involving the interdependence of plant layout, 
processes, equipment and materials in the economic design of engineering systems 
and subsystems. Discussion of design principles, sources of data, creativity and 
economic analysis to encourage original solutions to problems of current and 
future need and interest in the ceramic profession. 

MAT 423, 424 Materials Factors in Design I, II (423) 3(3-0) 

Prerequisites: (423) MAT 450; (424) MAT 423 (424) 4(3-3) 

Corequisites: (423) MAT 431; (424) MAT 432 

Selection of materials for specific engineering applications. Manufacturing 
processes and their relation to product use. 

MAT 431, 432 Physical Metallurgy I, II 3(3-0) 

Prerequisites: (431) MAT 412; (432) MAT 431 

Alloy design; control of properties through microstructures; principles of heat 
treatment; strengthening mechanisms. 

MAT 435, 436 Physical Ceramics I, II (435) 4(3-3) 

Prerequisites: (435) MAT 412; (436) 435 (436) 3(2-3) 

A project-oriented course in which starting materials of various types of 
ceramic products are characterized including analysis of reactions, selection of 
processing parameters, processing, measurement of properties appropriate to the 
ceramic analysis, and correlation of all materials and processing parameters with 
properties and microstructures. Projects are selected to exemplify characteristic 
types of ceramics. 

MAT 437 Introduction to the Vitreous State 3(3-0) 

Prerequisite: MAT 301 

An introductory study of the vitreous state to include the structure, properties 
and type of glasses (including glazes and enamels). Opacity color and devitrifi- 
cation. Nature of the glassy phase in kiln-fired ceramics. 

MAT 450 Mechanical Properties of Materials 3(2-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 201 

Elastic, plastic and fracture phenomena in solids including yielding, strain 
hardening, brittle fracture, creep and fatigue. 

MAT 451 Principles of Ceramic Engineering 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 433 or MAE 302 or CHE 315 

An advanced treatment of fundamental relationships among ceramic materials, 
processes and properties. Designed to provide an adequate background for students 
from other engineering and physical science curricula to permit effective study of 
ceramic engineering at the graduate level. 

MAT 491 Materials Engineering Seminar 1(1-0) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Literature survey of selected topics in materials engineering. Oral and written 
reports and discussions. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 205 

MAT 493, 494 Ceramic Field Exercises I, II 1(0-3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Selected plant visitations, lectures by practicing ceramic engineers, reports 
on industrial organizations engaged in manufacture or use of ceramics. Dis- 
cussions of professional organizations and professional ethics. 

MAT 495, 496 Experimental Engineering I, II 3(1-6) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific project dealing with 
metallurgy, materials or general experimental work. A seminar period is 
provided and a written report required. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAT 500 Modern Concepts in Materials Science 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 412 

Applications of current theories of materials such as crystal theory, continuum 
and quasi-continuum theories, phenomenological theories, etc., to the solution of 
materials problems. 

MAT 503 Ceramic Microscopy 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: GY 331 

Transmitted and reflected light techniques for the systematic study of ceramic 
materials and products. 

MAT 509 High Vacuum Technology 3(2-3) Sum. 

Prerequisite: CH 433 or MAE 301 

Properties of low-pressure gases and vapors. Production, maintenance and 
measurement of high vacuum; design, construction and operation of high vacuum, 
high temperature facilities. Properties and reactions of materials which are 
processed, tested and/or utilized in high vacuum environments. 

MAT 510 Structure of Crystalline Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 411 
Corequisite: MAT 500 

The lattice structure of crystals, including group theory applications, reciprocal 
lattice concept and the study of crystal structure as related to bonding. 

MAT 520 Theory and Structure of Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 510 

Structure of liquids, and crystalline and amorphous solids used in engineering 
systems. Crystallinity and thermal properties. Ionic crystals in ceramic systems. 
The metallic state and alloy behavior. Emphasis is placed on the relation between 
fundamental materials parameters and engineering properties. 

MAT 527 Refractories in Service 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAT 411 

A study of the physical and chemical properties of the more important refrac- 
tories in respect to their environment in industrial and laboratory furnaces. 

MAT 529 Properties of High Temperature Materials 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAT 201 

Effects of temperature on the physical, mechanical and chemical properties of 
inorganic materials; relationships between microstructure and high temperature 
properties; applications of ceramics, metals and composites at elevated temperatures. 



206 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAT 530 Phase Transformation in Materials I 3(3-0) F 

Corequisite: MAT 500 

Kinetic theory of transformations, nucleation theory, homogeneous and hetero- 
geneous nucleation, growth of crystals, epitaxial thin films. 

MAT 533, 534 Advanced Ceramic Engineering Design I, II 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: MAT 417 

Advanced studies in analysis and design of ceramic products, processes and 
systems leading to original solutions of current industrial problems and the 
development of new concepts of manufacturing. 

MAT 540 Glass Technology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 437 

Fundamentals of glass manufacture including compositions, properties and 
application of the principal types of commercial glasses. 

MAT 541, 542 Principles of Corrosion I, II 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: MAT 431 or CH 431 

The fundamentals of metallic corrosion and passivity. The electro-chemical 
nature of corrosive attack, basic forms of corrosion, corrosion rate factors, methods 
of corrosion protection. Laboratory work included. 

MAT 550 Dislocation Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 450 

Structure, energetics, stress and strain fields, interactions and motion of 
dislocations in solids. 

MAT 556 Composite Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 450 

Basic principles underlying the properties of composite materials as related to 
properties of the individual constituents and their interaction. Emphasis is 
placed on the design of composite systems to yield desired combinations of 
properties. 

MAT 562 (NE 562) Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 410 or consent of instructor 

Reactor component design considerations determined by materials properties as 
well as by nuclear function are covered. Emphasis is placed on radiation effects 
and other concepts pertinent to the selection of materials for nuclear reactors 
for either terrestrial or space applications. 

MAT 573 (NE 573) Computer Experiments in Materials Engineering 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisites: PY 407, MA 301 

The basic techniques for constructing both statistical (Monte Carlo) and deter- 
ministic computer experiments will be explained and discussed from the stand- 
point of immediate use in the solution of current engineering research and develop- 
ment problems. 

MAT 595, 596 Advanced Materials Experiments I, II 3(1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: MAT 411 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific experimental project 
dealing with materials. A seminar period is provided and a written report is 
required. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 201 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



MAT 601 Ceramic Phase Relationships 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Heterogeneous equilibrium, phase transformations, dissociation, fusion, lattice 
energy, defect structure, thermodynamic properties of ionic phases and silicate 
melts. 

MAT 603 Advanced Ceramic Reaction Kinetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAT 510 

Fundamental study of the kinetics of high temperature ceramic reactions such 
as diffusion, nucleation, grain growth, recrystallization, phase transformation, 
vitrification and sintering. 

MAT 610 X-ray Diffraction 3(3-0)F 

Prerequisite: MAT 510 

The properties and scattering behavior of X-rays by electrons, ions and atoms. 
Theory and applications of X-ray diffraction techniques such as Laue back 
reflection, the rotating crystal and powder methods, texture studies and residual 
stress analysis. 

MAT 615 Electron Microscopy 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAT 550, MAT 610 

Theory of imaging and diffraction of electrons. Analysis of structures using 
electron microscopy. 

MAT 621 Theory and Structure of Amorphous Materials 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAT 520 

Bond types and structure of amorphous solids, relations of bond types and 
structure to flow mechanisms, electrical, optical and thermal properties. 

MAT 622 Theory and Structure of Ceramic Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 520 

Electrical and optical properties of non-conducting materials, ferro-electric 
behavior and materials parameters, magnetic properties of non-metallics, semi- 
conducting materials. 

MAT 623 Theory and Structure of Metallic Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 520 

The metallic state, its atomic and electronic structure. Electron theory of 
metals and alloys. Advanced methods of determining electronic structure in 
metallic materials. 

MAT 630 Phase Transformation in Materials II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAT 510, MAT 530, MAT 550 

Formal theories of solid-solid transformations, transformation mechanisms, 
transformation morphologies. 

MAT 631, 632 Advanced Physical Ceramics I, II 3(2-3) FS 

Corequisites: MAT 510, 610 or MAT 530, 630 or EM 501, 502 or PY 503, 552 

Lattice structures and lattice energies in crystalline ceramics; relationships 
with elastic, optical and thermal properties. Effects of constitution and micro- 
structure on lattice-sensitive properties. The defect crystalline state in ceramics; 



208 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

vacancies, color centers, dislocations, boundaries. Crystal growth. Plastic de- 
formation processes, including creep and fatigue; the ductile-brittle transition. 
Structure-sensitive properties of crystalline, vitreous and composite ceramics; 
effects of constitution, microstructure and nonstoichiometry. 

MAT 633 Advanced Mechanical Properties of Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 630 

The theories of yield strength, work hardening, creep, fracture, and fatigue of 
crystalline materials will be developed in terms of dislocation theory. 

MAT 661 Diffraction Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 610 

The diffraction of light, X-rays, electrons and neutrons by matter is represented 
in Fourier space, and the known methods of generating the Fourier transform 
(usually atomic structure) are reviewed. Exploration by high and low angle 
scattering techniques of crystals, paracrystals, liquids, polydispersed aggregates, 
and fibers is treated. The feasibility of direct analysis by convolution integrals is 
studied. 

MAT 691, 692 Special Topics in Materials Engineering 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Special studies of advanced topics in materials engineering. 

MAT 695 Materials Engineering Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Reports and discussion of special topics in materials engineering and allied 
fields. 

MAT 699 Materials Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Independent investigation of an appropriate research problem. A report on this 
investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 



Mathematics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Nicholas J. Rose, Head 

Professors: John W. Bishir, Roberts C. Bullock, John M. A. Danby, Walter J. 
Harrington, Kwangil Koh, Jack Levine, Paul E. Lewis, Jiang Luh, 
Howard M. Nahikian, Graduate Administrator, Paul A. Nickel, Hubert V. 
Park, Hans Sagan, Herbert E. Speece, Raimond A. Struble, Hubertus R. 
van der Vaart, Oscar Wesler, Lowell S. Winton; Adjunct Professor: 
Ian N. Sneddon; Visiting Professor: Makoto Itoh; Associate Professors: 
Ernest E. Burniston, Richard E. Chandler, William G. Dotson, Jr., 
Ronald O. Fulp, John R. Kolb, Joe A. Marlin, John W. Querry, James B. 
Wilson; Assistant Professors: Harvey J. Charlton, Dennis E. Garoutte, 
Ralph Gellar, Donald J. Hansen, Robert E. Hartwig, James E. Huney- 
cutt, Jr., Robert H. Martin, Jr., Carl D. Meyer, Lavon B. Page, Chia- 
Ven Pao, Robert T. Ramsay, Robert Silber, Jason L. Sox Jr., Ernest L. 
Stitzinger, David F. Ullrich, William M. Waters, Jr. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 209 

The Department of Mathematics offers programs in both mathematics and ap- 
plied mathematics leading to the degrees of Master of Science, Master of Mathe- 
matics, Master of Applied Mathematics and Doctor of Philosophy. 

There is a consistent demand tor persons with graduate training in mathematics 
and its applications. Employment opportunities are available in colleges and uni- 
versities, industry and government. 

The philosophy of the department is to maintain within its faculty, and in its 
research and course offerings, a sound balance between the "pure" and "applied" 
aspects of mathematics. We believe that the study of abstract systems can help in 
the solution of concrete problems and that the study of specific problems often 
stimulates the growth and creation of new mathematics. Thus a student will find 
in this department no artificial separation between pure and applied mathematics 
and, in fact, he is encouraged to incorporate both aspects in his course of study. 

Applicants for admission should have an undergraduate degree in mathematics 
or its equivalent. This should include a year of mathematical analysis (or advanced 
calculus) and a year of modern algebra, including linear algebra. All applicants 
are required to take the Graduate Record Examination including the Advanced 
Test in Mathematics. 

A number of research and teaching assistantships are available. A student hold- 
ing a half-time assistantship is allowed to carry a course load of nine semester 
hours. A limited number of NSF, NASA, NDEA and Ford Fellowships are also 
available. 

The requirements for the master's degree include 30-33 semester hours of ap- 
proved course credits and a comprehensive examination. A thesis is required for 
the Master of Science degree. Foreign languages are not required for the master's 
degrees. 

There is no prescribed minimum number of courses for the degree of Doctor of 
Philosophy. Normally a student will take approximately 60 semester hours of 
course credits including certain core courses in algebra, analysis, topology and 
applied mathematics. Independent reading and participation in seminars consti- 
tute an indispensable part of the doctoral program. 

All doctoral students are required to have a reading knowledge of two modern 
foreign languages or a knowledge in depth of one. Comprehensive examinations 
are also required. These consist of a written examination designed to test basic 
knowledge of algebra, analysis, and topology and an oral examination on material 
related to the field of proposed thesis work. 

The heart of the doctoral program is the dissertation. It must be original research 
resulting in a significant contribution in some area of mathematics or its applica- 
tions and should be worthy of publication in the current literature. The doctoral 
dissertation must be defended at the final oral examination. 

A detailed statement of requirements for graduate degrees is available on re- 
quest from the departmental office. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 



MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 

The wave, heat and Laplace equations. Solutions by separation of variables and 
expansion in Fourier Series or other appropriate orthogonal sets. 



210 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 403 Introduction to Modern Algebra 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Sets and mappings; equivalence relations; groups, homomorphisms, cosets, 
Cayley's theorem, symmetric groups, quotient groups; rings; integral domains; 
Euclidean algorithm; polynomial rings, ideals, quotient rings. 

MA 404 Fundamental Concepts of Geometry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Foundations of geometry; laws of logic; affine geometry; geometric transforma- 
tions; homogeneous coordinates; comparison of Euclidean and non-Euclidean 
geometries. 

MA 405 Introduction to Matrices and Linear Transformations 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Determinants, linear equations, linear transformations and matrices, operations 
with matrices, eigenvalues, introduction to bilinear and quadratic forms. 

MA 408 Advanced Geometry 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Topics from modern geometry; poles and polars; non-Euclidean geometry; 
analytical geometry from a vector point of view; elementary geometry from an 
advanced standpoint. 

MA 410 Theory of Numbers 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

This course is concerned with the investigation of the arithmetic properties of 
the integers. Topics include congruences, arithmetic functions, quadratic residues, 
the quadratic reciprocity law of Gauss, primitive roots, diophantine equations 
and algebraic number fields. 

MA 421 Introduction to Probability 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Axioms of probability, conditional probability, combinational analysis, random 
variables, expectation, simple stochastic processes. 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 232 

Real number system, functions and limits, topology on the real line, continuity, 
differential and integral calculus for functions of one variable. 

MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 425 

Infinite series, uniform convergence, calculus of several variables, topology 
in n-dimensions, limits, continuity, differentiability, implicit functions, multiple 
integrals, line and surface integrals. 

MA 430 Introduction to Applied Mathematics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 426, MA 421 

Formulation of scientific problems in mathematics terms, interpretation and 
evaluation of the solutions. Topics discussed will be chosen from problems in 
managerial, behavior and life sciences as well as the physical sciences. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 211 

MA 433 History of Mathematics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Evolution of the number system; trends in the development of modern mathe- 
matics; lives and contributions of outstanding mathematicians. 

MA 491 Reading in Honors Mathematics 2-6 FS 

Prerequisites: Membership in honors program, consent of department 

MA 493 Special Topics 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA 504 (NE 504) Mathematical Methods in Engineering 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 

Survey of mathematical methods for engineers. Topics include ordinary 
differential equations, matrices, partial differential equations, difference equations, 
numerical methods, elements of statistics. Techniques and applications to engi- 
neering are stressed. This course cannot be taken for credit by mathematics 
majors. 

MA 505 (IE 505, OR 505) Mathematical Programming I 3(3-0 F Sum. 

(See industrial engineering, page 191.) 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Fundamental theorem on continuous functions; convergence theory of sequences, 
series and integrals; the Riemann integral. 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

General theorems of partial differentiation; implicit function theorems; vector 
calculus in 3-space; line and surface integrals; classical integral theorems. 

MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 425 

Operations with complex numbers, derivatives, analytic functions, integrals, 
definitions and properties of elementary functions, multivalued functions, power 
series, residue theory and applications, conformal mapping. 

MA 514 Methods of Applied Mathematics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 426 

Introduction to integral equations, the calculus of variations and difference 
equations. 

MA 515 Linear Functional Analysis I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 426 

Metric spaces; Lebesgue measure and integration; L p and l p spaces; Riesz- 
Fischer and Riesz representation theorems; normed linear spaces and Hilbert 
spaces. 



212 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 516 Linear Functional Analysis II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 515 

Basic theorems in Banach spaces, dual spaces, weak topologies; basic theorems 
in Hilbert spaces, and detailed theory of linear operators on Hilbert spaces; 
spectral theorem for self-adjoint completely continuous linear operators. 

MA 517 Introduction to Topology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 426 

Sets and functions, metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, 
connectedness. 

MA 518 Calculus on Manifolds 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 426 

Calculus of several variables from a modern viewpoint. Differential and 
integral calculus of several variables, vector functions, integration on manifolds, 
Stoke's and Green's theorems, vector analysis. 

MA 520 Linear Algebra 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 231 or MA 405 

Vector spaces, linear mappings and matrices, determinants, inner product spaces, 
bilinear and quadratic forms, canonical forms, spectral theorem. 

MA 521 Fundamentals of Modern Algebra 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 403 

Groups, normal subgroups, quotient groups, Cayley's theorem, Sylow's theorem. 
Rings, ideals and quotient rings, polynomial rings. Fields, extension fields, 
elements of Galois theory. 

MA 523 Topics in Applied Mathematics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 515, MA 520 

Formulation of scientific problems in mathematical terms, interpretation and 
evaluation of the mathematical analysis of the resulting models. The course will 
discuss problems in behavioral and biological sciences as well as problems in 
mechanics of discrete and continuous systems. Some discussion of optimization and 
the calculus of variations. 

MA 524 Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 512 

Green's functions and two-point boundary value problems; elementary theory 
of distributions; generalized Green's functions. Finite and infinite dimensional 
inner product spaces; Hilbert spaces; completely continuous operators; integral 
equations; the Fredholm alternative; eigenfunction expansions; applications to 
potential theory. Nonsingular and singular Sturm-Liouville problems; Weil's 
theorem. 

MA 525 Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 524 

Distribution theory in n-space; Fourier transforms; partial differential equations, 
generalized solutions, fundamental solutions, Cauchy problem, wave and heat 
equations, well-set problems. Laplace's equation, the Dirichlet and Neumann 
problems, integral equations of potential theory, Green's functions, eigenfunction 
expansions. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 213 

MA 527 (CSC 527) Numerical Analysis I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: CSC 101 or CSC 111, MA 301 or MA 312, MA 231 or MA 405 

Theory of interpolation, numerical integration, iterative solutions of nonlinear 
equations, numerical integration of ordinary differential equations, matrix 
inversion and solution of simultaneous linear equations. 

MA 528 (CSC 528) Numerical Analysis II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 527 (CSC 527) 

Least squares data approximation, expansions in terms of orthogonal functions, 
Gaussian quadrature, economization of series, minimax approximations, Pade 
approximations, eigenvalues of matrices. 

MA 532 Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 301 or MA 312, MA 405, advanced calculus 

Existence and uniqueness theorems, systems of linear equations, fundamental 
matrices, matrix exponential, series solutions, regular singular points; plane 
autonomous systems, stability theory. 

MA 536 Logic for Digital Computers 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

Introduction to symbolic logic and Boolean algebra; finite state-valued calculus 
and its application to combinational networks; sequential finite-state machines 
and their mathematical formulation; analysis and synthesis problems of sequential 
machines. 

MA 537 Mathematical Theory of Digital Computers 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 536 

The sequential machine and its characteristic semi-group; micro- programmed 
computers; general purpose computers and special-purpose computers; Turing 
machine and infinite-state machines; nondeterministic switching system and 
probabilistic automata. 

MA 541 (ST 541) Theory of Probability I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 425 or MA 511 

Axioms, combinatorial analysis, conditional probability, independence, random 
variables, expectation, special discrete and continuous distributions, probability 
and moment generating functions, central limit theorem, laws of large numbers, 
branching processes, recurrent events, random walk. 

MA 542 (ST 542) Theory of Probability II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 541 

Markov chains and Markov processes, Poisson process, birth and death 
processes, queuing theory, renewal theory, stationary processes, Brownian motion. 

MA 545 Set Theory and Foundations of Mathematics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 403 

Logic and the axiomatic approach, the Zermelo-Fraenkel axioms and other 
systems, algebra of sets and order relations, equivalents of the Axiom of Choice, 
one-to-one correspondences, cardinal and ordinal numbers, the Continuum 
Hypothesis. 

MA 555 (PY 555) Mathematical Introduction to Celestial Mechanics 

3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: One year of advanced calculus 

Central orbits, N-body problems, 3-body problem, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, 
Perturbation theory, applications to motion of celestial bodies. 



214 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 556 (PY 556) Orbital Mechanics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MA 405, knowledge of elementary mechanics and computer 
programming 

Keplerian motion, interative solutions, numerical integration, differential 
corrections and space navigation, elements of probability, least squares, 
sequential estimation, Kalman filter. 

MA 571 (BMA 571, ST 571) Biomathematics I 3(3-0) F 

(See biomathematics, page 80.) 

MA 572 (BMA 572, ST 572) Biomathematics II 3(3-0) S 

(See biomathematics, page 81.) 

MA 581 Special Topics 1-6 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



MA 600 Advanced Differential Equations I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 513, MA 518, MA 520 

Analytical theory of ordinary differential equations, stability theory, perturba- 
tions, asymptotic behavior, nonlinear oscillations. 

MA 601 Advanced Differential Equations II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 600 

Qualitative theory of ordinary differential equations, general properties of 
dynamical systems, limit sets, integral invariants, global theory. 

MA 602 Partial Differential Equations I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 426, MA 520, MA 532 

First order equations, initial value problems; theory of characteristics; 
existence and uniqueness theorems; hyperbolic equations. 

MA 603 Partial Differential Equations II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 602 

Elliptic and parabolic equations; approximation methods; generalized solutions. 

MA 604 Topology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 515, MA 520, MA 521 

Topological spaces: separation axioms, compactness, connectedness, local 
topological properties; continuous mappings, and convergence; product and 
quotient spaces; compactification; homotopy equivalence of mappings, fundamental 
groups, covering spaces, universal coverings, deck transformations. 

MA 605 Homology and Manifolds 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 604 

Homology; either simplicial or singular theory, excision theorem, homotopy 
theorem, Mayer-Vietroris theorem and computation of groups, topology and 
geometry of differentiable manifolds, vector fields, Lie derivations, and differential 
equations; smooth partitions of unity, integration, differential forms and Stokes 
theorem; the DeRham cohomology and the DeRham theorem. 

MA 606 (ST 606, OR 606) Mathematical Programming II 3(3-0) S 

(See statistics, page 302.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 215 

MA 611 Analytic Function Theory I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 426 

A rigorous introduction to the theory of functions of a complex variable. The 
complex plane, functions, Mobius transformations, the exponential and logarith- 
mic functions, trigonometric functions, infinite series, integration in the complex 
plane, Cauchy's theorem and its consequences. 

MA 612 Analytic Function Theory II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 611 

A continuation of MA 611. Taylor and Laurent series, the residue theorem, 
the argument principle, harmonic functions and the Dirichlet problem, analytic 
continuation and the monodromy theorem, entire and meromorphic functions, the 
Weierstrass product representation and the Mittag-Leffler partial fraction 
representation, special functions, conformal mapping and the Picard theorem. 

MA 613 Techniques of Complex Analysis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 513 or MA 611 

A course dealing with the applications of complex analysis to mathematical 
problems in physical science in the setting of the potential equation and other 
partial differential equations: contour integrals, special functions of mathematical 
physics from the line integral point of view, solution of problems in potential 
theory, asymptotic methods including WKB, and Wiener-Hopf techniques. 

MA 615 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 517 

Real functions, semicontinuity, upper and lower limits, sequences; Lebesgue 
measure and integration, absolute continuity and differentiation. 

MA 617 (ST 617) Measure Theory and Advanced Probability 3(3-0) F 

(See statistics, page 303.) 

MA 618 (ST 618) Measure Theory and Advanced Probability 3(3-0) S 

(See statistics, page 303.) 

MA 619 (ST 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 3(3-0) Sum. 

(See statistics, page 303.) 

MA 620 Modern Algebra I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 521 

A study of groups, rings and modules. Elements of homology. Polynomials, 
Noetherian rings, Algebraic extensions, Galois Theory. 

MA 621 Modern Algebra II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 620 

A study of linear maps, bilinear forms, representations, multilinear products, 
semisimplicity and the representation of finite groups. 

MA 622 Linear Transformations and Matrix Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

Vector spaces, linear transformation and matrices, minimal polynomials, 
elementary divisors, canonical forms, quadratic forms, functions of matrices. 

MA 623 Theory of Matrices and Applications 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 622 

Generalized inverses, matrix equations, variational methods for eigenvalues, 



216 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

matrix norms, perturbation of linear systems, computational methods, applications 
to differential equations, Markov chains. 

MA 626 Algebraic Topology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 605 

Simplicial and singular homology and cohomology, the Eilenberg-Steenrod 
axioms, duality, cohomology operations; higher homotopy groups, Hurewicz 
homomorphisms. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate years.) 

MA 628 General Topology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 604 

Comparisons of topologies on function spaces; Ascoli Theorems; Stone-Weier- 
strass Theorems; uniform spaces and completions; paracompactness and partitions 
of unity; an introduction to a special topic such as topological vector spaces or topo- 
logical groups. 

MA 632 Operational Mathematics I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 513 or MA 611 

Laplace transform with theory and application to ordinary and partial differ- 
ential equations arising from problems in engineering and physics. 

MA 633 Operational Mathematics II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 632 

Extended development of the Laplace and Fourier transforms and their 
application to the solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, integral 
equations and difference equations; Z-transforms, other infinite and finite 
transforms and their applications. 

MA 634 Theory of Distributions 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 632 or consent of instructor 

Basic definitions and properties of testing functions and distributions in one 
or more variables, convergence and calculus of distributions, test functions of 
rapid descent and distributions of slow growth, convolution, Fourier transforms, 
applications in the area of differential and difference equations, etc. (Offered 
1972-73 and alternate years.) 

MA 635 Numerical Analysis III 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 528 (CSC 528) 

Topics in advanced numerical analysis such as approximation and evaluation 
of functions, numerical solution of integral and other operator equations, and 
numerical solutions of boundary value problems for partial differential equations. 
Particular attention is given to procedures suitable for implementation on a 
digital computer, and the computer is used for the solution of selected problems. 

MA 637 DlFFERENTIABLE MANIFOLDS 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 405, MA 521 
Corequisite: MA 604 

An introduction to the topology and geometry of differentiable manifolds. 
Multilinear algebra, exterior differential forms, differentiable manifolds, theory 
of connexions, Riemannian manifolds. (Offered 1971-72 and alternate years.) 

MA 641 Calculus of Variations and Theory of Optimal Control I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 512 or MA 426, MA 532 

Normed linear function spaces and Frechet differential, theory of the first 
variation, theory of fields and Weierstrass' excess function, Hamilton-Jacobi 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 217 

theory and dynamic programming, terminal control problems and the maximum 
principle. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate years.) 

MA 642 Calculus of Variations and Theory of Optimal Control II 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: MA 641 

The homogeneous problem, the general control problem of Mayer, isoperimetric 
problems, theory of the second variation, existence of extrema, direct methods 
of the calculus of variations. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate years.) 

MA 647 Functional Analysis I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 516 

Banach spaces; linear functionals; linear operators, uniform boundedness, open 
mapping and closed graph theorems; dual spaces; weak topologies. 

MA 648 Functional Analysis II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 647 

Advanced topics in functional analysis such as linear topological spaces; 
Banach algebra, spectral theory and abstract measure theory and integration. 

MA 655 (PY 655) Qualitative Methods in Celestial Mechanics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 532, MA 513 

Transformation theory in Lagrangian and Hamiltonian mechanics, singularities 
in N-body problem, regularization, Hill's equation, periodic orbits, fixed point 
methods, stability. 

MA 656 (PY 656) Perturbation Theory in Celestial Mechanics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 555 (PY 555) or MA 532 and PY 503 

Hamilton-Jacobi equation; canonical perturbation theory; resonance problems; 
adiabatic invariants, asymptotic properties. 

MA 661 Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 426 or MA 512 

Concepts of classical and modern differential geometry presented from the point 
of view of tensor analysis and differential forms. Topics to include: theory of 

curves, tensor analysis and differential forms, intrinsic and extrinsic geometry 
of surfaces, Riemannian geometry. 

MA 662 Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 661 

Continuation of MA 661. 

MA 681 Special Topics in Real Analysis 1-6 

MA 682 Special Topics in Complex Analysis 1-6 

MA 683 Special Topics in Algebra 1-6 

MA 684 Special Tones in Combinatorial Analysis 1-6 

MA 685 Special Topics in Numerical Analysis 1-6 

MA 686 Special Topics in Topology 1-6 

MA 687 Special Topics in Geometry 1-6 



218 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 688 Special Topics in Differential Equations 1-6 

MA 689 Special Topics in Applied Mathematics 1-6 

The subject matter in the special topics courses varies from year to year. The 
topics and instructors are announced well in advance by the department. 

MA 692 (IE 692, OR 692) Special Topics in Mathematical 

Programming 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

(See industrial engineering, page 194.) 

MA 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Individual research in mathematics. 



Mathematics and Science Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Herbert E. Speece, Head 

Professor: Norman D. Anderson; Associate Professors: John R. Kolb, Henry A. 
Shannon; Assistant Professor: William M. Waters, Jr. 

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers graduate work 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science, Master of Education and Doctor of 
Philosophy with majors in mathematics education or science education. Each 
student's program is individually planned by a graduate committee and will reflect 
his undergraduate and graduate preparation, teaching experience and future pro- 
fessional plans. Areas of specialization include mathematics, biological science, 
earth science, chemistry and physics for a master's degree. A minimum of 36 
semester hours is required, of which 60 percent must be in the area of subject 
matter specialization and 20 percent in professional education. Candidates for the 
Master of Education degree are required to submit a scholarly research paper or 
otherwise demonstrate competency in educational research. Candidates for the 
Master of Science degree must conduct an investigation culminating in a thesis. 
The Master of Science degree also requires a reading knowledge of one foreign 
language if needed for research efforts. Doctoral students are required to have a 
reading knowledge of two modern foreign languages or a knowledge in one and 
competency in a communication tool such as computer science. Comprehensive 
examinations are required, consisting of a written exposition on both subject area 
and professional education and an oral examination. Independent reading and 
participation in seminars are an indispensable part of the doctoral program. The 
heart of the doctoral program is the dissertation. It must be original research result- 
ing in a significant contribution to science education or mathematics education and 
should be worthy of publication in the current literature. The dissertation must 
be defended at the final oral examination. 

Applicants must meet the admissions requirements of the Graduate School of 
North Carolina State University. In addition, they must have the approval of the 
Department of Mathematics and Science Education. To be admitted to a master's 
program without subject matter deficiencies, applicants must have completed a 
degree in which they reached a level of undergraduate work closely approximating 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 219 

the following minimum: two years of English, one year of physics, one year of 
chemistry, one and one-half years in the historical-philosophical and psychological 
foundations of education. In addition to the above, those specializing in mathema- 
tics should have had three years of mathematics; those specializing in science 
should have had one year of biology, one and preferably two years of mathematics 
and two years of advanced work in one of the sciences. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 511 Implications of Mathematical Content, Structure and Processes 
for the Teaching of Mathematics in the Elementary 
School 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Bachelor's degree in elementary education or permission of instructor 

A course designed for teachers and supervisors of mathematics in the elementary 
school. Special emphasis is given to the implications of mathematical content, 
structure and processes in teaching arithmetic and geometry in the elementary 
school. 

ED 512 Active Learning Approaches to Teaching Mathematics in 

the Elementary School 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Bachelor's degree in elementary education or permission of 
instructor 

A course that will stress active learning approaches to the teaching of mathe- 
matics in the elementary school. Special emphasis will be given to the laboratory 
approach to teaching mathematics and the use of manipulative materials and 
activities of the Nuffield Project, the Madison Project, Dienes, Cuisenaire and 
Gattegno. 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching 3(0-3) FS 

Prerequisite: ED 471 or equivalent 

An investigation of current problems in mathematics teaching, with emphasis 
on the areas of curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision and research. 
Specific problems will be studied in depth. Opportunities will be provided to 
initiate research studies. 

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching 3(0-3) FS 

Prerequisite: ED 476 or equivalent 

An investigation of current problems in science teaching with emphasis on areas 
of curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision and research. Specific problems 
will be studied in depth. Opportunities will be provided to initiate research 
studies. 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 603 Teaching Mathematics and Science in Higher Education 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ED 592 or ED 594, graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Collegiate mathematics and science instruction is examined with respect 
to the nature and philosophy of mathematics and science, objectives, psychological 
foundations, design of curricula, study of innovative college mathematics and 
science programs and facilities, selection of instructional strategies, modes of 
instruction, and sequencing of instruction through learning hierarchies. 



220 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ED 604 Curriculum Development and Evaluation in Science and 

Mathematics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: 500-level statistics, ED 615 or PSY 535, consent of instructor 

This course deals with the areas of development, evaluation and research in 
mathematics and science education. Research and evaluation strategies and 
techniques are reviewed, but emphasis is placed on the derivation of rationales 
and the clear definition of problem areas that are specific to research in learning 
and teaching mathematics and science. Groups of students are expected to com- 
plete a project in MED or SED of either a developmental, or an evaluative, or a 
research nature suitable for publication. 

ED 605 Education and Supervision of Teachers of Mathematics 

and Science 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ED 470 or ED 475 or equivalent, ED 592 or ED 594 

A course designed to develop the capability of effective improvement and 
alteration of the teaching behavior of mathematics and science teachers. Requires 
the student to structure materials, conditions and environmental settings for 
training mathematics and science teachers; to specify outcomes as observable 
teacher performance; and to assess the extent to which desired teacher performance 
in mathematics and science are produced by the particular training procedure. 
Students will be given an opportunity to work with the training of preservice 
mathematics and science teachers during their instruction in methods. 

ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Education 2 FS 

Prerequisite: Departmental major or consent of instructor. 

An in-depth examination and analysis of the literature and research in a 
particular topic(s) in mathematics education. Students will be expected to make 
presentations to the faculty and class on the topic under consideration. 

ED 695 Seminar in Science Education 2 FS 

Prerequisite: Departmental major or consent of instructor. 

An in-depth examination and analysis of the literature and research in a 
particular topic(s) in science education. Students will be expected to make 
presentations to the faculty and class on the topic under consideration. 



Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Robert W. Truitt, Head 

Professor Carl F. Zorowski, Associate Head 

Professors: N. White Conner, Fred R. DeJarnette, Jesse S. Doolittle, 
Graduate Administrator, Bertram H. Garcia, Jr., Francis J. Hale, Frank- 
lin D. Hart, Hassan A. Hassan, Richard B. Knight, M. Necati Ozisik, 
John N. Perkins, Frederick O. Smetana, James E. Sunderland, James C. 
Williams, III, James Woodburn; Adjunct Professors: Randall M. 
Chambers, Robert W. Graham; Associate Professors: John A. Bailey, 
Rolin F. Barrett, Clifford J. Moore, Jr., James C. Mulligan, Larry H. 
Royster, John K. Whitfield; Visiting Associate Professor: Elsayed M. 
Afify; Adjunct Associate Professor: E. Carson Yates, Jr.; Assistant Profes- 
sors: Donald W. Cott, James A. Daggerhart, Jr., Thomas B. Ledbetter, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 221 

Lalji J. Pavagadhi; Visiting Assistant Professor: James R. Railey; Adjunct 
Assistant Professor: G. Louis Smith 

The Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering offers graduate 
study leading to the Master of Mechanical Engineering, Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Entrance to the various programs in the depart- 
ment is normally based upon a pertinent, accredited baccalaureate degree. 

At present the major emphases in graduate study are thermal sciences, includ- 
ing classical thermodynamics, statistical thermodynamics, heat transfer, transport 
phenomena, cryogenics and direct energy conversion; gas-dynamics, including 
dynamics of compressible fluids, dynamics of viscous fluids, aerothermochemistry, 
plasmadynamics and rarefied gasdynamics; mechanical sciences, including 
vibrations, acoustics, mechanical transients, airframe dynamics, design synthesis, 
analysis and optimization, materials processing, fiber mechanics; aerospace sci- 
ences, including aerodynamics, chemical and electrical propulsion and flight 
vehicle design. 

The professional technological interests of the department are represented by 
graduate courses in air-conditioning design, lubrication, inertial navigation, photo- 
elasticity, experimental stress analysis and machine design. 

Extensive laboratory facilities, including a helium cryostate, 48" oil diffusion 
pumps, 8" x 10" continuous flow hypersonic wind tunnel, 7" x 7" continuous 
flow transonic wind tunnel and 6" x 6" blowdown supersonic wind tunnel are 
available for research and training in the area of plasmagasdynamics, rarefied 
gasdynamics, boundary layers and heat transfer, aerodynamics and cryogenics. A 
modern laboratory for the study of vibrations and acoustics is also available. Recent 
developments include extensive laboratory facilities in heat transfer, direct energy 
conversion, vehicle propulsion, materials processing and fiber mechanics. These 
experimental facilities coupled with availability of an IRM Model 370/165 com- 
puter provide the graduate students with outstanding research tools. 

A new Graduate Systems Design Facility is available to carry out multidisci- 
plinary and interdisciplinary programs in a variety of societal problem areas. The 
fundamental objective of graduate study in this field is to prepare the student for 
leadership in the various areas of research, teaching and design. The graduate 
student is placed in close association with members of the graduate faculty both 
in individual research and design team activities. Participation in a research or 
team design project as a research assistant or employment as a teaching assistant 
is regarded as significant experience during residence. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAE 401 Energy Conversion 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

Applications of the principles of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, heat transfer 
and combustion to power generation. Both the conventional and direct energy 
conversion methods are studied as to the principles involved and the feasibility 
and limitations of each method. Consideration is given to the economics of 
power generation. 

MAE 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 302, MA 301 

A study of the fundamental relationships of steady and transient heat transfer 
by conduction, convection, radiation and during changes of phase: mass transfer 
by diffusion and convection, simultaneous mass and heat transfer. 



222 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAE 403 Air Conditioning 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

A fundamental study of summer and winter air conditioning including 
temperature, humidity, air velocity and distribution. 

MAE 404 Refrigeration 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

A thermodynamic analysis of the simple, compound, centrifugal and multiple 
effect compression systems, the steam jet system and the absorption system of 
refrigeration. 

MAE 405 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III 1(0-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 306 

The final course in the undergraduate mechanical laboratory sequence which 
exposes the student to case studies in experimental engineering, and provides 
him the opportunity to select instrumentation and design a complete experi- 
mental set up for a specific problem. 

MAE 409 Particulate Control in Industrial Atmospheric Pollution 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: MAE 301 or equivalent 

Combustion calculations and analysis of particulate emission and gases from 
industrial and utility power stations burning various types of fuel. State and 
federal pollution codes, requirements for compliance and enforcement. Calcula- 
tions and design of industrial equipment to combat pollution. Utilization of waste 
products from industrial plants. 

MAE 411 Mechanical Design I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 315, MAE 316 

Application of the engineering and materials sciences to the analysis and design 
of mechanical components including screws and fasteners, antifriction and journal 
bearings, springs, gears, shafts, clutches, breaks and couplings, etc. 

MAE 415 Mechanical Engineering Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 302, MAE 315, MAE 316, EE 331 

Consideration of a logical method of problem solving through the integration of 
the physical sciences, engineering sciences and mathematics and their use in a 
rigorous training in methods of analysis of real mechanical engineering problems. 

MAE 416 Mechanical Engineering Design 4(3-2) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 415 

Application of the engineering and materials sciences to the total design of 
mechanical engineering components and systems. Consideration and utilization of 
the design process including problem definition, solution synthesis, design 
analysis, optimization and prototype evaluation through design project activity. 

MAE 431 Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MAE.302, EM 303, or MAE 355 

The fundamental dynamics and thermodynamic principles governing the flow 
of gases are presented from both theoretical and experimental viewpoints. Mathe- 
matical relations are closely correlated with physical phenomena to emphasize 
the complementary nature of theory and experiment. 






THE GRADUATE CATALOG 223 

MAE 435 Principles of Automatic Control 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Study of linear feedback control systems using transfer functions. Transient 
and steady-state responses. Stability analysis using rootlocus and frequency 
response techniques (Bode plots and Nyquist diagrams). Active and passive com- 
pensation methods. Preliminary design and analysis of typical mechanical and 
aerospace automatic control systems. 

MAE 462 Flight Vehicle Stability and Control 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 361 

Linearized dynamic analysis of the motion of a six degree-of-freedom flight 
vehicle in response to control inputs and disturbance through use of the transfer 
function concept. Control of dynamic behavior by vehicle design (stability 
derivatives) and/or flight control systems. 

MAE 467 Rocket Propulsion 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 365 

Performance analysis and design of liquid fuel, solid fuel, nuclear and electrical 
rocket propulsion systems. 

MAE 471 (MAS 471) Undersea Vehicle Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 355 or EM 303 

An introduction to the solution of problems encountered in the design of 
both submerged and semisubmerged ocean vehicles. Included are discussions and 
analytical treatments of vehicle drag and lift, buoyancy effects, vehicle pro- 
pulsion and systems integration. 

MAE 472 Aerospace Vehicle Structures II 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 371 

A continuation of MAE 471 with emphasis on specialized topics such as semi- 
nomocoque structures, deflection of structures, indeterminate structures, torsion 
analysis. A laboratory is included to demonstrate the theory and application of 
resistance strain gages, and to provide an opportunity for actual load-stress-de- 
flection tests on typical flight vehicle structure components, as well as the deter- 
mination of basic material properties, and correlation of tests and analytical 
results. 

MAE 474 Matrix Stress and Deformation Analysis 3(3-0) 

Prerequisite: MAE 316 or MAE 371 or EM 307 or EM 301 

Development of the fundamentals and application of matrix methods of stress and 
deformation analysis for load-carrying components typical of aerospace and 
mechanical engineering systems. Mr. Garcia 

MAE 479 Aerospace Vehicle Design 4(2-6) S 

Prerequisites: MAE 356, MAE 462, MAE 467, MAE 472, EE 332 

A synthesis of all previously acquired theoretical and empirical knowledge 
and application to the design of practical aerospace vehicle systems. 

MAE 495 Technical Seminar in Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Meetings once a week for the delivery and discussion of student papers on topics 
of current interest in mechanical engineering. 



224 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 



MAE 501 Steam and Gas Turbines 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 302, EM 303 or MAE 355 

Fundamental analysis of the theory and design of turbomachinery flow passages; 
control and performance of turbomachinery; gas-turbine engine processes. 

Mr. Doolittle 

MAE 507, 508 Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

The fundamentals common to internal combustion engine cycles of operation. 
The Otto engine: carburetion, fuel distribution, flame and spark timing, and 
altitude effects; the Diesel engine; injection knock, combustion, precombustion 
and scavenging as applied to reciprocating and rotary engines. Mr. Ledbetter 

MAE 510 Theory of Particulate Collection in Air 

Pollution Control 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 409 or graduate standing 

Particulate matter is classified and its properties are described. The motion of 
particles as applied to particulate collection is carefully analyzed. The elements 
of aerodynamic capture of particles are developed and applications in filteration 
and liquid scrubbing are considered. Fundamentals of acoustical, electrostatic and 
thermal precipitation are introduced. Sampling techniques and instrumentation 
are also considered. Mr. Afify 

MAE 513 Vibration and Noise Control 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 315 or MAE 472 

This course will be devoted to a study of the nature and origin of vibration 
and noise in mechanical systems and design for their control. Considerations 
will include source reduction, isolation, transmission, damping and acoustic 
shielding techniques, through classroom discussions and laboratory demonstra- 
tions. Mr. Hart 

MAE 515 Experimental Stress Analysis 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 316 

Theoretical and experimental techniques of strain and stress analysis with 
emphasis on electrical strain gages and instrumentation, brittle coatings, grid 
methods and an introduction to photoelasticity. Laboratory includes an investiga- 
tion and complete report of a problem chosen by the student under the guidance of 
the instructor. Mr. Whitfield 

MAE 516 Photoelasticity 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 316 

Theory and experimental techniques of two- and three- dimensional photo- 
elasticity including photoelastic coatings, photoplasticity and an application of 
photoelastic methods to the solution of mechanical design problems. Laboratory 
includes an investigation and complete report of a problem chosen by the student 
under the guidance of the instructor. Mr. Whitfield 

MAE 517 Lubrication 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

The theory of hydrodynamic lubrication; Reynold's equation, the Sommerfield 
integration, effect of variable lubricant properties and energy equation for 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 225 

temperature rise. Properties of lubricants. Application to design of bearings. 
Boundary lubrication. Solid film lubrication. Mr. Barrett 

MAE 518 Acoustic Radiation I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Discussion of the principles of acoustic radiation as related to acoustic sources 
and their related fields. The radiation of single sources (point, plane, line cylinder, 
spheres, etc.) and combinations thereof are considered. Mr. Royster 

MAE 521 Aerothermodynamics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 301, MAE 355 or EM 303 

Review of basic thermodynamics pertinent to gas dynamics. Detailed develop- 
ment of the general equations governing gas motion in both differential and integral 
form. Simplification of the equations to those for specialized flow regimes. Similarity 
parameters. Applications to simple problems in various flow regimes. 

Mr. Perkins 

MAE 531 Plasmagasdynamics I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 356, PY 414 

Study of basic laws governing plasma motion for dense and rarefied plasmas, 
hydromagnetic shocks, plasma waves and instabilities, simple engineering 
applications. Mr. Hassan 

MAE 532 Plasmagasdynamics II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 531 

Quantum statistics and ionization phenomena. Charged particles interactions. 
Transport properties in the presence of electric and magnetic fields and non- 
equilibrium ionization. Mr. Hassan 

MAE 535 (EE 535) Gas Lasers 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 356 or equivalent, PY 407 

Study of the principles, design and potential applications of ion, molecular, 
chemical and atomic gas lasers. Mr. Hassan 

MAE 541, 542 Aerodynamic Heating 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 511, MAE 521 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings of the com- 
pressible laminar and turbulent boundary layers with special attention to ,the 
aerodynamic heating problem. Application of theory in the analysis and design 
of aerospace hardware. Mr. Truitt 

MAE 543 Heat Transfer — Theory and Applications 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 402 or equivalent 

Development of basic equations for steady and transient heat and mass transfer 
processes. Emphasis is placed on the application of the basic equations to engineering 
problems in the areas of conductions, convection, mass transfer and thermal 
radiation. Mr. Moore 

MAE 545, 546 Project Work in Mechanical Engineering I, II 2(0-4) FS 

Individual or small group investigation of a problem stemming from a mutual 
student-faculty interest. Emphasis is placed on providing a situation for ex- 
ploiting student curiosity. Graduate Staff 

MAE 550 Cryogenics I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 402 

A study of the thermodynamic processes required to produce cryogenic fluids. 



226 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Properties of materials at cryogenic temperatures. Insulation of cryogenic vessels 
and lines. Design of cryogenic systems. Mr. Smetana 

MAE 554 Advanced Aerodynamic Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 355 

Development of fundamental aerodynamic theory. Emphasis upon mathematical 
analysis and derivation of equations of motion, airfoil theory and comparison 
with experimental results. Introduction to supersonic flow theory. Mr. Dejarnette 

MAE 555 Advanced Flight Vehicle Stability and Control 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 462 

Preliminary analysis and design of flight control systems to include autopilots 
and stability argumentation systems. Study of effects of inertial cross-coupling 
and nonrigid bodies on vehicle dynamics. Mr. Hale 

MAE 562 Advanced Aircraft Structures 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 371 

Development of methods of stress analysis for aircraft structures, special 
problems in structural design, stiffened panels, rigid frames, indeterminate 
structures, general relaxation theory. Mr. Garcia 

MAE 571 Inertial Guidance, Design and Analysis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 401, MAE 435 or MAE 462 

Engineering design and performance analysis of inertial guidance components, 
subsystems and systems. Development of transfer functions and application of 
linear system techniques to determine stability, transient response and steady- 
state errors or gyros, accelerometers, stable platforms and initial alignment sub- 
systems. Error analysis and its significance. Preliminary design and analysis 
of typical inertial guidance systems for flight and marine vehicles. Mr. Hale 

MAE 581, 582 Hypersonic Aerodynamics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MAE 521 or equivalent 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings in hypersonic 
aerodynamics. Mr. Truitt 

MAE 593 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing 

Faculty and student discussions of special topics in mechanical engineering. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MAE 601 Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 302; MA 401 or MA 511 

Thermodynamics of a general reactive system; conservation of energy and the 
principles of increase of entropy; the fundamental relation of thermodynamics; 
Legendre transformations; equilibrium and stability criteria in different represent- 
ations; general relations; chemical thermodynamics; multireaction system; 
ionization; irreversible thermodynamics; the Onsager relation; applications to 
thermoelectric, thermomagnetic and diffusional processes. Mr. Moore 

MAE 602 Statistical Thermodynamics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 601 

Fundamental principles of kinetic theory, quantum mechanics, statistical 
mechanics and irreversible phenomena with particular reference to thermo- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 227 

dynamics systems and processes. The conclusions of the classical thermodynamics 
are analyzed and established from the microscopic viewpoint. Mr. Moore 

MAE 603 Advanced Power Plants 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 401 

A critical analysis of the energy balance of thermal power plants, thermo- 
dynamics and economic evaluation of alternate schemes of developments; study 
of recent developments in the production power. Mr. Doolittle 

MAE 605 Aerothermochemistry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 511; MAE 601 or equivalent 

A generalized treatment of combustion thermodynamics including derivation 
of thermodynamic quantities by the method of Jacobians, criteria for thermody- 
namic equilibrium, computation of equilibrium composition and adiabatic flame 
temperature. Introduction to classical chemical kinetics. Conservation equations 
for a reacting system, detonation and deflagration. Theories of flame propagation, 
flame stabilization and turbulent combustion. Mr. Perkins 

MAE 606 Advanced Gas Dynamics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 511, MAE 521, MAE 601 

The general conservation equations of gas dynamics from a differential and 
integral point of view. Hyperbolic compressible flow equations, unsteady one- 
dimensional flows, the nonlinear problem of shock wave formation, isentropic 
flow, flow in nozzles and jets, turbulent flow. Mr. Smetana 

MAE 608 Advanced Heat Transfer I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MAE 402 

A generalized treatment of the methods of solution of transient and steady heat 
conduction in finite and infinite regions involving internal heat generation. Ap- 
proximate methods and similarity transformation in the solution of heat con- 
duction problems involving change of phase, variable thermal properties and 
nonlinear thermal radiation boundary conditions. Heat conduction in multilayer 
regions and in anisotropic solids. Solutions with numerical methods. Mr. Ozisik 

MAE 609 Advanced Heat Transfer II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 608 

Advanced topics in steady and transient natural and forced convection heat 
transfer for laminar and turbulent flow of incompressible fluid through conduits 
and over bodies. Problems involving variable properties and interaction with 
thermal radiation. Mass transfer in laminar and turbulent flow; simultaneous 
heat and mass transfer. Mr. Sunderland 

MAE 610 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 609 

This course constitutes a study of recent developments in heat transfer and 
related areas. It is anticipated that the course content will change from semester 
to semester. Mr. Ozisik 

MAE 611, 612 Advanced Machine Design I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 416 

An advanced integrated treatment of stress analysis and materials engineering 
devoted to current rational methods of analysis and design applicable to mechanical 
components. Primary attention placed on the determination and prediction of 
strength, life and deformation characteristics of machine components as dictated 
by performance requirements. Messrs. Garcia, Zorowski 



228 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAE 613 Mechanics of Machinery 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 315, MA 512 

Advanced applications of dynamics to the design and response analysis of 
dynamic behavior of machines and mechanical devices. Emphasis on developing 
competence in transforming real problems in dynamics into appropriate mathemat- 
ical models whose analysis permits performance predictions of engineering value. 

Messrs. Hart, Whitfield 

MAE 614 Mechanical Transients and Machine Vibrations 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MAE 315 or EM 555; MA 512 

A study of the forces and motions produced in mechanical systems by periodic 
and transient inputs including shock and impact loading. Particular attention 
devoted to the application of the principles of vibration theory to problems 
encountered in mechanical design. Messrs. Hart, Whitfield 

MAE 615 Aeroelasticity I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 511; MAE 411 or MAE 472, MAE 521 

Deformations of aerostructures under static and dynamic loads, natural mode 
shapes and frequencies; two- and three-dimensional incompressible flow, wings 
and bodies in unsteady flow; static aeroelastic phenomena. Mr. Garcia 

MAE 617 Mechanical Systems Design Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 611, MAE 613 

Lecture and project activity devoted to development of the ability to apply 
knowledge and experience in performing comprehensive design analysis of 
complete mechanical systems. Areas of interest to include critical problem 
recognition, system modeling, performance determination, and optimization and 
reliability evaluation. Mr. Zorowski 

MAE 618 Mechanical System Design Synthesis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 617 

Application of the basic philosophy and methodology of the complete design 
process to advanced mechanical system design. Individual and group experience in 
the conception, synthesis, analysis, optimization and implementation phases of 
feasibility, preliminary and final design studies provided by means of compre- 
hensive system design projects. Mr. Zorowski 

MAE 619 Random Vibration 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisite: MAE 614 

Mathematical description of stochastic processes. The stationary and ergodic 
assumptions and response analysis of mechanical systems to random excitation. 
Simulation of and failure due to random environments. Mr. Hart 

MAE 622 Acoustic Radiation II 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisite: MAE 518 

Introduction to the various numerical methods for determining and near-and- 
far-field pressures for arbitrary shaped bodies. The methods of Chertock, Hess, 
Copley, Schenck and Pachner are considered. Mr. Royster 

MAE 625, 626 Direct Energy Conversion 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 601 

An engineering study of the modern developments in the field of conversion of 
heat to power in order to meet new technology demands. Thermoelectric, thermo- 
magnetic, thermionic, photovoltaic and magnetohydrodynamic effects and their 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 229 

utilization for energy conversion purposes, static and dynamic response, limitations 
imposed by the first and the second laws of thermodynamics. Energy and entropy 
balances, irreversible sources; inherent losses, cascading, design procedures, 
experimental studies to determine the response and efficiency of various systems. 

Mr. Moore 

MAE 631 Applications of Ultrasonics to Engineering Research 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 332, MA 511 

The technique and theory of propagation of ultrasonics in liquids, gases and 
solids. Development of ultrasonic transducers, the elastic piezoelectric and dielectric 
relationships. Ultrasonic applications of asdic or sonar cavitation, emulsification, 
soldering, welding and acoustic properties of gases, liquids and solids. 

Mr. Woodburn 

MAE 651 Principles of Fluid Motion 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 554 
Corequisite: MA 511 

Fundamental principles of fluid dynamics. Mathematical methods of analysis are 
emphasized. Potential flow theory development with introduction to the effects 
of viscosity and compressibility. Two-dimensional and three-dimensional phenomena 
are considered. Mr. DeJarnette 

MAE 652 Dynamics of Compressible Flow 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 511, MAE 521 

Properties of compressible fluids, equation of motion in one-dimensional motion, 
channel flows, shock wave theory, methods of observation and flows at transonic 
speeds. Mr. Williams 

MAE 653 Supersonic Aerodynamics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 521 

Equations of motion in supersonic flow, Prandtl-Meyer turns, method of 
characteristics, hodograph plane, supersonic wind tunnels, supersonic airfoil 
theory and boundary layer shock interaction. Mr. Perkins 

MAE 654 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 521 

Exact solutions to the Navier-Stokes Equations. Approximate solutions for 
low Reynolds numbers. Approximate solutions for high Reynolds numbers — 
incompressible boundary theory. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers in 
theory and experiment. Flows separation. Mr. Williams 

MAE 655 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 654 

A continuation of MAE 654. Compressible laminar and turbulent boundary 
layers. Laminar and turbulent jets. The stability of laminar boundary layers with 
respect to small disturbances, transition from laminar to turbulent flow. 

Mr. Williams 

MAE 657 Measurement in Rarefied Gas Streams 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 602 

A study of the basis for measurement of flow properties in rarefied gas streams. 
Included will be ionization gauges, hot wire anemometers and temperature 
probes, pitot and static tubes, Langmuir probes, electron scattering and electron 
beam density gauges. Mr. Smetana 



230 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAE 658, 659 Molecular Gas Dynamics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 521, MAE 602 

Statistical mechanics as applied to the derivation of the equations of gas- 
dynamics from the microscopic viewpoint. Energy levels of atoms and molecules 
and their relation to equilibrium thermodynamic concepts, in particular, specific 
heats. Approximate solutions of the Boltzmann Equation. Treatments of viscosity, 
heat conduction and electrical conductivity. Collision processes. High-temperature 
behavior of multi-species gas mixtures. Mr. Williams 

MAE 661, 662 Aerospace Energy Systems 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MAE 521; PY 407, or equivalent 

A study of energy systems appropriate to the varied requirements of space 
operations. Includes analysis of chemical, nuclear and solar energy sources 
and the theory of their adaptation to operational requirements for propulsion 
and auxiliary power, cooling requirements, coolants and materials. Mr. Truitt 

MAE 663 (TX 663) Mechanics of Twisted Structures 3(3-0) F 

(See textile technology, page 316.) 

MAE 664 (TX 664) Mechanics of Fabric Structures 3(3-0) S 

(See textile technology, page 316.) 

MAE 671, 672 Advanced Air Conditioning Design I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 403, MAE 404 

The design of heating and air-conditioning systems; the preparation of 
specifications and performance tests on heating and air-conditioning equipment. 

Mr. Knight 

MAE 674, 675 Advanced Spacecraft Design 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 542, MAE 582 

Analysis and design of spacecraft including system design criteria, acceleration 
tolerance, entry environment, thermal requirements, criteria for configuration 
design, aerodynamic design, heating rates, thermostructural design, boost phase, 
de-orbit, entry corridor, lift modulation, rolling entry, glide phase, maneuvering 
and landing, stability and control, thermal protection system, materials, 
instrumentation and life-support systems. Mr. Truitt 

MAE 681 Introduction to Rocket Propulsion 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 601 

Review of the exterior ballistics and performance of rocket-propelled vehicles. 
Thermodynamics of real gases at high temperature. Nonequilibrium flow in 
rocket nozzles. Mr. Perkins 

MAE 682 Solid Propellant Rockets 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 681 

A study of the design and performance of solid-propellant rockets; properties 
and burning characteristics of solid propellants. Internal ballistics of solid- 
propellant rockets. Design and design optimization. Combustion instabilities. 

Mr. Hassan 

MAE 683 Liquid Propellant Rockets 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 681 

The study and design of liquid-propellant rockets. Combustion of liquid fuels. 
Thrust chamber, propellant supply and injection system. Cooling of rocket motors. 
Low- and high-frequency instability in liquid rocket motors. Scaling laws. 

Mr. Hassan 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 231 

MAE 684 Ion Propulsion 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisite: MAE 531 

Study and design of ion motors, power sources and converters, missions for 
ion-propelled vehicles. Mr. Hassan 

MAE 693 Advanced Topics in Mechanical Engineering 1-6 F or S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Faculty and graduate student discussions of advanced topics in contemporary 
mechanical engineering. Graduate Staff 

MAE 695 Mechanical Engineering Seminar 1(1-0) F or S 

Faculty and graduate student discussions centered around current research 
problems and advanced engineering theories. Graduate Staff 

MAE 699 Mechanical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in mechanical engineering, consent of adviser 

Individual research in the field of mechanical engineering. Graduate Staff 



Meteorology 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see geosciences, 
page 171.) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MY 411 Introductory Meteorology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PY 206, PY 208 or PY 212; MA 201 or MA 212 

The physical setting: coordinates, planetary motion, gravitation; composition 
and structure of the atmosphere; insolation and diurnal phenomena; heat balance 
of the atmosphere; consequent distribution of variables of state, motion and weather. 

MY 412 Atmospheric Physics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MY 411 or consent of instructor 

Atmospheric effects on electromagnetic and acoustic transmission, and the 
consequent phenomena; terrestrial radiation; radar meteorology; visibility; 
atmospheric electricity and magnetism. 

MY 421 Atmospheric Statics and Thermodynamics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PY 206, PY 208 or PY 212; MA 202 

The variables of state and thermodynamics of dry and moist air in the atmospheric 
system; water phase changes; hydrostatics and altimetry; stability, convection and 
diffusion; transfers at the surface; natural modifications of air. 

MY 422 Atmospheric Kinematics and Dynamics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PY 207 or PY 208; MA 202 
Corequisite: MY 421 or consent of instructor 

Properties and fields of atmospheric motion, and variations with time; forces 
and force fields; equilibrium and accelerated motions; the boundary layer and 
momentum transfer; continuity, pressure tendency and divergence-vorticity 
theorems. 

MY 435 Measurements and Data Systems 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: MY 421 

Meteorological instruments, observations and networks; data communications, 



232 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

reduction, and presentation; meteorological charts and diagrams; fundamental 
analysis of physical distributions. 

MY 441 Meteorological Analysis I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MY 422, MY 435 

Theory and analysis of atmospheric distributions, processes and developments 
in the three space dimensions and time. 

MY 443 Meteorological Laboratory I 4(0-10) F 

Prerequisite: MY 435 
Corequisite: MY 441 

Laboratory course in analysis of atmospheric distributions, processes and develop- 
ments, employing regularly available meteorological data and the principles 
presented in prerequisite and corequisite courses. The purpose is to gain working 
knowledge of integrated atmospheric systems and processes through detailed 
analyses of natural situations. 

MY 444 Meteorological Laboratory II 4(0-10) S 

Prerequisite: MY 443 

Laboratory course in analysis and application of principles and concepts for 
predicting developments in the weather. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MY 512 MlCROMETEOROLOGY 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MY 422 

Meteorology of the lowest hundred meters of the atmosphere with emphasis on 
the transport of momentum, heat, water vapor, and effluents and their transfer 
through the earth's surface. Mr. Weber 

MY 521 The Upper Atmosphere 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MY 411 or consent of instructor 

Meteorological conditions in the upper atmosphere from the stratosphere to the 
ionosphere. Compositions, mean distributions and variabilities, and circulation 
and transport properties in the region. Physical theories. Mr. Weber 

MY 555 Meteorology of the Biosphere 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PY 205 or PY 211; CH 103 or CH 107; MA 102 or MA 112 

A course designed for graduate students in the life sciences, presenting the 
physical principles governing the states and processes of the atmosphere in 
contact with earth's surface of land, water and life. Exchanges of heat, mass and 
momentum are analyzed for various conditions of the atmosphere and surface, 
and as a function of season, time and geographic location. Graduate Staff 

MY 556 Air Pollution Meteorology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MY 555 or equivalent 

The meteorological aspects of air pollution, especially for nonmeteorologists 
engaged in graduate training for work involving air pollution. Mr. Peterson 

MY 593 Advanced Topics 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of staff 

Special topics of advanced nature in the field of meteorology, provided to groups 
or assigned to individual students. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 233 
FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



MY 612 Atmospheric Radiative Transfer 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MY 412 

The study of solar and terrestrial radiation. Methods of actinometric measure- 
ments, radiation absorption in the atmosphere, scattering of radiation, the solar 
spectrum, infrared radiative transfer and methods of determining net radiation. 
Satellite measurement of radiation and determination of atmospheric properties 
from satellite measurements. Mr. Weber 

MY 627 Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MY 422 

Mechanics of turbulence in the atmosphere, spectra and scales of atmospheric 
turbulence, and magnitudes of turbulent fluctuations. Theories of diffusion in the 
atmosphere. Diffusion and transport experiments. Processes other than natural 
turbulence affecting concentration of effluents. Mr. Weber 

MY 635 Dynamical Analysis of the Atmosphere 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: MY 441, MY 443 

Theory and analysis of circulation and weather systems based on dynamical 
concepts; structure, movement and development of systems; evaulation of 
theoretical concepts in prognosis and forecasting. Mr. Saucier 

MY 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Presentation of scientific articles and special lectures. Each student is 
required to present or critically review one or more papers. Graduate Staff 

MY 699 Research Credit Arranged FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of advisory committee 

Graduate research in fulfillment of requirements for a graduate degree. 

Graduate Staff 



Microbiology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor James B. Evans, Head 

Professors: Walter J. Dobrogosz, Gerald H. Elkan, Pat B. Hamilton, 

Jerome J. Perry; Adjunct Associate Professors: Harold L. Lewis, Jerry J. 

Tulis; Assistant Professor: Edward C. Hayes, III 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: Frank B. Armstrong, William V. Bartholomew, James G. Lecce, 
Marvin L. Speck; Professor USDA: John L. Etchells; Associate Professors: 
Wesley E. Kloos, John J. McNeill 

The Department of Microbiology offers programs leading to the Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. These are research oriented programs 



234 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

and require a dissertation based on personal research on some basic aspect of the 
science. Also offered is the professional degree, Master of Microbiology, which does 
not require a dissertation. 

Students applying for admission to the programs need not have had any formal 
training in microbiology. Applicants should have a bachelor's degree in one of 
the biological or physical sciences with at least two years of biology (preferably 
including a semester of microbiology), two years of chemistry (including a year 
of organic), two years of math (including a year of calculus), a year of physics and 
two years of a foreign language. Any deficiencies may be made up while in gra- 
duate school but will not be counted as credit toward a graduate degree. 

There are no specific departmental requirements regarding courses of study. 
Each program is tailored for the individual student by his graduate advisory 
committee. There is a core of basic courses in microbiology that will be on the 
programs of most graduate students. However, at least half of the courses in most 
programs will be basic courses in related areas such as biochemistry, chemistry, 
genetics and cell biology. 

At least one semester of half-time teaching experience is required of all Ph.D. 
candidates. All graduate students are expected to attend and participate in the 
seminar program every semester that they are in residence. As a general rule the 
M.S. program requires two full years (including summers) beyond the B.S. level 
and the Ph.D. program requires two or three full years beyond the M.S. level. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100, CH 223 or CH 220 

A rigorous introduction to the basic principles and concepts of modern micro- 
biology. This course is recommended for students in the biological sciences and 
agricultural sciences curricula and for all students who plan to take further 
courses in microbiology. Credit will not be granted for both MB 301 and MB 401. 

MB 405 (FS 405) Food Microbiology 3(2-3) F 

(See food science, page 158.) 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisite: MB 401 

A study in some depth of microbial structure and function, microbial ecology 
and characterization of important groups of microorganisms. Mr. Perry 

MB 506 (FS 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3(1-6) S 

(See food science, page 159.) 

MB 514 Microbial Metabolism 4(3-2) S 

Prerequisites: MB 401, BCH 351 or BCH 551 

A study of the physiology and metabolism of microorganisms and their regulatory 
mechanisms. Mr. Dobrogosz 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 235 

MB 521 Microbial Ecology 1(1-0) S 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

A survey of the ecological role of microorganisms in our environment, their 
interaction with other living organisms and their function in biodegradation and 
recycling of organic matter in the ecosystem. Mr. Perry 

MB 532 (SSC 532) Soil Microbiology 3(3-0) S 

(See soil science, page 295.) 

MB 551 Immunology and Serology 2(1-2) S 

Prerequisite: MB 401 

A study of the basic concepts and principles of antibody production, antigen- 
antibody interaction, and the laboratory techniques for their demonstration and 
study. Mr. Lecce 

MB 555 (ZO 555) Protozoology 4(2-6) S 

(See zoology, page 334.) 

MB 561 (BCH 561, GN 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3(3-0) F 

(See biochemistry, page 74.) 

MB 570 (BAE 570, CE 570) Sanitary Microbiology 3(2-3) S 

(See civil engineering, page 103.) 

MB 571 Virology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, MB 401 

An introduction to the fundamental aspects of virus-cell interactions. These 
include virus attachment and penetration, intracellular virus replication, meta- 
bolic changes occurring in cells as a result of virus infection and virus- 
induced cellular transformations. Mr. Hayes 

MB 574 (BO 574) Phycology 3(1-4) S 

(See botany, page 84.) 

MB 575 (BO 575, PP 575) The Fungi 3(3-0) S 

(See botany, page 84.) 

MB 576 (BO 576, PP 576) The Fungi— Lab 1(0-3) S 

(See botany, page 84.) 

MB 590 Topical Problems Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MB 632 (SSC 632) Ecology and Functions of Soil Microorganisms 3(3-0) S 
(See soil science, page 296.) 

MB 690 Microbiology Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Graduate Staff 

MB 692 Special Problems in Microbiology Credits Arranged FS 

Graduate Staff 



236 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MB 699 Microbiology Research Credits Arranged FS 

Graduate Staff 



Modern Languages 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor George W. Poland, Head 

Professor: Edward M. Stack; Associate Professors: Mary Paschal, Harry 
Tucker, Jr.; Assistant Professor: Ernest W. Rollins 

The Department of Modern Languages offers courses to assist graduate students 
in preparing themselves to use modern foreign languages in research and ad- 
vanced study. Students are encouraged particularly to seek useful foreign re- 
search related to their thesis or other research in progress. 

Certification may be obtained in languages not normally taught by the depart- 
ment with special permission of the Graduate School. 

*MLF 401 French Grammar for Graduate Students 3(3-0) F 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific French as rapidly 
as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

*MLF 402 Scientific French 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MLF 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical French, supplemented by discussion on 
terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic techniques. 
Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

*MLG 401 German Grammar for Graduate Students 3(3-0) F 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific German as 
rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

*MLG 402 Scientific German 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MLG 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical German, supplemented by discussion of 
terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic techniques. 
Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

*MLS 401 Spanish Grammar for Graduate Students 3(3-0) F 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific Spanish as 
rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

*MLS 402 Scientific Spanish 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MLS 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical Spanish, supplemented by discussions on 
terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic techniques. 
Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 



•These courses do not carry graduate language credit except with permission of the modern 
language department. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 237 

Nuclear Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Raymond L. Murray, Head 

Professors: Thomas S. Elleman, Graduate Administrator, Robin P. Gardner, 

Raymond F. Saxe, Lloyd R. Zumwalt; Associate Professors: James R. 

Bohannon, Jr., Charles E. Siewert, Kuruvilla Verghese; Assistant 

Professor: Ephraim Stam 

The Department of Nuclear Engineering offers graduate study leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Courses and research are available within the department and cooperating 
departments in several areas of nuclear engineering, including reactor theory and 
analysis, radiation detection, nuclear materials, radiation effects, energy transfer 
and conversion, nuclear safety and instrumentation, and radiation applications. 

Among the available research facilities are a one-megawatt steady-state and 
pulse type research reactor (PULSTAR), a 50,000-curie Cobalt-60 gamma irradia- 
tion source, multichannel analyzers, IBM System 370, Model 165 computer, and 
a 1-MeV pulsed van de Graaff accelerator. Laboratories and reactor are housed in 
a new 50,000 square foot teaching and research building on the NCSU campus. 

Candidates for admission are expected to hold the bachelor's degree in one of 
the fields of engineering or the physical sciences. Experience in nuclear physics, 
advanced differential equations and basic reactor theory will reduce the time re- 
quired for completion of the degree. Courses in these areas can be included in the 
initial phases of the graduate program. Thirty semester hours (including four for 
research) and a thesis are required for the Master of Science degree. Well-qualified 
students may study directly toward the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Interdisci- 
plinary research programs may be arranged for graduate students in cooperation 
with departments in the Schools of Engineering, Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences and Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Graduates of the department find positions in industry, government and acade- 
mic institutions. The recent advent of competitive nuclear electric power has 
created a demand for nuclear engineers to participate in all phases of nuclear power 
plant design and operation. Opportunities include analysis, design, utilization and 
operation of nuclear facilities and radioisotopes applications. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NE 401 Reactor Analysis and Design 4(3-2) F 

Corequisite: NE 302 or NE 419 

The principles of neutron motion in matter, with emphasis on the analysis of the 
nuclear chain reaction. Slowing of neutrons, diffusion, space distribution of flux, 
conditions for criticality, group theories and the time-dependent behavior of 
fissionable assemblies. Laboratories include experiments on the motion and 
detection of neutrons and gamma rays, and detection of reactor radiations. 

Mr. Verghese 



238 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

NE 402 Reactor Engineering 4(3-2) S 

Prerequisite: NE 401 

A continuation of NE 401. Topics include heterogeneous reactor, temperature 
effects, instrumentation and control, thermal-hydraulic design, shielding and 
radiological safety. Considers reactor as part of an overall system and deals with 
system optimization and design. Laboratories include reactor start-up and control, 
reactor kinetics, reactor heat transfer and the monitoring of radioactivity in 
reactor effluents. Mr. Stam 



NE 403 Nuclear Engineering Design Projects 2(1-3) S 

Prerequisite: NE 402 

Student projects in design of practical nuclear engineering systems. The faculty 
of the nuclear engineering department participates in selection and direction of 
these projects. The use of computer codes is stressed. Staff 

NE 419 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 206 or PY 208 

A survey of nuclear energy applications, including nuclear reactor materials, 
reactor theory, shielding, thermal and hydraulic analysis, and control. Uses of 
nuclear fission and its byproducts in research, industry and propulsion are 
reviewed. The major engineering problems are defined and methods of approach 
are outlined. The course is intended to serve as an introduction to nuclear principles 
for engineers with no prior contact with the nuclear field. Mr. Stam 

NE 491, 492 Nuclear Engineering Topics I and II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 402 

Typical offerings include: 

NE 491A Radiation Applications 

Radioisotope and radiation applications with emphasis on industrial utilization. 
Topics include: tracing techniques, gauging, radiography and radiation processing. 

Mr. Gardner 

NE 491B Nuclear Fuel Cycles and Isotope Production 

Consideration of the reactor fuel cycle from mining of the ore through fuel 
reprocessing. Includes fuel cycles, fuel element handling, isotope separation and 
isotope production. Mr. Verghese 

NE 492A Reactor Systems 

Engineering topics pertinent to the design and operation of reactors are stressed. 
These include heat transfer in flowing fluids, power-plant systems, economics and 
reactor operations. Mr. Saxe 

NE 492B Radiological and Reactor Safety 

Radiation effects in biological materials, dose calculations, shielding, regulatory 
procedures and reactor safety systems are discussed. Emphasis is placed on safety 
procedures in conjunction with radioisotope sources and reactors. Mr. Elleman 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NE 501 Reactor Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: NE 302, NE 419 or consent of instructor 

Provides a background on the principles of neutron motion in matter with 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 239 

emphasis on the analysis of the nuclear chain reactor. A discussion of neutron 
mechanics, flux distributions, critical mass calculations, time behavior, two group 
models, and reactivity calculation is presented for the fission reactor. Mr. Siewert 

NE 502 Reactor Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 501 

Elements of nuclear reactor design and operation, including reactor materials, 
thermal and hydraulic analysis, control and safety, and thermal and fast reactor 
systems. Mr. Saxe 

NE 504 (MA 504) Mathematical Methods in Engineering 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or 312 

Survey of mathematical methods for engineers. Topics include ordinary dif- 
ferential equations, matrices, partial differential equations, difference equations, 
numerical methods, elements of statistics. Techniques and applications to engi- 
neering are stressed. 

NE 505 Experimental Methods in Nuclear Engineering 3(1-4) S 

Prerequisites: NE 501 and NE(PY) 511 
Corequisites: NE 502 and NE 512 

Laboratory experiments are performed to illustrate the principles and concepts 
covered in NE 501, NE 502, NE 511 and NE 512. Mr. Gardner 

NE 511 (PY 511) Nuclear Physics for Engineers 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

A study of the properties of atomic nuclei, of nuclear radiations and of the inter- 
action of nuclear radiation with matter. Emphasis is placed on the principles of 
modern equipment and techniques of nuclear measurement and their application to 
practical problems. Mr. Waltner 

NE 512 Radiation Applications 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 511 (PY 511) 

Applications of radiation interaction principles to practical nuclear problems. 
Topics include radiological safety, effects of radiation on biological and structural 
materials, and industrial applications of radioisotopes and radiation. Mr. Elleman 

NE 562 (MAT 562) Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3(3-0) F 
Prerequisite: PY 410 or consent of instructor 

Reactor component design considerations determined by materials properties as 
well as by nuclear function are covered. Emphasis is placed on radiation effects 
and other concepts pertinent to the selection of materials for nuclear reactors for 
either terrestrial or space applications. Mr. Fahmy 

NE 573 (MAT 573) Computer Experiments in Materials 

Engineering 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PY 407, MA 301 

The basic techniques for constructing both statistical (Monte Carlo) and deter- 
ministic computer experiments will be explained and discussed from the standpoint 
of immediate use in the solution of current engineering research and development 
problems. 

NE 591, 592 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Staff 



240 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NE 601 Reactor Theory and Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: NE 501 

Theoretical aspects of neutron diffusion and transport related to the design 
computation and performance analysis of nuclear reactors. Principal topics are a 
unified view of the neutron cycle including slowing, resonance capture and 
thermal ization; reactor dynamics and control; fuel cycle studies; and neutron 
transport methods. Background is provided for research in power and test reactor 
analysis. Mr. Murray 

NE 602 Advanced Reactor Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 601 

A complete presentation of the singular eigenfunction expansion technique 
as applied in neutron transport theory for the analysis of nuclear reactors and to 
radiative heat transfer problems for participating media. Mr. Siewert 

NE 611 Radiation Detection 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: NE 512 

Covers the advanced aspects of radiation detection such as computer methods 
applied to gamma-ray spectroscopy, absolute detector efficiencies by experimental 
and Monte Carlo techniques, the use and theory of solid state detectors, time-of- 
flight detection experiments, and Mossbauer and other resonance phenomena. 

Mr. Gardner 

NE 620 Nuclear Radiation Attenuation 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: NE 502 

The physical theory and mathematical analysis of the penetration of neutrons, 
gamma-rays and charged particles. Analytical techniques include point kernels, 
transport theory, Monte Carlo and numerical methods. Digital computers are 
employed in the solution of practical problems. Staff 

NE 621 Radiation Effects on Materials 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: NE 512 

Interactions of radiation with matter, with emphasis on the physical effects. 
Current theories and experimental techniques are discussed. Annealing of defects, 
radiation induced changes in physical properties, and effects in reactor materials 
are discussed. Mr. Elleman 

NE 622 Transport of Matter in Nuclear Reactors 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 512 

Mechanisms of fission product migration in reactor solids and fluids. Emphasis 
is on absorption phenomena, thermodynamics of reversible processes, diffusion 
mathematics and experimental methods. Mr. Zumwalt 

NE 631 Reactor Kinetics and Control 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 501 

A study of the control of nuclear reactor systems. Basic control theory is developed 
including the use of Bode, Nyquist, and S-plane diagrams, and state-variable 
methods. Reactor and reactor systems are analyzed by these methods and control 
methods and optimum-control methods are developed. Models for reactors and 
reactor- associated units, such as heat exchangers, are discussed. The effects of 
non-linearities are presented. Mr. Saxe 

NE 641 Radioisotope Applications 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 511 (PY 511) 

Principles and techniques of radioisotope applications are presented. Topics 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 241 

include radiotracer principles, radiotracer applications to engineering processes, 
radioisotope gauging principles and charged particle, gamma ray and neutron 
radioisotope gauges. Mr. Gardner 

NE 653 Nuclear Reactor Design 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: NE 601 

A comprehensive analysis and design of a nuclear system or facility suggested 
and advised on by department faculty will be performed. The class is organized 
under the project engineering scheme, with work taking the form of feasibility 
study, and conceptual, preliminary or parametric analysis and design. Inter- 
disciplinary topics such as siting, safety analysis, shielding, engineered safeguards, 
economics, material selection and project management are key parts of the course. 
Results are reviewed by an interdepartmental board. Mr. Bohannon 

NE 691, 692 Advanced Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

A study of recent developments in nuclear engineering theory and practice. Staff 

NE 695 Seminar in Nuclear Engineering 1(1-0) FS 

Discussion of selected topics in nuclear engineering. Staff 

NE 699 Research in Nuclear Engineering Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Individual research in the field of nuclear engineering. Staff 



Nutrition 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Leonard W. Aurand, Elliott R. Barrick, Albert J. Clawson, 
Eloise S. Cofer, William E. Donaldson, Charles H. Hill, James M. 
Leatherwood, James G. Lecce, H. L. Lucas, Gennard Matrone, Harold A. 
Ramsey, Howard A. Schneider, Frank H. Smith, Samuel B. Tove, George 
H. Wise; Associate Professors: Evan E. Jones, John J. McNeill, Richard 
D. Mochrie, Allen H. Rakes; Assistant Professor: Jim D. Garlich 

Graduate study leading to a Master of Nutrition, Master of Science or Doctor of 
Philosophy degree may be taken under the direction of any of the graduate 
faculty for the nutrition program. This program is interdepartmental, and the 
student may reside and conduct research in any of the following departments 
which participate in the program: animal science, poultry science, food science or 
biochemistry. The student will ordinarily reside in the department of his major 
adviser. The program involves various species of animals and therefore the com- 
parative approach to nutrition is emphasized. 

Majors in the program may minor in biochemistry, physiology, microbiology, 
statistics or other approved fields. 

Research facilities in each of the departments are extensive and the problems 
under investigation are many and varied. 

This program is administered by the Nutrition Advisory Committee through its 
executive committee comprising the committee chairman and one member from 
each participating department. Additional information about the program may 
be obtained by writing to any one of the above graduate faculty members or to 
the Chairman, Nutrition Program, P. O. Box 5306, School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences, N. C. State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 



242 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NTR 415 (ANS 415, PO 415) Comparative Nutrition 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

Fundamentals of animal nutrition, including classification of nutrients, their 
requirement and general metabolism by different species for health, maintenance, 
growth and other productive functions. Messrs. Donaldson, Ramsey 

NTR 590 Topical Problems in Nutrition Maximum 6 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing 

Analysis of problems of current interest in nutrition. Credit for this course will 
involve the scientific appraisal and solution of a selected problem. The problems 
will be designed to provide training and experience in research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NTR 601 Amino Acids, Vitamins, and Minerals in Nutrition 4(4-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, ZO 421, and a 400-level nutrition course 

This course is designed to give the student knowledge in depth of the nutritional 
biochemistry of amino acids, vitamins and minerals. Nutritional principles are 
presented and interpreted from the viewpoint of metabolic pathways and bio- 
chemical reaction mechanisms. Mr. Garlich 

NTR 608 Energy Metabolism 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: BCH 551 and a 400-level nutrition course 

The course relates biochemical and physiological events within the cell, tissue, 
organ and system with the nutrient needs as sources of energy for productive 
animal life. Digestion, absorption and metabolism of carbohydrates under normal 
and pathological states will be discussed. Processes of energy transformations 
within living structures will be presented in relation to free energy, biological 
oxidations, coupled reactions, anabolic and catabolic systems, hormonal effects, 
metabolic control and efficiency. Mr. Leatherwood 

NTR 690 Advanced Special Problems in Nutrition Maximum 6 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Directed research in a specialized phase of nutrition designed to provide experi- 
ence in research methodology and philosophy. Graduate Staff 

NTR 699 Research in Nutrition Credits by Arrangement FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Maximum 6 

Original research preparatory to the thesis for the Master of Science or Doctor of 
Philosophy degree. 

Operations Research 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH COMMITTEE 

Professor Salah E. Elmaghraby, Chairman 

Professors: John F. Bogdan, N. W. Conner, ex officio, Walter J. Peterson, 
ex officio, N. J. Rose; Adjunct Professor: Jay T. Wakeley; Associate Pro- 
fessors: Norman R. Bell, Bibhuti B. Bhattacharyya, William S. Galler, 
William L. Hafley, David A. Link, Clarence J. Maday; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: Richard M. Felder, Henry L. W. Nuttle, Richard K. Perrin 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 243 

ASSOCIATED GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: William J. Barclay, John W. Bishir, Arthur R. Eckels, Salah E. 
Elmaghraby, Arnold H. E. Grandage, Robert J. Hader, Robert W. 
Llewellyn, Robert J. Monroe, Bernard M. Olsen, Charles H. Proctor, 
Hans Sagan, James A. Seagraves, Hubertus R. van der Vaart, Oscar 
Wesler; Visiting Professor: Makoto Itoh; Associate Professors: Raul E. 
Alvarez, Norman R. Bell, Richard Bernhard, Bibhuti B. Bhattacharyya, 
Richard E. Chandler, William L. Hafley, Cleon W. Harrell, Jr., 
David A. Link, Clarence J. Maday, Donald C. Martin, Wilbur C. 
Peterson, Edward H. Wiser; Assistant Professors: Gerald E. Bennington, 
W. Douglas Cooper, Richard M. Felder, Michael J. Magazine, Henry 
L. W. Nuttle, Richard K. Perrin 

Operations research is a graduate program of a multidisciplinary nature, 
governed by the Operations Research Committee and administered through the 
office of the chairman of the committee. The committee has representatives from the 
Departments of Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Science, 
Economics, Electrical Engineering, Engineering Mechanics, Industrial Engineer- 
ing, Mathematics, Statistics, School of Forest Resources and the School of Textiles. 

The program offers graduate studies leading to the degree of Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy. Both degrees require a thesis; a foreign language is 
not required at the master's level but is required at the doctorate level. Students 
admitted to the Graduate School to pursue studies in operations research are 
expected to have a strong background in mathematics, statistics and the physical 
sciences, including operational mathematics and matrices. Those students who do 
not have these courses will be required to take them in addition to the other 
graduate courses comprising their programs of study. 

A meaningful program of study in operations research usually implies intensive 
study and proficiency in at least two of the following areas of knowledge: 

Mathematical Theories of Optimization 
Control Systems, Cybernetics and Reliability 
Stochastic Systems 

Econometrics and Economic Decision Theory 
Information and Computer Sciences 

While each individual student's plan of study would be specifically tailored to 
meet his own personal desires and professional needs, the student's committee will 
be guided by the spirit of the need to compose a coherent program that enhances 
excellence in practice and research. 

Because of the many-faceted nature of operations research and its applicability 
to a wide range of fields of study, the Operations Research Committee has also 
established a strong graduate minor program in operations research, with the major 
in any basic discipline which could contribute to, or utilize, operations research. 
It is recognized, as has been recognized by many other universities, that research 
in some major fields, such as industrial engineering or statistics may be construed 
as research in operations research. This recognition has been reflected in the 
flexibility awarded to the design of the course of study of any student. If a student 
majors in a discipline which demands a high level of proficiency in one (or more) 
of the five areas of knowledge listed above, he would be expected to take courses 
from this area (or areas) as part of the major and select the operations research 
courses from other areas. In this case, the student's committee is guided by the 
spirit of the need to complement his knowledge and to broaden his scope. The 
cohesive elements in the Operations Research Program are to be the introductory 
survey of Operations Research (OR 501) and the Seminar (OR 695). 



244 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The courses in operations research have been organized into "central" and 
"cognate" courses. The "central" courses represent the core of the body of knowl- 
edge which has come to be associated with OR. The "cognate" courses are in- 
tended to assist the graduate student and his advisory committee in charting his 
program for optimal self-development and specialized education. 

ADMISSION 

Prospective graduate students should contact the Dean of the Graduate School 
for application for admission forms and for a copy of the graduate catalog. 

General information regarding the Operations Research Program can be ob- 
tained from: 

Dr. Salah E. Elmaghraby, Director 
Operations Research Program 
P. O. Rox5511 
Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 

Roth teaching and research assistantships are available to qualified applicants 
each year from the departments and schools represented on the Operations Re- 
search Committee. Requests for such assistance should be directed to these depart- 
ments and schools or to the director of the OR Program. 

The OR Committee at the Raleigh campus and the Operations and Systems 
Analysis Committee at Chapel Hill maintain strong ties of liaison and cooperation. 
The two programs are, in many instances, complementary to each other and the 
prospective student is encouraged to consider course offerings at both campuses 
in structuring his program of study. An abbreviated list of the course offerings 
at Chapel Hill campus is included for ease of reference. 

OR 501 Introduction to Operations Research 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 421; required all OR students 

OR Approach: modeling, constraints, objective and criterion. The problem of 
Multiple criteria. Optimization, Model validation. The team approach. Systems 
Design. Examples, OR Methodology: mathematical programming; optimum seek- 
ing; simulation, gaming; heuristic programming. Examples. OR Applications; 
theory of inventory; economic ordering under deterministic and stochastic demand. 
The production smoothing problem; linear and quadratic cost functions. Waiting 
line problems: single and multiple servers with Poisson input and output. The 
theory of games for two-person competitive situations. Project management through 
PERT-CPM. Messrs. Cooper, Bennington 

OR 505 (IE 505, MA 505) Mathematical Programming I 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

A study of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning. Linear 
programming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for those who desire 
to study this subject in depth and detail. It provides a rigorous and complete 
development of the theoretical and computational aspects of this technique as well 
as a discussion of a number of applications. Graduate Staff 

OR 509 (IE 509) Dynamic Programming 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisites: MA 405, ST 421 

An introduction to the theory and computational aspects of dynamic programming 
and its application to sequential decision problems. Messrs. Elmaghraby, Nuttle 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 245 

OR 520 Theory of Activity Networks 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: OR 501, OR 505 (IE 505, MA 505) 

Introduction to graph theory and network theory. A discussion in depth of the 
theory underlying (i) deterministic activity networks (CPM): optimal time-cost 
trade offs; the problem of scarce resources; (ii) probabilistic activity networks 
(PERT): critical evaluation of the underlying assumptions; (iii) generalized activity 
networks (GERT, GAN): applications of signal flow graphs and semi-Markov 
process to probabilistic branching; relation to the theory of scheduling. (Offered in 
alternate years.) Mr. Elmaghraby 

OR 522 (IE 522) Dynamics of Industrial Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: IE 421 

A study of the dynamic properties of industrial systems; introduction to servo- 
mechanism theory as applied to company operations. Simulation of large nonlinear, 
multiloop, stochastic systems on a digital computer; methods of determining modifi- 
cations in systems design and/or operating parameters for improved system 
behavior. Mr. Lllewellyn 

OR 527 (CHE 527) Optimization of Engineering Processes 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 511, CSC 111 

Mathematical methods for the optimization of engineering processes are devel- 
oped, and illustrative applications of these methods are presented and discussed. 
Specific topics covered are drawn from a list which includes mathematical pro- 
gramming, geometric programming, sensitivity analysis, direct search and elimi- 
nation techniques, variational techniques and the minimum principle, quasilineari- 
zation and dynamic programming. The emphasis throughout the course is on 
applications of the techniques discussed rather than fully rigorous development of 
the theory. Mr. Felder 

OR 561 (IE 561) Queues and Stochastic Service Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 421 

General concepts of stochastic processes are introduced. Poisson processes, 
Markov processes, and Renewal theory are presented. These are then used in the 
analysis of queues, starting with a completely memoryless queue to one with 
general parameters. Applications to many engineering problems will be considered. 

Mr. Magazine 

OR 586 (IE 586) Network Flows 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: OR 505 (IE 505, MA 505) 

This course will study problems of flows in networks. These problems will include 
the determination of the shortest chain, maximal flow and minimal cost flow in 
networks. The relationship between network flows and linear programming will be 
developed as well as problems with nonlinear cost functions, multi-commodity 
flows, and the problem of network synthesis. (Offered in alternate years.) 

Mr. Bennington 

OR 606 (MA 606, ST 606) Mathematical Programming II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: OR 505 (IE 505, MA 505) 

This course is intended for those who desire to study linear and nonlinear pro- 
gramming from an advanced mathematical point of view. Special attention will be 
paid to the theoretical and computational aspects of current research problems in 
the field of linear and nonlinear programming, game theory, theory of graphs, 
discrete linear programming, linear programming, under uncertainty and dynamic 
programming. Messrs. Bhattacharyya, Magazine 



246 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

OR 609 Advanced Dynamic Programming 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: OR 509, MA 541 

Introduction to measure theoretic concepts, review of finite state Markov proc- 
esses, theory of Markovian programming, discrete decision processes, continuous 
time dynamic programming, relation to Calculus of Variation and the Maximum 
Principle. Emphasis throughout is on recent theoretical development in the field. 
(Offered in alternate years.) Mr. Elmaghraby 

OR 631, 632 (EM 631, 632) Variational Methods in 

Optimization Techniques I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: (631) MA 511, MA 512; (632) OR 631 

Variational methods are applied to optimization problems in engineering, where 
examples are drawn from flight mechanics, operations research, heat transfer, 
structures and aerodynamics. The necessary conditions which follow from the 
general variation of a functional are developed. Solutions with corners and dis- 
continuities are considered. Inequality constraints on control variables and 
constrained extreme are also considered. Gradient methods are described. Applica- 
tions in operations research are made for problems with continuous function 
representation such as might be found in production scheduling, inventory control 
and process control. Mr. Maday 

OR 691 Special Topics in Operations Research 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: OR 501, OR 505 (IE 505, MA 505) 

The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small groups of 
students to take on studies of special areas in OR which fit into their particular 
program and which may not be covered by other OR courses. The work will be 
directed by a qualified faculty member and in some instances by visiting professors. 
The subject matter in any year is dependent on the students and the faculty 
members. Graduate Staff 

OR 692 (IE 692, MA 692) Special Topics in 

Mathematical Programming 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: OR 505 (IE 505, MA 505) 

The study of special advanced topics in the area of mathematical programming. 
New techniques and current research in this area will be discussed. The faculty 
responsible for this course will select the areas to be covered during the semester 
according to their preference and interest. This course will not necessarily be taught 
by an individual faculty but can, on occasion, be a joint effort of several faculty 
members from this University as well as visiting faculty from other institutions. To 
date, a course on Theory of Networks and another on Integer Programming have 
been offered under the umbrella of this course. It is anticipated that these two topics 
will be repeated in the future, together with other topics. Graduate Staff 

OR 695 Seminar in Operations Research 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Enrollment in operations research as major or minor 

Seminar discussion of operations research problems. Case analyses and reports. 
Graduate students with minors or majors in operations research are expected to 
attend throughout the period of their residence. Graduate Staff 

OR 699 Project in Operations Research 1-3 FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: Variable 

Individual research by graduate students minoring and majoring in operations 
research. Research may be done under the operations research faculty member 
meeting the interest need of the student. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 247 

SUGGESTED COGNATE COURSES 

Civil Engineering 

CE 575 Civil Engineering 

Economics 

EC 550 Mathematical Models in Economics 

EC 650 Economic Decision Theory 

EC 651 (ST 651) Econometrics 

EC 652 (ST 652) Topics in Econometrics 

Electrical Engineering 

EE 506 Dynamical Systems Analysis 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design 

EE 613, 614 Advanced Feedback Control 

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems 

EE 651 Statistical Communication Theory 

Industrial Engineering 

IE 521 Control Systems and Data Processing 

IE 523 Inventory Control Methods I 

IE 547 Engineering Reliability 

IE 608 Linear Programming Applications 

IE 611 The Design of Production Systems 

IE 622 Inventory Control Method II 

Mathematics 

MA 521 A Survey of Modern Algebra 

MA 536 Logic for Digital Computers 

MA 537 Mathematical Theory of Digital Computers 

MA 541, 542 (ST 541, 542) Theory of Probability I & II 

MA 617, 618 (ST 617, 618) Measure Theory and Advanced Probability 

MA 619 (ST 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 

MA 622 Linear Algebra 

MA 641, 642 Calculus of Variations and Theory of Optimal Control I & II 

Statistics 

ST 613, 614 Time Series Analysis I & II 

ST 691C Advanced Special Problems; Theory of Stochastic Processes (a one- 
year course) 

Textiles 

TX 591 Special Topics 

COGNATE COURSES AT CHAPEL HILL 

The following is a cross-listing of the courses offered at the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill which are designated as related to operations research. 

Business 

205 Dynamic Programming 

206 Decision Theory 



248 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

208 Simulation Theory 

226 Linear Programming 

227 Mathematical Programming I 
304 Control and Optimization 
309 Inventory Theory 

City and Regional Planning 

127 Transportation Seminar 

228 Metropolitan Analysis 
232 Public Investment Theory 

234 Planning of Water Resource Systems 
265 Social Policy Planning and Analysis 
284 Systems Analysis in Environmental Planning 

Computer and Information Science 

118 Information Systems for Statistical Problems 

120 Fundamentals of Information Processing 

135 Data Processing and File Management 

150 (or 151-152) Numerical Methods in Applied Mathematics 

Economics 

182, 183 Mathematical Economics 

200, 201 Advanced Microeconomic Theory 

273, 274 Advanced Econometrics 

Environmental Sciences and Engineering 
226 Ecology and General Systems Theory 

Mathematics 

134 (or 136-137) Algebra 

163 Elementary Topology I 

173, 174 Topics in Applied Mathematics 

193, 194 Analysis 

Statistics 

127 Mathematical Statistics 

129 Introduction to Stochastic Processes 

133, 237 Time Series Analysis 

156, 158 Combinatorial Mathematics and Graph Theory 

180, 181 Mathematical Methods of Operations Research I & II 



Physical Oceanography 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see geosciences 
page 171.) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

OY 487 (CE 487, MAS 487) Physical Oceanography 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 212 

An introduction, on an advanced level, to the principles of physical oceanography. 
Subjects to be covered are: history of physical oceanography; the geological and 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 249 

astronomical background for the field; tides and waves; fluid mechanics; charac- 
teristics of sea water; advective and convective processes; current measurements; 
laboratory models; and specific problems in physical oceanography. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

OY 541 (MAS 541, CE 541) Gravity Wave Theory I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 303 or PY 411 

Classical gravity wave theory with emphasis on the basic mechanics of wave 
motions, mass transport induced by waves and various conservation laws with 
their applications in wave study. Mr. Huang 

OY 551 (MAS 551) Ocean Circulation 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 303 or PY 411 

Basic study of the mechanics of ocean circulation with emphasis on various 
simple models of circulation systems. Mr. Huang 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

OY 601, 602 (MAS 601, 602) Advanced Physical 

Oceanography I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: OY 487 (MAS 487, CE 487) 

An in-depth discussion of physical oceanography — both geographic and hydro- 
dynamical aspects. Topics discussed include relief of ocean floor; physical properties 
of sea water; distribution of temperature, salinity and currents; and kinematical 
and dynamical studies of motion of sea water turbulence. Mr. Knowles 

OY 605, 606 (MAS 605, 606; EM 605, 606) Advanced Geophysical 

Fluid Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 
Prerequisite: EM 504, 505 or equivalent 

An application of basic fluid mechanics principles in geophysical fluid mechanics 
studies with emphasis on the most important physical parameters encountered in 
the field of geophysical fluid mechanics, such as: mechanics of stratified fluids, 
rotating fluids, stratified and rotating fluid, stability and turbulence in ocean and 
atmosphere. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate years.) Mr. Huang 

OY 613, 614 (MAS 613, 614; EM 613, 614) Perturbation Method 

in Fluid Mechanics I, II 

3(3-0) FS 
Prerequisites: MA 401, EM 303 

Basic theory and application of perturbation methods in fluid mechanics includ- 
ing: regular and singular perturbations, matching principles, method of strained 
coordinate, two variable expansion and applications to partial differential equa- 
tions. (Offered 1973-74 and alternate years.) Mr. Huang 

OY 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of advisory committee 

Graduate research in fulfillment of requirements for a graduate degree. 

Graduate Staff 



250 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Physics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Lewis W. Seagondollar, Head 

Professors: Willard H. Bennett, John M. A. Danby, William R. Davis, 
Wesley O. Doggett, George L. Hall, Alvin W. Jenkins, Jr., Harry C. 
Kelly, Joseph T. Lynn, Graduate Administrator, Edward R. Manring, 
Jasper D. Memory, Arthur C. Menius, Jr., Raymond L. Murray, Don L. 
Ridgeway, Arthur W. Waltner; Visiting University Professor; Llewellyn 
H. Thomas; Professors Emeritus: Forrest W. Lancaster, Jefferson S. 
Mears, Rufus H. Snyder; Associate Professors: Grover C. Cobb, Jr., 
Gerald H. Katzin, David H. Martin, Gary E. Mitchell, Marvin K. Moss, 
Jae Y. Park, Richard R. Patty, David R. Tilley; Assistant Professors: 
Kwong T. Chung, Raymond E. Fornes, Christopher R. Gould, Fred 
Lado, Jr., George W. Parker, III, Jan F. Schetzina 

Study in physics is available leading to the degrees Master of Science and Doc- 
tor of Philosophy. In addition to the areas of research listed below, thesis work 
may also be done in closely related departments in the fields of biophysics, en- 
vironmental sciences, nuclear reactor theory and computer science. There are 
available to the department the computer facilities (including the IBM System 
360/75 computer) of the nearby Triangle Universities Computation Center which 
is jointly operated by Duke University, the University of North Carolina at Chapel 
Hill and N. C. State University. 

Programs of study leading to the Master of Science degree require a minimum of 
30 semester hours, including four credits of research and two of seminar. In 
addition, a thesis is required. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is granted on successful completion of examina- 
tions, independent research and the submission of an acceptable dissertation. A 
minor area of study is required, mathematics usually being elected. 

All graduate students and staff are expected to attend a weekly colloquium at 
which topics of current interest in physics are discussed. 

The Department of Physics participates in a number of national fellowship 
programs such as those of the National Defense Education Act. In addition, many 
teaching and research assistantships are available. Depending upon the student's 
experience, these pay from $2,900 to $3,800 for half-time duties during the nine- 
month school year. A student holding such a half-time assistantship may carry 
60 percent of a full course load. 

Staff and facilities are available for special study and research at both the mas- 
ter's and doctoral levels in the areas listed below. In most of these areas the work is 
supported by grants or contracts, and research assistantships are available. 

ATMOSPHERIC PHYSICS 

Measurements are being made on synthetic atmospheres prepared in the labora- 
tory, as well as on the earth's atmosphere from an observing site remote from city 
light. 

ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR PHYSICS 

Collision probabilities are being studied both theoretically and experimentally 
for low energy ion-atom interactions. Also, the study of two-component diffusion of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 251 

I 

neutral gas molecules is being applied to vapor removal processes at low densities. 

MAGNETIC RESONANCE 

Research programs in both high resolution and broad line NMR spectroscopy 
are in progress, using a Varian HA-100 high resolution spectrometer and a Varian 
DA-60 dual purpose spectrometer. The spectra are analyzed by computer, and the 
results compared with theoretical calculations of the relevant parameters. 

NUCLEAR PHYSICS 

Duke University, North Carolina State University and the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill jointly staff the Triangle Universities Nuclear Laboratory 
located on the Duke campus. The major facilities are a 15 MeV Model FN Tan- 
dem Van de Graaff accelerator with a 15 MeV cyclotron injector and on-line com- 
puter facilities. 

PLASMA PHYSICS 

The plasma research program is investigating various aspects of the behavior 
of charged particle beams. The laboratory is supported by well-equipped machine 
shops and tube-making facilities which are staffed with skilled technicians. Off- 
campus facilities include a 10 MeV pulsed X-ray machine and auxiliary equip- 
ment. 

SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS 

Electrical properties of semiconductors are being studied. 

THEORETICAL PHYSICS 

The theoretical work in the department is in six main areas. 

Atmospheric Physics — The area of primary interest is that of the electromagne- 
tic properties of the upper atmosphere. 

Atomic Physics — A study of electron-atom collision theory and of the inter- 
action of the electromagnetic field with atomic systems is under way. 

Nuclear Physics — The principal area of research is the study of direct nuclear 
reaction theories. 

Relativistic Theory of Particles and Fields — An attempt is being made to develop 
a Hamiltonian theorv of the interaction of particles and fields without introducing 
unobservable variables. 

Relativity and General Field Theory — The problems encountered in the formula- 
tion of the differential and integral conservation laws of the general theory of 
relativity, and general field theories are under investigation. In a second area, the 
differential geometry of hypersurfaces embedded in Riemannian space-time to- 
gether with the theory of mathematical deformation of manifolds is being applied 
to some problems concerning frames of reference in general relativity. 

Statistical and Solid State Theory — The areas being investigated include (a) 
the quantum theory of cooperative phenomena in solids; (b) the statistical de- 
scription of the liquid state in which an attempt is made to extract the observable 
macroscopic properties of dense fluids from the microscopic laws; (c) the study of 
exacc statistical mechanics, especially ergodic theory and the stochastic structure 
of statistical mechanics; (d) the theory of dipolar-broadened NMR line widths in 
solids. 



252 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 401, 402 Modern and Quantum Physics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 411 

An introductory treatment of the basic theories of modern physics, particularly 
relativity and quantum mechanics, together with application of these theories to the 
study of atomic structure, optical spectra, X-rays, nuclear physics, solid state 
physics and elementary particles. 

PY 407 Introduction To Modern Physics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 208 

A survey of the important developments in atomic and nuclear physics of this 
century. Among topics covered are: an introduction to special relativity, atomic 
and molecular structure, determination of properties of ions and fundamental 
particles, the origin of spectra, and nuclear reactions. 

PY 409 Ion and Electron Physics 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: PY 414 

Topics covered include collision processes in gases, electron emission, charged 
particle dynamics, gaseous discharges, and the physics of electron and ion beams. 

PY 410 Nuclear Physics I 4(3-2) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 407 

An introduction to the properties of the nucleus, and the interaction of radiation 
with matter. A quantitative description is given of natural and artificial radio- 
activity, nuclear reactions, fission, fusion and the structure of simple nuclei. 

PY 411, 412 Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 301, PY 207 or PY 208 

A sequence of courses in intermediate theoretical mechanics, including the 
dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, gravitation and moving reference systems. 
An introduction is given to advanced mechanics, including Lagrangian and 
Hamiltonian dynamics. 

PY 413 Thermal Physics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 206 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 301 

An introduction to the statistical study of macroscopic systems. Topics covered 
include basic concepts of probability, the microscopic states of large systems, the 
concepts of temperature, heat and entropy, and the relations between these 
quantities. 

PY 414, 415 Electricity and Magnetism I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 511 

An intermediate course in the fundamentals of static and dynamic electricity 
and electromagnetic theory, developed from basic experimental laws. Vector 
methods are introduced and employed throughout the course. 

PY 416 Physical Optics 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: PY 415 

An intermediate course in physical optics with the major emphasis on the wave 
properties of light. Subjects covered include boundary conditions, optics of thin 
films, interference and diffraction, with applications to absorption, scattering and 
laser operation. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 253 

PY 443 Astrophysics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PY 207 or PY 407; PY 411 

A survey of the basic physics necessary to investigate, from observational data, 
the internal conditions of stars and their evolution. Topics to be considered will 
include the formation and structure of spectral lines, methods of energy generation 
and transport, stellar structure, degeneracy and white dwarfs. 

PY 451, 452 Intermediate Experiments in Physics I, II 2(1-3) FS 

Corequisites: PY 411, PY 414 

Experiments at the intermediate level in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, 
and modern physics. 

PY 499 Special Problems in Physics 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Study and research in special topics of classical and modern physics. A topic 
may be chosen for experimental or theoretical investigation, or a literature survey 
may be made. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 501, 502 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 511; PY 411 or PY 414 

An introduction to the fundamental concepts and formulations of quantum 
mechanics, including its interpretation and techniques, and the application of the 
theory to simple physical systems, such as the free particle, the harmonic oscillator, 
the particle in a potential well and central force problems. Other topics include 
approximation methods, identical particles and spin, transformation theory, 
symmetries and invariance, and an introduction to quantum theory of scattering 
and angular momentum. Mr. Chung 

PY 503, 504 Introduction to Theoretical Physics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 412, PY 414 

An introductory course in theoretical physics which offers preparation for 
advanced graduate study. Emphasis is on classical mechanics, special relativity 
and the motion of charged particles. Topics covered include variational principles, 
Hamiltonian dynamics and the canonical transformation theory, structure of the 
Lorentz group and elementary dynamics of unquantized fields. Mr. Katzin 

PY 507 Advanced Atomic Physics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 412, PY 415 

An introduction to the quantum mechanical treatment of atomic structure and 
spectra. Topics covered include the relativistic hydrogen atom, the helium atom, 
multielectron atoms, selection rules, etc. Mr. Chung 

PY 509 Plasma Physics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PY 414 

A study of the individual and collective motion of charged particles in electric 
and magnetic fields and through ionized gases, including the pinch effect and 
induced processes in relativistic streams; transport equations; and properties of 
plasmas, including wave production and propagation, instabilities, shocks, and 
radiation losses, with applications. Mr. Bennett 



254 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PY 510 Nuclear Physics II 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

A study of the properties of the atomic nucleus as revealed by radioactivity, 
nuclear reactions and scattering experiments, with emphasis on the experimental 
approach. The laboratory is designed to stimulate independent research and offers 
project work in nuclear spectroscopy and in neutron physics. Mr. Waltner 

PY 511 (NE 511) Nuclear Physics for Engineers 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

A study of the properties of atomic nuclei, of nuclear radiations and of the inter- 
action of nuclear radiation with matter. Emphasis is placed on the principles of 
modern equipment and techniques of nuclear measurement and their application to 
practical problems. Mr. Waltner 

PY 514, 515 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 415 

An advanced treatment of electricity and magnetism and electromagnetic theory. 
Topics include: techniques for the solution of potential problems, development of 
Maxwell's equations; wave equations; energy, force and momentum relations of an 
electromagnetic field; covariant formulation of electrodynamics; radiation from 
accelerated charges. Mr. Hall 

PY 517 Molecular Spectra 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PY 407, PY 412; PY 507 recommended 

Topics include the interpretation of infrared and Raman spectra for diatomic and 
simple polyatomic molecules; the effects due to vibration-rotation interaction, 
electronic motion and nuclear spin; nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy; 
infrared absorption in the earth's atmosphere. Mr. Chung 

PY 520 Measurements in Nuclear Physics 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

A study of the fundamentals of statistics (including the binomial, normal, 
Poisson and interval distributions) as applied to the analysis of measurements on 
nuclear reactions and radioactivity. Mr. Waltner 

PY 521 Kinetic Theory of Gases 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PY 413 

A phenomenological and theoretical study of systems of dilute gases. After treat- 
ment of the continuum mechanics of fluids, the postulates of kinetic theory are 
presented and the derivation from them of macroscopic conservation equations, 
transport laws and thermodynamic properties is discussed. Mr. Ridgeway 

PY 552 Introduction to the Structure of Solids 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 401 

Basic considerations of crystalline solids, metals, conductors and semiconductors. 

Mr. Schetzina 

PY 555 (MA 555) Mathematical Introduction to 

Celestial Mechanics 3(3-0) F 

(See mathematics, page 213). 

PY 556 (MA 556) Orbital Mechanics 3(3-0) F 

(See mathematics, page 214.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 255 

PY 599 Senior Research 3 FS 

Prerequisite: Senior honors program standing, except with 
special permission 

Investigations in physics under the guidance of staff members, which may consist 
of literature reviews, experimental measurements or theoretical studies. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PY 600 Planetary Atmospheres 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 507 

Gas dynamics of atmospheres with emphasis on recent results of rocket, satellite 
and interplanetary probes. Theories of the airglow, aurora and ionosphere are 
developed. Mr. Manring 

PY 601, 602 Theoretical Physics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: PY 503, PY 514 
Corequisite: MA 661 

The mathematical and theoretical approach to the relationships between various 
branches of physics is treated. The restricted theory of relativity, electrodynamics, 
classical field theory and the general theory of relativity and geometrodynamics are 
considered. Mr. Davis 

PY 609 High Energy Physics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 510 

The experimental and theoretical aspects of nuclear processes at high energy 
are treated. Graduate Staff 

PY 610 Advanced Nuclear Physics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PY 410 
Corequisite: PY 501 

A theoretical study of nuclear structure and reactions. Topics include the 
deuteron, low energy nucleon scattering, nuclear forces, nuclear moments, nuclear 
shell theory, collective model, compound nucleus, optical model and direct reaction 
theories. Mr. Park 

PY 611 Quantum Mechanics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 512, PY 502 

A treatment of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics at the advanced level, includ- 
ing an introduction to the relativistic quantum theory of Dirac particles and the 
methods of Feynman that are employed in his formulation of positron theory. 
Applications are made to scattering problems and to general problems of atomic 
and molecular structure. Mr. Park 

PY 612 Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PY 601, PY 611 

A general propagator treatment of Dirac particles, photons, and scalar and vector 
mesons, with an introduction to quantum electrodynamics and S-matrix theory. 
Applications of Feynman graphs and rules will be given illustrating basic tech- 
niques employed in the treatment of electromagnetic, weak and strong interactions. 
Renormalization theory, the effects of radiative corrections and aspects of the 
general Lorentz covariant theory of quantized fields will also be considered. 

Mr. Park 



256 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PY 622 Statistical Mechanics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PY 413, PY 501, PY 503 

A study of classical and quantum statistical mechanics, including the time 
evolution of systems near equilibrium. The wide range of applications presented is 
selected both to display elements of formal structure or analytical techniques in 
the theory and to illustrate stochastic treatment of the bulk properties of commonly 
studied physical systems. Mr. Ridgeway 

PY 630, 631 Nuclear Structure Physics I, II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: PY 502, PY 510 

Advanced description of nuclear models and nuclear reactions. Topics include: 
internucleon forces, compound nucleus processes, shell model, optical model, 
R-matrix theory, direct reactions, collective model, electromagnetic transitions, 
isobaric analog states. Mr. Mitchell 

PY 641 NON-lNERTIAL SPACE MECHANICS 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 661, PY 601 
Corequisite: PY 602 

This course treats the theoretical description of the phenomena of mechanics 
relating to noninertial frames of reference, with applications to space travel and 
the instrumentation problems of rocketry. Applications to inertial guidance and 
electromagnetic-inertial coupling effects are also considered. Mr. Davis 

PY 651 Mathematics of Solid-State and Many-Body Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 513, PY 502, PY 552 

Topics treated include multidimensional Fourier techniques, Schwartz distri- 
butions, Green's functions, Brillouin zones, Fermi surfaces, correlation coefficients, 
Patterson functions and dispersion relations. Study is made of the physical meaning 
of mathematics as used in current research in physics. Mr. Hall 

PY 652 Cooperative Phenomena in Solids 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 651 

Classical and quantum theories of equilibrium and transport properties of 
ferromagnetism, antiferromagnetism, and order-disorder in alloys. Statistical 
mechanics of, and phase transitions in, these and other systems are treated. 

Mr. Hall 

PY 655 (MA 655) Qualitative Methods in 

Celestial Mechanics 3(3-0) F 

(See mathematics, page 217.) 

PY 656 (MA 656) Perturbation Theory in 

Celestial Mechanics 3(3-0) S 

(See mathematics, page 217.) 

The following five courses offer opportunities for advanced study in special areas of 
physics under staff members working in these areas. 

PY 690 Special Topics in Molecular Physics 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

PY 691 Special Topics in Nuclear Physics 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

PY 692 Special Topics in Plasma Physics 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 257 

PY 693 Special Topics in Solid State Physics 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

PY 694 Special Topics in Theoretical Physics 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

PY 695 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Reports on topics of current interest in physics. Several sections are offered so 
that students with common research interests may be grouped together. 

Graduate Staff 

PY 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Graduate students sufficiently prepared may undertake research in some selected 
field of physics. Graduate Staff 



Physiology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Lemuel Goode, Charles H. Hill, Ernest Hodgson, Ian S. Long- 
muir, Henry L. Lucas, Jr., Lester C. Ulberg; Adjunct Professor: Douglas 
H. K. Lee; Associate Professors: Edward V. Caruolo, John F. Roberts, 
Donald E. Smith, Robert T. Yamamoto; Assistant Professors: Bryan H. 
Johnson, Thomas E. LeVere, William P. Marley, James P. Thaxton 

Graduate study under the direction of the physiology faculty may lead to the 
Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The physiology faculty 
is an interdepartmental group drawn from the departments participating in the 
program. They are: animal science, biochemistry, entomology, physical education, 
poultry science, psychology, statistics and zoology. The program emphasizes the 
comparative approach implicit in this type of organization. 

Experimental facilities of the above departments are available for physiological 
research, as well as such special facilities as the Reproductive Physiology Labora- 
tory and the Wrightsville Marine Biomedical Laboratory. Experimental animals 
available cover a wide range, from insects and other invertebrates to large mam- 
mals. 

In addition to courses in physiology, majors in the program are expected to take 
selected courses in biochemistry and cell biology. Minors are usually chosen from 
such fields as biochemistry, cell biology, entomology, statistics, genetics and 
zoology. A strong basic knowledge in one of these areas is essential. 

Financial assistance for qualified students in the form of research assistantships, 
fellowships and traineeships is available through participating departments. Pro- 
spective students may obtain further information by writing to any one of the 
graduate faculty listed above or to the Chairman, Physiology Program, P. O. Box 
5306, N. C. State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607.' 

Graduate students enrolled as physiology majors are located in the department 
of their major professor and may participate in the activities of that department. 



PHY 502 (ANS 502) Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates 3(3-0) S 

(See animai science, page 67.) Mr. Ulberg 



258 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



PHY 513 (ZO 513) Comparative Physiology 
(See zoology, page 333.) 

PHY 553 (BCH 553) Physiological Biochemistry 
(See biochemistry, page 73.) 

PHY 575 (ZO 575, ENT 575) Physiology of Invertebrates 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

The course deals with the physiology of the invertebrates, including the Insecta 
but excluding the Protozoa. The unity of the physiology of the various groups is 
stressed, and the relationship of physiology to contemporary biology and to other 
related biological fields will be illustrated. Graduate Staff 



4(3-3) S 
Graduate Staff 

3(3-0) S 
3(3-0) F 



PHY 590 Special Problems in Physiology 
Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Beginning course for physiology graduate students. 

PHY 604 (ANS 604) Experimental Animal Physiology 
(See animal science, page 68.) 

PHY 690 Physiology Seminar 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 



PHY 695 Selected Topics in Physiology 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 



PHY 699 Physiological Research 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 



Credits Arranged F 

Graduate Staff 

4(2-4) F 
Mr. Caruolo 

1(1-0) S 

Graduate Staff 

1-4 

Graduate Staff 

Credits Arranged FS 

Graduate Staff 



COURSES FROM ASSOCIATED DEPARTMENTS 

PO 524 (ZO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 
BCH 551 General Biochemistry 
ZO 614 Advanced Cell Biology 



OTHER SUPPORTING COURSES AVAILABLE 

ENT 611 Biochemistry of Insects 

GN 532 (ZO 532) Biological Effects of Radiations 

PSY 502 Physiological Psychology 

ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 259 

Plant Pathology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Don E. Ellis, Head 

Professors: Jay L. Apple, Robert Aycock, Kenneth R. Barker, Carlyle N. 
Clayton, Ellis B. Cowling, Charles B. Davey, Eddie Echandi, Teddy T. 
Hebert, George B. Lucas, Lowell W. Nielsen, Charles J. Nusbaum, 
Nathandzl T. Powell, Joseph N. Sasser, David L. Strider, Hedwig H. 
Triantaphyllou, Nash N. Winstead; Professors USD A: Charles S. 
Hodges, Jr., David M. Kline, John P. Ross; Adjunct Professors: George H. 
Hepting, Robert G. Owens; Extension Professor: J. C. Wells; Professors 
Emeritus: Samuel G. Lehman, Frederick L. Wellman; Associate Profes- 
sors: Guy V. Gooding, Jr., Larry F. Grand, Donald Huisingh, Samuel F. 
Jenkins, Jr., Michael P. Levi, Robert D. Milholland, Royall T. Moore; 
Associate Professors USDA: Harvey W. Spurr, Jr., Ronald E. Welty; 
Extension Associate Professor: Harry E. Duncan, In Charge; Adjunct Asso- 
ciate Professors: Jerome W. Koenigs, E. George Kuhlman, Richard A. 
Reinert; Assistant Professors: Marvin K. Beute, Leon T. Lucas, Charles 
E. Main, C. Gerald Van Dyke; Assistant Professor USDA: Kurt J. Leo- 
nard; Adjunct Assistant Professors: Allen S. Heagle, Ronald W. Pero; 
Extension Assistant Professor: Charles W. Averre, III 

The Department of Plant Pathology offers programs leading to both the Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Strong foundation courses in mathe- 
matics, biology, chemistry, physics and soil science are usually prerequisite for 
admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. For students who wish more general 
training without the thesis requirement, the Master of Life Sciences degree is 
offered, with major emphasis in plant pathology. 

One of the principal objectives of graduate education in plant pathology is to 
develop the student's ability to conduct independent research which leads to the 
development of new knowledge. There are many opportunities for employment, 
especially in research, extension and teaching at land-grant colleges and experi- 
ment stations. The United States Department of Agriculture and industry also 
conduct programs which utilize plant pathologists. The rapid development of 
agricultural chemicals for disease control offers numerous opportunities in research, 
promotion and service. Plant pathologists also may participate in foreign service 
through international and federal organizations, as well as in commercial enter- 
prises. 

In addition to excellent facilities for training in general phytopathology, separate, 
fully-equipped laboratories for research in nematology, virology, physiology of 
pathogenesis and special biochemical problems are available to the student. In- 
depth training in all of these particular areas is available. 

The department has excellent greenhouse facilities and controlled environmental 
studies in a new Phytotron recently completed. Student participation in the Plant 
Disease Clinic provides excellent training and experience in the diagnosis of all 
types of plant diseases and disorders. 

The wide range of soil types and climatic areas in North Carolina makes possi- 
ble the commercial production of a variety of field, vegetable and ornamental 
crops, as well as forest trees. Special facilities for experimental work on diseases 
of these crops are available at some sixteen permanent research stations located 
throughout the state. 



260 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The department has a number of graduate fellowships and assistantships at 
stipends adjusted to the previous training and experience of the recipients. These 
have included commercial assistantships and fellowships, National Science Founda- 
tion Traineeships, National Defense Education Act fellowships, National Aero- 
nautics and Space Agency fellowships, E. G. Moss and W. E. Cooper Memorial 
fellowships, and Agricultural Foundation and departmental assistantships. Stu- 
dents applying directly for fellowships from the National Science Foundation, 
the National Institutes of Health and other granting agencies are invited to specify 
the department as host institution. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PP 500 Plant Disease Control 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: PP 315 

Disease control strategies and tactics are developed in a practical manner. 
Control economics and practices are considered in relation to principles and current 
research on biological, cultural, physical and chemical methods. Disease resistance 
and regulatory methods are also discussed. Messrs. Jenkins, Spurr 

PP 501 Phytopathological Methods 4(2-6) F 

Prerequisites: PP 315, consent of instructor 

A study of the principles of phytopathological research. The course is designed to 
apply the classical scientific method to the investigation of plant disease. Considera- 
tion will be given to appraising disease problems, reviewing the literature, isolating 
pathogens, inoculating with pathogens, measuring and controlling environment, 
histopathological studies, collecting and evaluating data, and manuscript prepara- 
tion. Staff 

PP 502 Phytopathological Principles 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisites: PP 315, consent of instructor 

A study of general principles of plant pathology including in-depth study of 
selected diseases. The basic concepts of etiology, pathology, epidemiology, and 
control will be considered. Mr. Powell 

PP 503 Identification of Plant Pathogenic Fungi 3(4-12) Sum. 

Prerequisite: Mycology or one advanced course in plant pathology 

A study of the recognition and identification of fungi which cause plant diseases 
and the differentiation of fungal diseases from those caused by other agents. 
Special consideration will be given to use of keys in the identification of fungi and 
the major sources of descriptive information on plant pathogens. (Offered first 
summer session 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Hodges 

PP 545 Plant Viruses 2(1-3) S 

Prerequisite: PP 501 or equivalent 

Development of the concept of viruses as plant pathogens, nature and properties 
of viruses, symptomatology, methods of transmission, identification, introduction 
to purification procedures, antiserum production, serological tests, epidemiology 
and control. Mr. Gooding 

PP 550 Nematode Diseases of Plants and Their Control 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisite: PP 315 or equivalent 

A study of plant diseases caused by nematodes. Special consideration will be 
given to host-parasite relationships, host ranges and life cycles of the more impor- 
tant economic species. Principles and methods of control will be emphasized. 

Mr. Sasser 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 261 

PP 575 (MB 575, BO 575) The Fungi 3(3-0) S 

(See botany, page 84.) 

PP 576 (MB 576, BO 576) The Fungi Lab 1(0-3) S 

(See botany, page 84.) 

PP 595 Special Problems in Plant Pathology Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Maximum 6 

Investigation of special problems in plant pathology not related to a thesis 
problem. The investigations may consist of original research and/or literature 
survey. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PP 604 Morphology and Taxonomy of Nematodes 3(1-6) S 

Prerequisites: PP 550, consent of instructor 

A study of the morphology, anatomy and taxonomy of nematodes with emphasis 
on the identification of important plant-parasitic genera. Exercises include 
preparation of semipermanent and permanent nematode mounts. 

Mrs. Triantaphyllou 

PP 605 Plant Virology 3(1-6) F 

Prerequisites: PP 315, GN 411, and a course in organic chemistry 

A study of plant viruses including effects on host plants, transmission, classifi- 
cation, methods of purification, determination of properties, chemical nature, 
structure and multiplication. (Offered 1973 and alternate years.) Mr. Hebert 

PP 608 History of Phytopathology 1(1-0) F 

Prerequisites: PP 315, consent of instructor 

Development of the science of phytopathology from its early beginnings to the 
early part of the 20th century. (Offered 1973 and alternate years.) Mr. Ellis 

PP 609 Current Phytopathological Research under Field 

Conditions 2(1-3) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study of concepts involved, procedures used and evaluation made in current 
phytopathological research by plant pathology staff. Visits to various research 
stations will be made by the class. Mr. Clayton 

PP 611 Advanced Plant Nematology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: PP 604 

A study of the biology, physiology and ecology of plant parasitic nematodes 
with emphasis on mechanisms of pathogenesis, host responses to infection and 
population dynamics. Laboratory exercises will include methods of cultivating 
nematodes and means of determining nutritional requirements, special physio- 
logical techniques and approaches used in ecological investigations. (Offered 1972 
and alternate years.) Mr. Barker 

PP 612 Plant Pathogenesis 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: PP 500 and consent of instructor 

The following major topics will be considered: Infection processes, alterations 
in photosynthesis, respiration, nitrogen metabolism, vascular function and growth 
regulator function. The biochemical nature of the weapons utilized by pathogens 
in pathogenic attack and the defensive mechanisms employed by the hosts in 



262 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

resisting attack and the resultant dynamic interactions will be the central theme 
of the course. (Offered 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Huisingh 

PP 614 Nematode Development, Cytology and Genetics 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisite: PP 604 or consent of instructor 

A study of embryogenesis, post-embryonic development, gametogenesis, 
cytology, reproduction, sexuality, genetics and evolution of nematodes with 
emphasis on plant-parasitic forms. Laboratory exercises include small research 
projects in each area of study and demonstrations of techniques and materials. 
(Offered 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Triantaphyllou 

PP 625 (BO 625) Advanced Mycology 4(2-6) F 

Prerequisite: PP 575 or consent of instructor 

An in-depth treatment of major groups of fungi. Aspects of taxonomy, nomen- 
clature, developmental morphology, genetics, host-parasite relations, physiology 
and ecology will be presented. Laboratories will provide opportunities to study 
cardinal characteristics of selected fungi representing the major groups; field 
observations and collecting will also be included. (Offered 1972 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Grand 

PP 650 Colloquium in Plant Pathology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PP 502 or consent of instructor 

Group discussion of prepared topics assigned by the instructor with the view of 
developing a thorough understanding of basic concepts and their significance 
in the etiology, pathogenesis, epidemiology and control of plant diseases. Attention 
will be given to the genesis and evolution of fundamental ideas and values and how 
the development of new techniques and the acquisition of new knowledge 
influences the advancement of plant pathology and its various specialized fields. 
(Offered 1973 and alternate years.) Mr. Nusbaum, Graduate Staff 

PP 690 Seminar in Plant Pathology 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of seminar chairman 

Discussion of phytopathological topics selected and assigned by seminar 
chairman. Graduate Staff 

PP 699 Research in Plant Pathology Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Original research in plant pathology. Graduate Staff 



Politics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor William J. Block, Head 

Professors: Fred V. Cahill, Jr., John T. Caldwell, Abraham Holtzman, 
Robert O. Tilman, Dean, School of Liberal Arts; Professor Emeritus: 
Preston W. Edsall; Associate Professors: Harvey G. Kebschull, Jackson 
M. McClain, Keith S. Petersen; Assistant Professor: J. Oliver Williams 

The Department of Politics offers a program of graduate studies leading to a 
Master of Arts degree and a Master of Public Affairs degree. 

A candidate for admission to either program must have demonstrated an apti- 
tude for graduate study in politics; he may also be required to take certain fur- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 263 

ther undergraduate courses to make up any deficiencies that may exist in his 
record. 

The Master of Public Affairs degree requires completion of a 36 semester hour 
professional program for persons who are now or hope to be employed by govern- 
ment or by a government related private enterprise or association. It does not 
require competence in a foreign language or a thesis. 

Approximately half of the program (18-27 hours) is to be selected from courses 
offered by the Department of Politics. Here students may concentrate either in 
administration or in the wider field of political institutions and processes. The 
remaining hours (9-18) may be taken in one or more disciplines, such as psychology, 
sociology, economics, statistics, operations research, history or English. Or if the 
participant prefers, he may take the optional courses in some area of technology, 
such as forestry, civil engineering, adult education and industrial engineering. 

Students who enroll in the program should have completed nine hours in the 
social sciences (including three in government) as undergraduates and have 
achieved a B average in the undergraduate major. 

The Master of Arts degree requires each candidate to complete 30 hours of 
graduate work. Eighteen to 21 of these, including three hours of thesis, will be in 
two major fields in the Department of Politics. Major fields are to be selected from 
the following: political theory, American politics, comparative politics, interna- 
tional relations and public administration. Nine to 12 hours will be in a minor 
field outside the Department of Politics. In either case a student's work in his 
minor field must constitute a unified pattern and must contribute to one or both 
of his major fields. Each student will be assigned to a graduate committee chair- 
man for the preparation of his program of study which shall be subject to the 
approval of two other committee members, including one from outside the Depart- 
ment of Politics. 

Scope and Method of Politics (PS 509) is required of every candidate for both 
degrees. In addition to this particular course, a candidate for the Master of Arts 
degree must: demonstrate reading proficiency in one modern language (normally 
German, French, Spanish or Russian); write a thesis in one of his major areas; and 
take a comprehensive written examination in his major fields and an oral examina- 
tion on his thesis and the major field in which it is written and on his minor. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PS 401 American Parties and Pressure Groups 3(3-0) F 

After a brief survey of those features of American government essential to an 
understanding of the political process, the course proceeds to examine the American 
electorate and public opinion and devotes its major attention to the nature, 
organization and programs of pressure groups and political parties and to their 
efforts to direct opinion, gain control of government and shape public policy. 
Special attention is given to party organization and pressure group activity at the 
governmental level and to recent proposals to improve the political party as an 
instrument of responsible government. Mr. Holtzman 

PS 403 Black Americans in American Politics 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: Six hours of social science 

The study of the political activity of the Afro-American. The sources of and the 
kinds of attitudes he brings into the American political system; the contrast in 
political activity engaged in by different black groups and reasons for the differ- 
ences; the impact of the Black's efforts on policy-making institutions such as city 



264 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

councils, legislatures and executive branches of government at the state and 
national level. 

PS 404 Black Political Ideology 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisite: Six hours of social science 

The study of the political thought of Black and non-Black political thinkers on 
the problems, struggle and movement of the Afro-Americans. Black political 
ideology will be related to the Afro-American movement for social change and 
it will be placed into the mainstream of traditional and modern political philosophy. 

PS 405 National Security Policy 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisite: PS 321 

An investigation into 1) the making of security policy, including the roles of the 
Executive, Congress and non-governmental actors; 2) the evolution of changing 
assumptions, strategies, and goals; and 3) the nature of the U.S. security 
requirements, U.S. military commitments abroad, and the "costs" of strategies 
based on arms superiority, arms control and disarmament. 

PS 406 Politics and Policies of American State Governments 3(3-0) FS Sum. 
Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

Selected problems arising from the operation of legislative, administrative 
and judicial machinery. In addition to acquiring a comprehensive view of these 
problems each student will make an intensive study of a special phase of one 
of them. Special attention will be given to North Carolina. Mr. Williams 

PS 421 Soviet and Soviet Bloc Foreign Policy 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

This course examines the elements of continuity and change in Soviet foreign 
policy from 1917 to the present and the post World War II policies of the Eastern 
European states. Foreign policy decisions are examined in light of the national 
interests of the Soviet Union and the Eastern European states. Special attention 
is given to the emergence of polycentrism, the Sino-Soviet split and Soviet bloc 
relations with the West. 

PS 431 International Organization 3(3-0) S 

A study of the evolving machinery and techniques of international organization 
in the present century with particular emphasis on recent developments. The 
actual operation of international organization will be illustrated by the study of 
selected current international problems. Mr. Petersen 

PS 461 Public Opinion in Democracies 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Three hours of politics 

The course is designed to develop a knowledge of the nature of public opinion and 
its functions in a democratic system of government. It focuses primarily on 
public opinion in the United States but also makes comparisons with other nations. 
The areas of emphasis are: theories concerning opinion formation and functions, 
research methodology, public opinion and policy development, and empirical 
studies on public opinion. 

PS 471 Latin America in World Affairs 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PS 376 or consent of instructor 

This course examines the role of the Latin American states in world affairs, as 
individual states and as a region acting through international organizations. 
Attention is given to the historical, political, economic, social and geographic forces 
conditioning the foreign policies of these countries. Emphasis is placed on the 
relations of the Latin American countries with the United States. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 265 

PS 472 Soviet Politics 3(3-0) FS 

This course focuses on the contemporary Soviet political system, its structure, 
functions and processes, with brief consideration of the historical and ideological 
base of Soviet politics. As a course in comparative politics, the analysis will 
proceed within a framework designed to elucidate the similarities and differences 
of the Soviet system with other political systems. In addition, the Soviet system 
will be tested against a theoretical model of totalitarian dictatorships. 

PS 473 Political Systems of New States 3(3-0) F 

This course explores the general characteristics of the political systems of the 
new states in Asia and Africa. Following a brief survey of the pattern and nature 
of colonialism, the independence movements, and the contemporary social and 
economic conditions of the new states, the course focuses on political ideologies, 
elites, and organizations and processes. Particular attention is given to the role 
of intellectuals and the military. The course concludes with an examination of major 
political, social and economic problems. Mr. Kebschull 

PS 493 Seminar on Theories of Political Violence and Nonviolence 

3(3-0) S Sum. 
Prerequisite: Junior standing 

This course will focus upon the use of violence and nonviolence as methods 
for resolving conflict in a variety of national and international political arenas. 
The principal questions that will be considered include: What types of individuals, 
groups, or governments are likely to employ violent or nonviolent political 
behaviors? What motivations do political actors have for using these strategies? 
In what types of political, economic, and social situations is violence likely to 
occur? What are the outcomes of violent and nonviolent strategies of political 
conflict resolution? 

PS 494, 495 (EC 494, 495; SOC 494, 495) Urban Seminar 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

A study of urban and urban-related problems through theories from the dis- 
ciplines of politics, sociology and economics, and their application to an existing 
environment. Intermixed with formal study will be field research in various local 
communities. In addition, students will be involved with both public and private 
agencies and with local leaders in ongoing programs in Raleigh and adjacent 
communities. 

PS 496 Governmental Internship and Seminar 3-6 S Sum. 

Prerequisites: Junior standing, consent of the committee of selection 

Governmental internship involving formal seminars; lecture-discussions by 
political scientists, legislators, executives, judges, representatives of special 
interests and news media; four to six hours a day working on assignment to and 
under supervision of legislators or executives; formal report at completion of an 
internship covering the various aspects of the program. 

PS 498 Special Topics 3(3-6) FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours of politics 

The student will make a detailed investigation of a special topic in politics. The 
topic and mode of study will be determined by the student and a member of the 
department's faculty. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PS 500 Political Thought: Plato to the Reformation 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

The emergence and development of the theories underlying or explaining the 



266 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

political aspects of behavior, approached through the study of the writings of the 
principal political philosophers from the days of the Greek city-state to the 
Reformation. Graduate Staff 

PS 501 Modern Political Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

A study of the state and its relationship to individuals and groups, approached 
through reading of selected passages from the works of outstanding philosophers 
from the 16th century to the present. Graduate Staff 

PS 502 (ED 502) Public Administration 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: PS 200 or consent of instructor 

A study of the factors which contribute to goal displacement in public agencies 
and the institutions, concepts and techniques which may be used in such agencies 
to reduce the effects of these factors. Messrs. Block, McClain 

PS 503 Comparative Administration 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PS 502 or PS 473 or consent of instructor 

Concentration will be on administrative systems of developing nations with 
limited attention to developed systems. The major emphasis will be on administra- 
tive aspects of governmental change and modernization of developing nations; 
colonial influence on administration; problems of establishing new nations and 
adapting to change in established states; bureaucratic development and behavior; 
theories of development administration. Graduate Staff 

PS 505 Contemporary Political Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

The course will focus upon major topics in contemporary political theory, 
including the relationship between political science theory and political philosophy; 
the foundations, conditions and prospects of democratic forms of government; 
bureaucratization and democratic values; theories of mass society; violence and 
revolution as possible instruments of democratic change; human nature and 
politics; and dilemmas of modern citizenship. Attention will be given to the actual 
and potential contributions of empirical studies to the analysis of the various 
topics. The range of writers studied will extend from social scientists, such as 
Robert Dahl and Seymour Lipset, to political philosophers, such as Leo Strauss, 
Herbert Marcuse, and Albert Camus. Graduate Staff 

PS 506 Public Personnel Administration 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisite: PS 502 or consent of instructor 

A study in depth of the institutions and the sequence of processes in public 
personnel administration. It examines existing practices but is primarily concerned 
with emerging theories and trends. Graduate Staff 

PS 507 Collective Negotiations in the Public Service 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or consent of instructor 

This course includes intensive consideration of the background of collective 
negotiations movement; analysis of key policy issues, such as bargaining rights 
and use of strike weapons; framework for collective negotiations; scope and conduct 
of negotiations; impasse resolution; grievance procedure. Graduate Staff 

PS 509 Scope and Methods of Politics 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: PS 200 or consent of instructor 

This course reviews contemporary theories, concepts and methods fundamental 
to the study of politics. It emphasizes current empirical research and the collateral 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 267 

involvement in research activities aimed at the development of basic skills in this 
area. Mr. Williams 

PS 510 (EC 510) Public Finance 3(3-0) F 

(See economics, page 121.) 

PS 511 The Budgetary Process 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor, at least nine hours in the social sciences 
including a course in American Government 

A study of the generalized budgetary process used at all levels of government in 
the United States. Understanding of the process is based upon comprehension 
of the institutions involved, the roles of politicians and professionals, and the 
objectives of budgetary systems. The course will also focus upon budgetary reforms 
and the expanding Planning-Programming-Budgeting System as a management 
tool. Mr. McClain 

PS 512 American Constitutional Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PS 200 or equivalent 

Basic constitutional doctrines, including fundamental law, judicial review, 
individual rights and political privileges, and national and state power. Special 
attention is given to the application of these doctrines to the regulation of 
business, agriculture and labor and to the rights safeguarded by the First, Fifth 
and 14th Amendments to the Constitution. Mr. Cahill 

PS 515 American Political Thought 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

The course will examine and evaluate major American writings on the nature 
and purpose of politics. Readings will be grouped under the following topics: (1) 
Various interpretations of the American Constitution and the principles embodied 
therein; (2) Writings on civil and natural rights; (3) The character of American 
Liberalism; (4) Black American political thought and (5) The contemporary 
crisis in Liberal thought. The purpose is to develop the independent capacity to 
read and reflect with care on the grounds of different views about American 
politics. Graduate Staff 

PS 516 Public Policy Analysis 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing; advanced undergraduate standing and consent 
of instructor 

This course will focus on the theories and methodology of analyzing and explain- 
ing public policy and the substance of recent domestic policies in the human and 
physical resources area, including welfare, poverty, education, housing, urban 
renewal, transportation, recreation-conservation and agriculture. Mr. Williams 

PS 520 Urban Politics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PS 206 

A comparative study of political conditions in cities and localities. Topics will 
include the formal structures and rules of city and metropolitan governments, 
and the relationships to the informal norms and distribution of power; patterns 
of local decision-making: elite recruitment and citizen participation; variations 
of local autonomy and the scope of local politics; and approaches to urban policy 
issues. Graduate Staff 

PS 521 Problems in Urban and Metropolitan Area Government 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PS 206 or consent of instructor 

This course examines theory and research on problems affecting governments 



268 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

in metropolitan areas. Principal attention is given to those problems which affect 
(or result from) governmental structure, institutions and politics and to the 
alternative approaches to their solution. Graduate Staff 

PS 522 Seminar on War and Peace in the International System 3(3-0) F Sum. 
Prerequisite: Senior standing 

This seminar will focus upon war and peace in the international system; in 
particular, the circumstances under which violent international conflict is likely 
and the factors that enhance the probability that the conflicts will be resolved 
by peaceful means. Consideration will not only be given to the wars and problems 
of the past but also to alternative future worlds in which war or peace might be 
prevalent. The course will focus on empirical theory and research including the 
work of peace theorists and future researchers. Graduate Staff 

PS 531 The Legislative Process 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PS 206 or consent of instructor 

A study of the formulation of public policy from the institutional and behavioral 
viewpoints. Important current legislative problems at the congressional and 
state legislative levels will be selected and will serve as a basis for analyzing 
the legislative process. Mr. Holtzman 

PS 532 The Chief Executive 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: PS 200 or PS 201 

This course will focus upon three major concepts of the office of the chief 
executive, as developed under several incumbents. First are the institutions 
which surround that office and which facilitate the expansion of its power and 
operations. Next are the various roles, which are played with more or less success 
by different chief executives. Last are the processes of leadership by which the 
chief executive can attempt to direct the machinery of government to achieve 
predetermined objectives. Messrs. Block, Holtzman 

PS 533 The Judicial Process 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite PS 200 or PS 201 

A comparative examination of the judicial process in the United States, England 
and France. After a brief examination of the nature and main categories of law, 
the course will cover such matters as staffing of courts, the participants in 
litigation, the American judicial system, special consideration of the role of 
the U.S. Supreme Court, court systems in the countries listed above and finally a 
thorough examination of judicial review in action. Administrative tribunals will 
receive some attention. Mr. Cahill 

PS 542 Governmental Planning 3(3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: PS 502 (ED 502) 

A study of the planning function at all levels of government in the United 
States, with particular attention to the problems posed for planning by the rapid 
growth of metropolitan areas. Mr. McClain 

PS 572 Seminar in Comparative Politics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: One course in comparative politics 

This seminar will open with a survey of the problems and methods of compara- 
tive political analysis, after which students will be assigned a specific, limited 
subject to be examined within the framework of a systematic, analytical scheme 
appropriate to the topics. Specific topics will be drawn from the subjects of 
political ideologies, political groups, political elites, and decision-making institu- 
tions and processes. Mr. Kebschull 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 269 

PS 575 Political Development 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Nine hours of political science 

This course examines the concept, theories, characteristics and problems of 
political development. Within a broad historical framework, particular subjects 
are analyzed in relationship to political development. These subjects include, 
among others, political culture, political integration, political institutions, military 
forces and economic development. Data derived from comparative cultural and 
political studies are employed in an attempt to discover patterns of change related 
to political development. Mr. Kebschull 

PS 578 Comparative Communist Systems 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: A comparative government course or consent of instructor 

A study of the international Communist movement and the evolution of the 
international sub-system of Communist states. Focuses on the Soviet and Chinese 
systems as alternative models for development in Communist and non-Communist 
states. Additional emphasis is placed on the institutional, political and ideological 
similarities and differences within the Communist world and major Communist 
parties outside the Communist state system. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PS 601 Seminar in Party and Group Politics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PS 401, consent of instructor 

This course examines in depth such problems as mobilization of consent, 
recruitment of leaders, financing and conduct of campaigns, nomination processes, 
interparty and intraparty politics, party-interest group relations and ideology, 
and party-interest group relations with government and public policy. Short 
research papers will be required, some of which will be presented and evaluated 
in class. Mr. Holtzman 

PS 602 Seminar in Legislative Problems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

This seminar considers basic problems characteristic of American legislative 
systems: development and maintenance of formal and informal rules of the game; 
relationships between outside inputs (by parties, interest groups, constituents, 
executives, courts) and legislators; strategies and tactics of leadership; committee 
decision-making, roles and role behavior of legislators; bicameral and apportion- 
ment problems. Each student is required to do extensive reading, to interview 
legislators and those who seek to influence them, and to prepare reports. 

Mr. Holtzman 

PS 603 Seminar in Administrative Problems 2-4 S Sum. 

Prerequisite: PS 502 or equivalent 

An advanced course in administrative principles and methods. Students will 
perform individual or group research, under supervision, in specific administrative 
topics within the context of those public agencies which function in their respective 
fields of technology. Mr. Block 

PS 604 Seminar in Judicial Problems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing; PS 533 or equivalent 

Building on previously acquired familiarity with the judicial process, this course 
requires the student to work in depth on one or more contemporary judicial 
problems and to use various research techniques in his study. Mr. Cahill 



270 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PS 605 Seminar in Organizational Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PS 502 (ED 502) 

A seminar in which the students read, analyze and discuss the original writings 
of some of the major theories of organizational structures and behavior. It will 
focus upon classical management theory, the human relations theories, and recent 
empirical and integrative organizational theories. Among the writers upon whose 
works the seminar will focus are Max Weber, Mary Parker Follett, Luther 
Gulick, Frederick Taylor, Elton Mayo, F. J. Roethlisberger, Chester Barnard, 
Herbert Simon, Amiti Etzioni, Robert Presthus, Victor Thompson, and Robert 
Golembiewski. Organization theories are based upon studies of both private and 
public organizations, so the literature of both areas is relevant. However, most 
of the emphasis upon current theories will focus on the public or governmental 
sector. Mr. Block 

PS 606 Seminar in Policy and Administration 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PS 502 (ED 502) and three additional hours in administration 

A seminar in theories and techniques of administration in applied situations, 
using case study techniques. Mr. McClain 

PS 621 Seminar in International Politics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Examination in depth of selected theories, practices and problems of international 
politics. Mr. Petersen 

PS 696 Seminar in Politics 2-4 F 

Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing 

An independent advanced research course in selected problems of government 
and politics. The problems will be chosen in accordance with the needs and desires 
of the students registered for the course. Graduate Staff 

PS 699 Research in Politics Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of adviser 

Research for and writing of master's thesis. Graduate Staff 



Poultry Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Robert E. Cook, Head 

Professors: Harvey L. Bumgardner, William E. Donaldson, Edward W. 
Glazener, Pat B. Hamilton, Charles H. Hill, Jr.; Extension Professor: 
James R. Harris; Associate Professor: William L. Blow; Assistant Professor: 
Jimmy D. Garlich 

The Department of Poultry Science offers the Master of Science degree in 
poultry science. Doctoral programs are offered in the disciplines of microbiology, 
physiology, genetics and nutrition. 

The Department of Poultry Science occupies Scott Hall, a building containing 
well-equipped laboratories, animal rooms and offices. Additional research facili- 
ties are located on the University farm as well as on outlying farms in the Pied- 
mont and eastern sections of North Carolina. New animal facilities were recently 
completed at Scott Hall which greatly increase the research capacity of the depart- 
ment. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 271 

The Dearstyne Avian Health Center, a three-building complex, has recently 
been completed and is being used in connection with special research projects 
related to disease resistance and the treatment of various pathological conditions. 
The complex is made up of animal isolation rooms, biochemical laboratories and 
related facilities. 

The research program is comprehensive and includes fundamental studies in 
nutrition, physiology, genetics, pathology and microbiology. In addition, investiga- 
tion of problems of more practical urgency is undertaken when appropriate. 

The demand for men and women with advanced training in poultry science is 
far greater than the supply. Many opportunities exist for graduates in research in 
universities, in government and in private industry. The extension service is 
anxious to hire properly trained persons in this field. The industry is seeking 
properly trained people to fill management positions. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PO 401 Poultry Diseases 4(3-2) S 

The major infectious, noninfectious and parasitic diseases of poultry are studied 
with respect to economic importance, etiology, susceptibility, dissemination, 
symptoms and lesions. Emphasis is placed upon practices necessary for the 
prevention, control and treatment of each disease. 

PO 402 Commercial Poultry Enterprises 4(3-2) S 

Required of technology and business majors in poultry science; elective for others 
with consent of instructor. 

Principles of incubation of chicken and turkey eggs; hatchery management; 
organization and development of plants for the operation and maintenance of a 
commercial poultry farm for meat and egg production; study of the types of 
buildings, equipment and methods of management currently employed by successful 
poultrymen in North Carolina. Problem. 

PO 404 (FS 404) Poultry Products 3(2-3) F 

(See food science, page 158.) 

PO 415 (ANS 415, NTR 415) Comparative Nutrition 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

Fundamentals of animal nutrition, including the classification of nutrients, 
their requirement and general metabolism by different species for health, 
maintenance, growth and other productive functions. 

PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Current topics and problems relating to poultry science and to the poultry 
industry are assigned for oral reports and discussion. Required of seniors in 
poultry science. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PO 520 (GN 520) Poultry Breeding 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

Application of genetic principles to poultry breeding, considering physical traits 
and physiological characteristics — feather patterns, egg production, hatchability, 
growth, body conformation and utility. Mr. Blow 



272 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PO 524 (ZO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 414 (BO 414) or ZO 421 

Study of the endocrine system with respect to its physiological importance to 
metabolism, growth and reproduction. Mr. Prince 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PO 698 Special Problems in Poultry Science Maximum 6 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Specific problems of study are assigned in various phases of poultry science. 

Graduate Staff 

PO 699 Poultry Research Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A maximum of six credits is allowed towards a master's degree. 

Appraisal of present research; critical study of some particular problem 
involving original investigation. Problems in poultry breeding, nutrition, disease, 
endocrinology, hematology or microbiology. Graduate Staff 



Product Design 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Associate Professor Vincent M. Foote, Acting Head 

Professors: Walter P. Baermann, Joseph H. Cox, Henry L. Kamphoefner, 

Duncan R. Stuart; Associate Professors: George L. Bireline, Harry A. 

Mackie, Don A. Masterton; Assistant Professor: Gene Hedge; Visiting 

Assistant Professor: Armand V. Cooke 

We recognize that, within the present rapid expansion of knowledge, the design 
capabilities by which man can control his environment have also expanded. It is 
because of this expanding knowledge and a growing interdisciplinary interaction 
that the graduate program of the Department of Product Design will encourage 
participation from qualified students in related fields. By enrolling capable stu- 
dents from allied disciplines who are able to work on comprehensive design teams, 
problem solutions will be far more substantive. In addition, this form of inter- 
disciplinary team activity will train students to function more effectivelv in con- 
temporary industrial environments. 

The growing affluence of our society has created an expanding need for new 
products. This coupled with an ever increasing middle class and shorter working 
hours has substantially broadened the industrial requirements for competent de- 
signers; designers who are able to handle the increasing complexities of materials 
and manufacturing developments, as well as satisfying the physical and psycholo- 
gical needs of the consumer. Industrial expansion has bred new dimensions of 
competition; competition that demands the consistent reexamination and design 
of even the most pedestrian products; competition that has overcome the mani- 
festations of conspicuous consumption, which permeated the market the past thirty 
years, and that now has created a "performance" product market. Only the most 
broadly educated and talented designers are able to fulfill the needs of this new 
industrialized society, graduates who will aid in the solution of the numerous 
human problems that surround us on a regional, national and international scale. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 273 

These are the aspirations of the graduate program of the Department of Product of 
Design. 

In order to achieve these ends, it has become necessary for the designer to in- 
volve himself in three major design and research activities: 

a. Man 

b. The Man-Production Relationship (or interface) 

c. The Product 

A great deal of meaningful information has been generated over the last forty 
years in human behavior. However, little has been done to test and adapt this 
data to real design problems with adequate controls. Hence the greatest body of 
available information has never manifested itself in design solutions. This "bridg- 
ing" or applied research will be one of the basic commitments of the graduate 
program. 

The profusion of available new mechanisms has created a dilemma of a different 
kind. Man finds himself in this last third of the 20th century confronted by a 
constantly diminishing personal relationship with the artifacts provided him. This 
has produced another area of concern to product designers — that of the man- 
product relationship or interface. The students of the graduate program in product 
design will be asked to consider and test the relationship between their innovations 
and human responses at all states of product development. 

The traditional designers single concern with visual characteristics of a product, 
therefore, no longer represents the intent or purpose of the Department of Product 
Design. It is currently felt that the contemporary design should be capable of 
evolving a significant concept into a solution, such that the final configuration 
combines unique practicality with lasting beauty. These skills require a greatly 
expanded knowledge in materials, manufacturing processes, human behavior, 
communication and systems analysis. 

All students with a four-year undergraduate degree shall be required to com- 
plete a minimum of 48 hours of course work of which approximately 70 percent 
will be in the major field and the remainder elected from various specialized areas. 
All students with a five-year undergraduate degree shall be required to complete 
a minimum of 30 hours of course work of which approximately 70 percent will be 
in the major field and the remainder elected from various specialized areas. 

The program of course work to be followed by the student and the terminal 
project is under the direction of the student's graduate committee. This committee 
will consist of a minimum of three graduate faculty members, at least two of 
whom will be from the Department of Product Design and one from the minor 
discipline. The terminal project shall constitute the final test of the candidate's 
mastery of his design studies. The project shall be developed in the design studio 
or special projects framework in the sixth year and shall consist of an in-depth 
investigation of an approved problem which relates product design studies to the 
student's minor field. Group projects, with a maximum of three students collaborat- 
ing, may be permitted by special arrangement, if the problem to be explored is 
sufficiently broad or its nature requires a wide range of investigation. 

ADMISSION 

Applicants for this program may come from the following sources: 

1) Graduates of approved schools of product design. 

2) Graduates of approved programs of industrial design. 

3) Graduates of accredited schools of engineering. 

4) Graduates of accredited schools of architecture. 



274 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

5) Graduates of approved schools of visual design. 

6) Under special circumstances, students with degrees in fields other than design. 
In these latter instances an advisory committee will evaluate the applicant's 
preparation with regard to design capabilities and professional competence. 

In addition, course offerings are available to any graduate student who can 
demonstrate reasonable competence or equivalent qualifications for prerequisites 
in the requested courses. 

All applicants, in addition to meeting the requirements of the Graduate School, 
must meet the special requirements of the Department of Product Design with 
regard to design capabilities and professional competence. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PD 400 Intermediate Product Design (Series) 4(6-3) FS 

Prerequisite: DN 202 or equivalent or consent of department 

This group of courses shall be concerned with various social/economic age 
groups, various forms and rates of production, and various natural and 
synthetic materials. 

PD 411, 412 Applied Physical Principles 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: Intermediate design standing 

Various experiments applying physical principles to product design and 
development. 

PD 421, 422 Colloquium III, IV 1(1-0) FS 

Continuation of Colloquium I, II (PD 321, 322), treating various phases of the 
subject in depth. Special emphasis on communication, communication systems and 
media of communication. Faculty, guest lecturers, discussion and "field experience." 
Required selected reading. 

PD 431, 432 Office and Industrial Practice I, II 1(1-0) FS 

Study of the ethics, organization and procedures of professional product design 
practice; patent law. 

PD 440 Intermediate Visual Design (Series) 4(6-3) FS 

Prerequisite: DN 202 or equivalent or departmental approval 

Intermediate investigations of the visual environment through the agency of 
various materials and processes leading to professional competence in visual 
design. 

PD 490 Intermediate Special Projects (Series) 2(1-3) FS 

Special projects guided by various faculty specialists involved in areas supple- 
mentary to product design and visual design option. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PD 501, 502 Product Design V, VI 6(3-12) FS 

Prerequisite: PD 400 or graduate standing 

PD 501 — Unlimited production systems designed with object(s) possibilities 
produced additively of new synthetic materials utilizing new molecular joining for 
national class and age groups. PD 502 — Unlimited production systems design with 
object(s) possibilities produced additively of new synthetic materials utilizing 
new molecular joining for international class and age groups. (Individually selected 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 275 

problems within interdisciplinary team organizations.) NOTE: It shall be assumed 
that the program is cumulative and that these statements are problem parameters, 
exclusive of communication requirements. 

PD 511, 512 Materials and Processes V, VI 2(1-3) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Advanced studies in mass production processes and their influence on design. 
Emphasis placed on material search and process selection in relation to cost, 
function, human factors, form, finishes and joining methods, as indicated by the 
current design projects in which the students are involved. 

PD 532 Office and Industrial Practice 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PD 432 or graduate standing 

Advanced studies and procedures of professional product design practice, 
product and industrial planning and patent law. 

PD 541, 542 Advanced Visual Design I, II 6(3-9) FS 

Prerequisites: ARC 400, LAR 400, PD 400 or waiver of prerequisite is at the 
discretion of the instructor. 

Application of previous studies in design and visual communications to a wide 
variety of visual problems presented by our physical environment. 

PD 590, 591 Special Projects 3(1-6) FS 

Special projects of an interdisciplinary nature, guided by various faculty 
specialists involved in areas supplementary to product design. Emphasis placed 
on latest technological development of new materials. Also emphasis on concept 
of new useful designs for the mass market. The production aspects of products such 
as materials, processes, functions, human factors, sales appeal, finishing and 
assembly methods and packaging will be stressed in special project designs. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PD 601, 602 Advanced Product Design VII, VIII 6(0-18) FS 

Prerequisites: PD 501, 502 or graduate standing 

Continuation of PD 501, 502 at an advanced level. Unlimited production sys- 
tems designed with object(s) possibilities produced additively of new synthetic 
materials utilizing new molecular joining for international class and age groups. 

PD 631, 632 Advanced Concepts in Product Engineering 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: PD 502, graduate standing 

Group investigation of advanced concepts in product design with emphasis on 
engineering. Engineering principles play an important role in the design of useful 
products. The scope of this course will include mass movement of persons as well 
as the designs of consumer products. The field of transportation and consumer 
products are fast changing to satisfy the needs of the present and future genera- 
tions. The product designer is to be made aware of these needs by special investiga- 
tions into future technologies and future material developments. 



Psychology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Howard G. Miller, Head 

Professors: Harold M. Corter, Donald W. Drewes, Joseph C. Johnson, Robert 
E. Lubow, Slater E. Newman, Richard G. Pearson; Professor Emeritus; 



276 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Key L. Barkley; Adjunct Professor: Randall M. Chambers; Associate 
Professors: James L. Cole, Joseph W. Cunningham, John Magill, 
Bruce A. Norton, John L. Waski, Bert W. Westbrook; Clinical 
Associate Professors: Robert B. Duke; Adjunct Associate Professors: Gilbert 
Gottlieb, Gerald S. Leventhal; Assistant Professors: Thomas D. Gardner, 
Thomas E. LeVere, James E. R. Luginbuhl; Clinical Assistant Professor: 
Margaret N. Utley; Visiting Assistant Professors: Eugene F. Maleski, 
Rachel F. Rawls; Adjunct Assistant Professors: Brenda C. Ball, Ronald 
W. Oppenheim 

ASSOCIATE MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT 
Associate Professor: Stanley M. Soliday 

The Department of Psychology offers courses of study leading to the Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Specialization in animal behavior, hu- 
man factors, learning, physiological psychology, social psychology, school psycholo- 
gy and human resource development is available. All courses of study are de- 
signed to provide the student with solid grounding in the basic areas of psychology . 
A course in clinical-community psychology is in the process of development. 

Specialization in animal behavior, human factors, learning, physiological psy- 
chology and social psychology emphasizes the development of proficiency in 
experimental methodology. Human resource development is concerned with re- 
search on human performance in vocational and educational settings. School 
psychology prepares for professional competence in the practice of school psychol- 
ogy and associated research. 

A minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate credit is required for the master's 
degree. Though no minimum number of additional hours is required for the doc- 
toral degree, the student may expect to take 30 or more additional semester hours 
of graduate credit. In any case, both for master's and doctoral candidates, the 
actual graduate program for each student is determined on the basis of his indivi- 
dual needs, interests and accomplishments. 

Admission requirements for the beginning graduate student in the Department 
of Psychology are: satisfactory grades in all undergraduate work and at least a "B" 
average in undergraduate psychology courses and in the undergraduate major; 
satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination (including the advanced 
test in psychology for undergraduate psychology majors, or, for non-psychology 
majors, the advanced test in the undergraduate major) and the Miller Analogies 
Test; and three satisfactory letters of recommendation in regard to quality of 
work and character. It is possible to enter the program without undergraduate 
coursework in psychology but, as a general rule, some preparation in experimental 
psychology, statistics and mathematics is desirable. Admission requirements for 
students already possessing the master's degree who wish to obtain the doctorate 
in psychology are: a minimum of a "B" average in their graduate work and a sub- 
stantial background in psychology or related fields; satisfactory grades in under- 
graduate studies; satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination includ- 
ing the advanced test in psychology (if the applicant's master's degree is in a 
field other than psychology, he should also submit the advanced score in that 
field) and the Miller Analogies Test; and three satisfactory letters of recommenda- 
tion in regard to quality of work and character. 

The physical facilities for the training of graduate students in psychology in- 
clude laboratories for the study of animal behavior, human learning and cognitive 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 277 

processes, perceptual and motor skills, environmental stress, social interaction, 
psychological testing, statistical analysis, psychoacoustics and speech communica- 
tion. 

Basic and applied research projects are supported by the National Institute of 
Mental Health, the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, 
the U. S. Office of Education, the National Science Foundation and the National 
Aeronautics and Space Administration. The Department of Psychology is closely 
associated with the Center for Occupational Education, a campus center having 
responsibility for conducting and coordinating extensive research activities in 
fields related to occupational education. The Department of Psychology also main- 
tains close ties with Dorothea Dix Hospital, a state mental hospital in Raleigh; 
with the Rehabilitation Division of the North Carolina Commission for the Blind; 
with the Division of Research of the North Carolina Department of Mental Health 
which conducts basic and applied research in fields related to mental health; and 
with the Highway Safety Research Center at Chapel Hill. 

Research and teaching assistantships and fellowships are available to qualified 
graduate students. The assistantships are usually based on one-third time assign- 
ments but are occasionally for one-half time. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PSY 411 Social Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The individual in relation to social factors. Socialization, personality develop- 
ment, communication, social conflict and social change. Mr. Luginbuhl 

PSY 475 Child Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 or PSY 304 

The development of the individual child of elementary school age will be the 
inclusive object of study in this course. Emphasis will be placed upon the intel- 
lectual, social, emotional and personality development of the child. Physical 
growth will be emphasized as necessary for an understanding of psychological 
development. 

PSY 476 Adolescent Psychology 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 or PSY 304 

Nature and source of the problems of adolescents in western culture; emotional, 
social, intellectual and personality development of adolescents. Usually given as 
part of student teaching semester. 

PSY 491, 492 Seminar in Psychology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of department 

This course is designed to provide the undergraduate psychology major with 
skill in designing and conducting independent research studies; knowledge of 
sources and skill in locating information pertaining to behavior; knowledge of 
major trends in selected areas of study; knowledge of the research techniques 
available to the psychologist; knowledge of the organization of psychology as a 
profession; and an understanding of the code of ethics for psychologists. 

PSY 493 Special Topics in Psychology 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An individual study course. Any undergraduate student may suggest an activity 
(review of literature on a topic, designing and conducting an experiment or 



278 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

survey, etc.) to a professor. After discussing the activity, if both student and 
professor agree that it is worthwhile and that the student is competent to under- 
take it, and if the professor is willing to direct the activity, then the student 
will enroll in PSY 493 the following semester. 

PSY 495 Human Resource Development Practicum 8(0-8) FS 

Prerequisites: Junior standing, PSY HRD option; PSY 350, PSY 351, PSY 352; 
SP231 

This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to acquire 
field experience in the use of skills acquired during the Skill Semester. The 
student will spend at least a full semester working in a selected off-campus center. 
In addition to practicing his skills, the student will be able to experience real- 
world problems in context, and thus can arrange his later course work around 
subjects applicable to the solution of those problems. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PSY 500 Perception 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The first half of the course will be a summary and analysis of the major 
classes of variables affecting perception. The data will be examined in the 
context of the development of theories of perception with emphasis on the general 
problem of scientific method and theory construction as well as the specific 
content of perceptual theory. The second half of the course will summarize and 
analyze the major modes of thinking and the variables affecting the thinking 
process. Special emphasis will be placed on 'the relationship between perception 
and thinking, and a number of the theories of thinking will be evaluated. 

Messrs. Lubow, Newman 

PSY 502 Physiological Psychology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours of psychology, including PSY 200, PSY 300, PSY 310 

A survey of the physiological bases of behavior including the study of coordina- 
tion, sensory processes, brain functions, emotions and motivation. Mr. LeVere 

PSY 503 (ZO 503) Comparative Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 310 and BS 100 or consent of instructor 

Covers the history of the study of the comparative behavior of organisms; 
methodological and theoretical problems peculiar to comparative psychology, 
with emphasis on the ontogeny and evolution of behavior in vertebrate animals. 

Mr. Gottlieb 

PSY 504 Advanced Educational Psychology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours of psychology 

A critical appraisal of current psychological findings that are relevant to 
educational practice and theory. Mr. Johnson 

PSY 505 History and Systems of Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 300, PSY 310, PSY 320 or consent of instructor or 
graduate standing 

The aim of this course is to acquaint students with the history of psychology 
and psychological systems and to give students some practice in taking different 
approaches to a particular problem area. 

PSY 510 Learning and Motivation 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A systematic analysis of some of the major classes of variables determining 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 279 

behavioral change. Learning variables are analyzed within their primary experi- 
mental setting, and emphasis is upon the diversity of the functions governing 
behavior change rather than upon the development of some comprehensive theory. 
Both learning and motivational variables are examined as they contribute to 
changes in performance within the experimental setting. 

Messrs. Cole, Newman, Pearson 

PSY 511 Advanced Social Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor 

A survey of theory and research in social psychology through reading and 
discussion of primary source materials. In addition, the course will deal with 
issues of methodology, ethical questions in social psychological research and 
application of research findings to the world at large. Mr. Luginbuhl 

PSY 514 Logical Foundations of Behavioral Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in psychology 

An analysis of fundamental considerations involved in the formulation and 
verification of theories of behavior. Such topics as operationalism, formalism, 
reductionism, logical analysis and the nature of truth in empirical sciences will 
be introduced and related to research in various areas of psychological interest. 
The objectives are to provide insight into the nature of scientific research, to 
foster the ability to derive empirical hypotheses, to develop facility in designing 
experimental tests of hypotheses, and to promote effective writing and speaking 
about psychological theory and experimentation. Mr. Drewes 

PSY 520 Cognitive Processes 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

This course will emphasize the results from research on a number of complex 
processes (e.g. remembering, concept learning, acquisition and use of language) 
and the theories that have been proposed to explain these results. Mr. Newman 

PSY 530 Abnormal Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 302 

A study of the causes, symptomatic behavior and treatment of the major 
personaility disturbances. Emphasis will be placed on theory, experimental 
psychopathology and preventive measures. Mr. Duke, Miss Utley 

PSY 531 (ED 531) Mental Deficiency 3(3-0) S Sum. 

(See education, page 130.) 

PSY 532 (ED 532) Psychological Aspects of Exceptionality 3(3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

This course is designed to give consideration to effects of severe deficiency 
(sensory, physical, mental, etc.) arising from any causes at any stage of life; the 
personal and social ramifications of these; and possible courses of intervention; 
as well as utilization of psychological theory and clinical information in interpreting 
probable implications. Research findings related to sensory deprivation, research 
needs and possible research projects will be discussed. Mrs. Rawls 

PSY 535 Tests and Measurements 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours of psychology 

A study of the principles of psychological testing including norms and units of 
measurement, elementary statistical concepts, reliability and validity. In addition, 
some attention is devoted to the major types of available tests such as general 
intellectual development, tests of separate abilities, achievement tests, measures 
of personality and interest inventories. Mr. Westbrook 



280 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PSY 540 (IE 540) Human Factors in Systems Design 3(3-0) S 

(See industrial engineering, page 192.) 

PSY 550 Mental Hygiene in Teaching 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of psychology 

PSY 565 Organizational Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Nine hours of psychology 

A study of the application of behavioral science, particularly psychology and 
social psychology, to organizational and management problems. Mr. Miller 

PSY 570 Theories of Personality 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A review of theories of personality, with emphasis on research, application 
in psychotherapy and measurement, and principles involved in similarities and 
differences among them. Mr. Corter 

PSY 571 Individual Intelligence Measurement 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PSY 520 

A practicum in individual intelligence testing with emphasis on the Wechsler- 
Bellevue, Stanford-Binet, report writing and case studies. Mr. Maleski 

PSY 576 Developmental Psychology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Nine hours of psychology, including PSY 475 or PSY 476 

A survey of the role of growth and development in human behavior, particularly 
during the child and adolescent periods. This course will pay particular attention 
to basic principles and theories in the area of developmental psychology. 

Messrs. Gardner, Johnson 

PSY 578 Individual Differences 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours of psychology 

Nature, extent and practical implications of individual differences and individual 
variation. Graduate Staff 

PSY 591 Area Seminar in Clinical-Community Psychology 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor (6 maximum) 

The following topics will be dealt with: (1) the development of clinical- 
community psychology as an area of study, (2) methods of inquiry, (3) contemporary 
issues, (4) ethical questions, (5) relationship to other areas within psychology. 

Graduate Staff 

PSY 592 Area Seminar in Experimental Psychology 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in psychology (6 maximum) 

The following topics will be dealt with: (1) the development of experimental 
psychology as an area of inquiry, (2) methods of inquiry, (3) contemporary issues, 
(4) ethical questions, (5) relationship to other areas within psychology. 

Graduate Staff 

PSY 593 Area Seminar in Human Factors Engineering 1-2 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing (3 maximum) 

Introduction to human factors engineering as an area of study; historical 
aspects; contemporary issues; ethical questions; overview of campus research, 
facilities and courses in the area; consideration of information sources, financial 
support for research proposals and employment opportunities. Mr. Pearson 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 281 

PSY 594 Area Seminar in Human Resources Development 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor (6 maximum) 

The following topics will be dealt with: (1) human resources development as an 
area of inquiry, (2) methods of inquiry, (3) contemporary issues, (4) ethical 
questions, (5) relationship to other areas within psychology. Graduate Staff 

PSY 595 Area Seminar in School Psychology 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing (6 maximum) 

The following topics will be dealt with: (1) the development of school psychology 
as a professional area, (2) methods of inquiry, (3) scientific and theoretical bases, 
(4) contemporary issues, (5) ethical questions, (6) relationship to other areas within 
psychology. Graduate Staff 

PSY 596 Area Seminar in Social Psychology 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing (6 maximum) 

This course will deal with the following topics: (1) a survey of areas within 
social psychology, (2) methods of inquiry, (3) contemporary issues, (4) ethical 
questions, (5) the relation of social psychology to other branches of psychology, 
to other disciplines, and to society and its problems. Graduate Staff 

PSY 599 Research Problems in Psychology Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Research project for graduate students supervised by members of the graduate 
faculty. Research to be elected on basis of interest of student, and is not to be part 
of thesis or dissertation research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PSY 602 Physiological Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 502 and/or consent of instructor 

Psychology 602 is the sequel to Psychology 502 and will concentrate on relating 
the neuroanatomy and neurophysiology studied in PSY 502 to overt observable 
behaviors such as sleep-waking, motivation-emotion, and reflexive and learned 
behaviors. Mr. LeVere 

PSY 603 Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 510, PSY 514 

This course will provide opportunity for exploration in depth of verbal-learning 
research studying acquisition, transfer and retention and the theories that have 
been proposed to explain the results of this research. Implications of findings from 
verbal-learning research for understanding concept learning, problem-solving and 
the acquisition and use of language will also be explored. Mr. Newman 

PSY 604 Classical Conditioning 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PSY 510, PSY 514 

The origins of classical conditioning theory and methodology will be traced from 
Sechenov, Bechterev and Pavlov through the recent Russian and American work. 
The influence of the classical conditioning paradigm on American psychology as 
expressed in learning theory and the conditioning therapies will be examined. 

Mr. Lubow 

PSY 605 Instrumental Learning 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PSY 510, PSY 514 

A systematic analysis of various experimental techniques and alternative data 



282 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

languages for the study of instrumental learning. Primary orientation will be upon 
what is happening in the experimental situation rather than upon theoretical 
explanations of the data. Special problems, for example, discrimination, avoidance, 
chaining and reinforcement schedules, will be studied in depth. Various models for 
description of the data will be compared with special emphasis upon mathematical 
learning models. Mr. Cole 

PSY 607 Advanced Industrial Psychology I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Nine hours of psychology and statistics or concurrent with statistics 

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding of 
industrial behavior. Messrs. Drewes, Miller 

PSY 608 Advanced Industrial Psychology II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PSY 607 

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding of 
industrial behavior. Messrs. Drewes, Miller 

PSY 610 Theories of Learning 3(3-0) F or S 

Prerequisites: PSY 510, PSY 514 

The objectives of this course are to promote learning of the theories currently 
used to explain how learning and forgetting occur so that testable consequences 
of these theories can be derived and so that the theories and their testable conse- 
quences are capably written and spoken about. Messrs. Cole, Lubow, Newman 

PSY 611 Social Psychology: Small Groups Research 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PSY 511 

Factors that determine the pattern of interaction within small groups will be 
examined. Some factors to be considered are social norms, roles, communication 
networks, power and status hierarchies and types of leadership. Conformity 
behavior, affiliative behavior and techniques of interpersonal influence will also be 
analyzed. The role of interpersonal perception and individual differences in social 
behavior will be examined. Mr. Luginbuhl 

PSY 635 Psychological Measurement 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ST 507, ST 511 or equivalent, 12 hours of psychology 

Theory of psychological measurement. Statistical problems and techniques in 
test construction. Messrs. Cunningham, Drewes 

PSY 640 (IE 640) Skilled Operator Performance 3(3-0) F 

(See industrial engineering, page 193.) 

PSY 672 Personality Measurement 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisites: PSY 570, PSY 571 

Theory and practicum in individual personality testing of children and adults 
with emphasis on projective techniques, other personality measures, report writing 
and case studies. Mr. Corter 

PSY 674 Psychological Intervention I 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: PSY 672 

This course is designed to examine theories, research, techniques, ethics and 
professional responsibilities related to approaches to psychological intervention. 
Types of psychological intervention to be studied will include behavior modification, 
milieu approaches, crisis intervention techniques and group process methods, in 
addition to more intensive relationship approaches. A close integration of experi- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 283 

ences, content and supervision will be emphasized in a variety of professional 
settings with a wide range of personal problems and age groups. Mr. Norton 

PSY 675 Psychological Intervention II 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: PSY 674 

The primary purpose of this course is to provide students opportunities to acquire 
information, conceptual frameworks, interpersonal skills and a sense of ethical 
responsibility, all of which are basic to their further development as practicing 
psychologists. A major effort in the course is made to help the student increase his 
interpersonal skills as a means of promoting the psychological growth and 
effectiveness of others. Mr. Norton 

PSY 690 Seminar in Industrial Psychology 3(3-0) FS 

Scientific articles, analysis of experimental designs in industrial psychology and 
study of special problems of interest to graduate students in industrial psychology. 

Messrs. Drewes, Miller 

PSY 691 Special Topics in Psychology 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Course will provide opportunity for exploration in depth of advanced topical 
areas which, because of their degree of specialization, are not generally involved 
in other courses, for example multivariate methodology in psychology, computer 
simulation, mathematical model building. Some new 600-level courses will first 
be offered under this title during the developmental phase and as such may involve 
lectures and/or laboratories. Graduate Staff 

PSY 693 Psychological Clinic Practicum Maximum 12 FS 

Prerequisite: Nine hours in psychology 

Clinical participation in interviewing, counseling, psychotherapy and adminis- 
tration of psychological tests. Practicum to be concerned with adults and children. 

Mr. Corter 

PSY 696 Advanced Problems in Perception 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisites: PSY 500, PSY 514 

Advanced topics in perception will be the subject matter of this course. Topics 
will include a survey and analysis of contemporary trends in perceptual research 
and theory. Mr. Lubow 

PSY 697 (ED 697) Advanced Seminar in Research Design 3(3-0) S 

(See education, page 132.) 

PSY 699 Thesis and Dissertation Research Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Individual or group research problems; a maximum of six credits is allowed 
toward the master's degree, but any number toward the Ph.D. degree. 

Graduate Staff 

Recreation Resources Administration 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Thomas I. Hines, Head 

Professor: William E. Smith; Adjunct Professor: Thomas H. Ripley; Associate 



284 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Professors: Gordon A. Hammon, Latham L. Miller, Robert J. Sternloff; 
Assistant Professor: M. Roger Warren, Jr. 

The Department of Recreation Resources Administration offers programs of 
study leading to the Master of Science and Master of Recreation Resources degrees. 
The programs are based on an interdisciplinary approach and are designed to meet 
the problems and opportunities posed by changing social forces which affect the 
recreation profession. Students pursuing these degrees will have an opportunity to 
develop an understanding of the relationship between recreation and disciplines 
such as forestry, wildlife management, horticulture, landscape design, conservation, 
economics, politics, sociology and anthropology. 

The Master of Science degree is designed to enhance in advanced students 
scholarly development and a more adequate comprehension of the requirements 
and responsibilities essential for independent research. A student will be required 
to complete a minimum of 30 hours of graduate work. The program will consist of 
a major and minor field of study. The minor may be concentrated wholly in a 
different discipline or may consist of courses selected from the offering of two de- 
partments. In either case, the minor field must constitute a unified pattern and 
must contribute to the student's education in the major field. A high degree of 
flexibility is maintained to permit each student's program to be structured to meet 
his needs. 

Each candidate for the Master of Science degree will be required to complete a 
thesis representing an original investigation as a part of the minimum require- 
ments for the degree. 

The Master of Recreation Resources degree is designed for students who are 
interested in the more advanced applications of administrative principles in spe- 
cialized areas of the recreation field. Students for this degree will usually terminate 
their graduate program upon completion of the master's degree. Requirements for 
the Master of Recreation Resources degree include a minimum of 36 hours of 
course work, and in lieu of a thesis, the student will be required to complete a 
departmental course in research and a problem report. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

RRA 440 Recreation Resource Inventory and Planning 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: RRA 241 

This course is an examination of concepts and principles which provide a basis 
for recreation resource quantification and allocation and factors which are involved 
in inventorying the physical properties and associated intangible values of the 
recreation resource on extensive wildlands. The resource planning function is 
studied as an essential component of the managerial process. Mr. Hammon 

RRA 441 Recreation Resource Development 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: RRA 241 

The recreation resource manager's role in situations typical of the federal, state 
and private sectors is examined. Categories of information are reviewed as to their 
significance in the decision-making and problem-solving process. Competent 
information systems are examined. Mr. Hammon 

RRA 442 Wildland Recreation Environments 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

A study of environmental modifications and resource developments required to 
support recreation use. Factors affecting the selection of sites for development are 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 285 

related to resource planning functions. Site planning procedures provide a basis for 
managerial review. Natural history interpretation is an element of resource man- 
agement. Concepts of natural beauty are reviewed, and approaches to the preserva- 
tion of amenities through modified methods of commercial product management 
are explored. Mr. Warren 

RRA 451 Facility and Site Planning 3(0-6)FS 

Prerequisites: RRA 215 and RRA 216 

This course includes the history of park and recreation facility development and 
trends in recreation facility planning. Emphasis is placed upon the planning 
principles involved in the design and layout of recreation areas and recreation 
buildings. Field trips will enable the student to see the various types of recreation 
facilities. Mr. Stott 

RRA 453 Administrative Policies and Procedures 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: RRA 359 

This course is involved with: the internal organization of the recreation and park 
department; the administrative process; legislation and legal foundations; boards 
and commissions; personnel practices and policies; office management; public 
relations. Mr. Sternloff 

RRA 454 Recreation and Park Finance 3(3-0) 

Prerequisites: Six hours recreation resources administration, senior standing 

This course is involved with: recreation and park fiscal administration; sources 
of finance for current and capital expenditures; revenue activities; financial plan- 
ning; budgeting; expenditure policies; accounting; auditing and planning for 
recreation and park services. Mr. Hines 

RRA 491 Special Problems in Recreation 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

A survey of specific problems in recreation. Aims to develop critical analysis. 
Forms a basis for the organization of research projects, for the compilation and 
organization of material in a functional relationship and for the foundation of 
policies. Follows the seminar procedure. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

RRA 500 Theories of Leisure and Recreation 3(3-0) 

Prerequisite: Nine hours of RRA courses 

This course presents an analysis of leisure and recreation and a study of their 
origin and development as revealed by man's behavioral patterns. An interpretation 
is made of the influence and social significance of leisure and recreation concepts 
on contemporary American culture and their implications on future recreation 
thought and action. Mr. Warren 

RRA 501 Theory Development In Recreation Research 4(3-2) 

Prerequisites: ST 311 and SOC 416 

This course reviews the historical emphasis of recreation research and examines 
various approaches to research design and model building. The philosophy of social 
scientific investigation, and possible application of existing behavioral theory to 
recreation research are examined with a special emphasis on efforts to develop 
theory useful in explaining use of leisure time. Staff 



286 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

RRA 691 Seminar in Recreation Administrative Policies 2(0-4) 

Prerequisite: RRA 501 or equivalent 

As an advance course in administrative principles, students will do individual and 
group research, under supervision, in specific administrative categories of study 
in the field of recreation. Independent study and research will be required of the 
student who must develop written and oral presentations for critical analyses by 
graduate students and faculty. Mr. Hines 

RRA 692 Advanced Problems in Recreation Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours of RRA courses 

Directed research in a specialized phase of recreation other than a thesis problem. 

Staff 

RRA 699 Research in Recreation Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours of RRA courses 

Original research preliminary to writing a master's thesis. Staff 



Sociology and Anthropology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Selz C. Mayo Head 

Professors: Robert J. Dolan, Lawrence W. Drabick, Glenn C. McCann, Grad- 
uate Administrator, C. Paul Marsh, James X. Young; Extension Professor: 
James D. George; Professor Emeritus: C. Horace Hamilton; Associate 
Professors: A. Clarke Davis, Charles V. Mercer, Horace D. Rawls, 
Man M. Sawhney, Odell Uzzell; Visiting Associate Professor: Harold D. 
Holder; Assistant Professors: Robert C. Brisson, William B. Clifford, II, 
Cleburn G. Dawson, Gary L. Faulkner, R. David Mustian, Elizabeth 
M. Suval; Extension Assistant Professor: Charles E. Lewis 

The Department of Sociology and Anthropology offers a program of study lead- 
ing to the Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in sociology. The depart- 
ment also has programs leading to the Master of Sociology degree (nonthesis) with 
a major in sociology and the Master of Science degree with a major in rural 
sociology. The curriculum includes several major areas of interest: community 
and area development; planned change; social change and development and 
deviancy and rehabilitation. Other programs of specialization may be developed 
in terms of the needs and interests of the individual student. The core program 
includes sociological theory, research methods and quantitative analysis. Special 
attention is given in the curriculum to the development of sociological skills in- 
volved in an understanding of social factors and public policies as they affect 
regional, national and international development. 

Allied and supplemental fields of study include statistics, history, politics, econo- 
mics, psychology, education and some other related fields. 

The increasing emphasis being placed on change — growth and development — 
in the region, the nation and throughout the world has resulted in an increasing 
demand for well-trained workers in sociology and anthropology. Graduates of the 
department with a master's degree have opportunities for work in industry, federal 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 287 

and state agencies, and to teach, particularly in the rapidly expanding community 
college and junior college systems. 

Doctor of Philosophy graduates have opportunities for employment as teachers 
and research workers in colleges and universities throughout the nation. Many also 
find excellent opportunities in various agencies of federal and state government 
whether they are involved in research or educational work. International develop- 
ment agencies provide employment opportunities for some graduates. 

Departmental offices are located on the third and second floors of the 1911 
Building. Graduate students on assistantships and fellowships are usually provided 
with office space and equipment. Computational facilities are available for students 
whose research problems involve extensive analyses of data as well as for those 
students who want to learn to do their own programming. Computing facilities 
available to students and faculty in the department are described on page 16. 

The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and Duke University at Durham 
are less than 30 miles away. Some students, particularly those in the doctoral 
program, frequently take courses at these universities. Facilities are available for 
commuting. 

The department has the responsibility for a state-wide program in community 
and area development. This provides an excellent laboratory for both personal 
observation and research, and graduate students are encouraged to use the facilities 
and other resources of this program in extended education. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANT 410 Theories of Culture 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Six hours sociology, ANT 252 or equivalent 

The study of major anthropological theories of culture with intensive analysis 
of their application. 

ANT 416 Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours anthropology 

(1) To provide a systematic experience with anthropological field techniques, 
i.e., community mapping, household census, kinship analysis, life-history recording, 
participant observation, inventory of material culture, child rearing observations. 
(2) To furnish an opportunity to use conventional anthropological field tools, i.e., 
tape recorder, motion picture camera, still camera, field work journal, unstructured 
interview. (3) Through textbooks and supplementary reading, students will become 
familiar with anthropologists' reports of their own field methods and the problems 
they encountered. 

SOC 401 Human Relations in Industrial Society 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 

Studies in the sociology of occupations, professions and work, with special 
attention to human relations in industrial plants and other work situations. 

SOC 402 Urban Sociology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or consent of instructor 

A study of the factors in the growth of cities; the relationship between the design 
of cities and their social organization; detailed analysis of new developments in the 
serving of human needs. City and regional planning. 



288 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SOC 405 Social Work I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, consent of instructor 

A course designed to acquaint students with the various types of public 
and voluntary social work and with remedial and preventive programs in applied 
sociology, social psychiatry, health, public welfare and recreation. 

SOC 406 Social Work II 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours sociology, consent of instructor 

The subjects covered include emergence and present status of social work as a 
profession, roles, role conflict and the generic base of methods in social work. 
Attention is focused on casework, group work and community organization. Some 
time is devoted to research efforts and to modes of administration. Each student is 
given an opportunity to participate in the current operations of one agency in the 
community. 

SOC 411 Community Relationships 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, consent of instructor 

A survey of the institutions, organizations and agencies found in modern com- 
munities; social problems and conditions with which they deal; their interrelation- 
ship and the trend toward overall planning. 

SOC 414 Social Structure 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Six hours sociology, consent of instructor 

Studies of the major social institutions and systems of stratification; the organi- 
zation of social studies of the major social institutions and systems of stratification; 
the organization of social systems as, for example, religion, education and govern- 
ment; the functions of such structural components as age and sex groups, vocational 
and professional groups, and social classes. 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Six hours of sociology and ST 311 or nine hours of sociology 

An analysis of the principal methods of social research; the development of 
experiments; schedules and questionnaires; the measurement of behavior. 

SOC 425 Juvenile Delinquency 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: SOC 306 or six hours social science 

The epidemiology of juvenile delinquency is explored. Descriptive typologies are 
compared. Theories of causation are developed with emphasis on social institutions, 
peer groups and socialization processes. Procedures for enforcement, adjudication 
and correction of young offenders are investigated. Strategies for prevention of 
delinquency are examined. Opportunities for observation and participation in 
agency operations are included. 

SOC 451 Population and Public Affairs 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

Growth rates, changing composition and residential redistribution are studied in 
relation to public issues and planning. Attention is given to the ways in which 
population data are utilized by public agencies in program and policy formulation. 
Analysis encompasses new problems and socioeconomic situations which develop as 
a consequence of the dynamic nature of population changes in contemporary society. 

SOC 490, 491 Senior Seminar 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

This course is of an integrative nature giving the student an opportunity to 
synthesize knowledge, theory and methods learned in earlier courses and to conduct 
original explorations in areas of special interest. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 289 

SOC 494, 495 (EC 494, 495; PS 494, 495) Urban Seminar 3(3-0) FS 

(See politics, page 265.) 

SOC 498 Special Topics in Sociology 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours sociology above the freshman level 

The student will make a detailed investigation of a special topic in sociology or 
anthropology. The topic and mode of study will be determined by the faculty 
member(s) in consultation with the head of the Department of Sociology and 
Anthropology. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANT 512 Applied Anthropology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ANT 252 or consent of instructor 

The course includes a review of the historical development of applied anthropology 
and a study of anthropology as applied in government, industry, community 
development, education and medicine. The processes of culture change are analyzed 
in terms of the application of anthropological techniques to programs of develop- 
mental change. Graduate Staff 

SOC 501 (ED 501) Leadership 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

A study of leadership in various fields of American life; analysis of the various 
factors associated with leadership; techniques of leadership. Particular attention is 
given to recreational, scientific and executive leadership procedures. Mr. Young 

SOC 502 Society, Culture and Personality 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

Human personality is studied from its origins in primary groups through its 
development in secondary contacts and its ultimate integration with social norms. 
While comparative anthropological materials will be drawn upon, emphasis is placed 
upon the normal personality and the adjustment of the individual to our society and 
to our culture. The dynamics of personality and character structure are analyzed 
in terms of the general culture patterns and social institutions of society. Mr. Rawls 

SOC 503 Contemporary Sociology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The basic purpose of this course is to provide the student with an overview of 
the current status of sociological theory and research. It will introduce the student 
to contemporary sociological thinking and research and provide a base for further 
graduate training in the discipline. Graduate Staff 

SOC 504 Education in Modern Society 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent 

An analysis of education using basic sociological concepts. Varying emphases 
will be placed upon the historical development of education in the United States, 
cross-cultural comparisons of educational structure and function, professionalization 
of educators, investigation of the ecological factors affecting education, effects of 
group processes upon learning, and the effects of social processes and changes upon 
the educational institution. Mr. Drabick 

SOC 505 The Sociology of Rehabilitation I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and/or consent of instructor 

The area of disability and handicap is introduced from a conceptual and theoret- 
ical standpoint. Sociological and social-psychological aspects of handicaps, the 



290 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

rehabilitation processes, and rehabilitative organizations are stressed throughout. 
Particular attention is given to rehabilitation of the sociology of work in the 
rehabilitation processes. Sociocultural factors in disability and handicap (residence, 
social class, family relationships, etc.) are analyzed in depth. Mr. Rawls 

SOC 506 The Sociology of Rehabilitation II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and/or consent of instructor 

Students will be expected to engage in individual research projects on a specific 
handicap, a rehabilitation process or a rehabilitative agency or subagency. An 
attempt will be made through lectures and discussions to give the student perspec- 
tive concerning the actual work of rehabilitation in process while he is pursuing his 
specialized interest. Emphasis will be placed on sociological methods and techni- 
ques applicable to the study of the above aspects of social behavior. Mr. Rawls 

SOC 509 Population Problems 3(3-0)F 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

A study of population growth, rates of change and distribution. Considerable 
attention is given to the functional roles of population, i.e., age, sex, race, residence, 
occupation, marital status and education. The dynamic aspects of population are 
stressed: fertility, mortality and migration. Population policy is analyzed in 
relation to national and international goals. A world view is stressed throughout. 

Mr. Clifford 

SOC 510 Industrial Sociology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

Industrial relations are analyzed as group behavior with a complex and 
dynamic network of rights, obligations, sentiments and rules. This social system is 
viewed as an interdependent part of total community life. The background and 
functioning of industrialism are studied as social and cultural phenomena. Specific 
social problems of industry are analyzed. Mr. Mercer 

SOC 511 Sociological Theory 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites Six hours in sociology and graduate standing or 
consent of instructor 

Study of the interpendence of theory and method; the major theoretical and 
methodological systems; and examination of selected cases of research in which 
theory and method are classically combined. Mr. Sawhney 

SOC 512 Family Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

This course examines the basic theoretical and methodological framework in 
sociology within which contemporary family research is conducted. Mr. Mercer 

SOC 513 (ED 513) Community Organization 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing about desirable 
changes in community life. Community needs and resources available to meet these 
needs are studied. Democratic processes in community action and principles of 
community organization are stressed, along with techniques and procedures. The 
roles of leaders, both lay and professional, in community development are analyzed. 

Graduate Staff 

SOC 514 Developing Societies 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology or anthropology or 
graduate standing 

The purpose of this course is to define the major problems posed for development 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 291 

sociology and to explore the social barriers and theoretical solutions for develop- 
ment set forth with special regard to the newly-developing countries. Significant 
past strategies will be reviewed as well as main themes in current development 
schemes. Finally, some untested strategies for the future will be proposed for discus- 
sion. These problems will be examined in their national and international contexts. 

Mr. Moxley 

SOC 515 Deviant Behavior 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology or anthropology or 
graduate standing 

Many topics include: the inevitability of deviance and its social utility; cross- 
cultural variations in appearance and behavioral cues for labeling the deviate; 
descriptive and explanatory approaches to kinds and amounts of deviance in 
contemporary American society; social change, anomie and social disorganization 
theories; the process of stigmatization; formal and informal societal responses to 
deviance and the deviate; social action implications. There is no other graduate 
course presently offered in deviate behavior. Mrs. Suval 

SOC 523 Sociological Analysis of Agriculture Land 

Tenure Systems 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology 

A systematic sociological analysis of the major agricultural and land-tenure 
systems of the world with major emphasis on the problems of family farm owner- 
ship and tenancy in the United States. Graduate Staff 

SOC 533 Theory of Human Communication Behavior 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Six hours sociology or social psychology and graduate standing 

This course is organized to introduce students to the behavioral science approach 
to an understanding of human communication. Communication is treated as a basic 
social psychological process in which communication events are analyzed in terms 
of their effects on individual, interpersonal and group behavior. Students will survey 
the theory, research methods and empirical findings developed in the emerging 
field of communication. Communication behavior is treated as a mediating mecha- 
nism in social interaction. Graduate Staff 

SOC 534 Agricultural Organizations and Movements 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Three hours of sociology, American history, American 

government or a related social science or consent of 

department 

A history of agricultural organizations and movements in the United States and 
Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the Farmers' Alliance, the 
Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm Bureau, the Equity societies, the 
Nonpartisan League, cooperative marketing, government programs and present 
problems. Graduate Staff 

SOC 541 Social Systems and Planned Change 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology 

An examination of social systems within the framework of both functional theory 
and conflict theory with particular emphasis upon system change and the planning 
of social change. Mr. Marsh 

SOC 555 Social Stratification 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

In this course the student would be introduced to the theoretical background, the 
methodological approaches and the analysis of the consequences of systems of 



292 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

stratification. Emphasis would be on the static and dynamic qualities of stratifica- 
tion systems in rural and urban-industrial societies as well as the effects of these 
systems on relations within and between societies. Particular attention will be paid 
to the integrative and divisive quality of stratification as it is expressed in life 
styles, world views, etc. Mr. Davis 

SOC 560 Racial and Cultural Contacts 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology or consent of instructor 

The course is organized in three sequential sections, the first of which deals with 
intergroup relations as a legitimate concern of the social sciences. The second 
consists of an appraisal of cross-cultural data that have been drawn from a variety 
of situations wherein race and ethnicity figure in a significant manner. Finally, an 
effort is made to interpret data by delineating observable patterns, trends and 
relationships. Graduate Staff 

SOC 565 Sociology and General Systems Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Six hours of sociology, one course in statistics 

In this course the student will study the basis of general systems theory and 
review its application in the field of sociology. Emphasis is placed on the philo- 
sophical nature of systems theory and its potential as an alternative conceptualiza- 
tion to mechanistic and organismic models. Attention is given to the underlying 
basis of systems theory; to cybernetics as models of change and control; learning 
and equilibrium; to information theory as models of choice and selection; to decision 
theory; and to game theory. Mr. Holder 

SOC 574 (EC 574) Economics of Population 3(3-0) FS 

(See economics, page 123.) 

SOC 590 Applied Research 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 

A study of the research process with particular emphasis upon its application of 
action problems. The development of research design to meet action research needs 
receives special attention. Graduate Staff 

SOC 591 Special Topics in Sociology 6(6-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An examination of current problems in sociology organized on a lecture-discussion 
basis. The content of the course will vary as changing conditions require the use of 
new approaches to deal with the emerging problems. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

SOC 611 Research Methods in Sociology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: SOC 416, ST 311 or equivalent 

Designed to give the student a mature insight into the nature of scientific 
research in sociology. Assesses the nature and purpose of research designs, the 
interrelationship of theory and research, the use of selected techniques and their 
relation to research designs, and the use of modern tabulation equipment in 
research. Mr. McCann 

SOC 613 Theory of Mass Communication 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: SOC 533 or equivalent 

This course provides the advanced student in the social sciences with an oppor- 
tunity to examine the emerging body of theory and research in the field of mass 
communications. Course content will treat (1) the systems character of mass com- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 293 

munication, (2) social communication at the individual and group level, (3) persua- 
sive communication and social control, (4) communication and opinion change, and 
(5) communication and societal development. In addition to the theoretical and 
methodological underpinnings drawn from the behavioral sciences, the course will 
examine contributions from the communication arts and applied communications. 

Graduate Staff 

SOC 621 Social Psychology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

The objective of this course is to present the major ideas of social psychology in 
the context of the theoretical orientations from which they have emerged. The 
nature and role of theory in social psychology are examined. The social psychologies 
of various theorists are then examined in terms of their particular approaches 
including the Gestalt, Field, Role, Psychoanalytic and Reinforcement orientations 
and combinations of these. Mr. McCann 

SOC 631 Population Analysis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

Methods of describing, analyzing and presenting data on human populations: 
distribution, characteristics, natural increase, migration and trends in relation to 
resources. Mr. Mustian 

SOC 632 Sociology of the Family 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

Emphasis is placed on the development of an adequate sociological frame of 
reference for family analysis; on discovering both the uniquely cultural and 
common-human aspects of the family by means of cross-cultural comparisons; on 
historical explanations for variability in American families with special concern 
for the family; and on analyzing patterns of family stability and effectiveness. 

Graduate Staff 

SOC 633 The Community 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

The community is viewed in sociological perspective as a functioning entity. A 
method of analysis is presented and applied to eight "dimensions," with emphasis 
on the unique types of understanding to be derived from measuring each dimension. 
Finally, the effect of change on community integration and development is analyzed. 

Messrs. Brisson, Mayo 

SOC 641 Statistics in Sociology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ST 513 or equivalent 

The application of statistical methods of sociological research. Emphasis on 
selecting appropriate models, instruments and techniques for the more frequently 
encountered problems and forms of data. Graduate Staff 

SOC 652 Comparative Societies 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

Sociological analysis of societies around the world with particular reference to 
North and South America. Special emphasis is given to cultural and physical 
setting, population composition, levels of living, relationship of the people to the 
land, structure and function of the major institutions and forces making for change. 

Graduate Staff 

SOC 653 Theory and Development of Sociology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: SOC 511, consent of instructor 

Detailed analysis of methodological and substantive problems in utilizing 



294 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

sociological theories in varied areas, and an examination of events and trends in 
the development of sociology. Graduate Staff 

SOC 671 Social Demography 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, SOC 509 or SOC 631 or equivalents 

The basic purpose of this course is to develop on the part of the student an 
appreciation of the sociological variables capable of being used in demographic 
research and to provide an overview of the current substantive knowledge concern- 
ing social and demographic relationships. Attention will be given to the inter- 
relationships between demographic systems, social action systems and social 
aggregate systems. Mr. Clifford 

SOC 690 Seminar Credits Arranged FS 

Appraisal of current literature; presentation of research papers by students; 
progress reports on departmental research; review of developing research methods 
and plans; reports from scientific meetings and conferences; other professional 
matters. Graduate Staff 

SOC 699 Research in Sociology Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of chairman of graduate study committee 

Planning and execution of research, and preparation of manuscript under 
supervision of graduate committee. Graduate Staff 



Soil Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor Charles B. McCants, Head 

Professors: William V. Bartholomew, Stanley W. Buol, Maurice G. Cook, 
Charles B. Davey, James W. Fitts, William A. Jackson, Eugene J. Kam- 
prath, J. Fulton Lutz, Richard J. Volk, Jerome B. Weber, Sterling B. 
Weed, William G. Woltz, William W. Woodhouse, Jr.; Extension Professor: 
Jack V. Baird; Professor USD A: Raymond B. Daniels; Adjunct Professors: 
Louis J. Metz, James M. Spain; Associate Professors: Fred R. Cox, George 
A. Cummings, James W. Gilliam, Robert E. McCollum; Visiting Associate 
Professor: Arvel H. Hunter; Visiting Associate Professors AID: James L. 
Walker, Donovan L. Waugh; Adjunct Associate Professor Carol G. Wells; 
Extension Associate Professor: Joseph A. Phillips; Assistant Professors: 
Clifford K. Martin, Charles D. Raper, Jr., Pedro A. Sanchez; Extension 
Assistant Professor: David L. Terry 

The Department of Soil Science offers programs leading to the degrees of 
Master of Soil Science, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy with specializa- 
tion in soil chemistry, soil fertility, soil physics, soil genesis, soil microbiology or 
soil conservation. The Master of Agronomy professional degree is also available. 

Modern facilities are provided in Williams Hall for graduate teaching and 
research activities. Office and laboratory space is assigned each student. Facilities 
for graduate research include radioactive and stable isotope laboratories containing 
automatic recording scalers and liquid scintillation apparatus, a mass spectrometer, 
amino acid analyzer, X-ray diffraction apparatus with fluorescence, differential 
thermal analysis, infrared spectrophotometer, atomic absorption spectrophotometer, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 295 

polarizing microscope, high-speed centrifuges, thin-sectioning apparatus and other 
modern equipment. Photomicrographic equipment is available for photographing 
thin sections and microorganisms. 

Service laboratories for soil and plant analyses are available as well as special 
preparation rooms for soil and plant samples. Greenhouses, growth chambers and 
a Phytotron situated near William Hall are easily accessible for controlled plant 
studies. Sites for field experiments are available on the 16 research farms and four 
experimental forests owned or operated by the state. Located throughout North 
Carolina, the farms and forests include a wide variety of soil and climate conditions. 
One of the largest soil testing laboratories in the United States is operated by the 
North Carolina Department of Agriculture in Raleigh. Special studies on various 
problems of soil testing can be made in conjunction with this laboratory. 

Strong supporting departments greatly increase the graduate student's oppor- 
tunities for a broad and thorough training. Included among those departments 
in which graduate students in soil science work cooperatively or obtain instruction 
are: crop science, biological and agricultural engineering, botany, chemistry, 
economics, forestry, geology, mathematics, plant pathology, physics and statistics. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

SSC 511 Soil Physics 4(3-3)F 

Prerequisites: PY 212, SSC 200 

Physical constitution and analyses; soil structure, soil water, soil air and soil 
temperature in relation to plant growth. Mr. Lutz 

SSC 520 Soil and Plant Analysis 3(1-6) S 

Prerequisites: PY 212; CH 315; at least three soils courses including 
SSC 341, or consent of instructor 

Theory and advanced principles of the utilization of chemical instruments to aid 
research on the heterogeneous systems of soils and plants. Mr. Gilliam 

SSC 522 Soil Chemistry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, one year of general inorganic chemistry 

A consideration of the chemical and colloidal properties of clay and soil systems, 
including ion exchange and retention, soil solution reactions, solvation of clays and 
electrokinetic properties of clay-water systems. Mr. Weed 

SSC 532 (MB 532) Soil Microbiology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 220, MB 401 

The more important microbiological processes that occur in soils; decomposition 
of organic materials, ammonification, nitrification and nitrogen fixation. 

Mr. Wollum 

SSC 541 Soil Fertility 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: SSC 341 

Soil conditions affecting plant growth and the chemistry of soil and fertilizer 
interrelationships. Factors affecting the availability of nutrients. Methods of 
measuring nutrient availability. Mr. Kamprath 

SSC 551 Soil Morphology, Genesis and Classification 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: GY 120, SSC 200, SSC 341 

Morphology: Study of concepts of soil horizons and soil profiles and chemical, 
physical and mineralogical parameters useful in characterizing them. Genesis: 



296 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Critical study of soil-forming factors and processes. Classification: Critical evalua- 
tion of historical development and present concepts of soil taxonomy with particular 
reference to great soil groups as well as discussion of logical basis of soil classifica- 
tion. Mr. Buol 

SSC 553 Soil Mineralogy 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 341, GY 331 or equivalent 

Composition, structure, classification, identification, origin, occurrence and 
significance of soil minerals with emphasis on primary weatherable silicates, 
layer silicate clays and sesquioxides. Mr. Cook 

SSC 560 Advanced Soil Management 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 341 

Field studies of selected soil series in the coastal plain, Piedmont and mountain 
areas of North Carolina. Discussion of management practices that should be 
associated with the various soils under different types of farming. (Offered summer 
1971 and alternate years.) Messrs. Kamprath, Cook, Phillips 

SSC 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: SSC 200 

Special problems in various phases of soils. Emphasis will be placed on review of 
recent and current research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

SSC 614 (CS 614, HS 614) Herbicide Behavior in Plants 

and Soils 3(3-0) F 

(See crop science, page 113.) 

SSC 622 Soil Physical Chemistry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: SSC 511, SSC 553, CH 433 

An examination in depth of current ideas in the field. Topics will include double- 
layer theory, molecular absorption, ion exchange, diffusion of ions in soil-water 
systems, and relations between clay-mineral structures and their chemical prop- 
erties. Mr. Weed 

SSC 632 (MB 632) Ecology and Functions of 

Soil Microorganisms 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MB 401, SSC 532 (MB 532) or equivalent 

A comprehensive examination of theories and concepts relative to ecology and 
functions of soil microorganisms. Topics include relationships of microbes to their 
environments, adaptive mechanisms, microbial processes in soil organic matter 
formation and degradation, and function of organic matter in soil systems. Subject 
emphasis will be determined by class interests and by current literature. (Offered 
1972-73 and alternate years.) Messrs. Bartholomew, Davey 

SSC 651 Pedology 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: SSC 522, SSC 511; SSC 551 or equivalent 

A critical study of current theories and concepts in soil genesis and morphology; 
detailed study of soil taxonomy. Topics include weathering and clay mineral genesis 
as related to soil morphology and genesis, functional analyses of soil genesis, 
properties of and processes responsible for soil profiles formed under various sets of 
soil-forming factors, classification theory and logic as applied to soil classification, 
structure of soil classification schemes. Any of these topics may be emphasized, 
according to student interests. (Offered 1971-72 and alternate years.) 

Mr. McCracken 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 297 

SSC 671 (BAE 671) Theory of Drainage: Saturated Flow 

3(3-0) Alternate F 

(See biological and agricultural engineering, page 78.) 

SSC 672 Soil Properties and Plant Development 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, SSC 522 or equivalent 

A detailed examination of the effects of soil factors in the development of crop 
plants. Segments of the course will treat soil transformation processes of both 
organic and inorganic constituents, concepts of nutrient availability and the relation 
of plant development indices to specific soil properties. (Offered 1971-72 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Jackson 

SSC 674 (BAE 674) Theory of Drainage: Unsaturated Flow 

3(3-0) Alternate S 

(See biological and agricultural engineering, page 78.) ' 

SSC 690 Seminar -1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science 

A maximum of two semester hours is allowed toward the master's degree, but 
any number toward the doctorate. 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of interest 
to soil scientists reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff 

SSC 693 Colloquium in Soil Science Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science 

Seminar-type discussions and lectures on specialized and advanced topics in 
soil science. Graduate Staff 

SSC 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science 

A maximum of six semester hours is allowed toward the master's degree, but 
any number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 



Statistics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor David D. Mason, Head 

Professors: C. Clark Cockerham, Arnold H. E. Grandage, Robert J. Hader, 
Don W. Hayne, Henry L. Lucas, Jr., Francis E. McVay, Robert J. Mon- 
roe, Lawrence A. Nelson, Charles H. Proctor, Charles P. Quesen- 
berry, John O. Rawlings, Don L. Ridgeway, Jackson A. Rigney, Robert G. 
D. Steel, Graduate Administrator, Hubertus R. van der Vaart, T. Dudley 
Wallace, Oscar Wesler; Adjunct Professors: Alva L. Finkner, Daniel G. 
Horvitz, Jay T. Wakeley; Professor Emeritus: Gertrude M. Cox; Associate 
Professors: Bibhuti B. Bhattacharyya, Francis G. Giesbrecht, Harvey J. 
Gold, Major M. Goodman, William L. Hafley, Allison R. Manson, John 
L. Wasik; Associate Professor USFS: Benee F. Swindel; Adjunct Associate 
Professor: David W. Gaylor; Assistant Professors: Thomas M. Gerig, 
Ardell C. Linnerud, Donald C. Martin, Mary B. Williams; Visiting 
Assistant Professors: Peter M. Burrows, A. Ronald Gallant; Adjunct 
Assistant Professor: David L. Bayless; Research Associate: Robert P. 
Geckler 



298 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The Department of Statistics offers work leading to the Master of Science, 
Master of Statistics (nonthesis), Master of Biomathematics (nonthesis) and Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees. This department has a working arrangement with the 
Department of Biostatistics in the University of North Carolina's School of Public 
Health at Chapel Hill, whereby graduate students can major in (experimental) 
statistics and minor in the Division of Health Affairs. The Department of Statistics 
maintains a close liaison with the Department of (Mathematical) Statistics at 
Chapel Hill in order to supplement the offerings in statistical theory. (See University 
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill courses listed below.) Introductory courses in the 
three departments are coordinated so that it is easy for a beginning statistics grad- 
uate student to transfer from one institution of the University to another. The three 
departments are affiliated with the Institute of Statistics (see page 14). Some 
doctoral theses in (experimental) statistics are directed by members of the graduate 
faculty of the two statistics departments at Chapel Hill. 

Members of the department conduct research in biomathematics, nonlinear 
systems, time series and spectral analysis, operations research, probability and 
stochastic processes, nonparametric inference, the development of statistical theory 
and techniques of design and analysis for surveys and experiments, and the 
development of physical and biological stochastic models. At least one staff mem- 
ber consults with researchers in each of the following fields and conducts his 
own research on statistical problems which are encountered: the various agricul- 
tural sciences, quantitative genetics, wildlife science (game and fish), industrial 
development and engineering, physical sciences, and social sciences and economics. 

A graduate student who majors in (experimental) statistics may specialize in any 
one of these fields, with his minor in the associated departments, or with a strong 
mathematical background he may prefer to minor in mathematics or mathematical 
statistics. The department has cooperated with eight other departments at Raleigh 
and Chapel Hill to develop a strong minor program in operations research at both 
the master's and doctoral levels. Details regarding the operations research graduate 
program are presented on page 242. For the graduate student who wishes to minor 
in statistics, the department has developed a curriculum tailored to his needs. 
Many employers are offering added inducements for research personnel who have 
such a minor. The department cooperates with other graduate departments in 
order to provide the type of courses needed for their students and to provide a 
staff to participate in their graduate programs. 

A program of training in biomathematics at the doctoral and postdoctoral levels 
is available in the Department of Statistics. This program requires that the student 
become well grounded in four areas — mathematics, statistics, physical science and 
some phase of biology. Fellowships and assistantships are available for doctoral 
students and several fellowships for postdoctorals. Mathematical biology and re- 
lated areas are now developing rapidly and there is much opportunity for pro- 
perly trained people. 

In addition to its consulting services, the department provides computer pro- 
gramming and other assistance to the Agricultural Experiment Station staff in close 
cooperation with the campus Computing Center. This work is currently augmented 
by a computer facility grant from the National Institutes of Health. The department 
also provides a desk calculator computing service. It furnishes several federal 
agencies, other states and private concerns with research and consulting services 
on a contract basis. This work supplies live problems on which graduate students 
may acquire experience and maturity. 

The Department of Statistics is located in a new building convenient to class- 
room and central library facilities. Ample space for graduate students is provided 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 299 

adjacent to faculty offices. A well-equipped desk computing laboratory is conven- 
iently located in the graduate student area. 

The Computing Center is equipped with an IBM System 360-Model 40 com- 
puter which serves in a dual capacity simultaneously as a stand-alone computer, 
and as a teleprocessing terminal unit to the Triangle Universities Computation 
Center IBM Svstem 370-Model 165 computer. While this is the only high-speed 
terminal currently planned for the campus, several medium- and low-speed ter- 
minals have been or will be installed. Currendy, the department has access to a 
Data 100-Model 78 computer which is also used as a medium-speed terminal to 
the TUCC IBM-Model 165. The department also has three teletypewriter termi- 
nals (low-speed) to the TUCC Model 165. All teletypewriter terminals are inter- 
active and may use the Conversational Program System (CPS). One of the termi- 
nals has the APL language capability. Also, one low-speed terminal is equipped 
with an X-Y plotter. In addition, the Biomathematics Signal Processing Laboratory 
is currently equipped with a hybrid computer, the Ambilog 200. Funds are now 
available to greatly increase the capability of this facility. 

The department has approximately 20 graduate fellowships and assistantships 
at stipends adjusted to the previous training and experience of the recipients. 
Included among these have been industrial fellowships, National Institutes of 
Health fellowships in biomathematics and National Defense Education Act fel- 
lowships. Students who have a major in an applied field who have a minimum of 
one year of calculus, or students who have a major in statistics or mathematics are 
encouraged to apply for these fellowships and assistantships. Students who have 
no advanced calculus or matrix algebra are advised that their program may be 
somewhat lengthened as a consequence. If a graduate assistant has a satisfactory 
course record, he can complete the requirements for the master's degree in two 
years (in less time if he takes courses during the summer). A graduate assistant 
with a master's degree in statistics can complete the requirements for the doctorate 
in two years. Graduate fellows may be able to complete the requirements in some- 
what less time. 

Most fields of research, development, production and distribution are seeking 
persons trained in statistical theory and methods. The demand is equally strong 
from universities, agricultural and engineering experimental stations, national 
defense agencies, other federal agencies and a wide variety of industrial concerns. 
There is a need for experimental statisticians with the master's degree as well as 
for those with the doctorate. 

North Carolina State University is represented on the Committee on Statistics 
of the Southern Begional Education Board. This committee sponsors a continuing 
series of graduate summer sessions. In 1972, the host institution is Rice University 
and the 1973 session is tentatively scheduled at Florida State University. Each of 
the sponsoring institutions will accept the credits earned by students in the sum- 
mer session as residence credit. Information regarding these courses may be ob- 
tained from the Department of Statistics or the Dean of the Graduate School. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ST 421, 422 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 or MA 232 

Elementary mathematical statistics primarily for students not intending to take 



300 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

further work in theoretical statistics. Includes introduction to probability, common 
theoretical distributions, moments, moment generating functions, sampling 
distributions (F, t, chi-square), elementary estimation, hypothesis testing concepts, 
decision theory concepts and elements of general linear model theory. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ST 501, 502 Basic Statistical Analysis 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or equivalent or graduate standing 

Basic concepts of statistics; random variables, distributions, statistical measures, 
estimation, tests of significance, analysis of variance, elementary design and 
sampling, factorial experiments, multiple regression, analysis of discrete data and 
other topics. Intended primarily for statistics majors and Ph.D. minors and not 
intended as a service course for other departments. Mr. Steel 

ST 507 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences I 3(3-0) F 

The purpose of this course is to provide a general introduction to descriptive and 
inferential statistics. Attention will be paid to investigating the role of statistics 
in behavioral science research as well as presenting the techniques and principles 
for summarizing data. A basic introduction to inferential statistics will be made 
with an emphasis on the concepts of hypothesis testing and decision making. The 
principles and methods will be illustrated by examples and problems from the 
behavioral science fields. Mr. Wasik 

ST 508 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ST 507 or consent of instructor 

The purpose of this course is to provide further consideration of the use of 
advanced statistical techniques used in decision making in behavioral science 
research. Attention will be paid to hypothesis testing and analysis of variance 
procedures used in the design of experiments. A part of the course will be devoted 
to topics relating to least squares and multiple regression analysis. Mr. Wasik 

ST "511 Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences I 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing 

Basic concepts of statistical models and use of samples; variation, statistical 
measures, distributions, tests of significance, analysis of variance and elementary 
experimental design, regression and correlation, chi-square. Staff 

ST 512 Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences II 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ST 511 or equivalent 

Covariance, multiple regression, concepts of experimental design, factorial 
experiments, individual degrees of freedom, confounded factorial and split-plot 
designs. Staff 

ST 513 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing 

Basic concepts in collection and analysis of data. Variability of sample data, 
distributions, confidence limits, chi-square, t-test, analysis of variance, regression, 
correlation, analytic and descriptive surveys, experimental designs. Mr. McVay 

ST 514 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ST 513 or equivalent 

Extension of basic statistical concepts to social experiments and surveys; sam- 
pling from finite populations and estimating using unrestricted, stratified, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 301 

systematic and multistage selections; analysis of variance continued; multiple 
regression; covariance; experimental designs. Mr. Proctor 

ST 515, 516 Experimental Statistics for Engineers 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ST 361 or graduate standing 

General statistical concepts and techniques useful to research workers in engi- 
neering, textiles, wood technology, etc. Probability, distributions, measurement of 
precision, simple and multiple regression, tests of significance, analysis of variance, 
enumeration data, sensitivity data, life-testing experiments and experimental 
designs. Mr. Hader 

ST 517 Applied Least Squares 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Use of least squares estimation in developing numerical descriptions with 
linear models. Regression, analysis of variance and covariance are considered in a 
unified manner that does not require an extensive statistical background. Emphasis 
is placed on the application of these techniques to experimental situations and in 
broadening the range of problems to which they can be applied (particularly in 
terms of unequal numbers). A computer will be used for some assigned problems 
such as matrix inversion. Staff 

ST 521 Statistical Theory I 3(2-2) F 

Corequisite: MA 581 for statisticians and MA 405 or permission of instructor 

Discussion of the use of statistics as illustrated by an example, pointing out the 
need for a probabilistic framework. The probability tools for statistics: description 
of discrete and absolutely continuous distributions, expected values, moments, 
moment generating functions, transformation of random variables, marginal and 
conditional distributions, independence, order statistics, multivariate distributions, 
concept of random sample, derivation of many sampling distributions. 

Mr. van der Vaart 

ST 522 Statistical Theory II 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: ST 521 

Corequisite: MA 581 (a continuation of MA 581 in fall semester) 

General framework for statistical inference. Point estimators: biased and 
unbiased, minimum variance unbiased, least mean square error, maximum likelihood 
and least squares, asymptotic properties. Interval estimators and tests of hypoth- 
eses: confidence intervals, power functions, Neyman-Pearson lemma, likelihood 
ratio tests, unbiasedness, efficiency and sufficiency. Mr. van der Vaart 

ST 531 Design of Experiments 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Review of completely randomized, randomized complete block and Latin square 
designs, and the basic concepts in the techniques of experimental design. Designs 
and analysis methods in factorial experiments, confounded factorials, response 
surface methodology, change-over design, split-plot experiments and incomplete 
block designs. Examples will be used to illustrate application and analysis of these 
designs. Mr. Monroe 

ST 541 (MA 541) Theory of Probability I 3(3-0) F 

(See mathematics, page 213.) 

ST 542 (MA 542) Theory of Probability II 3(3-0) S 

(See mathematics, page 213.) 



302 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ST 552 Basic Theory of Least Squares and 

Variance Components 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 405, ST 521 
Corequisite: ST 522 

Theory of least squares; multiple regression; analysis of variance and covariance; 
experimental design models; factorial experiments; variance component models. 

Staff 

ST 561 (EC 561) Intermediate Econometrics 3(3-0)S 

(See economics, page 123.) 

ST 571 (BMA 571, MA 571) Biomathematics I 3(3-0) F 

(See biomathematics, page 80.) 

ST 572 (BMA 572, MA 572) Biomathematics II 3(3-0) S 

(See biomathematics, page 81.) 

ST 581 Introduction to Nonparametric Statistics 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 522 

This course will treat both theoretical and methodological material relevant to 
inference problems arising when sampling is from a parent family that is not 
assumed to have a particular functional form. Most of the course will be devoted to 
inference problems for the absolutely continuous family of distributions. (Offered 
fall 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Quesenberry 

ST 583 Introduction to Statistical Decision Theory 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 522 

The theory of statistical inference will be discussed from a unified decision 
theoretic point of view and its relationship with the zero-sum two person game will 
be studied. Detailed attention will be paid to the development of techniques of 
statistical analysis using Bayesian approach. The major emphasis in the course 
will be directed towards the solution of problems using decision theoretic concepts. 
(Offered fall 1973 and alternate years.) Mr. Bhattacharyya 

ST 591 Special Problems 1-3 FS 

Development of techniques for specialized cases, particularly in connection with 
thesis and practical consulting problems. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ST 606 (MA 606, OR 606) Mathematical Programming II 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 505 (MA 505, OR 505) 

This course is intended for those who desire to study linear and nonlinear pro- 
gramming from an advanced mathematical point of view. Special attention will be 
paid to the theoretical and computational aspects of current research problems in 
the field of mathematical programming, including linear programming and game 
theory, theory of graphs, discrete linear programming, linear programming under 
uncertainty and nonlinear programming. Mr. Bhattacharyya 

ST 613 Time Series Analysis I 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ST 552 

Statistical analysis of realizations of second-order stationary random processes, 
and mathematical specifications of the underlying processes, with emphasis 
throughout on the spectrum. Discussions of applications are given to illustrate the 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 303 

theory and methods. Topics include second-order stationary parent sequences, 
correlation analysis, autoregressive series, moving averages, hidden periodicities 
models, spectral analysis, estimation of the correlogram and the coefficients of 
autoregressive schemes, the periodogram, estimation of the spectral density; 
serial correlation theory, goodness-of-fit tests. Staff 

ST 614 Time Series Analysis II 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ST 542 (MA 542), ST 613 

Cross-covariance analysis of two time series, cross-spectral analysis of two time 
series, estimation of co-spectral density, quadrature-spectral density, coherence 
and phase, interpretations and applications of coherence analysis, detection and 
estimation of periodicities in variances of time series, spectral representation theory 
for second-order stationary processes, further discussion of spectral estimation. 

Staff 

ST 617, 618 (MA 617, 618) Measure Theory and Advanced 

Probability 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 426; ST 521 or MA 541 (ST 541) or equivalent 

Modern measure and integration theory in abstract spaces, probability measures, 
random variables and expectations, conditional probability and conditional expecta- 
tions, distribution functions, characteristic functions, modes of convergence, weak 
and strong laws of large numbers, central limit theorems and other limit laws, 
introduction to stochastic processes. Messrs. Bhattacharyya, Wesler 

ST 619 (MA 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 3(3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: ST 617, 618 (MA 617, 618) 

Characteristic functions, infinitely divisible and stable laws, factorizations of 
probability distributions, laws of iterated logarithm, random walks, fluctuation 
theory, martingales, ergodic theory, Markov processes, the Poisson process, 
further topics in stochastic processes, applications. Mr. Wesler 

ST 621 Statistics in Animal Science 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Sources and magnitudes of errors in experiments with animals, experimental 
designs and methods of analysis adapted to specific types of animal research; 
relative efficiency of alternate designs, amount of data required for specified 
accuracy, student reports on selected topics. (Offered fall 1973 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Lucas 

ST 622 (ANS 622) Principles of Biological Assays 3(3-0) S 

(See animal science, page 68.) 

ST 623 Statistics in Plant Science 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Principles and techniques of planning, establishing and executing field and 
greenhouse experiments. Size, shape and orientation of plots; border effects; 
selection of experimental material; estimation of size of experiments for specified 
accuracy; scoring and subjective tests; subsampling plots and yields for laboratory 
analysis. Mr. Nelson 

ST 626 (GN 626) Statistical Concepts in Genetics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GN 506 
Corequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Factors bearing on rates of change in population means and variances, with 
special reference to cultivated plants and domestic animals; selection, inbreeding 



304 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

magnitude and nature of genotypic and nongenotypic variability; experimental 
and statistical approaches in the analysis of quantitative inheritance. (Offered 
spring 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Cockerham 

ST 631 Theory of Sampling Applied to Survey Design 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ST 422; ST 502, or equivalent 

Principles for interpretation and design of sample surveys. Biases, variances and 
costs of estimators. Comparisons among simple random sample, ratio estimation, 
stratification, varying probabilities of selection, multi-stage, systematic and 
cluster sampling, double sampling. Response errors. Mr. Proctor 

ST 637 Advanced Statistical Inference 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ST 522, ST 617 (MA 617) 

This course will treat the classical areas of statistical inference, estimation and 
hypothesis testing, at the measure-theoretic level. Emphasis will be upon treatment 
of these areas in depth. Mr. Quesenberry 

ST 651 (EC 651) Econometrics 3(3-0) F 

(See economics, page 126.) 

ST 652 (EC 652) Topics in Econometrics 3(3-0) S 

(See economics, page 126.) 

ST 671 Advanced Analysis of Variance and Variance Components 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Expected mean squares, estimation of means, confidence limits, exact and 
approximate tests of hypotheses for balanced and unbalanced nested, crossed and 
mixed classifications with random, finite and fixed effects. Estimation of variance 
components and designs for estimating variance components. Heterogeneity, non- 
normality, correlated errors and transformations. Mr. Gaylor 

ST 672 Special Advanced Topics in Statistical Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent; ST 552 

Enumeration data; covariance; nonlinear models; discriminant functions and 
other multivariate techniques. (Offered fall 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Monroe 

ST 674 Advanced Topics in Construction and 

Analysis of Experimental Designs 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent; ST 552 

Interblock analysis of incomplete block designs, partially balanced designs, 
confounding, data collected at several places and times, multiple factor designs, 
change-over-trials, analysis of groups of means. Mr. Manson 

ST 682 Statistical Analysis for Linear Models 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Review of basic least squares, partitioning sums of squares, weighted least 
squares; regression coefficients as random variables; models with redundancies, 
use of generalized inverses; models with restrictions; applications to dispropor- 
tionate data, incomplete blocks designs and covariance analysis; arithmetic items; 
application to nonlinear models. Mr. Gerig 

ST 691 Advanced Special Problems 1-3 FS 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent; ST 552 

Any new advance in the field of statistics which can be presented in lecture 
series as unique opportunities arise. Graduate Staff, Visiting Professors 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 305 

ST 694 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

A maximum of two semester hours is allowed toward the master's degree, but 
any number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 

ST 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 

A maximum of nine semester hours is allowed toward the Master of Science 
degree; no limitation on semester hours in doctorate programs. Graduate Staff 

UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA AT CHAPEL HILL 
STATISTICS COURSES 

U.N.C. ST 133 Introduction to Time Series Analysis 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 102 or U.N.C. ST 127 

Topics chosen from: Time series data analysis. Fitting parametric models, such 
as regression-autoregression models to time series. Spectrum analysis. Filtering. 

Messrs. Cleveland, Wegman 

U.N.C. ST 150 Analysis of Variance with Application 

to Experimental Designs 3(3-0) S 

Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 

Linear estimation. Gauss- Markoff theorem. Sums of squares. Analysis of variance 
and generalized t and F tests. Intrablock analysis of incomplete block designs. 
Balanced, lattice and Latin square designs. Mr. Chakravarti 

U.N.C. ST 170 Order Statistics 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 127 

Distribution and moments of order statistics. Estimation of location and scale 
parameters, censoring. Robust estimation. Short-cut procedures. Treatment of 
outliers. Extreme-value theory. (Offered 1971-1972 and alternate years.) Mr. David 

U.N.C. ST 210 Design and Analysis of Experiments 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 102 and U.N.C. ST 150 

The principles of the design and analysis of experiments. Randomization, 
replication, local control. Randomized blocks. Latin and Graeco-Latin squares, 
factorial experiments. Confounding, fractional factorials, split plots, recent 
developments. Mr. Johnson 

U.N.C. ST 220 Theory of Estimation and Hypothesis Testing 4(4-0) F 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, U.N.C. ST. 135 

Bayes procedures for estimation and testing. Minimax procedures. Unbiased 
estimators. Unbiased tests and similar tests. Invariant procedures. Sufficient 
statistics. Confidence sets. Large sample theory. Mr. Hoeffding 

U.N.C. ST 221 Sequential Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, U.N.C. ST 135 

Hypothesis testing and estimation when the sample size depends on the observa- 
tions. Sequential probability ratio tests. Sequential design of experiments. 
Optimal stopping. Stochastic approximation. Mr. Simons 

U.N.C. ST 222 Nonparametric Inference 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, U.N.C. ST 135, U.N.C. ST 112 

Estimation and testing when the functional form of the population distribution 
is unknown. Rank, sign, and permutation tests. Optimum non-parametric tests and 
estimators. Mr. Hoeffding 



306 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

U.N.C. ST 232 General Theory of Statistical Decision 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 135, U.N.C. ST 112 

Selected topics in the general theory of statistical decisions, based on the work of 
Abraham Wald. (Offered 1971-1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Hoeffding 

U.N.C. ST 235 Stochastic Processes 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 112, U.N.C. ST 132 

Advanced theoretic course including topics selected from: Foundations of 
stochastic processes, Renewal processes, Stationary processes, Markov processes, 
Martingales, Point processes. (Offered 1971-1972 and alternate years.) 

Messrs. Leadbetter, Smith 

U.N.C. ST 237 Time Series Analysis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 112, U.N.C. ST 132 

Analysis of time series data by means of particular models such as autogressive 
and moving average schemes. Spectral theory for stationary processes and asso- 
ciated methods for inference. Stationarity testing. (Offered 1972-1973 and alternate 
years.) Messrs. Leadbetter, Wegman, Cleveland 

U.N.C. ST 251 Combinatorial Problems of the Design 

of Experiments 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150 

Finite fields and finite geometries. Construction of orthogonal Latin squares and 
balanced incomplete block designs. Confounding, construction and analysis of 
symmetrical and functional factorial designs. Mr. Bose 

U.N.C. ST 252 Information Theory 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 134 

Transmission of information, entropy, message ensembles, discrete sources, 
transmission channels, channel encoding and decoding for discrete channels. 

Mr. Rajput 

U.N.C. ST 253 Error Correcting Codes 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 251 or consent of instructor 

Linear codes and their error-correcting capabilities. Hamming codes. Reed- 
Muller codes. Cyclic codes. Bose-Chaudhuri codes. Burst error correction. Majority 
logic decoding. Mr. Bose 

U.N.C. ST 254 Special Topics in Design of Experiments I 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150 

Response surface designs. Conditions for rotatability. Construction and analysis 
of rotatable designs of the second and third order. Interblock analysis. General 
analysis of covariance. Missing plot techniques. Mr. Bose 

U.N.C. ST 255 Special Topics in the Design of Experiments II 3(3-0) S 
Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 251 

Combinatorial properties and construction of balanced, group divisible and 
partially balanced designs. Impossibility proofs. Orthogonal Latin squares of non- 
prime power orders. Orthogonal arrays. Asymmetrical fractionally replicated 
designs. Mr. Bose 

U.N.C. ST 260 Multivariate Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 135 and matrices 

Characterization and properties of a multivariate normal distribution. Related 
distributions. Tests and confidence intervals. Multivariate analysis of variance, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 307 

covariance and regression. Association between subsets of a multivariate normal 
set. Factor analysis. Mr. Johnson 

U.N.C. ST 261 Advanced Parametric Multivariate Analysis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 260 

Distribution problems involved in the normal theory analysis of general multi- 
variate linear models including the growth curves. An introduction to zonal 
polynomials and orthogonal groups. Union-intersection principle and its role in 
multivariate analysis. (Offered 1970-1971 and alternate years.) Mr. Sen 

U.N.C. ST 262 Introductory Nonparametric 

Multivariate Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 222, U.N.C. ST 260 

The problem of symmetry in the multivariate case. Nonparametric tests for 
ANOVA and MANOVA in one-way layouts. Robust estimation of location and of 
contrasts in one-way MANOVA. Large sample properties of the tests and estimates. 

Mr. Sen 

U.N.C. ST 263 Advanced Nonparametric Multivariate Analysis 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 262 

Robust nonparametric inference in various multifactor multiresponse experi- 
ments. The problem of multidimensional independence. Nonparametric inference 
in general linear models. (Offered 1971-72 and alternate years.) Mr. Sen 

U.N.C. ST 300, 301 Seminar in Statistical Literature 1(1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 

Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 310, 311 Seminar in Theoretical Statistics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 

Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 321, 322 Special Problems 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 331, 332 Advanced Research 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Graduate Staff 



Textiles 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor David W. Chaney, Dean 

Professors: John F. Bogdan, Acting Head of the Department of Textile Tech- 
nology, Kenneth S. Campbell, David M. Cates, Chairman of the Graduate 
Studies Committee for the Fiber and Polymer Science Program, Richard D. 
Gilbert, George Goldfinger, Dame S. Hamby, Director, Textiles 
Extension and Continuing Education, Solomon P. Hersh, Graduate Ad- 
ministrator in Textile Technology, Joseph A. Porter, Jr., Henry A. Ruther- 
ford, Head of the Department of Textile Chemistry, Robert W. Work, 



308 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Director of Research; Adjunct Professors: Herman R. Mark, Arnold M. 
Sookne; Associate Professors: John A. Cuculo, A. H. M. El-Shiekh, Paul D. 
Emerson, Head, Textile Machine Design Development; T. Waller George, 
Thomas H. Guion, Peter R. Lord, Ralph McGregor, Theodore G. 
Rochow, William C. Stuckey, Jr.; Research Associate: Carl E. Bryan; 
Assistant Professors: Peter Brown, William D. Cooper, Raymond E. 
Fornes, Bhupender S. Gupta, Michael H. Theil, William K. Walsh; 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Mansour H. M. Mohamed; Adjunct Assistant 
Professor: Louis A. Graham. 

The School of Textiles offers programs leading to the Master of Science degree 
in textile chemistry and in textile technology, the professional degree of Master of 
Textile Technology, and the Doctor of Philosophy in fiber and polymer science. 
(For a description of the Fiber and Polymer Science Program see page 153.) 

The fundamental objectives of the graduate program in the School of Textiles 
are to provide the student with a sound education in a selected field and to develop 
his ability to initiate and conduct independent investigations which lead to the 
development of new knowledge. These objectives are accomplished through pro- 
grams designed to give him a foundation in the basic sciences and to develop a 
broad and comprehensive understanding of a major field through study and re- 
search. 

Students with Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degrees with majors in 
textiles, the physical sciences or engineering, combined with a strong background 
in mathematics, will normally qualify for the graduate degree programs. 

The minimum requirement for a Master of Textile Technology degree is the 
satisfactory completion of 33 semester hours of advanced courses. There is no 
thesis or foreign language requirement. This program is designed to offer the 
student advanced professional training. Students pursuing this degree are en- 
couraged to minor in economics with emphasis in the area of management. 

The programs of study for the Master of Science degree include a minimum 
of 30 semester hours of advanced courses and a thesis based on research conducted 
by the student. There is no foreign language requirement. The plan of course work 
and the research activities for the Master of Science degree are designed to pre- 
pare the student for a career in research, development or other technical phases 
of the textile and allied industries. Students may minor in any one of a number of 
associated fields. 

Programs of study may be arranged to develop a broad background in three 
general areas: advanced textile technology; production and marketing manage- 
ment of textiles; and textile chemistry. Those students interested in the first of 
these may emphasize areas such as fiber and yarn technology, fabric technology, 
knitting technology, and testing or quality control. Programs leading to the Master 
of Science degree in textile chemistry emphasize fiber and polymer chemistry. In 
the area of marketing and production management, the program emphasizes the 
applications of quantitative decision methods including operations research and 
computer techniques to the textile industry. Programs in this area normally ter- 
minate within the School of Textiles with either the Master of Textile Technology 
or Master of Science degree in textile technology, but may be structured to pro- 
vide suitable backgrounds for students wishing to do further graduate work in 
the areas of economics, industrial management, industrial engineering or business 
administration. 

Current research activities in the Department of Textile Chemistry emphasize 
fiber and polymer science including studies of the physical chemistry of dyeing, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 309 

color physics, polymer-solvent interactions, sorption and diffusion processes, me- 
chanism of reactions with fibrous substrates, modification of fibrous polymers by 
radiation, water pollution abatement, thermal properties of polymers and polymer 
crystallization phenomena. In the Department of Textile Technology, research 
activities include fundamental studies of the formation of man-made fibers and 
their properties; yarn and fabric structure and properties; electrical, frictional and 
mechanical properties of fibers and yarns; noise abatement; and novel processes 
associated with current developments in materials and equipment. 

The physical resources of the School of Textiles include all of the machines and 
equipment commonly used in the processing of natural and man-made fibers into 
yarns and woven, knitted and nonconventional fabrics including final dyeing and 
finishing. In addition, an unusually large variety of specialized research and testing 
equipment is available. These include such unique facilities as laboratories for 
color measurement and matching, for texturing yarns, for preparing man-made 
fibers and for preparing fabrics by unconventional methods. Well-equipped shop 
facilities and physics, electronics and instrumentation laboratories are also avail- 
able in the school. A library containing specialized journals and books covering 
textiles, fibers, polymer science, and related subjects is conveniently housed within 
the school. 

A number of assistantships and fellowships are available with stipends ranging 
from $2,700 to $3,600. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

T 492 Problems in Science and Technology 1(0-2) S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

A series of lectures given by scientists and technologists from outside the 
University. The lectures to consist of the description of a scientific or technological 
problem, its analysis and its solution. The latter to be arrived at in cooperation 
with the class. The students write brief critical reviews of these lectures and 
discuss them in class. This course may be taken twice for a maximum of two 
credits. Messrs. Gilbert, George, Goldfinger 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

T 501 Resinography 3(1-4) FS 

Prerequisites: TX 300 or TX 500 and TX 460 or TX 560 or TC 461 (CH 461) 

Lectures, laboratory and discussion regarding structure and morphology of 
resins, fibers, elastomers and composites. Such materials will be studied by 
reflected light or electrons and by transmitted light or electrons. Other methods 
of diffraction and spectrometry will be discussed. Crystallographic and optical 
properties will be emphasized. Mr. Rochow 



Textile Chemistry 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and other information see textiles, page 307.) 



310 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TC 400 The Science of Color 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

The course is designed to acquaint the student with the physical concepts of 
color. The colorimetric and spectrophotometric methods of measuring color, the 
correlation of results with the subjective, physiological perception of color, and 
the principles of modern instrumental color matching are presented. 

Mr. Goldfinger 

TC 401 Sources and Control of Pollution from the 

Textile Industry 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Contents of the course include the concept of water quality management, criteria 
of pollution, sources of pollution from fabric processing, plant surveys and in-plant 
remedial measures, principles of biological oxidation, current waste-treatment 
practices, and new developments and trends in pollution control. While the em- 
phasis is on wastes from the textile industry, the student is introduced to the 
broader aspects of environmental pollution. Mr. Bryan 

TC 403, 404 Textile Chemical Technology 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: (403) CH 223, TC 303 

The chemistry involved in the wet processing of fibrous systems, especially 
dyeing, printing and finishing. The course emphasizes principles and includes 
a study of the various classes of dyes and their application to all important 
textile fibers and blends of fibers; preparatory and bleaching processes; roller 
printing and print formulations for important dye classes; nature and application 
of finishes for textiles. Mr. Campbell 

TC 405, 406 Textile Chemical Technology Laboratory 2(0-6) FS 

Prequisites: TC 403, TC 404 

To be taken concurrently with TC 403, 404. Mr. Livengood 

TC 411 Textile Chemical Analysis I 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: TC 301 

The work includes a survey of textile chemicals, with emphasis on surfactants, 
warp sizes and fabric finishes of all types; the identification of fibers by chemical 
means, the qualitative and quantitative analyses of fiber blends by chemical 
means, the identification of finishes; the evaluation techniques for dyed and finished 
materials. (Not available for students majoring in textile chemistry.) 

Mr. Livengood 

TC 412 Textile Chemical Analysis II 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CH 315 

Application of certain techniques of analysis to fibers, textile chemicals and 
textile processes: ultraviolet, visible and infrared spectrophotometry; thin-layer 
and gas chromatography, viscometry; interfacial tension; calorimetric, gravi- 
metric and mechanical thermal analyses. Emphasis on use of these techniques to 
solve problems of analysis involving such processes as sorption, solution, 
diffusion, crystallization, etc. Mr. Cates 

TC 461 (CH 461) Chemistry of Fibers 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

A lecture course emphasizing: the formation and properties of fiber-forming 
polymers; mechanism of addition and condensation polymerization; theories of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 311 

fiber structure, the relationship between the chemical structure and physical 
properties of natural and man-made fibers; the production of man-made fibers. 

Messrs. Gilbert, Rutherford 

TC 490 Special Topics in Textile Chemistry 1-6 FS 

Special topics relating to current developments in textile and polymer chemistry. 

Staff 

TC 491 Seminar in Textile Chemistry 1(0-2) S 

Prerequisite: TC 403 

The course is designed to familiarize the student with the principal sources 
of textile chemical literature and to emphasize the importance of keeping abreast 
of developments in the field of textile chemistry. Particular attention is paid to 
the fundamentals of technical writing. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TC 504 Fiber Formation — Theory and Practice 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 301, PY 208 or consent of instructor 

A practical and theoretical analysis of the chemical and physical principles 
underlying the conventional methods of converting bulk polymer to useful fiber; 
rheology; melt, dry and wet polymer extrusion; fiber drawing; heat setting; 
application of general theory to unit processes. Mr. Cuculo 

TC 505 Theory of Dyeing 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Mechanisms of dyeing. Application of thermodynamics to dyeing systems. 
Kinetics of diffusion in dyeing processes. Mr. McGregor 

TC 561 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: TC 461 (CH 461), CH 331 or CH 431 

Principles of step- and chain-growth polymerizations; co-polymerization 
theory; homogeneous free radical polymerization; emulsion polymerization; 
Ziegler-Natta polymerization; ionic polymerization. Messrs. Gilbert, Theil 

TC 562 (CH 562) Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — 

Bulk Properties 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 220 or CH 223; CH 331 or CH 431 

Molecular weight description; states of aggregation and their interconversion; 
rubbery, glassy and crystalline states; rubber elasticity; molecular friction; 
diffusion and viscosity; dynamics of network response; retardation- and relaxation- 
time spectra; thermodynamics of nucleation; kinetics of crystallization. 

Messrs. Cates, Walsh 

TC 569 (CHE 569) Polymers, Surfactants and Colloidal Materials 3(3-0) F 
(See chemical engineering, page 91.) 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

TC 662 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Solution 

Properties 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 433, TC 562 (CH 562) 

Sorption and diffusion; thermodynamics of polymer solutions; phase equilibria; 



312 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

configurational and frictional properties; methods of determining molecular 
weight. Messrs. Cates, Walsh 

TC 669 (CHE 669) Diffusion in Polymers 2(2-0) S 

(See chemical engineering, page 92.) 

TC 671 (CHE 671) Special Topics in Polymer Science 1-3 F 

(See chemical engineering, page 92.) 

TC 691 (TX 691) Special Topics in Fiber Science 1-3 S 

(See textile technology, page 317.) 

TC 698 Seminar for Textile Chemistry 1 FS 

Discussion of scientific articles of interest to fiber and polymer science; review 
and discussion of student papers and research problems. Graduate Staff 

TC 699 Textile Research for Textile Chemistry Credits Arranged 

Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned for study and 
investigation. The use of experimental methods will be emphasized. Attention will 
be given to the preparation of reports for publication. The master's thesis may 
be based upon the data obtained. 



Textile Technology 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and other information see textiles, page 307.) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TX 405 Non-Conventional Fabric Structures 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor 

An advanced study of systems for the direct conversion of fiber to fabrics. The 
total spectrum of possible fabric structure is surveyed and classified. Current 
marketable structures are analyzed with respect to production technologic, 
economic and property potential. Trends in direct conversion technology are 
discussed in detail to provide the student with a viable basis for participating in the 
evolution of the technology and its production. Messrs. George, Porter 

TX 420 Modern Developments in Yarn Manufacturing Systems 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

A course dealing with the newly emerging means of yarn production such as 
open-end, composite, self-twist and twistless forms of spinning. The course will 
deal with the preprocesses and their effects on spinning; also with the after- 
processes to assess the effects of the new systems. Mr. Lord 

TX 425 Continuous Filament Yarn Systems 3(2-2) FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: TX 211, TX 220 

A study of the structure of thermoplastic polymers in continuous filament 
form and their response to elevated temperatures, high velocity air flow and other 
methods of modification to produce bulked, textured and torque type yarns. A 
fundamental study of related properties such as stress relaxation, generation 
and control of electrostatic charges and responses to low order tensile forces. 

Mr. Tucker 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 313 

TX 426 Long Staple and Tow Systems 3(2-2) FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: TX 211, TX 220 

Principles of long staple yarn forming systems including the woolen, worsted, 
tow to top and compact carpet yarn systems. Emphasis is on the relationship of 
fiber structures and characteristics necessary to produce the desired properties and 
performance characteristics of such yarns as woolen and worsted blends with 
man-made fibers, bulked yarns and carpet yarns. Mr. Pardue 

TX 431 Special Topics in Testing 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisites: TX 330, senior or graduate standing 

A topical presentation of special and advanced techniques for measuring selected 
physical and aesthetic properties of natural and man-made textile materials; 
application of physical laws to technique and instrumentation; interrelation of 
the material, method of test, instrumentation involved and the resulting physical 
measure. Mr. Stuckey 

TX 441 Advanced Weft Knitting 3(2-2) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: TX 340 

A study of advanced weft knit mechanisms and fabrics. The development of new 
fabrics for specific end uses. Staff 

TX 447 Advanced Design of Knitting Structures 2(0-4) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 340 

Systematic study of circular hosiery mechanisms; hosiery types and constructions. 
Seamless hosiery production methods utilizing the newer synthetic yarns, toe 
closing methods, finishing processes and marketing are emphasized. Staff 

TX 449 Warp Knitting Systems 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 340 

A critical study of tricot, raschel, simplex and milanese machines. The emphasis 
will be on principles of production including quality and costing, and the limitations 
of each method will be discussed. The fabric properties will be related to end uses", 
and both recent developments and future trends will be discussed in terms of 
improvements in yarns and mechanisms. Fabric design and analysis will receive 
attention. Staff 

TX 450 Advanced Design and Weaving 3(2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 350 

Advanced study of special weave formations and of new developments and 
research findings in the areas of warp preparation, design, weaving and fabric 
formation. Mr. Moser 

TX 451 Complex Woven Structures 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: TX 450 

The development of design specifications for complex fabrics as related to fabric 
geometry, functional and aesthetic properties and manufacturing limitations. Staff 

TX 460 Physical Properties of Textile Fibers 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 212, PY 212 

The course covers the structural, mechanical, thermal, optical, frictional and 
electrical properties of fibers and the effect of moisture on physical and mechanical 
properties. The influence of these properties on end use application and performance 
is discussed. Messrs. Fornes, Gupta, Hersh 



314 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

TX 465 Mechanics of Yarn Formation 3(2-2) F 

Prerequisite: TX 320 

Theoretical analysis of machine-fiber interactions for such functions as fiber 
blending, the carding actions, staple fiber attenuation and spun yarn formation. 
Laboratory experiments are designed to verify the analyses discussed in the 
lectures. Mr - El-Shiekh 

TX 470 Fabric Styling and Design 2(2-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and consent of instructor 

A basic course in textile styling and design as influenced by aesthetic and 
end-use considerations. The limitations and influence of current technology on 
design principles and aesthetic capabilities will be emphasized. Mrs. Massey 

TX 480 Textile Cost Control 3(3-0) FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: EC 206, TX 320, TX 350 

A study of cost methods applicable to textile costing with emphasis on decision- 
making. Interpretation of cost reports and their use in pricing and cost control. 

Mr. Powell 

TX 482 (EC 482) Sales Management for Textiles 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: TX 380 

Definition and analysis of the role of sales management in the textile industry. 
Areas of control and responsibility are reviewed. Analytical tools of sales manage- 
ment are studied and through case methods are brought into practical focus for 
the student. Mr. Cooper 

TX 484 Management Decision Making for the Textile Firm 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: TX 482 (EC 482) 

A study of the economic and environment setting within which the textile firm 
makes decisions, and an application of various analytical tools, quantitative and 
qualitative in making these decisions. Strategies for implementing these decisions 
are explored. Mr. Cooper 

TX 490 Development Project 2-3 FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 

Introduction to research through experimental, theoretical and literature 
studies of textile and related problems. Staff 

TX 491 Special Topics in Textiles 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Special topics relating to current developments in the textile industry. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TX 500 Advanced Microscopy 3(1-4) S 

Prerequisite: TX 330 or consent of instructor 

The art and science of light and electron microscopy and introduction to micro- 
radiography; theoretical and practical aspects of visibility, resolution and contrast. 
Laboratory practice in assembly, testing and using various microscopes and 
accessories in describing, identifying and micrographing crystalline, oriented, or 
amorphous materials, especially those which are of interest to the student. Labora- 
tory work may include special projects for independent investigation. 

Messrs. Gupta, Rochow 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 315 

TX 530 Textile Quality Control 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: TX 330 or consent of instructor 

Quality control systems for textile operations with emphasis on sampling plans 
for attributes and variables and on interpretation of data as related to identifying 
sources of product variability. Mr. Stuckey 

TX 550 Fabric Analytics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 350 or graduate standing 

Development of a numerical system for characterizing designs. Permutations 
and combinations of weave elements. Correlation of fiber and yarn properties 
with those of the fabric. Engineering design of fabrics. Relationship between 
fabrics having geometrical similarity and the prediction of their physical properties. 

Mr. Bogdan 

TX 560 Structural and Physical Properties of Fibers 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Advanced study of the structure and physical properties (moisture, thermal, 
optical, frictional and electrical) of textile fibers. Theoretical relations and advanced 
techniques are presented and discussed. Mr. Gupta 

TX 561 Mechanical and Rheological Properties of Fibrous 

Material 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

In-depth study of the stress-strain, bending, torsional, dynamic and rheological 
behavior of natural and man-made fibers. Theoretical relations and advanced 
techniques are presented and discussed. Mr. Gupta 

TX 585 (EC 585) Market Research in Textiles 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 405, ST 421 

A study and analysis of the quantitative methods employed in market research 
in the textile industry. The function of market research and its proper orientation 
to management and decision-making. Mr. Cooper 

TX 590 Special Projects in Textiles 2-3 FS Sum. 

Prerequisites: Senior standing or graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Special studies in either the major or minor field of the advanced undergraduate 
or graduate student. These studies will include current problems of the industry, 
independent investigations, seminars and technical presentation, both oral and 
written. Graduate Staff 

TX 591 Special Topics 1-4 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An intensive treatment of selected topics involving textile technology. 

Graduate Staff 

TX 598 Textile Technology Seminar 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 

Lecture and discussion of current topics relating to the textile industry. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

TX 601 Staple Fiber Structures I 3(2-2) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Studies of advanced techniques in textile production; the technological aspects 



316 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

of fiber properties in relation to processing; studies of research findings and ap- 
plication of these to processing equipment. Mr. Lord 

TX 602 Staple Fiber Structures II 3(2-2) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Problems dealing with advanced textile production and the technological 
implications of fiber processing will be assigned for study and investigation. 
Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for oral and written presenta- 
tion. Graduate Staff 

TX 621 Textile Testing III 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisite: TX 530 or equivalent 

Design of textile laboratories, including conditioning equipment and instruments 
required for specific needs; performance of tests and analysis of data on industrial 
problems; specialized physical tests; interlaboratory tests and analysis; study of 
A.S.T.M. specifications and work on task groups for A.S.T.M. Society. Mr. Gupta 

TX 631 Synthetic Fibers 2(1-2) FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: TX 425 or TX 426 or equivalent 

Lectures and projects on advanced problems associated with the properties and 
processing of man-made continuous filament and staple fiber yarns. Mr. Hersh 

TX 641, 642 Advanced Knitting Systems and Mechanisms 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: TX 441 or equivalent 

A critical study of inventions which have contributed to the development of 
the modern knitting industry; knitting needles and their adaption for specific 
uses; means for mounting them for individual and en masse operation; construction 
and functioning of cooperating elements including sliders, jacks, sinkers, dividers, 
pressing elements, narrowing and tensioning and draw-off motions, regulating 
mechanisms, timing and control chains and cams. Use will be made of patent 
literature which covers important developments in the hosiery industry. Mr. Brown 

TX 643, 644 Knitting Technology 3(1-4) FS 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, eight hours in knitting technology 

Problems of specific interest to the knitting industry will be assigned for study 
and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be emphasized. Attention 
will be given to the preparation of reports for publication. Graduate Staff 

TX 651, 652 Fabric Development and Construction 3(1-4) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Application of advanced technology to the development and construction of woven 
fabrics. Mr. Porter 

TX 663 (MAE 663) Mechanics of Twisted Structures 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, TX 560 

Study of the basic mechanics of fibrous assemblies. Geometry and mechanics 
of twisted structures (yarns, cords, braids . . .) and the translation of fiber proper- 
ties into structural behavior. Mr. El-Shiekh 

TX 664 (MAE 664) Mechanics of Fabric Structures 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: TX 663 (MAE 663) 

Analysis of the geometry and behavior of woven, knitted and nonwoven fabrics 
under various stress conditions and end use applications. Mr. El-Shiekh 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 317 

TX 680 Special Projects in Textile Management 1-3 FS Sum. 

Prerequisite: TX 585 (EC 585) 

Special studies in textile management covering current problems of the industry, 
independent investigations, seminars and technical presentations, both oral and 
written. Mr. Cooper 

TX 691 (TC 691) Special Topics in Fiber Science 1-3 S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

The study of selected topics of particular interest in various advanced phases 
of fiber science. Graduate Staff 

TX 698 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

Discussion of scientific articles of interest to the textile industry; review and 
discussion of student papers and research problems. Graduate Staff 

TX 699 Textile Research Credits Arranged 

Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned for study 
and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be emphasized. Attention 
will be given to the preparation of reports for publication. The master's thesis 
may be based upon the data obtained. Graduate Staff 



Toxicology 



GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: William E. Donaldson, Daniel S. Grosch, Frank E. Guthrie, 
Don W. Hayne, Ernest Hodgson, Alexander R. Main, Robert J. Monroe, 
Donald E. Moreland, Jerome J. Perry, Thomas J. Sheets; Adjunct Pro- 
fessors: Lawrence Fishbein, James R. Fouts; Associate Professor: Walter 
C. Dauterman 

The combined impact of population increase and urbanization has magnified 
the problem of environmental contamination in recent years. As technology 
attempts to keep pace with the increased demands of our complex civilization, 
additional toxicants will be introduced which may affect man and other animals. 
The need for increased scrutiny of toxic agents and an understanding of their 
mode of toxic action (especially in trace amounts) is evidenced by recent findings 
summarized in many reports by government and professional organizations. 

A graduate minor in toxicology at the master's or doctor's level is available 
which provides the coordination necessary to offer the student an excellent back- 
ground in toxicology. This is an interdepartmental program which draws faculty 
from the Departments of Biochemistry, Botany, Crop Science, Entomology, Gene- 
tics, Microbiology, Poultry Science, Statistics and Zoology. Students majoring in 
these and related subject matter departments may elect the toxicology minor. 

Requirements for a minor at the M.S. level will be either TOX 510 or TOX 515 
and for the Ph.D. degree both TOX 510 and 515. Additional courses from the 
supplementary list will be added at the discretion of the faculty member represent- 
ing the minor (the same faculty member cannot represent both the major and 



318 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

minor). The supplementary list includes: BCH 452, CH 428, GX 532 (ZO 532), 
BCH 551, BCH 557, BCH 652, ST 511, ST 512, ZO 614 and ENT 622. 

The Toxicology Minor Program is administered by a Toxicology Advisory 
Committee whose chairmanship is on a rotational basis. Additional information 
about the program may be obtained by writing to one of the faculty mentioned 
above. 

TOX 510 Introduction to Biochemical Toxicology 2(2-0) F 

Prerequisites: Biochemistry, senior standing 

Emphasis is placed on the molecular events that occur during the toxic action 
of xenobiotics, including penetration phenomena, and the enzymatic mechanisms 
involved in detoxication. 

TOX 515 Environmental Toxicology 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisite: Two years of biology 

The nature, distribution and significance of microchemical contamination will 
be discussed. 

TOX 590 Special Problems in Toxicology 1-3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

TOX 690 Toxicology Seminar 1(1-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 



Urban Design 

GBADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Bobert P. Burns, Jr., Henry L. Kamphoefner, Bichard B. Wilkin- 
son; Associate Professors: Peter Batchelor, Henry Sanoff; Assistant 
Professor: Boger H. Clark 

The Urban Design Program has been conceived as an area of specialization and 
concentration in support of growing professional activity in the planning and design 
of contemporary urban environments. Urban design is an interdisciplinary area 
involving two major professional and academic disciplines — architecture and city 
planning — and in recent years the technologically advanced nations in the world 
have begun to utilize urban design as a means of resolving problems related to 
the physical growth and development of cities. Acting on a manifest need for 
specialized skills in urban design, the Department of Architecture of the School 
of Design at North Carolina State University has combined its resources with 
those of the Department of City and Begional Planning at the University of North 
Carolina in Chapel Hill. Thus, the urban design program is a joint graduate pro- 
gram utilizing a diversified body of interdisciplinary expertise. 

Students enrolled in the program through the Department of Architecture at 
the School of Design are candidates for the Master of Urban Design degree. The 
urban design program admits qualified candidates from both design and non-design 
backgrounds. A minimum of 48 semester hours is required to complete the degree 
requirements. Depending on the extent of preparation in design subjects and other 
specified prerequisites, a student may spend from four to six academic semesters 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 319 

in course work. In addition, a period of internship is required in agencies or pro- 
fessional consultant's offices where urban design and planning problems are being 
handled. This period of internship can be waived upon evidence of equivalent 
prior experience, or it can be undertaken during the student's program of study as 
summer work experience. 

The urban design program is strongly complemented by other graduate pro- 
grams in the School of Design. Students in urban design have access to electives 
in many of the professional and non-professional courses offered in architecture, 
landscape architecture and product design. Moreover, the growing concept of 
interdisciplinary education has broadened the scope of an urban design education 
to the point where there are many minor fields of study. Therefore, students en- 
rolled in the program are able to choose among a wide range of minor areas of 
specialization, some of which are as follows: urban physical systems, urban re- 
development, urban technology, housing systems, production technology, natural 
systems and environmental policy planning. 

The nature and complexity of the tasks which confront the urban designer make 
it paramount that the program be broadly based and diversified. Reasonable 
flexibility is provided to structure each student's program of study in accordance 
with expressed interests and demonstrated capabilities. Essentially, master's candi- 
dates are afforded concentrated education in depth so that they can prepare them- 
selves for significant professional involvement in the urban design field as practi- 
tioners, teachers, researchers or in other more specialized areas. 

A thorough mastery of this broad field requires that a graduate student attain 
a basic understanding of the structure of cities, the relevant technologies, the cul- 
tural and economic factors in design as well as procedural aspects of urban design 
and city planning. While a clear comprehension of these subjects is essential, the 
urban designer must also understand their interrelationships and must demon- 
strate competence in their application through physical design activity. 

Design studio activity concentrations vary somewhat from year to year depend- 
ing on faculty expertise and student interest. The Urban Design Program does 
identify with the societal needs of the community, state and region and sees the 
design studio as offering an appropriate opportunity for addressing society's most 
critical environmental conditions. In recent semesters studio options have included 
urban renewal and new towns design, programming, planning and design of urban 
physical systems, and many other related problems. 

The program will require all students to undertake the normal two-year mas- 
ter's program of a minimum of 48 credit hours of course work of which 50 per- 
cent will be in the major field, 25 percent in the minor field, and the remainder 
in independent research. Course work in the minor field will be selected to rein- 
force the student's individual abilities and long-range career goals. 

Departmental resources, including both physical facilities and faculty, are of 
exceptional quality. Members of the graduate faculty have been widely recog- 
nized for the excellence of their educational and professional accomplishments. A 
number of the faculty are active in independent consultation and private archi- 
tectural and urban design practice and have received numerous awards for 
design. Resources directly available to the master's program in urban design 
include graduate faculty members from the Departments of Architecture, Land- 
scape Architecture, Product Design and City and Regional Planning, as well as 
from related fields such as social sciences and engineering. The possibilities for 
interdisciplinary studies with these faculty members is a major strength of the 
program. 

The recent establishment of the Center of Environmental Design as the official 
research and service agency of the School of Design provides a highly visible and 



320 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

flexible mechanism to facilitate the School's mission in this vitally important area 
of faculty and student activity. The Center will make it possible for the School of 
Design to pursue a far more active role in funded research and development, com- 
munity service and continuing education. 

The Urban Design Program has access to all the facilities in the School of 
Design, which is housed in Brooks Hall. Design studios, lecture and seminar 
rooms, extensive shop facilities, well-equipped visual and photographic labora- 
tories, exhibition and lounge spaces and a large design research laboratory are 
available in the School of Design for graduate studies. In addition, the School of 
Design Library has a large and fast-growing collection of books and slides and 
constitutes a major resource for the graduate program in urban design. 

Research assistantships and fellowships are available for qualified applicants. A 
bulletin and pertinent information describing in detail opportunities for graduate 
study and research in the urban design program are available upon request from 
the director of the program. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

UD 501 Introductory Problems in Urban Design 3(0-6) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Introduction to descriptive analysis of physical and socio-economic phenomena 
of urban environments, and application of research methods in the definition and 
resolution of urban design problems. 

UD 502 Urban Design Workshop I 3(0-6) S 

Prerequisite: UD 501 

A complete synthesis of design factors influencing an environmental system or 
an urban complex. 

UD 520 Theory and Principles of Urban Design 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An examination of the nature of the design process in urban environments with 
special emphasis on contemporary theory and practice. 

UD 590 Special Topics in Urban Design I 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Fourth year standing 

This course provides a flexible means for investigation into areas of special 
interest related to urban design. It is intended primarily to encourage independent 
study and research. 

UD 595 Environmental Perception 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The course is designed to acquaint the student with the theories and research 
on the perception of urban environments. Emphasis is placed on the visual attributes 
as well as user perceptions of the environment with a focus on the structuring of 
research to explore these dimensions. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

UD 601 Urban Design Workshop II 6(0-12) F 

Prerequisite: UD 502 

Analysis of complex environmental problems ranging in scale from area re- 
development to new towns design. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 321 

UD 602 Advanced Problems in Urban Design 6(0-12) S 

Prerequisite: UD 601 

Investigation of current urban design problems with special emphasis on 
individual research and investigation. 

UD 610 Theory of Urban Form 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Survey of interdisciplinary theory of urban growth and evolution with about 
one-half of the class periods devoted to historical development of theory, and the 
other half devoted to contemporary quantitative models of urban form. 

UD 690 Special Topics in Urban Design II 1-6 FS 

Prerequisite: Interdisciplinary core and integrative core in urban design 

A course designed to allow for independent study and research in areas of special 
interest for graduate students in urban design only. 



Water Resources 

(An interdepartmental, intercampus graduate program) 

WATER RESOURCES COMMITTEE— RALEIGH CAMPUS 

Dr. Edward H. Wiser (Biological and Agricultural Engineering), Chairman 
Dr. William J. Block (Politics), Dr. Eric Ellwood (Forest Resources), Dr. 
William W. Hassler (Zoology), Dr. D. W. Hayne (Statistics), Professor 
David H. Howells (Water Resources Research Institute), Secretary, Dr. 
Victor A. Jones (Food Science), Dr. J. F. Lutz (Soil Science), Dr. T. E. 
Maki (Forestry), Dr. David B. Marsland (Chemical Engineering), Dr. H. H. 
Neunzig (Entomology), Professor Henry A. Rutherford (Textile Chemis- 
try), Dr. Harold E. Schlichting (Botany), Dr. James A. Seagraves 
(Economics), Dr. T. Jack Sheets (Entomology), Professor Charles Small- 
wood (Civil Engineering), Dr. Charles W. Welby (Geosciences), Professor 
Richard R. Wilkinson (Landscape Architecture) 

Water is a vitally important and unique resource. It is an essential ingredient 
of life, and civilizations have withered in its absence. The total supply is adequate; 
yet, variability in supply and demand create problems of scarcity and excess. Water 
is a renewable resource, but the intensity and multiplicity of use bring conflict and 
deterioration in quality. The increasing thirst of a rapidly developing land can only 
be met by intelligent management which takes into consideration all aspects of 
man's changing needs. 

Water resources management is a major issue throughout the country and 
national policy supports strong water resources programs at all levels of govern- 
ment. These are multidisciplinary undertakings and require understanding of the 
many complex effects of conservation and development on all of society's interests. 
They require well-trained specialists in engineering and the physical, biological 
and social sciences who also possess a sound grasp of overall objectives and a full 
appreciation of the respective roles of the participating disciplines. 

Water resources is generally considered to be an area of specialization and not 
a discipline. Graduate education should provide an opportunity for broad training 



322 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

in water-related subjects along with intense study in the major disciplines. Students 
with an interest in water resources should be encouraged to reach beyond their 
own departments for courses to extend their range of understanding and to 
participate in water resources courses and seminars designed to develop inter- 
disciplinary communication and a basis for future working relationships. 

A large number of courses related to water resources conservation, development 
and management are currently offered on the North Carolina State and University 
at Chapel Hill campuses. There is a highly qualified faculty representative of the 
multiplicity of disciplines involved. In order to capitalize on the combined training 
resources of both campuses and to offer them in an organized way to graduate 
students seeking interdisciplinary training in this field, an intercampus graduate 
minor in water resources has been established. 

The program offers a strong graduate minor in water resources, with the major 
in any of the basic disciplines contributing to water resources planning, conserva- 
tion, development and management. The graduate courses currently offered on 
both campuses have been reviewed, and courses dealing with water resources 
have been separated into the following general areas: 

Water law and institutions 

Planning of water resources and related systems 

Municipal and industrial water management 

Agricultural and forest water management 

Aquatic biology and ecology 

Hydrology and hydrogeology 

Graduate students majoring in any discipline closely allied with one of the 
designated water resource areas will be qualified for admission to the program. 
They will be expected to select their water resources minor courses from one or 
more areas outside their major. The cohesive elements in the graduate program 
will be two interdisciplinary core courses including a water resources seminar and 
a course in water resources planning or water resources economics. The core 
courses to be presented on the Raleigh campus are described as follows: 



EC 515 Water Resources Economics 3(3-0) 

The application of economic principles in the allocation of water resources. 
Attention is given especially to the basic issues of how to effect maximum economic 
efficiency in the use of a resource that is no longer a free good, under the consider- 
ation of the goals of the public and private sectors of the enterprise economy. 
Both economical and political consequences of decision making are studied. 

Graduate Staff 

CE 591 Civil Engineering Seminar (Water Resources Seminar) 1(1-0) F 

As offered for the water resources minor, this seminar provides an overview of 
water resources conservation, planning, development and management. Topics 
presented by visiting lecturers and graduate faculty. Mr. Howells 

The minimal course requirements for a graduate minor in water resources are: 
Master's Degree — The two core courses in water resources plus two courses in 

water resource areas outside the major discipline approved by the student's 

advisory committee; 

Ph.D. Degree — The two core courses in water resources plus five other courses 

in water resource areas outside the major discipline approved by the student's 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 323 



advisory committee. The complete listing of courses available under this program 
is as follows: 



WATER RESOURCES CORE COURSES 



*Campus 


Course 


R 


CE 591 




or 


CH 


ENVR 183 


R 


EC 515 




or 


CH 


ENVR 284 




(PLAN 234) 



Title 

Civil Engineering Seminar 

(Water Resources Seminar) 
Water Resources Seminar 
Water Resources Economics 

Planning of Water Resource Systems 



LAW AND INSTITUTIONS OF WATER RESOURCES 



Public Administration 



R 


PS 502 




(ED 502)** 


R 


PS 511 


R 


PS 516 


R 


PS 542 


CH 


PLAN 230 


CH 


PLAN 233** 


CH 


POLI 101*** 


CH 


POLI 238 


CH 


POLI 181 



The Budgetary Process 
Public Policy Analysis 
Governmental Planning 
Planning Law 

Natural Resource Law and Policy 
Public Administration 
Intergovernmental Relations 
National Policy and Administration 



PLANNING OF WATER RESOURCES AND RELATED SYSTEMS 

Civil Engineering Systems 
Economics of Environmental Quality 
Systems Analysis in Environmental Planning 
Engineering Project Design 
Geography of Natural Resources 



R 


CE 575** 


CH 


ECON 199 


CH 


ENVR 217** 


CH 


ENVR 277 


CH 


GEOG 156 



324 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



*Campus Course 



CH 
CH 



PLAN 232 

(ENVR282)** 

PLAN 241 



Title 

Public Investment Theory and Techniques 

Environmental Planning 



MUNICIPAL AND INDUSTRIAL WATER MANAGEMENT 



R 


BAE 578 
(CE 578) 


R 


CE383 


R 


CE 571 


R 


CE 572 


R 


CE 573 


R 


CE 574/ 
NE 592 



CE 671 



R 


CE 672 


R 


CE 673 


R 


CE 674 


R 


TC401 


R 


FS690 


CH 


ENVR 123** 


CH 


ENVR 171** 


CH 


ENVR 174 


CH 


ENVR 223 


CH 


ENVR 231** 


CH 


ENVR 132** 


CH 


ENVR 272** 



Agricultural Waste Management 

Water Resources Engineering I 

Theory of Water and Waste Treatment 

Unit Operations and Processes in Wastes 
Engineering 

Analysis of Water and Wastes 

Radioactive Waste Disposal/Special Topics 
in Nuclear Engineering II 

Advanced Water Supply and Waste Water 
Disposal 

Advanced Water and Wastes Treatment 

Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal 

Stream Sanitation 

Sources and Control of Pollution from the 
Textile Industry 

Seminar in Food Science 

Analytical Methods in Environmental 
Chemistry and Biology I 

Principles of Water Quality Management 

Water and Waste Treatment Processes 

Analytical Methods in Environmental 
Chemistry and Biology II 

Environmental Microbiology 

Limnology and Water Pollution 

Water Supply and Wastewater Disposal 

Systems 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 325 



* Campus Course 
CH ENVR 273 



CH 



ENVR 275 



Title 

Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant 
Design 

Industrial Water Quality Management 



AGRICULTURAL AND FOREST WATER MANAGEMENT 



R 


BAE 321 


R 


BAE 472 


R 


FOR 472 


R 


FOR 501 


R 


FOR 692 


R 


RRA 440 


R 


SSC461** 



Irrigation, Terracing and Erosion Control 

Agricultural Water Management 

Renewable Resource Management 

Forest Influence and Watershed Management 

Advanced Forest Management Problems 

Recreation Resources Inventory and 
Planning 

Soil and Water Conservation 



AQUATIC BIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY 



R 


BO 560 
(ZO 560)** 


Principles of Ecology 


R 


BO 574 
(MB 574) 


Phycology 


R 


CE 570 

(MB 570) 


Sanitary Microbiology 


R 


MAS 529 


Biological Oceanography 


R 


MAS 693 


Coastal Ecological Systems 


R 


ZO420 


Fishery Science 


R 


ZO 519** 


Limnology 


R 


Z0 619 


Advanced Limnology 


R 


Z0 621 


Fishery Science 


CH 


BOTN 114 


Algae 


CH 


BOTN 141 


Ecology 


CH 


BOTN 216 


Marine Algae 



326 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



*Campus 


Course 


Title 


CH 


ENVR 225 

(MSCS 105) 


Chemical Oceanography 


CH 


ENVR 233 


Microbial Ecology 


CH 


ENVR 235 


Ecology of Phytoplankton 


CH 


ZOOL 108 


Ecology 


CH 


ZOOL 109** 


Introduction to Hydrobiology 


CH 


ZOOL 126 

(MSCS 101)** 


Oceanography 


CH 


ZOOL 140S 

(MSCS 104S)** 


Biological Oceanography 


CH 


ZOOL HIS 


Special Problems in Marine B 


CH 


ZOOL 146 


Marine Ecology 


CH 


ZOOL 213 


Advanced Marine Ecology 


CH 


ZOOL 226 


Ecological and General Syste 



HYDROLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY 

Theory of Drainage: Saturated Flow 

Theory of Drainage: Unsaturated Flow 

Water Resources Engineering II 

Flow in Open Channels 

Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering 

Hydraulics of Ground Water 

Ground Water Engineering 

Weather and Climate 

Applied Sedimentology 

Hydrogeology 

Geochemistry 

Geomorphology 

OY 487 (MAS 487, Physical Oceanography 
CE 487) 



R 


BAE 671 




(SSC 671) 


R 


BAE 674 




(SSC 674) 


R 


CE 484** 


R 


CE580 


R 


CE 581 


R 


CE643 


R 


CE644 


R 


GY486 


R 


GY563 


R 


GY 565** 


R 


GY567 


R 


GY581 


R 


OY 487 (MA 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



327 



* Campus 


Course 


Title 


R 


GY 584 (MAS 584) 


Marine Geology 


R 


MY 411 


Introductory Meteorology 


R 


MY 555 


Meteorology of the Biosphere 


R 


SSC511 


Soil Physics 


CH 


ENVR 281 


Topics in Advanced Hydrology 


CH 


GEOG 110 


Meteorology 


CH 


GEOG112 


MlCROMETEOROLOGY 


CH 


GEOG 115 


Climatology 


CH 


GEOL 104 


Geomorphology 


CH 


GEOL 142 


Principles of Geochemistry 


CH 


GEOL 173 
(MSCS 103) 


Geological Oceanography 


CH 


GEOL 242 


Physical Geochemistry 


CH 


GEOL 247 


Sedimentation 


CH 


GEOL 250 


Advanced Sedimentation 


CH 


MSCS 102 


Physical Oceanography 


CH 


MSCS 206 


Seminar on Oceanography 



♦Courses bearing the prefix "R" are taught at Raleigh and those bearing "CH" at Chapel Hill. 
Unlisted courses can be substituted for listed courses with the approval of the student's advisory 
committee. 
•♦Courses from which requirements for master's degree minor will normally be met. Substitutions 
can be made with approval of the student's advisory committee. 
♦••Prerequisites can be waived for graduate students with water resources minor. 

Request for information regarding the water resources graduate programs should 
be directed to the Chairman of the Water Resources Committee, the departments 
represented on the Water Resources Committee or the Water Resources Research 
Institute, 124 Riddick Building, North Carolina State University, Raleigh 27607. 



Wood and Paper Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 



Professor Irving S. Goldstein, Head 

Professors: Aldos C. Barefoot, Jr., Roy M. Carter, Ellis B. Cowling, Eric L. 

Ellwood, Dean, School of Forest Resources; C. Arthur Hart, Robert G. 

Hitchtngs, Richard J. Thomas; Professor Emeritus: Alfred J. Stamm; 

Adjunct Professor: Stanley K. Suddarth; Associate Professors: Josef S. 

Gratzl, Chester G. Landes, Michael P. Levi, William T. McKean, Jr., 



328 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Ronald G. Pearson; Adjunct Associate Professors: Peder J. Kleppe, Robert 
K. Stevens; Assistant Professors: Hou-min Chang, D. Lester Holley 

Graduate study programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees are offered for students in a wide variety of areas in the field of 
wood and paper science. The Master of Wood and Paper Science is available for 
students who do not wish to emphasize research in their graduate study program. 

Graduate students can concentrate their field of study in wood science and 
technology, in pulp and paper science and technology, or in wood chemistry. A 
feature of the program is its flexibility and the opportunity to take interdisciplinary 
work or concentrate study in any of a number of disciplines that can be applied to 
the field of wood and paper science. The department works with each student to 
formulate a program suited to his needs. 

Because the field of wood and paper science is a derived science, considerable 
emphasis is placed upon developing a strong minor in the graduate program in any 
one or more of the supporting disciplines such as organic chemistry, polymer 
chemistry, chemical engineering, mathematics, statistics, biology, engineering 
mechanics, mechanical engineering, physics, economics or business administration. 

Areas of study and research in pulp and paper science and technology cover 
wood and fiber chemistry, lignin and carbohydrate chemistry, pulping chemistry, 
pollution abatement processes, fiber and paper properties, and paper coatings and 
additives. In wood science and technology, study and research areas include wood 
physics (especially wood liquid relations), wood chemistry, wood biology, wood 
mechanics and engineering, manufacturing processes, operations research 
applications, wood industry economics and marketing. 

Many of these areas of research are carried under contracts, grants or cooperative 
agreements with government agencies and industry through which graduate 
student assistantships are financed. The department also participates in inter- 
disciplinary programs with other departments to provide research and training 
programs in such fields as air and water and industrial waste control and abate- 
ment. These programs provide excellent career opportunities for those students 
interested in enhancement of the environment. 

The Department of Wood and Paper Science is housed in the School of Forest 
Resources Biltmore Hall complex which includes the Brandon P. Hodges Wood 
Products Laboratory and the Reuben B. Robertson Wing which accommodates 
the research and teaching facilities for pulp and paper science and technology. 
These modern facilities are completely equipped to conduct education and research 
in all forms of wood and fiber processing. The complex includes specialized 
laboratories for study of wood physics, wood anatomy, wood processing, wood 
engineering, wood chemistry, pulping, papermaking, paper testing and paper 
coating. Equipment available includes optical and electron microscopes, a range of 
spectrophotometers, an ultracentrifuge, membrane osmometers, electron spin 
resonance and nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus. 

Prerequisites for graduate study in the department are an undergraduate degree 
in wood science, in pulp and paper science or in a related science or in disciplines 
such as any of a number of branches of science or engineering. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

WPS 403 Paper Process Analysis 3(0-6) S 

Manufacture of several types of papers with particular attention to stock prepara- 
tion, sizing, filling and coloring. The finished products are tested physically and 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 329 

chemically and evaluated from the standpoint of quality and in comparison with the 
commercial products they are intended to duplicate. Mr. Hitchings 

WPS 411, 412 Pulp and Paper Unit Processes 3(3-0) FS 

Principles of operation, construction and design of process equipment employed 
in the pulp and paper industry. . Mr. Rogers 

WPS 413 Paper Properties and Additives 4(1-9) F 

Physical, chemical and microscopical examination of experimental and commer- 
cial papers and evaluation of the results in terms of the utility of the product tested; 
evaluation and identification of dyestuffs and the development of color formulas. 

Mr. Landes 

WPS 423 (FOR 423) Logging and Milling 3(2-3) F 

Analysis of timber harvesting and transportation systems, equipment selection 
and costs; safety and supervision; manufacturing methods; log and lumber grades; 
analysis of investment alternatives. Mr. Mullin 

WPS 434 Wood Operations I 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: WPS 301, WPS 302 

Organization of manufacturing plants producing wood products, including 
company organization, plant layout, production planning and control. Analysis 
of typical manufacturing operations in terms of processes, equipment, size and 
product specification. The organization and operation of wood products markets. 

Mr. Carter 

WPS 435 (FOR 435) Systems Analysis in Forest Products 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

The application of the techniques of operations analysis to management decision- 
making in the wood products field. Allocation of production resources, inventory of 
raw materials, scheduling of production activities and general problems of quantita- 
tive decision-making. Mr. Hafley 

WPS 441 Introduction to Wood Mechanics 2(2-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 212, PY 221 or PY 211 

Strength and related properties of commercial woods; standard A.S.T.M. strength 
tests; toughness; timber fastening; design of columns; simple, laminated and box 
beams; trusses and arches. Mr. Pearson 

WPS 442 Wood Mechanics and Design 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EM 211 or WPS 441 

The course will provide an understanding of wood as an engineering material. 
Topics include — generalized Hooke's law for orthotropic bodies and the effect of 
orientation of applied forces relative to the axes of symmetry; mechanical properties 
of wood as affected by its cellular structure; influence of defects, moisture, temper- 
ature and duration of load; visual and mechanical grading; derivation of working 
stresses; glued laminated construction; structural plywood, design of wooden 
members. Mr. Pearson 

WPS 461 Paper Converting 1(1-0) S 

A survey of the principal processes by which paper and paper board are 
fabricated into the utilitarian products of everyday use. Mr. Landes 

WPS 463 Plant Inspections 1(0-3) S 

One-week inspection trips covering representative manufacturers of pulp and 
paper and paper-making equipment. Staff 



330 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

WPS 471 Pulping Process Analysis 4(1-9) F 

Preparation and evaluation of the several types of wood pulp. The influence of 
the various pulping and bleaching variables on pulp quality are studied experiments 
ally and these data evaluated critically. Mr. Hitchings 

WPS 481 Pulping Processes and Products 2(2-0) S 

Prerequisites: WPS 202, CH 103 

Technology and economics of pulp products and by-products, including: paper 
and paperboard, containers and boxes, structural boards, molded and laminated 
products, cellulose fibers and films, cellulose derivatives and silvichemicals. 

Mr. Landes 

WPS 482 Pulp and Paper Mill Management 2(2-0) S 

A survey of decision-making processes in pulp and paper mill management. 
A study of quantitative decision-making processes appropriate to various mill 
departments and functions. Staff 

WPS 491 (FOR 491) Senior Problems in Forest Resources Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management or tech- 
nology. Staff 

WPS 492 (FOR 492) Senior Problems in Forest Resources Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management or 
technology. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

WPS 513 Tropical Woods 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisites: WPS 203, WPS 301 

Structure, identification, properties, characteristics and use of tropical woods, 
especially those used in plywood and furniture. Mr. Barefoot 

WPS 521, 522 Chemistry of Wood and Wood Products 3(2-3) FS 

Prerequisites: CH 315, CH 331, WPS 202, PY 212 

Fundamental chemistry and physics of wood and wood components; pulping 
principles; electrical and thermal properties. Mr. Gratzl 

WPS 525 Pollution Abatement in Forest Products Industries 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate or advanced undergraduate standing in science or engineer- 
ing curricula 

The course will deal with pollution sources, inplant control and treatment of 
water and air pollution in forest products. In the main, the course will concentrate 
upon inplant pollution control in the pulp and paper industry. Staff 

WPS 533 Advanced Wood Structure and Identification 2(1-3) F 

Prerequisite: WPS 202 

Advanced microscopic identification of the commercial woods of the United 
States and some tropical woods; microscopic anatomical features and laboratory 
techniques. Mr. Barefoot 

WPS 591 (FOR 591) Wood and Paper Science Problems Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Assigned or selected problems in the field of silviculture, logging, lumber 
manufacturing, pulp technology or forest management. Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 331 

WPS 599 (FOR 599) Methods of Research in Wood and Paper Science 

Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Research procedures, problem outlines, presentation of results; consideration of 
selected studies by forest research organizations; sample plot techniques. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

WPS 604 Timber Physics 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: WPS 441 

Density, specific gravity and moisture content variation affecting physical 
properties; physics of drying at high and low temperatures; thermal, sound, light 
and electrical properties of wood. Mr. Hart 

WPS 605 Design and Control of Wood Processes 3(3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: WPS 604 

Design and operational control of equipment for processing wood. Staff 

WPS 606 Wood Process Analysis 3(3-0) F 

Prerequisite: WPS 604 

Analysis of wood process through the solution of comprehensive problems 
involving the physics of temperature and moisture relations. Staff 

WPS 607 Advanced Quality Control 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: WPS 606, ST 515 

Advanced statistical quality control as applied to wood processing. 

Mr. Barefoot 

WPS 691 (FOR 691) Graduate Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

(See forestry, page 164.) 

WPS 693 Advanced Wood Technology Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Selected problems in the field of wood technology. Graduate Staff 

WPS 699 (FOR 699) Problems and Research Credits Arranged 

(See forestry, page 164.) 



Zoology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor David E. Davis, Head 

Professors: Frederick S. Barkalow, Jr., Daniel S. Grosch, Reinard Harkema, 
William W. Hassler, Don W. Hayne, John E. Hobbie, Bernard S. 
Martof, Lawrence E. Mettler, Grover C. Miller, Thomas L. Quay; 
Professor Emeritus: Bartholomew B. Brandt; Adjunct Professors: Douglas 
H. K. Lee, Theodore R. Rice, Peter N. Witt; Associate Professors: Billy 
J. Copeland, Charles F. Lytle, John F. Roberts, Donald E. Smith; 
Adjunct Associate Professors: John G. Vandenbergh, Richard B. Williams, 
Douglas B. Wolfe; Assistant Professors: George T. Barthalmus, Phyllis 
C. Bradbury, W. F. Standaert; Adjunct Assistant Professor: Ford A. Cross 



332 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The Department of Zoology offers to qualified students the opportunity to earn 
the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Students may 
specialize in many areas: behavior, general ecology, population dynamics, 
limnology, marine biology, fisheries biology, wildlife biology, taxonomy and 
ecological life histories of parasites, comparative morphology and systematics 
of vertebrates, cellular and comparative physiology, and endocrinology. For 
certain specialities, a degree without a thesis is awarded. 

The department is located in Gardner Hall where facilities for a wide variety 
of research activities are available. Excellent opportunity for many types of 
ecological studies is provided in the extensive natural areas of state parks; some 
are only six miles from campus. Several off-campus laboratories are available to 
students and staff. 

By mutual agreement, a student may choose to do research with any member of 
the graduate staff. A student will make up a plan of study after discussing his 
interests and objectives with his major professor and advisory committee. Those 
courses will be selected that best prepare him for his particular interests. Advanced 
courses in other departments provide a variety of subjects for minor fields of study: 
botany, entomology, genetics, statistics, biomathematics, biochemistry, psychology 
and other related sciences. The student is given the opportunity to develop a 
high order of independent thought, broad knowledge, technical skills and 
thorough training in investigative techniques. Strong emphasis is placed on active 
participation in seminars, practice in the methods of original research and prepara- 
tion of manuscripts for publication in scientific journals. 

A prospective student must submit Graduate Record Examination scores for 
the verbal, quantitative and advanced tests with the application for admission. 

SPECIAL FACILITIES FOR MARINE RESEARCH 

The Pamlico Marine Laboratory near Aurora, North Carolina, is located on the 
Pamlico River Estuary not far from Pamlico Sound. The research concerns both 
basic marine ecology and the effects of man's activities on the natural estuarine 
environment, particularly industrial and domestic pollution. 

The Mid-Atlantic Coastal Fisheries Research Center at Beaufort, North Carolina, 
is supported by the National Marine Fisheries Service and by the Atomic Energy 
Commission. After consultation with his adviser a student may arrange to conduct 
his research at the excellent facilities at Beaufort. 

The Hatteras Marine Laboratory is located at the southern end of Hatteras 
Island, North Carolina, where a variety of interesting biological habitats occur. 
Cape Hatteras is the closest point to the Gulf Stream north of Daytona Beach, 
Florida. Both northern and southern faunas are found in adjacent waters. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ZO 401 (ENT 401) Bibliographic Research in Biology 1(1-0) F 

(See entomology, page 151.) 

ZO 414 (BO 414) Cell Biology 4(3-3) F 

(See botany, page 83.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 333 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: ZO 201, ZO 360 

The science of fishery biology: life history and biology of important game and 
commercial fishes, fishing methods, age and growth analysis, survey of fishery 
resources, tagging studies, population estimations and pollution studies. 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 4(3-3) FS 

Prerequisites: Organic chemistry, physics, ZO 201 

Physiology of vertebrates with emphasis on mammals. A comprehensive study 
of the mechanisms that operate to sustain life. 

ZO 441 Ichthyology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 223 or ZO 351 

The classification and ecology of selected groups of fishes. Lectures, laboratories 
and field trips dealing with systematics, life histories, inter-relationships and 
distribution. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ZO 501 Ornithology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: ZO 223 or ZO 351, ZO 421 

The biology of birds: systematics, physiology, life histories, ecology and 
behavior. Mr. Quay 

ZO 503 (PSY 503) Comparative Psychology 3(3-0) S 

(See psychology, page 278.) 

ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or consent of instructor 

The comparative study of animal behavior including a treatment of physiological 
mechanisms and adaptive significance. Both invertebrates and vertebrates are 
studied. Mr. Whitsett 

ZO 513 (PHY 513) Comparative Physiology 4(2-4) S 

Prerequisites: ZO 421 or consent of instructor 

A comparative study of the organ systems of vertebrates and the physiological 
processes involved in maintaining the homeostatic state. The various compensa- 
tory mechanisms employed during environmental stress are included. Mr. Lee 

ZO 515 Growth and Reproduction of Fishes 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites or corequisites: GN 411, ZO 420, ZO 421, ZO 441 

The biology of fishes: physiology, anatomy, pathology, behavior and genetics. 
This course is designed especially for graduate students in fisheries. Several trips 
to research laboratories are taken. (Offered in spring 1973 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Pardue 

ZO 517 Population Ecology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ZO 360 (BO 360) and ST 511 or equivalent 

The dynamics of natural populations. Current work, theories and problems 
dealing with population growth, fluctuation, limitation and patterns of dispersion, 
the ecological niche, food chains and energy flow. Emphasis on methods of study. 

Messrs. Hayne, Davis 

ZO 519 Limnology 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: ZO 360 (BO 360) or equivalent 

A study of inland waters. Lectures dealing with physical, chemical and biologi- 



334 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

cal factors that affect freshwater organisms. General principles are illustrated in 
the laboratory and on field trips. Mr. Hobbie 

ZO 524 (PO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 4(3-3) S 

(See poultry science, page 272.) 

ZO 529 (MAS 529) Biological Oceanography 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 360 (BO 360) or consent of instructor 

A comprehensive course stressing the dynamic interrelationships between 
organisms of the sea and their physical and chemical environment. The latter part 
of the course will examine fundamental concepts in biological oceanography and 
will particularly stress experimental methods. Mr. Copeland 

ZO 532 (GN 532) Biological Effects of Radiations 3(3-0) S 

(See genetics, page 166.) 

ZO 540 (GN 540) Evolution 3(3-0) F 

(See genetics, page 166.) 

ZO 542 Herpetology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: ZO 223 or ZO 351, ZO 421 

The biology of the amphibians and reptiles: systematics, life history, anatomy, 
behavior, physiology and ecology. Mr. Martof 

ZO 544 Mammalogy 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisites: ZO 223 or ZO 351, consent of instructor 

The classification, identification and ecology of the major groups of mammals. 

Mr. Barkalow 

ZO 550 (GN 550) Experimental Evolution 3(3-0) F 

(See genetics, page 167.) 

ZO 553 Principles of Wildlife Science 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisite: ZO 360 (BO 360) 

The principles of wildlife management and their application are studied in the 
laboratory and in the field. Mr. Davis 

ZO 555 (MB 555) Protozoology 4(2-6) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

The biology of the Protozoa: lectures include morphology, physiology, ecology, 
genetics, reproduction, evolution, systematics and life-cycles of both free-living 
and parasitic taxa; laboratory will stress recognition of selected forms and demon- 
strate techniques used to prepare specimens for microscopic examination. 

Mrs. Bradbury 

ZO 560 (BO 560) Principles of Ecology 4(3-3) F 

Prerequisite: Three semesters of college-level biology courses 

A consideration of the principles of ecology at the graduate level. Each of the 
major subject areas of ecology is developed in sufficient depth to provide a factual 
and philosophical framework for the understanding of ecology. 

Messrs. Quay, Blum 

ZO 575 (PHY 575, ENT 575) Physiology of Invertebrates 3(3-0) F 

(See physiology, page 258.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 335 

ZO 581 Helminthology 4(2-4) F 

Prerequisites: ZO 223 or ZO 351, ZO 315 or equivalent 

The study of the morphology, biology and control of the parasitic helminths. 

Mr. Miller 

ZO 582 (ENT 582) Medical and Veterinary Entomology 3(2-3) S 

(See entomology, page 152.) 

ZO 590 Special Studies Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours zoology, consent of instructor 

A directed individual investigation of a particular problem in zoology, accom- 
panied by a review of the pertinent literature. A maximum of 3 hours is allowed 
toward the master's degree. Graduate Staff 

ZO 592 Topical Problems 1-3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Organized, formal lectures and discussions of a special topic. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ZO 603 Advanced Parasitology 3(2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 581 

The study of the theoretical and practical aspects of parasitism; taxonomy, 
physiology and immunology of animal parasites. Messrs. Harkema, Roberts 

ZO 610 Current Aspects of Animal Behavior 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 510 or equivalent 

Lectures, discussions, seminars and laboratories. The course will treat in 
detail selected aspects of the behavior of invertebrates and vertebrates. The rela- 
tionship of behavior to physiology, ecology and other related biological fields will 
be emphasized. Mr. Whitsett 

ZO 614 Advanced Cell Biology 3(3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 414 (BO 414) or equivalent 

A study of the current problems of cell biology including the problems of the 
molecular organization and functions of membrane systems, subcellular organelles 
and specialized cells. Messrs. Roberts, Smith 

ZO 615 Advanced Cell Biology Lab 1(0-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 414 (BO 414) or equivalent 

The theoretical basis and utilization of techniques of cell physiology with 
emphasis on the principles involved, practical limitations and applications in current 
research. Messrs. Roberts, Smith 

ZO 619 Advanced Limnology 3(1-6) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 519 

A study of primary productivity, population interactions and effects of pollution. 
An experimental approach is used in the laboratory. Mr. Hobbie 

ZO 621 Fishery Science 3(2-3) F 

Prerequisites: ST 511, ZO 420, a course in calculus 

An analysis of fishery research methods. Population enumeration and dynamics. 
The relationship between fluctuations in natural populations and environmental 
factors. (Offered 1972-73 and alternate years.) Mr. Hassler 



336 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ZO 660 (BO 660) Advanced Topics in Ecology I 4(3-3) S 

(See botany, page 85.) 

ZO 661 (BO 661) Advanced Topics in Ecology II 4(3-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 560 (BO 560) or equivalent 

Reports and seminar discussions of five major topics, such as secondary pro- 
ductivity, competitive exclusion, predator-prey and other interspecies relationships, 
regulation of populations, physiological ecology and management of resources. 
Some field trips. Laboratory provides experience in analysis of ecological systems, 
modeling and computer simulation. (Offered 1973 and alternate years.) 

Graduate Staff 

ZO 690 Seminar 1(1-0) FS 

The presentation and defense of original research and current literature. 

Graduate Staff 

ZO 699 Research in Zoology Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in zoology, consent of instructor 

Original research related to a student's thesis. A maximum of six hours is 
allowed toward the master's degree; any number toward the doctorate. 

Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 337 

UNIVERSITY DISRUPTIONS 
POLICY AND PROCEDURES 

A thorough and conscientious effort, which involved University trustees, 
administrative officers, faculty members, and student representatives, has been made 
to improve and clarify the University's policies and procedures for dealing with 
disruptive conduct. Basic to this endeavor has been the goal of preserving the 
right of all individuals to engage in peaceful dissent while proscribing conduct 
intended to obstruct or disrupt the normal operations of the University. It is sin- 
cerely believed and earnestly hoped that the results will prove to be fair and 
equitable to all concerned. 

This policy was adopted by the duly constituted governing authorities as a part 
of the Code of the University of North Carolina, which now embraces all b-year 
senior public institutions in North Carolina, and has the full effect of law. 

POLICIES, PROCEDURES, AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 
IN CASES OF DISRUPTION OF EDUCATIONAL PROCESS 

Section 5-1. Policies Relating to Disruptive Conduct 

The University of North Carolina has long honored the right of free discussion 
and expression, peaceful picketing and demonstrations, the right to petition and 
peaceably to assemble. That these rights are a part of the fabric of this institution 
; s not questioned. They must remain secure. It is equally clear, however, that in a 
community of learning willful disruption of the educatonal process, destruction of 
property, and interference with the rights of other members of the community cannot 
be tolerated. Accordingly, it shall be the policy of the University to deal with any 
such disruption, destruction or interference promptly and effectively, but also 
fairly and impartially without regard to race, religion, sex or political beliefs. 

Section 5-2. Definition of Disruptive Conduct 

(a) Any faculty member (the term "faculty member", wherever used in this 
Chapter V, shall include regular faculty members, full-time instructors, lecturers, 
and all other persons exempt from the North Carolina State Personnel System 
[Chapter 126 of the General Statutes as amended] who receive compensation for 
teaching, or other instructional functions, or research at the University), any 
graduate student engaged in the instructional program, or any student who, with 
the intent to obstruct or disrupt any normal operation or function of the University 
or any of its component institutions, engages, or incites others to engage, in 
individual or collective conduct which destroys or significantly damages any 
University property, or which impairs or threatens impairment of the physical 
well-being of any member of the University community, or which, because of its 
violent, forceful, threatening or intimidating nature or because it restrains freedom 
of lawful movement, otherwise prevents any member of the University community 
from conducting his normal activities within the University, shall be subject 
to prompt and appropriate disciplinary action, which may include suspension, 
expulsion, discharge or dismissal from the University. 

The following, while not intended to be exclusive, illustrate the offenses encom- 
passed herein, when done for the purpose of obstructing or disrupting any normal 
operation or function of the University or any of its component institutions: 
(1) occupation of any University building or part thereof with intent to deprive 
others of its normal use; (2) blocking the entrance or exit of any University build- 
ing or corridor or room therein with intent to deprive others of lawful access to or 



338 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

from, or use of, said building or corridor or room; (3) setting fire to or by any other 
means destroying or substantially damaging any University building or property, 
or the property of others on University premises; (4) any possession or display of, 
or attempt or threat to use, for any unlawful purpose, any weapon, dangerous 
instrument, explosive, or inflammable material in any University building or 
on any University campus; (5) prevention of, or attempt to prevent by physical act, 
the attending, convening, continuation or orderly conduct of any University class 
or activity or of any lawfui meeting or assembly in any University building or on 
any University campus; and (6) blocking normal pedestrain or vehicular traffic on 
or into any University campus. 

(b) Any person engaged in the instructional program who fails or refuses to 
carry out validly assigned duties, with the intent to obstruct or disrupt any normal 
operation or function of the University or any of its component institution, shall 
be subject to prompt and appropriate disciplinary action under this Chapter V if 
(but only if) his status is such that he is not subject to the provisions of Section 
4-3 of Chapter IV. 

Section 5-3. Responsibilities of Chancellors 

(a) When any Chancellor has cause to believe that any of the provisions of this 
Chapter V have been violated, he shall forthwith investigate or cause to be investi- 
gated the occurrence, and upon identification of the parties involved shall promptly 
determine whether any charge is to be made with respect thereto. 

(b) If he decides that a charge is to be made, he shall, within thirty (30) days 
after he has information as to the identity of the alleged perpetrator of the 
offense but in no event more than twelve (12) months after the occurrence of the 
alleged offense, (i) refer the case to the appropriate existing University judicial 
body, or (ii) refer the matter to a Hearing Committee drawn from a previously 
selected Hearings Panel which, under this option, is required to implement action 
for violation of Section 5-2 (a) or (b) of this Chapter. If the case is referred to an 
existing University judicial body under (i) above, the procedural rules of the 
body shall be followed, and subsections (c) through (f) below shall not be applicable. 
If the matter is referred to a Hearing Committee under (ii) above, the procedural 
rules prescribed in subsections (c) through (f) below shall be followed. 

(c) The accused shall be given written notice by personal service or registered 
mail, return receipt requested, stating: 

(1) The specific violations of this Chapter V with which the accused is 
charged. 

(2) The designated time and place of the hearing on the charge by the Hearing 
Committee, which time shall be not earlier than seven (7) nor later than ten (10) 
days following the receipt of the notice. 

(3) That the accused shall be entitled to the presumption of innocence until 
found guilty, the right to retain counsel, the right to present the testimony of 
witnesses and other evidence, the right to cross-examine all witnesses against 
him, the right to examine all documents and demonstrative evidence adverse to 
him, and the right to a transcript of the proceedings of the hearing. 

(d) The Hearing Committee shall determine the guilt or innocence of the 
accused. If the person charged is found guilty, the Hearing Committee shall recom- 
mend to the Chancellor such discipline as said body determines to be appropriate. 
After considering such recommendation the Chancellor shall prescribe such 
discipline as he deems proper. In any event, whether the person is found guilty 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 339 



or not guilty a written report shall be made by the Chancellor to the President 
within ten (10) days. 

(e) Any person found guilty shall have ten (10) days after notice of such 
finding in which to appeal to the President of the University. Such an appeal if 
taken shall be upon the grounds set forth in Section 5-5. 

(f) Any accused person who, without good cause, shall fail to appear at the 
time and place fixed for the hearing of his case by the Hearing Committee shall be 
suspended indefinitely or discharged from University employment. 

(g) A Chancellor, unless so ordered or otherwise prevented by court, shall not 
be precluded from carrying out his duties under this Chapter V by reason of any 
pending action in any State or Federal court. Should a delay occur in prosecuting 
the charge against the accused because the accused or witnesses that may be 
necessary to a determination of the charge are involved in State or Federal court 
actions, the time limitations set forth above in this Section 5-3 shall not apply. 

(h) Conviction in any State or Federal court shall not preclude the University or 
any of its officers from exercising disciplinary action in any offense referred to in 
this Chapter V. 

(i) Nothing contained in this Chapter V shall preclude the President or any 
Chancellor from taking any other steps, including injunctive relief or other legal 
action, which he may deem advisable to protect the best interests of the University. 

Section 5-4. Aggravated Acts or Threatened Repetition of Acts 

(a) The Chancellor of each of the component institutions of the University shall 
appoint an Emergency Consultative Panel which shall be composed of not less than 
three (3) nor more than five (5) faculty members and not less than three (3) nor 
more than five (5) students who shall be available to advise with the Chancellor in 
any emergency. No member of such Panel shall serve for more than one (1) 
year unless he be reappointed by the Chancellor. The Chancellor may make appoint- 
ments, either temporary or for a full year, to fill any vacancies which may exist on 
the Panel. 

(b) If, in the judgment of the Chancellor, there is clear and convincing evidence 
that a person has committed any of the acts prohibited under this Chapter V which, 
because of the aggravated character or probable repetition of such act or acts, 
necessitates immediate action to protect the University from substantial inter- 
ference with any of its orderly operations or functions, or to prevent threats to or 
acts which endanger life or property, the Chancellor, with the concurrence as 
hereinafter provided of the Emergency Consultative Panel established pursuant to 
(a) above, may forthwith suspend such person from the University and bar him from 
the University campus; provided, however, that in the event of such suspension the 
person suspended shall be given written notice of the reason for his suspension, 
either personally or by registered mail addressed to his last known addresses, 
and shall be afforded a prompt hearing, which, if requested, shall be commenced 
within ten (10) days of the suspension. Except for purposes of attending personally 
any hearings conducted under this Chapter V, the bar against the appearance 
of the accused on the University campus shall remain in effect until final judgement 
has been rendered in his case and all appellant proceedings have been concluded, 
unless such restriction is earlier lifted by written notice from the Chancellor. 

(c) A quorum of the Emergency Consultative Panel provided for in (a) above 
shall consist of not less than four (4) of its members, and the required concurrence 
shall have been obtained if a majority of such quorum shall indicate their con- 



340 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

currence. The Chancellor shall meet personally with members of such Panel at the 
time he seeks concurrence, if it is feasible to do so. However, if the circumstances 
are such that the Chancellor deems it not to be feasible to personally assemble such 
members, then he may communicate with them or the required number of them 
individually by telephone or by such other means as he may choose to employ, in 
which event he may proceed as provided in (b) above after the required majority of 
such members have communicated their concurrence to him. 

(d) In the Chancellor's absence or inability to act, the President may exercise 
the powers of the Chancellor specified in this Section 5-4 in the same manner and to 
the same extent as could the Chancellor but for such absence or inability to act. 

Section 5-5. Right of Appeal 

Any person found guilty of violating the provisions of this Chapter V by the 
Hearing Committee referred to in Section 5-3 shall have the right to appeal the 
finding and the discipline imposed upon him to the President of the University. 
Any such appeal shall be in writing, shall be based solely upon the record, and shall 
be limited to one or more of the following grounds: 

(1) That the finding is not supported by substantial evidence; 

(2) That a fair hearing was not accorded the accused; or 

(3) That the discipline imposed was excessive or inappropriate. 

It shall be the responsibility of the President to make prompt disposition of all 
such appeals, and his decision shall be rendered within thirty (30) days after 
receipt of the complete record on appeal. 

Section 5-6. No Amnesty 

No administrative official, faculty member, or student of the University shall have 
authority to grant amnesty or to make any promise as to prosecution or non- 
prosecution in any court, State or Federal, or before any student, faculty, adminis- 
trative, or Trustee committee to any person charged with or suspect of violating 
Section 5-2 (a) or (b) of these Bylaws. 

Section 5-7. Publication 

The provisions of this Chapter V shall be given wide dissemination in such 
manner as the President or Chancellors may deem advisable, and shall be printed 
in the official catalogues which may be issued by each component institution of the 
University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 341 

GRADUATE FACULTY* 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY 

Elsayed M. Afify, Visiting Associate Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Raul Eduardo Alvarez, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Michael Amein, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Charles Eugene Anderson, Associate Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Clifton A. Anderson, Professor of Industrial Engineering and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Donald Benton Anderson, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Norman Dean Anderson, Professor of Mathematics and Science Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Roy Nels Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Education. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
Jay Lawrence Apple, Professor of Plant Pathology, Assistant Director of Academic 

Affairs and Research for the Biological Sciences. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Frank Bradley Armstrong, University Professor of Genetics, Microbiology and 

Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Leonard William Aurand, Professor of Food Science and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
William Wyatt Austin, Jr., Professor of Metallurgical Engineering and Head of the 

Department of Materials Engineering. 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 
Charles Wilson Averre, III, Extension Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Richard Charles Axtell, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Robert Aycock, Professor of Plant Pathology and Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Mahmoud Amin Ayoub, Visiting Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Ph.D., Texas Technological University. 
Willard Farrington Babcock, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

S.M., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Walter Debele Bach, Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Meteorology. 

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 
Walter Peter Baermann, Professor of Product Design. 

Ph.D., University of Munich, Germany. 
David Charles Bailey, Assistant Professor of History. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
James Ronald Bailey, Visiting Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Southampton. 



♦Membership in the graduate faculty may be in either of two categories: (1) full status or (2) asso- 
ciate status. Full status permits a faculty member to engage in any and all phases of the graduate 
programs of the University. Associate members may teach courses at the graduate level and serve as 
chairmen of master's advisory committees. 



342 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

John Albert Bailey, Associate Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 

Ph.D., University College of Swansea. 
Jack Vernon Baird, Extension Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 
Brenda C. Ball, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
David Stafford Ball, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Hershell Ray Ball, Jr., Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Walter Elmer Ballinger, Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
William John Barclay, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Stanford University. 
Aldos Cortez Barefoot, Jr., Professor Wood and Paper Science. 

D.F., Duke University. 
Frederick Schenck Barkalow, Jr., Professor of Zoology and Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Kenneth Reece Barker, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Key Lee Barkley, Professor Emeritus of Psychology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Rolin Farrar Barrett, Associate Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Elliott Roy Barrick, Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
George Timothy Barthalmus, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
William Victor Bartholomew, Professor of Soil Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Peter Batchelor, Associate Professor of Urban Design. 

M.A., University of Pennsylvania. 
Edward Guy Batte, Professor of Animal Science. 

D.V.M., Texas A & M University. 
David Lee Bayless, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., Texas A & M University. 
Kenneth Orion Beatty, Jr., R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company Professor of Chemical 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Joe Robert Beeler, Jr., Professor of Nuclear Engineering and Materials Engineering. 

Ph.D., Kansas University. 
Burton Floyd Beers, Professor of History. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Robert Frank Behlow, Extension Professor of Animal Science. 

D.V.M., Ohio State University. 
Norman Robert Bell, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

M.S., Cornell University. 
Thomas Alexander Bell, Professor (USDA) of Food Science. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Willard Harrison Bennett, Burlington Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Gerald Earl Bennington, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
Ray Braman Benson, Jr., Associate Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Henry Albert Bent, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 343 

Richard Harold Bernhard, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Leonidas Judd Betts, Jr., Associate Professor of English and Education. 

Ed.D., Duke University. 
Marvin Kenneth Beute, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Bibhuti Bhushan Bhattacharyya, Associate Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., London School of Economics. 
William Louis Bingham, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
George Lee Bireline, Jr., Associate Professor of Design. 

M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
John William Bishir, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Carl Thomas Blake, Extension Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Philip Everett Blank, Jr., Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
William Joseph Block, Professor of Politics and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
William Lowry Blow, Associate Professor of Poultry Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Udo Blum, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 
Thomas Nelson Blumer, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
John Francis Bogdan, Albert G. Myers Professor of Textiles and Acting Head of the 

Department of Textile Technology. 

B.T.E., Lowell Textile Institute. 
James Raymond Bohannon. Jr., Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Edgar John Boone, Professor of Adult and Community College Education and Head 

of the Department and Assistant Director of Agricultural Extension Service. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Jon Bordner, Assistant Professor of Chemisti-y and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Carey Hoyt Bostian, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 
Henry Dittimus Bowen, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Lawrence Hoffman Bowen, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Damon Boynton, Visiting Professor of Horticulture Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Phyllis Clarke Bradbury, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Julius Roscoe Bradley, Jr., Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Charles Raymond Bramer, Riddick Professor of Civil Engineering. 

E.M., Michigan College of Mining and Technology. 
Bartholomew Brandner Brandt, Professor Emeritus of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Charles Henry Brett, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Kansas State College. 
Richard Bright, Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering. 

M.S., State University of Iowa. 
Charles Aloysius Brim, Professor (USD A) of Crop Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 



344 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Robert Curtis Brisson, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert Charles Brooks, Extension Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Wayne Maurice Brooks, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Henry Sea well Brown, Professor ofGeosciences. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Marvin Luther Brown, Jr., Professor of History. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
Peter Brown, Assistant Professor of Textile Technology. 

Ph.D., Leeds University. 
William Jasper Brown, Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Carl Eddington Bryan, Research Associate in Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Robert Sedgwick Bryan, Professor of Philosophy and Head of the Department of 

Philosophy and Religion. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Charles Douglas Bryant, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Ed.D., Michigan State University. 
J. Bruce Bullock, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 
Roberts Cozart Bullock, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Carl Lee Bumgardner, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Harvey Lindy Bumgardner, Professor of Poultry Science and Campus Coordinator, 

Peruvian Contract. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Stanley Walter Buol, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Lawrence G. Burk, Associate Professor (USD A) of Genetics. 

M.S., University of Georgia. 
Ernest Edmund Burniston, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Birkbeck College, London. 
Joseph Charles Burns, Associate Professor (USD A) of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Robert Paschal Burns, Jr., Professor of Architecture and Head of the Department. 

M.Arch., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Peter Michael Burrows, Visiting Assistant Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Thaddeus Hillery Busbice, Associate Professor (USDA) of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Fred Virgil Cahill, Jr., Professor of Politics. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 
John Tyler Caldwell, Professor of Politics and Chancellor. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

B.S., Clemson University. 
William Vernon Campbell, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
John Robert Canada, Professor of Industrial Engineering and Assistant Dean of 

Engineering for Extension. 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology. 
Thomas Franklin Cannon, Research Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 
Ph.D., Ohio State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 345 



George Lafayette Capel, Extension Professor of Economics and Assistant Director 

of Agricultural Extension and Specialist in charge of Marketing Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Gerald A. Carlson, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 
Halbert Hart Carmichael, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
William Lester Carpenter, Associate Professor of Adult and Community College 

Education and Head of the Department of Agricultural Information. 

Ed.D., Florida State University. 
Daniel Edward Carroll, Jr., Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Professor of Industrial Engineering and Associate Dean 

of the School of Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Robert James Carson, III, Assistant Professor of Geology. 

Ph.D., University of Washington. 
Roy Merwin Carter, Professor of Wood and Paper Science. 

M.S., Michigan State College. 
Edward Vitangelo Caruolo, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
David Marshall Cates, Professor of Textile Chemistry and Graduate Administrator 

in Textile Chemistry and Chairman of the Graduate Studies Committee for the 

Fiber and Polymer Science Program. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Victor Viosca Cavaroc, Jr., Assistant Professor ofGeosciences. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Thomas Courtney Caves, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
Randall Marion Chambers, Adjunct Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engi- 
neering and Psychology. 

Ph.D., Case-Western Reserve University. 
Douglas Scales Chamblee, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Larry Stephen Champion, Professor of English and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Richard Edward Chandler, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Florida State University. 
David Webb Chaney, Professor of Textiles and Dean of the School. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
Ching Ming Chang, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Dr. Ing., Technische Hochschule, Aachen. 
Hou-min Chang, Assistant Professor of Wood and Paper Science. 

Ph.D., University of Washington. 
Tien-Sun Chang, Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan and University of Illinois. 
James F. Chaplin, Professor (USD A) of Crop Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Joe Senter Chappell, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Harvey Johnson Charlton, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Albert Leon Chasson, Adjunct Associate Professor of Entomology. 

M.D., University of Cincinnati. 
Kwong Tuzz Chung, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo. 
John G. Clapp, Jr., Extension Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 



346 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Edgar William Clark, Adjunct Associate Professor of Entomology and Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles. 
Roger H. Clark, Assistant Professor of Architecture. 

M.Arch., University of Washington. 
Joseph Ray Clary, Adjunct Associate Professor of Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Albert J. Clawson, Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Carlyle Newton Clayton, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Maurice Hill Clayton, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
William Bramwell Clifford, II, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of Kentucky. 
Grover Cleveland Cobb, Jr., Associate Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
William Younts Cobb, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Harold D. Coble, Extension Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Fred Derward Cochran, Professor of Horticultural Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Columbus Clark Cockerham, Professor of Statistics and Genetics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Eloise Snowden Cofer, Extension Professor of Food Science and Assistant Director, 

Agricultural Extension Service (Home Economics). 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
James Lawrence Cole, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
William Kerr Collins, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Newton Vaughan Colston, Jr., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Norval White Conner, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering and 

Assistant Dean for Research. 

M.S., Iowa State University. 
Maurice Gayle Cook, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Robert Edward Cook, Professor of Poultry Science and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Armand Vincent Cooke, Visiting Assistant Professor of Product Design. 

B.S.I.D., University of Cincinnati. 
Arthur Wells Cooper, Professor of Botany and Forest Resources. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
William Douglas Cooper, Assistant Professor of Textile Technology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Alonzo Freeman Coots, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 
Will Allen Cope, Professor (USD A) of Crop Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Billy Joe Copeland, Associate Professor of Zoology and Botany. 

Ph.D., Oklahoma State University^ 
Frederick Thomas Corbin, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Franklin E. Correll, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Harold Maxwell Corter, Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 347 



John K. Coster, Professor of Agricultural Education and Director of the Center for 

Occupational Education. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 
Donald W. Cott, Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee Space Institution. 
Arthur James Coutu, Professor of Economics and Director of Peruvian Mission. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Ellis Brevier Cowling, Professor of Plant Pathology, Forestry and Wood and Paper 

Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Frederick Russell Cox, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Gertrude Mary Cox, Professor Emeritus of Experimental Statistics. 

M.S., Iowa State University. 
Joseph H. Cox, Professor of Design. 

M.F.A., University of Iowa. 
Harris Bradford Craig, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Paul Day Cribbins, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Ford A. Cross, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Oregon State University. 
John Anthony Cuculo, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
George August Cummings, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Joseph William Cunningham, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
James Alvin Daggerhart, Jr., Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Raghunath Singh Dahiya, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert David Dahle, Extension Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
John Michael Anthony Danby, Professor of Mathematics and Physics. 

Ph.D., Manchester University, England. 
Edmund Pendleton Dandridge, Jr., Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Stylianos D. Danielopoulos, Assistant Professor of Computer Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Raymond Bryant Daniels, Professor (USDA) of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Walter Carl Dauterman, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Donald Gould Davenport, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Charles Bingham Davey, Professor of Soil Science, Forestry and Plant Pathology, 

and Head of the Department of Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Adam Clarke Davis, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
David Edward Davis, Professor of Zoology and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Henry Mauzee Davis, Adjunct Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
William Robert Davis, Professor of Physics. 

Doktor der Naturuiss, University of Hanover, Germany. 



348 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Cleburn Gilchrist Dawson, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Donald Lee Dean, Professor of Civil Engineering and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
M. Keith DeArmond, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Arizona. 
Fred Roark DeJarnette, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Donald Warren DeJong, Adjunct Associate Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 
James William Dickens, Professor (USD A) of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Emmett Urcey Dillard, Associate Professor of Animal Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
George Osmore Doak, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Walter Jerome Dobrogosz, Professor of Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Wesley Osborne Doggett, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Robert John Dolan, Professor of Adult and Community College Education and 

Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Carl John Dolce, Professor of Education and Dean of the School of Education. 

Ed.D., Harvard University. 
William Emmert Donaldson, Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Clive Wellington Donoho, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science and Head of the 

Department. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Jesse Seymour Doolittle, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering and 

Graduate Administrator. 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University. 
William Grady Dotson, Jr., Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Robert Alden Douglas, Professor of Engineering Mechanics and Associate Head of 

the Department. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Murray Scott Downs, Associate Professor of History. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Robert Jack Downs, Professor of Botany and Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., George Washington University. 
Lawrence William Drabick, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Donald William Drewes, Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Earl G. Droessler, Administrative Dean for Research and Professor of Geosciences. 

B.A., Loras College. 
John Warren Duffield, Professor of Forestry and Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Robert Bradford Duke, Clinical Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., George Peabody College. 
Harry Ernest Duncan, Extension Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., West Virginia University. 
Jack Davis Durant, Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 349 



Eddie Echandi, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Arthur Raymond Eckels, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

D.Engr., Yale University. 
Preston William Edsall, Professor Emeritus of Politics. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
John Auert Edwards, Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Eugene J. Eisen, Associate Professor of Animal Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Magdi Mohamed El-Kammash, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Gerald Hugh Elkan, Professor of Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Thomas Smith Elleman, Professor of Nuclear Engineering and Graduate 

Administrator. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Robert Neal Elliott, Associate Professor of History. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Don Edwin Ellis, Professor of Plant Pathology and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Eric Louis Ellwood, Professor of Wood and Paper Science and Dean of the School of 

Forest Resources. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 
Salah E. Elmaghraby, University Professor of Industrial Engineering and Opera- 
tions Research. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Aly H. M. El-Shiekh, Associate Professor of Textile Technology. 

Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
John Frederick Ely, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering 

Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Paul D. Emerson, Associate Professor and Head, Textile Machine Design and 

Development 

B.S., Purdue University. 
Donald Allen Emery, Professor of Crop Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Donald H. Ensign, Associate Professor of Landscape Architecture. 

M.L.A., University of Michigan. 
Edward Walter Erickson, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 
John Lincoln Etchells, Professor (USDA) of Food Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
James Brainerd Evans, Professor of Microbiology and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Ralph Eigil Fadum, Professor of Civil Engineering and Dean of the School of 

Engineering. 

S.D., Harvard University. 
Abdel-Aziz Fahmy, Professor of Materials Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Sheffield. 
Maurice Hugh Farrier, Professor of Entomology and Forestry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Gary Lottridge Faulkner, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 
Robert Morcom Fearn, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Richard Mark Felder, Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 



350 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

James K. Ferrell, Alcoa Professor of Chemical Engineering and Head of the Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
William Thomas Fike, Jr., Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Alva Leroy Finkner,. Adjunct Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Lawrence Fishbein, Adjunct Professor of Entomology and Toxicology. 

Ph.D., Georgetown University. 
Charles Page Fisher, Jr., Adjunct Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Roger Carl Fites, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
James Walter Fitts, Professor of Soil Science, and Coordinator AID Latin American 
Soil Testing Project. 
Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Henry Pridgen Fleming, Associate Professor (USD A) of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Walter A. Flood, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Vincent M. Foote, Associate Professor of Product Design and Acting Head of the 
Department. 

B.S., University of Cincinnati. 
Robert Joseph Fornaro, Assistant Professor of Computer Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Raymond Earl Fornes, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Physics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Benjamin Eagles Fountain, Adjunct Professor of Adult and Community College 
Education. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
James R. Fouts, Adjunct Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Leon David Freedman, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
Ronald Owen Fulp, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Auburn University. 
A. Ronald Gallant, Visiting Assistant Professor of Economics and Statistics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
William Sylvan Galler, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Gene John Galletta, Professor of Horticultural Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Bertram Howard Garcia, Jr., Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Bruce Lynn Gardner, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Robin Pierce Gardner, Professor of Nuclear Engineering and Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Thomas Dean Gardner, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., George Peabody College. 
Jim Dale Garlich, Assistant Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Dennis Evo Garoutte, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Montana State University. 
James Wade Gault, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Iowa. 
David William Gaylor, Adjunct Associate Professor of Statistics. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 351 

Robert P. Geckler, Research Associate in Statistics. 

Ph.D., Indiana University. 
Ralph Gellar, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
James Dalton George, Extension Professor of Sociology and Anthropology and Adult 

and Community College Education. 

Ph.D., Florida State University. 
Thomas Waller George, Associate Professor of Textile Technology. 

M.A., University of Illinois. 
Thomas Michael Gerig, Assistant Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Dan Ulrich Gerstel, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Forrest William Getzen, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Francis Gerhard Giesbrecht, Associate Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Richard Dean Gilbert, Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. 
William Best Gilbert, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
James Wendell Gilliam, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Mississippi State University. 
Stanley Eugene Gilliland, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Joseph Conrad Glass, Jr., Assistant Professor of Adult and Community College 

Education. 

Ed.D., North Carolina State University. 
Edward Walker Glazener, Professor of Poultry Science and Genetics and Director 

of Academic Affairs, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Chester Eugene Gleit, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Tildon H. Glisson, Jr., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Southern Methodist University. 
Alfred John Goetze, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Raymond Paul Gogolewski, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Harvey Joseph Gold, Associate Professor of Statistics and Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
George Goldfinger, Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Paris. 
Irving S. Goldstein, Professor of Wood and Paper Science and Head of the Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Lemuel Goode, Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Guy Vernon Gooding, Jr., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 
Major M. Goodman, Associate Professor of Statistics and Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Gilbert Gottlieb, Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

Christopher R. Gould, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
William Lee Gragg, Associate Professor of Adult and Community College Education. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 



352 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Louis A. Graham, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

M.Ch.E., University of Virginia. 
Robert William Graham, Adjunct Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Larry Frank Grand, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and Forestry. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 
Arnold Herbert Edward Grandage, Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Josef Stefan Gratzl, Associate Professor of Wood and Paper Science. 

Ph.D., University of Vienna. 
Ralph Weller Greenlaw, Professor of History and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Walton Carlyle Gregory, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science and 

Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Professor of Genetics and Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
Harry Douglass Gross, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Thomas Hyman Guion, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Bhupender Singh Gupta, Assistant Professor of Textile Technology. 

Ph.D., Manchester College of Science and Technology, Manchester, England. 
Edward Dewitt Gurley, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Frank Edwin Guthrie, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
George Richard Gwynn, Associate Professor (USDA) of Crop Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Robert John Hader, Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
William Leroy Hafley, Associate Professor of Forestry and Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Francis Joseph Hale, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 

Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Robert Gordon Halfacre, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
George Lincoln Hall, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Max Halperen, Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., Florida State University. 
Donald Dale Hamann, Associate Professor of Food Science and Biological and 

Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Dame Scott Hamby, Burlington Industries Professor of Textile Technology and 

Director of Textiles Extension and Continuing Education. 

B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute. 
Charles Horace Hamilton, William Neal Reynolds Professor Emeritus of Sociology 

and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Pat Brooks Hamilton, Professor of Poultry Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
John Valentine Hamme, Associate Professor of Ceramic Engineering and Director of 

Cooperative Engineering Education. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Gordon A. Hammon, Associate Professor of Recreation Resources Administration. 

B.S., New York State College of Forestry. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 353 



Leigh Hugh Hammond, Extension Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Kenneth William Hanck, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Arthur Paul Hansen, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Donald Joseph Hansen, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 
Durwin Melford Hanson, Professor of Industrial and Technical Education and Head 

of the Department. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
James William Hanson, Assistant Professor of Computer Science. 

M.A., University of Michigan. 
Warren Durward Hanson, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
John J. Harder, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Dr. Ing., Technische Hochschule, Hanover, Germany. 
James Walker Hardin, Professor of Botany and Forest Resources. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Reward Harkema, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Cleon Wallace Harrell, Jr., Associate Professor of Economics. 

M.A., University of Virginia. 
George Oliver Harrell, Associate Professor of Materials Engineering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Walter Joel Harrington, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Harwell Hamilton Harris, Professor of Architecture. 
James Ray Harris, Extension Professor of Poultry Science. 

D.V.M., Auburn University. 
William Charles Harris, Associate Professor of History. 

Ph.D., University of Alabama. 
Clarence Arthur Hart, Professor of Wood and Paper Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Franklin Delano Hart, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Lodwick Charles Hartley, Professor Emeritus of English. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Robert Eduard Hartwig, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Adelaide. 
Paul Henry Harvey, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science and Genetics 

and Head of the Department of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Raymond W. Harvey, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Hassan Ahmed Hassan, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Francis Jefferson Hassler, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Biological and 

Agricultural Engineering and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
William Walton Hassler, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 
John Reid Hauser, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Kerry Shuford Havner, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Oklahoma State University. 
Edward Charles Hayes, III, Assistant Professor of Microbiology. 
Ph.D., Rutgers University. 



354 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Don William Hayne, Professor of Statistics and Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
William Joseph Head, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Allen Streeter Heagle, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Teddy Theodore Hebert, Professor of Plant Pathology and Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Walter Webb Heck, Adjunct Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Gene Hedge, Assistant Professor of Product Design. 

B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology. 
Clinton Louis Heimbach, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Warren Robert Henderson, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Forrest Clyde Hentz, Jr., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
George Henry Hepting, Adjunct Professor of Plant Pathology and Forestry. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Solomon Philip Hersh, Professor of Textile Technology and Graduate Administrator. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Charles Horace Hill, Professor of Poultry Science and Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Thomas Ira Hines, Professor of Recreation Resources Administration and Head of 

the Department. 

M.A., University of North Carolina. 
Robert Grant Hitchings, Professor and In Charge of Pulp and Paper Science and 

Technology. 

M.F., Duke University. 
George Burnham Hoadley, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Head of the 

Department. 

D.Sc, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
John Eyres Hobbie, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Indiana University. 
Joseph Patrick Hobbs, Assistant Professor of History. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
Charles Sasnette Hodges, Jr., Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology and Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 
Ernest Hodgson, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Oregon State University. 
Harold Douglas Holder, Visiting Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Syracuse University. 
Daniel Lester Holley, Jr., Assistant Professor of Wood and Paper Science and 

Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert Griffen Holmes, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Abraham Holtzman, Professor of Politics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Thomas Lynn Honeycutt, Assistant Professor of Computer Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Dale Max Hoover, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 355 



Maurice William Hoover, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Harold Bruce Hopfenberg, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
William Ernest Hopke, Professor of Guidance and Personnel Services and Head 

of the Department. 

Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. 
Yasukuki Horie, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 
John William Horn, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

M.S.C.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Horace Robert Horton, Associate Professor of Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Daniel Goodman Horvitz, Adjunct Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
David Hewes Howells, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering and 

Director of Water Resources Research Institute. 

M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Barney Kuo-Yen Huang, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Norden Eh Huang, Assistant Professor of Oceanography. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
Z Zimmerman Hugus, Jr., Professor of Chemistry and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Donald Huisingh, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Frank James Humenik, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering and Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Ervin Grigg Humphries, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering and Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
James Ernest Huneycutt, Jr., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Arvel Hatch Hunter, Visiting Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
John Calvin Hurt, Assistant Professor of Materials Engineering. 

Ph.D., Rutgers University. 
George Hyatt, Jr., Professor of Animal Science and Director of Agricultural Exten- 
sion Service. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Loren Albert Ihnen, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
John E. Ikerd, Extension Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Makoto Itoh, Visiting Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Hiroshima University. 
William Addison Jackson, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Herman Brooks James, Vice-president of Research/ Public Service Programs, Uni- 
versity of North Carolina and Professor of Economics, NCSU. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Alvin Wilkins Jenkins, Jr., Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
John Mitchell Jenkins, Jr., Research Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 



356 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Samuel Forest Jenkins, Jr., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Bobby Ray Johnson, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Oklahoma State University. 
Bryan Hugh Johnson, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Oklahoma State University. 
Franklin M. Johnson, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 
Joseph Clyde Johnson, Professor of Psychology. 

Ed.D., George Peabody College for Teachers. 
Paul Reynolds Johnson, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
William Hugh Johnson, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
William L. Johnson, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Donald R. Johnston, Environmental Engineering Extension Specialist. 

MSPH, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Charles Parker Jones, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Edgar Walton Jones, Associate Professor of Economics and Acting Dean for Uni- 
versity Extension. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Evan Earl Jones, Associate Professor of Animal Science and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Guy Langston Jones, Professor of Crop Science and Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Houston Gwynne Jones, Adjunct Professor of History. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Ivan Dunlavy Jones, Professor Emeritus of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
James Robert Jones, Extension Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Lawrence Keith Jones, Assistant Professor of Guidance and Personnel Services. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Louis Allman Jones, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Texas A&M University. 
Victor Alan Jones, Associate Professor of Food Science and Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering . 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Joseph Stephan Kahn, Professor of Botany and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Amin M. Kamal, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Ph.D., Nottingham University. 
Henry Leveke Kamphoefner, Professor of Architecture and Dean of the School of 

Design. 

M.S. Arch., Columbia University. 
Eugene John Kamprath, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Abdel-Aziz Ismail Kashef, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Gerald Howard Katzin, Associate Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
James F. Kauffman, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Harvey G. Kebschull, Associate Professor of Politics. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Kenneth Raymond Keller, Professor of Crop Science and Assistant Director . 

Research, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 357 



Robert Clay Kellison, Assistant Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Harry Charles Kelly, Professor of Physics and Vice Chancellor and Provost. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Henderson Grady Kincheloe, Professor of English. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Doris Elizabeth King, Professor of History. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Richard Adams King, M. G. Mann Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
James Bryant Kirkland, Professor of Education and Dean Emeritus of the School 

of Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Peder Johan Kleppe, Adjunct Associate Professor of Wood and Paper Science. 

Dr. Rer. Nat., Technical University of Darmstadt. 
David McKendree Kline, Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Wesley Edwin Kloos, Associate Professor of Genetics and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
David Raymond Kniefel, Assistant Professor of Education. 

Ed.D., New Mexico State University. 
Kenneth Lee Knight, Professor of Entomology and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Richard Bennett Knight, L. L. Vaughan Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering. 

M.S., University of Illinois. 
James Arthur Knopp, Assistant Professor of Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Albert Sidney Knowles, Associate Professor of English. 

M.A., University of Virginia. 
Charles Ernest Knowles, Assistant Professor of Geosciences. 

Ph.D., Texas A&M University. 
Jerome William Koenigs, Adjunct Associate Professor of Forestry and Plant 

Pathology. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 
Kwangil Koh, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
John Ronald Kolb, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Mathematics and 

Science Education. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Thomas Rhinehart Konsler, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Benjamin Granade Koonce, Jr., Professor of English. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
William Wurth Kriegel, Professor Emeritus of Ceramic Engineering. 

Dr. Ing., Technische Hochschule, Hanover, Germany. 
George James Kriz, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

and Associate Department Head in Charge of Extension. 

Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 
Elmer George Kuhlman, Adjunct Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and 

Forestry. 

Ph.D., Oregon State University. 
Leaton John Kushman, Professor (USDA) of Horticultural Science. 

M.S., George Washington University. 
Fred Lado, Jr., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
John Ralph Lambert, Jr., Professor of University Studies & Acting Head of the 

Division. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 



358 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Joe Oscar Lammi, Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Forrest Wesley Lancaster, Professor Emeritus of Physics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Chester Grey Landes, Associate Professor of Wood and Paper Science. 

B.S.Ch.E., Ohio State University. 
Leonard Jay Langfelder, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Roy Axel Larson, Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Charles James Law, Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Adult and Community 

College Education. 

Ed.D., Duke University. 
James Murray Leatherwood, Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
James Giacomo Lecce, Professor of Animal Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
Thomas Benson Ledbetter, Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engi- 
neering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Douglas Harry Kedgwin Lee, Adjunct Professor of Zoology. 

D.T.M., University of Sydney. 
Joshua Alexander Lee, Professor (USD A) of Crop Science and Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 
James Edward Legates, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Animal Science and 

Dean of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Samuel George Lehman, Professor Emeritus of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Washington University. 
Carlton James Leith, Professor of Geosciences and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 
Kurt John Leonard, Assistant Professor (USD A) of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Gerald S. Leventhal, Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Thomas Earl LeVere, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Michael Phillip Levi, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and Wood and Paper 

Science. 

Ph.D., Leeds University. 
Jack Levine, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Samuel Gale Levine, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Charles Sanford Levings, III, Associate Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Charles Edward Lewis, Extension Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Harold Loyd Lewis, Adjunct Associate Professor of Botany and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., University of Arkansas. 
Paul Edwin Lewis, Professor of Mathematics and Head of the Department of Com- 
puter Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
William Mason Lewis, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
David Alan Link, Associate Professor of Computer Science and Administrative 

Assistant to the Department Head. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 359 



Ardell Chester Linnerud, Assistant Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Michael Anthony Littlejohn, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert Warren Llewellyn, Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

M.S. I.E., Purdue University. 
Richard Henry Loeppert, Professor of Chemistry and Assistant to the Department 

Head. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
George Gilbert Long, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Raymond Carl Long, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Ian Stewart Longmuir, Professor of Biochemistry. 

M.B.B., St. Bartholomew's Medical School, London. 
Peter Reeves Lord, Associate Professor of Textile Technology. 

Ph.D., University of London. 
Richard Lawrence Lower, Associate Professor of Horticulture Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Robert E. Lubow, Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
George Blanchard Lucas, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Henry Lawrence Lucas, Jr., William Neal Reynolds Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Leon Thomas Lucas, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 
James Emory Robinson Luginbuhl, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Jiang Luh, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Dan Barry Lumsden, Assistant Professor of Adult and Community College Educa- 
tion and Director of the Adult Learning Resources Center. 

Ed.D., North Carolina State University. 
James Fulton Lutz, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
John Lyman, Professor of Oceanography. 

Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles. 
Joseph Thomas Lynn, Professor of Physics and Graduate Administrator and 

Administrative Assistant to the Department Head. 

M.S., Ohio State University. 
Charles F. Lytle, Associate Professor of Zoology and Teaching Coordinator in the 

Biological Sciences. 

Ph.D., Indiana University. 
Jerry Lee Machemehl, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Texas A&M University. 
Harry Arendt Mackie, Associate Professor of Product Design. 

B.S., Louisiana State University. 
Clarence Joseph Maday, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
James Gray Maddox, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Michael Jay Magazine, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
John William Magill, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 
James Kitchener Magor, Professor of Materials Engineering. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 



360 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Alexander Russell Main, Professor of Biochemistry . 

Ph.D., Cambridge University, England. 
Charles Edward Main, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Charles Michael Mainland, Extension Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Rutgers University. 
T. Ewald Maki, Carl Alwin Schenck Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Eugene Francis Maleski, Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
Fred Allen Mangum, Jr., Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Carroll Lamb Mann, Jr., Adjunct Professor of Civil Engineering. 

C.E., Princeton University. 
Thurston Jefferson Mann, Professor of Crop Science and Genetics and Head of 

the Department of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Charles Richard Manning, Jr., Associate Professor of Materials Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Edward George Manning, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
Edward Raymond Manring, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Allison Ray Manson, Associate Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
William Paul Marley, Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Ph.D., University of Toledo. 
Herman F. Mark, Adjunct Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Vienna. 
Joe Alton Marlin, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Culpepper Paul Marsh, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

M.S., North Carolina State University. 
David Boyd Marsland, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Clifford K. Martin, Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
David Hamilton Martin, Associate Professor of Physics. 

M.S., University of Wisconsin. 
Donald Charles Martin, Assistant Professor of Statistics and Engineering Research. 

Ph.D., Florida University. 
Donald Crowell Martin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
LeRoy Brown Martin, Jr., Professor of Computer Science and Director of the Com- 
puting Center and Assistant to the Provost for University Computing. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Robert H. Martin, Jr., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology. 
Bernard Stephen Martof, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
David Dickenson Mason, Professor of Statistics and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Don Alan Masterton, Associate Professor of Product Design. 

M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology. 
Gene Arthur Mathia, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Gennard Matrone, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Biochemistry and Head of 

the Department. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 361 



Neely Forsyth Jones Matthews, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Dale Frederick Matzinger, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
George Mayer, Adjunct Associate Professor of Materials Engineering. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Selz Cabot Mayo, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology and Head of the Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Warren Lee McCabe, R. J. Reynolds Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

PhD., University of Michigan. 
Glenn Crocker McCann, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology and Graduate 

Administrator. 

Ph.D., Washington State College. 
Charles Bernard McCants, Professor of Soil Science and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Jackson Mearns McClain, Associate Professor of Politics. 

Ph.D., University of Alabama. 
William Fred McClure, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineer- 
ing. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Robert Edmund McCollum, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Ralph Joseph McCracken, Professor of Soil Science and Assistant Director of 

Research of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Kathleen Anderton McCutchen, Instructor in the School of Education. 

M.A.,